
Class 
Book. 






GopyrigbtN 



CQMRIGHT DEPOSIT. 



THE FLASHLIGHTS OF TRUTH 



The 

FLASHLIGHTS of TRUTH 

BY 

ELIZABETH DELVINE KING 

Author of 

"<7he Lotus Path," "The Higher Metaphysics," 

"Sayings of Jehovah," "Aum, the 

Cosmic Silence," 

Etc. 




Published by 

J. F. ROWNY PRESS 

Los Angeles, Cal. 






Copyright 1918 

hs 
ELIZABETH DELVINE KING 

Los Angeles, Cal. 



J. F. ROWNV PRESS. LOS ANGELES 

4 

DEC 26 ho 10 

©CI.A508721 

^0 | 



C/ 



DEDICATION 

We dedicate this book and its message 

TO ALL PEOPLES EVERYWHERE. It IS A 

message to the low and humble and to 
the high and mighty. 

to every reader of this book, hoping 
that you glean the golden nuggets 
pierein contained, today or in some 
other day, 

We especially dedicate this message. — 
The Flashlights of Truth. 



Chapter 



I. 
II. 

III. 



IV. 

V. 

VI. 

VII. 

VIII. 

IX. 

X. 

XL 

XII. 

XIII. 

XIV. 

XV. 

XVI. 

XVII. 

XVIII. 

XIX. 

XX. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Page 

Dedication iii 

Introduction ix 

Preface xiii 

The Mystery of God 15 

Continuation of the Mysteries of God 27 
The Ages That Have Passed 

and the Ages That Are to 

Come. Eternity ! Which Forever Is 38 
The Greatness and Smallness of God. . 48 
Man, the ' ' Crowning Glory of God ' ' . . 65 

Carnality and Its Ways 83 

God's Creation — As It Is 103 

In the Deep; or, Here and Hereafter. 113 

Exclusiveness 136 

Enlightenment 166 

The Blessedness of Insight 187 

Retributive Justice, or, Restoration . . 200 

The Dawn 211 

The Flash Light of Truth 229 

The Labyrinth of God 's Glory 242 

The Beauty of God 255 

The Scientific Truth 263 

Science in Action 277 

The Mystery of the Science in Action. 287 

Being in Science 296 

v 



VI 



Table of Contents 



Chapter 

XXL 

XXII. 

XXIII. 

XXIV. 

XXV. 

XXVI. 

XXVII. 

XXVIII. 

XXIX. 

XXX. 

XXXI. 



I. 

II. 
III. 

IV. 

V. 

VI. 

VII. 



VIII. 

IX. 

X. 



XL 

XII. 
XIII. 

XIV. 



Page 

Scientific Knowledge 305 

Understandingly Abiding 314 

Vision 324 

The Substantiality of That Which Is. 333 

The Soul 343 

Healing Instructions 347 

Divine Satisfaction 353 

Knowing the Truth 362 

Conscious Immortality 366 

The Living God Almighty 374 

Conscious Individuality 379 

SECOND PART 
Dedication 385 

The Song of the Soul 387 

The Lullaby of the Infinite 396 

The Silence of the Infinite 400 

Sublimity 402 

"Jesus Sat By the Seaside" 406 

The Consciousness of Jesus Christ . . . 411 
The £ong of the Soul of Man, 
as He Stands on the Mount 

of Transfiguration 417 

Man, Body, Mind, Soul, Spirit — One . . . 420 

Completeness 424 

When Man Sees With Other Eyes, 
Not Dimmed by the Mists Upon 

This Shore 430 

"Cleanliness Is Next to Godliness". .433 

Loving Kindness 435 

"Know Thou Whereof Thou 

Speaketh" 437 

Child of the Kingdom 440 



Table of Contents 



vii 



Chapter Page 

XV. Appreciation 442 

XVI. Cosmic Consciousness 445 

XVII. Sublimity of Beauty 450 

XVIII. Laughing in God's Law .453 

XIX. Paradise 458 

XX. Inspiration 461 

XXI. Prayer 467 

XXII. The Bounty of God 469 

XXIII. The Highway of Our God 474 

XXIV. Jesus Christ, the Way-Shower ; 

The Divine Man in Expression 477 

XXV. In the Realm of the Real 483 

XXVI. Anchorage 486 

XXVII. Earnest and Steadfast 488 

XXVIII. Abide Thou In Abiding Trust In God . . 493 

XXIX. The Village Path (An Allegory) 495 

XXX. The Web of Truth, 

Having Been Wrought Out, Man 

Stands at Home in God, Forever 

and Forever 501 

THIRD PART 

Dedication 511 

I. Divine Conviction 513 

II. Upon the Sacred Path 518 

III. Practical Application of the Law .... 522 

IV. The Scientific Man 526 

V. Joyously LrviNG in the Sunlight 

of God's Love 534 

VI. Practical Deductions 543 

VII. Renunciation 552 

VIII. The Conclusion 555 



INTRODUCTION 

IN presenting the flashlights of Truth contained in 
this book, we claim no new Truth; neither a new 
interpretation of Truth. 

We have gathered flashlights of Truth which have 
been given to the men of earth from time immemorial, 
and woven them into a fabric — this book. 

As God is One, Truth is One. It matters not, if it is 
expressed through the Sacred Books of the East, the 
Scriptures of the Hebrews or the Bibles of the other 
peoples of the earth. 

If anyone, in sincerity and without prejudice, will read 
from the beginning of this book unto the finish, he will 
perceive one complete web of Truth; and in this com- 
pleteness the West and the East can unite. 

We have emphasized the flashlights of Truth which 
were given by the Nazarene Master, our Elder Brother 
and the world-Savior, because His was that message 
which each individual necessarily must know and bring 
into expression, that he may become extricated from 
Maya, — the great illusion. 

We have brought forth the flashlights of Jesus' mes- 
sage, that the practical deductions may be understood, 
that man can free his mentality and physical body from 
the false conclusions of the carnal man concerning 
himself. 

When the individual has attained freedom through 
the Christ Light, he has achieved: he is at Home, the 
place which the Enlightened Gautama, the Buddha, 
called Nirvana. 



x The Flashlights of Truth 

Truth is One. Thus, as a symbol of the unity of the 
East and the West in the universal and Omnipresent 
Truth, we weave on the eover of this hook the Lotus, the 
sacred flower of the East, which is a symbol of the Divine 
Mother — God-Love-Essence — and the Lily, the emblem of 
the birth of Jesus, the Christ, in Bethlehem; that birth 
of Christianity whose esoteric teachings, when brought 
to the surface from behind the literal interpretations of 
the exoteric teachings of the followers of Jesus, will 
reveal the way — the rules — and how to gain assistance, 
that man can follow in the footsteps of Jesus the Christ. 

The white rose we humbly unite with these, bringing 
the symbol of the Trinity into expression. It is a symbol 
of Buddha, the Enlightened One, whose message, given 
some five hundred years before that of Jesus, was En- 
lightenment into Purity, which brings man into Nirvana. 

The time has arrived for the second coming of Jesus, 
the Christ, the great world Teacher. We send forth a 
web of Truth which is universal, without name, doctrinal 
beliefs or creeds of man. 

Just the Flashlights of Truth,— the Truth of the Ages, 
gathered from the message which God has given to man 
through His chosen Son, and those of lesser Light. 

Nothing new. No! For God is All. And God is 
Eternal. 

We invite our brothers of the East and our brothers 
of the West to "come and dine" and catch the Flash- 
lights of Truth which will reveal to you the unity, the 
oneness and wholeness of Truth Divine. 

Learn that Truth is universal ; therefore, the same to 
all men; and in every clime, "God is no respecter of 
persons. ' ' 

We, the Spirit of Aum, and this writer, Yotis, invite 
all brothers of all races, colors and nationalities to glean 
these flashlights, given at the beginning of this New Age, 
and walk in that light, guided by the Light into the 



Introduction xi 

reconstruction period of these days; and, by gleaning 
deeper light continually, become enlightened sufficiently 
to dwell upon the earth when it is refreshed by the dew- 
drops of Infinite Love and the Kingdom of Heaven is 
reigning upon this, "God's footstool." 

Again we invite all to ' ' come and dine, ' ' that the Love 
which is God-love may be expressed in all and the broth- 
erhood of man be established upon the earth and all men 
live in the Love and Light which is God, recognizing that 
this is the ' ' glorious liberty of the Sons of God. ' ' 

ABCIAT. 



PREFACE 

1HAVE no desire to bring myself into the foreground, 
except to inform the readers of this book — "The 
Flash Lights of Truth" — that the book was written 
under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit of Truth. 

I call to remembrance that Jesus Christ ever thanked 
the Father for all blessings. This I sincerely do. Know- 
ing, as I do, " That I of myself can do nothing, ' ' I there- 
fore send this message forth with my prayer to God, our 
Father-Mother, that many may glean the Light which 
shines through every page, digest and assimilate it, so 
that it may become a realization, which realization, united 
with Love and Devotion, opens the way for the blessings 
which follow the gleaning of the Light. 

Ten years ago I was privileged to receive the Baptism 
of the Holy Spirit as spoken of in the Second Chapter 
of Acts, thereby coming into rapport with the Holy 
Spirit of Truth. 

Many and sweet have been the trysting times and hours 
of deep communion with my Father, Jesus Christ, and 
the Holy Spirit of Truth, in these past ten years. 

When I renounced my self-will unto the Father's Will, 
I lost nothing but gained all, — by trusting in God, the 
Omnipresent One. 

I was called by the Spirit of Truth into semi-retire- 
ment to write this book in 1913-1914; it was finished in 
1915 and now published in 1918. 

ELIZABETH DELVINE KING. 

927 West 36th Place, 

Los Angeles, California. 



CHAPTER I 

THE MYSTERY OF GOD 

AS far back as the mind of man can reach is the 
time, just before creation sprang into existence, 
when darkness was over the face of the deep. 
Darkness is expressive of something which is incompre- 
hensible to man. 

But God is Light, and before the morning stars flashed 
forth their light "and the sons of God sang sweetly 
together," "God Is," as "He forever was," and will 
never cease to be. God is One! and will ever thus re- 
main, filling all space. Therefore, He is limitless and 
boundless, — this is Aum. 

For a clearer comprehension of Light, we will use the 
Solar Sun, whose light is warm and life-giving, as the 
symbol of the Light of Love, whose Light is Eternal 
Warmth and Life-giving. 

Then, cannot one easily perceive how the universes 
and systems, — yes, myriads of systems of universes, — can 
come forth from the Impersonal God into manifestation, 
each in the center of God, and all living and moving and 
having their being in God? Then it is plain that each 
universe and system of universes can perceive their at- 
one-ment with God, — AUM. 

These universes and systems of universes can live and 
move in their appointed places for ages, yea, aeons, and 
finally dissolve and retire into the Impersonal Aum, and 
the place which knew their form, know them no more. 
Yet, they are not destroyed, as every atom of their being 
exists now, as it did before they formed into forms. 

15 



16 The Flashlights of Truth 

God, the Intelligence, Life, Light, Love and Warmth 
that is, is not disturbed, neither divided by the forming 
and unforming of the myriad of systems of universes. 

We make the statement that God is Light. Let us 
analyze Light. When we begin to dissect Light we find 
that it is Life, Warmth and Love ; then, too, we see that 
it must be Intelligence. 

Then we have God as Light, Life, Love and Intelli- 
gence; and, as God is all, there is nothing to obstruct 
Him. Thus we see that Light fills all space; and, if 
Light fills all space, Life, Warmth, Love and Intelli- 
gence fill all space ; and so we see that Aum is limitless 
and boundless. Then each and every manifestation of 
God is forever in at-one-ment with God, and lives and 
has its being in God ; it matters not if it is a tiny grain 
of sand or a system of universes, a blade of grass or 
man, — the crowning glory and highest manifestation 
of God. 

After the storms of winter, which have caused the 
earth to become bleak and barren of vegetation, the 
warmth of the solar sun, which has again crossed the 
equator, causes the life, which was concealed during the 
cold, wintry blasts, to burst forth; and soon a green 
mantle is spread over mountain sides, valleys and plains ; 
and the blossoms of fruit and grain announce that the 
harvest time will approach; and the beautiful flowers, 
which are the messengers of Love sent forth from the 
Heart of Love to cheer earth's children, sway and smile 
and radiate perfume, filling the air around them with 
the breath of Paradise. 

Life, Intelligence and Love manifest in Law, Action 
and Order. These are impersonal, fill all space, and are 
limitless and boundless ; for, lo ! these are God, — Aum ! 
and all live and have their being in this Presence. 

The mysteries of God are not past finding out to the 
Soul, when once it awakens to the grand varieties of 
Being ; but they are unfathomable to the intellect of the 
earth-man. 



The Mystery of God 17 

We read in Sacred Writ, "At the beginning, darkness 
was over the face of the deep." The mind of man ex- 
tends backward, as it were, to the curtain of dawn in the 
beginning of creation; but it cannot penetrate the veil, 
because the finite mind cannot reach into the Infinite. 

God existed in all His magnitude before creation came 
into existence, just as He now does ; and, the fact is, that 
in a literal sense there was no darkness at all. Unknow- 
able, unfathomable is that which resides just beyond 
that dawn ; and this is darkness to the finite mind of man. 

When God, after His period of repose, being unmani- 
fest, desired to become manifest, creation sprang forth, 
coming from its Source, — God. As God was All, there 
was no other Source; therefore, creation came forth in 
His Wisdom and is forever unchangeable; and thus it 
stands and will forever be. 

God being perfect, an imperfect manifestation could 
not come forth from Him. 

When God became manifest in creation, or through 
creation, He set the Eternal Law of Action into action, 
in and through creation ; yea, He, Himself, is that Eternal 
Law of Action ; for, lo, in the beginning there was noth- 
ing but God. In this Eternal Law of Eternal Action, all 
God's Laws spring into existence, — in God's wisdom and 
at His desire, and all are working in His care to hold, 
sustain and invigorate creation as it moves on through- 
out the endless aeons of Eternity. Creation, which is the 
manifestation of God, is forever in this Law. As long 
as it moves in rhythm with those Laws, all is well with 
it as a whole, or as an individual. 

The earth took form from the One and Only Sub- 
stance. It came to pass in rhythmic action with the 
Law, and the laws contained in the Law ; and as long as 
it vibrates in the harmonious rhythm of the Law of God, 
which is Unchangeable and Eternal, all is well; but, 
when a discordant note is struck and the rhythm inter- 
fered with, the rate of vibration is lowered, according to 



18 The Flashlights of Truth 

the condition of the discordant note which has been 
struck, and it may require ages before the rate of vibra- 
tion is lowered sufficiently to cause it to lose its individ- 
ualized form and sink back into the unmanifest, there to 
remain until God wills it to come forth again. It is thus 
throughout the endless agons of Eternity. 

As the ages roll by, God reposes. Then He becomes 
manifest at His Will; and all His creation moves and 
fulfills in His all- wise plan. 

But what of man, "the crowning glory of God's crea- 
tion"; yea, he whom "God created in His image and 
likeness"? 

Man ! man ! None but the awakened Soul, the one 
who has been born again and has the Christ, the Holy 
Spirit, dwelling within him, can grasp, even in a faint 
way, what it means to be created in the image and like- 
ness of God. It is as nothing to the finite man, because 
to him it is beyond the curtain which drapes the dawn 
of creation, and will there remain, hid in the unknowable, 
until he awakens and is born again. Then the curtain 
will be rent in twain and the light of the morning pene- 
trate him through and through. 

Why is it we find man in the finite state and so sound 
asleep that he must be awakened and born again before 
he can comprehend what it means that "God created 
man in His image and likeness"? 

God has the Power and Wisdom within Him to desire 
a change, as He Eternally lived Himself ; and this desire 
came into manifestation in this which man calls creation. 
This change manifesting as creation did not take place 
instantly. We read in Sacred Writ that seven days were 
consumed in bringing it forth into expression. "Seven" 
therein is used as symbolical of the time of completeness, 
which was Ages and Ages, as the men of earth reckon 
time. 

God endowed man with Intelligence, Life, Love and the 
Power of Desire ; which desire, when set in operation in 



The Mystery of God 19 

man, causes a change to take place in man. Creation 
sprang forth from the only Substance there was, which 
was God- Substance. Man, being a manifestation of God, 
when he used His power of choice and desired a change, 
it was limited ; therefore finite ; and within the scope and 
power of his desire, and man began to move out from the 
Infinite concept to the finite. Infinite means limitless, 
while finite means limited. 

We read in this same Sacred Writ, that God placed 
man in the Garden of Eden. This was a large estate, — 
yea, it was a blissful state in which all Souls of God's 
creation dwelt ; this state is Paradise. At creation, when 
the Souls of men became individualized, they dwelt in 
the bosom of God, their Creator, — yea, their Father- 
Mother ; and this is Eden ; it is Bliss ; it is Paradise. As 
long as they dwelt in contentment there it was well wfth 
them ; but when desire came into expression, the change 
began to take place in the individual. It was in the 
individual only ; as Paradise was in no way disturbed or 
affected by the change which was taking place in the 
individual Soul, who had desired a change. 

As soon as the desire was expressed in thought or 
word, the vibration began to change ; just a slight change 
at first, 'tis true, but the change had begun ; and, as the 
desire increased, the vibrations became lower until they 
were low enough to cause this Soul to begin to look out- 
ward; and we find man (the positive and the negative 
part of his being) partaking of the Fruit of the Tree 
which stood in the midst of the Garden. When they 
became conscious of their nakedness, feeling that they 
were not in perfect rhythm with God, and not under- 
standing concerning this change which had taken place 
in them, they desired a covering. As they moved along, 
continuing to look outward and to observe the outer 
things, they by and by lose sight of God as He is, and 
enter the illusion of seeing God as they think He is. 

God. Aum, fills all space; and Jesus Christ said, "I 



20 The Flashlights of Truth 

in the Father and the Father in Me," and, referring to 
His works, He said, "The Father within Me, He doeth 
the works. ' ' He understood this ; while those who have a 
lesser degree of Light find it necessary to ' ' seek, ask and 
knock" until they, too, attain the fullness of "that Light 
which lighteth every man who cometh into the world." 

Let us stand in imagination at the dawn of creation; 
yea, let the mind reach beyond the dawn into the dark- 
ness which covered "the face of the deep," and then the 
dawn, as creation sprang forth from the Womb of the 
Infinite, and the Light shone over land and sea; seeing 
this as the mind of man can imagine it. 

This darkness which was over the face of the deep is 
incomprehensible until, as the morning light approaches, 
the curtains of night begin to drape aside, then roll back 
as a scroll as the full light of the sun sends its golden 
rays so bright and clear that they penetrate the dark- 
ness ; and, lo, all is Light. 

Man, as he "Seeks, Asks and Knocks," comes more 
closely into the understanding of God, Aum, and steps 
so strongly into the Light that he sees he lives, moves 
and has his being in it; then, that he is filled with it; 
and the darkness that was over the face of the deep grad- 
ually is dispelled from his mind. 

In the outer reckoning of things it is a long journey 
for the Soul from the time it becomes conscious that it is 
looking outward and begins to partake of the fruit that 
grew on the Tree which was in the midst of the Garden 
(of which Divine Wisdom had forbidden it to eat), until 
it reaches the place on the Path which leads through 
experience, where the Light of God again becomes so 
strong that the curtain is drawn aside and the Soul 
pierces the darkness with clear vision and understanding, 
and knows God, Aum ; and, creation as it is ; and man, 
the manifestation of God, as he is. 

When man became conscious that he was in the Gar- 
den where the Tree of Life and the Tree of Knowledge 



The Mystery of God 21 

were, he moved peacefully along into the evening whence 
his mind was enough confused to feel that he was sepa- 
rated from God; and, in this dulled condition of his 
mind, he perceived God walking in the midst of the 
Garden and calling, "Adam! Where art thou?" The 
Infinite Intelligence knew where man was; knew, also, 
the change which had come into man's mind through the 
vibrations becoming lowered by his looking away from 
God, the Source of his being, to outer things. But man 
did not comprehend this ; therefore, he continued looking 
outward until there was such a distance in his conscious- 
ness between himself and the Father that he was removed 
from the Garden of Eden and a Flaming Sword placed 
between him and the Tree of Life. This Flaming Sword 
is the Light of Truth, the Light that is Truth. 

No man, after he has partaken of the Fruit of the 
Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil, which brought 
men into the school of earth-experience, can again come 
unto the Tree of Life until he is pierced by that Flaming 
Sword, and can understand it and handle it with Love 
and Wisdom. 

When man has reached the place where he ' ' knows the 
Truth," and knows that he is "lighted by that Light 
which lighteth every man who cometh into the world," 
he will have passed through the school of earth 's experi- 
ence and come from the state of the Adam-man unto 
the glorious Light of Jesus the Christ. 

We read, "As in Adam all die, so in Jesus Christ all 
are made alive. ' ' Adam represents the Soul as it, through 
the lowering of its vibrations, finds itself in the Garden 
of Eden and the vibrations low enough to have caused 
man to lose the consciousness of Bliss which he enjoyed in 
the higher state of concept, or vibration. Man in this 
state began to depend upon himself for happiness, food 
and raiment and all that belongs to this, his life of 
separation. 

As man ate more freely of the Fruit of the Tree of 
Knowledge of Good and Evil, he passed further into the 



22 The Flashlights of Truth 

self-will and, finally, he endeavors to depend upon self 
for the ability to live and enjoy life. Thus the carnal 
mind was formed ; and, in time, the thoughts and desires 
of the selfishness in it caused man to become conscious 
of the outer mind only; and mankind has walked down 
the centuries, becoming as barbarous as it was possible 
for this carnal mind (the Adversary) to make him. The 
Divine Man, whom God created, has become encased, as 
it were, with this carnal concept ; the outer and the inner 
of it (the conscious and subconscious) ; but the Divine or 
Super-conscious man remains, and is the man which God 
created. 

As long as man lives under the sway of the carnal 
mind, which is the mind of earth only, he cannot see the 
beauty, sweetness and glory which is in the two-edged 
sword (the Light of Truth) which guards the Tree of 
Life. 

It is not in the Desire or Will of the Father, the Cre- 
ator, that man should live forever in the carnal concept 
of himself; therefore, he is not permitted to come unto 
Eternal Life consciousness until he is born again. 

Jesus Christ, in answer to Nicodemus' question, said, 
' ' Ye must be born again. ' ' 

A Prophet of God, letting the voice of the Infinite 
speak through him, said, "The wind bloweth where it 
listeth, and thou hearest the sound thereof, but canst not 
tell whence it cometh nor whither it goeth." So man, in 
his carnal state, cannot tell the Rhythm and Action of 
the Law and Love of God. "Ye must be born again." 
Jesus also said to Nicodemus, "Ye must be born from 
above. ' ' 

As the carnal mind and its expressions in man are of 
the earth, earthy, so the God-man, the one "created in 
the Image and likeness of God," is of Heaven, Heavenly. 
Man's quickening, also his new Birth, comes from above. 
Then God sets His seal upon him, and the vibrations of 
his being are so quickened and raised that the things of 
earth and the love of worldly pleasure can no longer 



The Mystery op God 23 

influence him or hold him in bondage. Then his eyes are 
turned upon the Flaming Sword, and he, guided by the 
Holy Spirit, which comes into his being at the New 
Birth, will come unto and into, and, finally, will become 
that Light and consciously stand, not only near the Tree 
of Life, but he, too, is a tree of Life and, knowingly, 
stands in the midst of Paradise, a Redeemed Son of God. 
He has then finished with earth's experience for him- 
self; but he now is ready and prepared to assist those 
who are living in the carnal man's concept of themselves 
and the earth. 

The Soul in Paradise dwells in perfect bliss and re- 
mains in that state until he chooses to desire to know 
how it might be to be other than Blissful. It is as an 
innocent babe, filled with the ecstasy of resting on the 
Father's Bosom and covered and surrounded with His 
Love. But, when the Soul has partaken of the Fruit of 
the Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil and has moved 
out on the path which leads through carnal experiences 
and travelled thereon until it has pressed to its complete- 
ness the wine-press of woe, heartaches and sorrow, 
which express in sickness, old age, death and poverty; 
then, like a tired child, it pauses long enough to consider ; 
and, in this consideration, it discerns that these glitter- 
ing desires, which man seeks to achieve, are only shadows, 
which change as the sun rises and sets; are only the 
will-o'-the-wisp, leading man further into the marsh of 
the carnal man's will and ways. 

When man has reached this point on the path and 
realizes he has eaten to his full of the Fruit of the Tree 
of Knowledge of Good and Evil and turns and faces 
the Flaming Sword and, through prayer, seeks to learn 
the Father's will and, through Prayer, Devotion and 
Love, desires to lay down and cast aside his own self- 
will, (the carnal mind), and come into the concept of 
his Divine-Self, which is God individualized, he reaches 
the Paradisiacal state again and is then no longer the 



24 The Flashlights op Truth 

innocent babe on the Father's Bosom, but a Redeemed 
Son. 

As long as man 's bark is on a placid sea or calm lake, 
the sky blue, the sunshine clear and warm, he is con- 
tent in carnality. If one should speak to him of God, 
perchance he will say, "There is no God. Nature is all 
I see, and nature's laws I have learned, and know the 
seasons as they come and go with their seed-time and 
harvest. ' ' However, there will come a day to every Soul 
when the quiet summer day will come to a close and the 
evening shadows of autumn gather around and, by and 
by, the storms of winter. 

A Redeemed Son of God, one who has passed over the 
path which leads through experience and has the full 
Light of Truth, sees the clouds, storms and wintery 
blasts, but is not disturbed by them; because he is vi- 
brating in the Love and Warmth of the Presence of his 
Heavenly Father. He, thus endued, can assist those who 
are still lost in the maze and confusions which surround 
the path that leads through carnality and the school of 
experience. 

No man is a Redeemed Son of God until he has passed 
out from Paradise, partaken of the Fruit of the Tree of 
Knowledge of Good and Evil, which stood in the midst 
of the Garden, passed through the school of experience, 
been born again and partaken of Life Eternal and there- 
by become a conscious redeemed Son of God. How long 
a time this requires for a Soul "No man knoweth, not 
even the Son; but the Father." None will be forever 
lost ; no, not one ! 

Some may loiter a long time by the side of babbling 
brooks, or in the shade in the midst of green pastures, 
or stop to gather the tender flowers of spring-time, or 
the more sturdy ones of summer. Some may, through 
the Law of Cause and Effect, find themselves in barren 
places, and the chains, which they themselves have 
forged, bind them until "They have paid unto the very 



The Mystery of God 25 

last farthing ' ' ; but, in the fullness of time, they will be 
free and again take up their problem and continue to 
study its mystery until they have solved it. Then they 
will understand the deep Laws of God, which are con- 
tained in the One Law, — God's Law. 

As the finite man, or the man in the finite concept, 
looks at this stupendous task, the curtain hangs thick 
and low, and darkness is over the face of the deep. 

Again we say, "man in his finite state cannot pierce 
the gloom of ignorance and superstition which has formed 
in the finite mind ; this is impossible, as the finite cannot 
comprehend the Infinite. " 

There is a way of escape from the finite state, so that 
man may cause the curtains to be draped aside and step 
into the higher concept and fathom the depths beyond 
and know. This is through first awakening, then getting 
understanding, then attaining unto the New Birth ; then 
on, and on! 

Jesus Christ said, "When he the Spirit of Truth, 'The 
Comforter,' is come, He will guide and lead you into all 
Truth." 

Man can then see that it is with man to work his way 
through the maze of the experiences of the carnal life 
and learn the Truth and "Seek, ask and knock" until he 
has arrived at Home, Redeemed. 

Man, himself, is responsible for his having desired a 
change which brought him unto the Tree of Knowledge, 
and, contrary to the whispering of Divine Wisdom, ate 
thereof. God endued man at creation with this power to 
desire a change, or, as designated by some, free-will. 

This free-will is that which keeps man from the per- 
fect expression of God. As he is "God's Image and 
Likeness," this free-will is the only thing which man 
really has, and is the one thing which God requires. 
When man's self-will is surrendered unto God's Will, or 
merged thereunto, man, then, will be happy and content, 
having Divine Satisfaction. 



26 The Flashlights op Truth 

Through the teachings which are heing given in this 
book man can learn how to lay down the self-will and 
how to live consciously in the Father's Will: this is 
man's inheritance; it is his Birthright. 

"When man has arrived at the ripening cycle, the very 
powers that be assist him unto the fullness of his ripen- 
ing, just as the orange is assisted to its full ripening, in 
the ripening season, by the Laws of Nature. The orange 
is taken from the tree and gives itself for usefulness ; so 
man steps aside from the Wheel of Experience and, hav- 
ing surrendered his self-will (carnal desires) is ready for 
service, as the Father desires. 

Thus we see the Mysteries of God unfurl, as page by 
page we scan the Book of Life and line by line read 
behind the letters and perceive the Spiritual Workings 
of the Infinite, whose Intelligence is so great, whose Love 
is so strong that, "Not a sparrow falleth but the Father 
knoweth ' ' ; and who heareth the faintest call of the small- 
est of His Creation. 

Hark ! Let all be still, and list to the Silence within, 
and without; for this is the Presence of God. God is 
omnipresence. 

God dwells in His Temple ! Let all men be still be- 
fore Him. Then in that Sacred Stillness, list for "His 
Still, Sweet Voice," which will ever lead, guide, encour- 
age and sustain those who turn to Him and seek to know 
Him. 

There is a valley which is dark and dreary, though 
the sun shines clear and bright. The carnal mind is 
king there, and rules in darkness, doubt and despair; 
but his reign is not eternal, because the counterfeit will 
be shorn of its power. 

Then man will recognize the Kingdom of Harmony, 
which he then perceives is within, enabling him to dwell 
in Harmony and Peace among his fellow man. 



CHAPTER II 

CONTINUATION OF THE MYSTERIES OF GOD. 

UNTIL the mind has become Illumined, the work- 
ings of God's Laws are mysterious. When the 
finite mind catches a glimpse of the workings of 
the Infinite, men call it supernatural and leave it there. 

But, occasionally, all down the ages since the dawn, 
when the first Souls stepped into a low vibration and 
were cast out from the Garden of Eden, there has been 
one now and then who has become enough in tune with 
the Infiinite to understand, in part, the Mysteries of God 
and have taught them to humanity. All men will re- 
main in humanity until they become again in tune with 
the Infinite and be man as he was before he partook of 
the Fruit in the Garden of Eden. 

In the Mysteries of God, the seasons come and go. 
Seed-time and harvest follow each other in the con- 
tinuous round of the panorama which is spread before 
the gaze of man throughout the endlessness of Eternity. 

Creation is continuous. God rests, then manifests ; and 
the panorama changes for the benefit of creation; or, 
rather, for those who are living in the concept of the 
carnal creation. 

Man will live in the carnal concept of himself until 
he attains full Illumination. In this concept of himself 
and the universe, he requires the fruit and grain of the 
harvest time ; and, to have the harvest, man must sow the 
grain and plant and care for the trees and vines. God 
said unto Adam, after he was cast from the Garden/ 'You 
shall now earn your bread by the sweat of your brow ; ' ' 

27 



28 The Flashlights of Truth 

and to wo-man — the negative part of man — ' ' Thou shalt 
bring forth children in pain and sorrow." Thus it has 
been, and it will continue to be to each and every man, 
and woman, as long as they live in the carnal concept 
and walk upon the carnal path, and throughout Eternity 
it will be thus. 

In the midst of the carnal sleep, even while man is very 
busy attending to his duties and counting the seasons as 
they come and go, there is a way of escape for each Soul, 
as soon as it is awakened sufficient to desire it. 

Jesus Christ, when He was teaching His message of 
Truth, near twenty centuries ago, in His efforts to assist 
those who were awakened to learn the way, said unto 
them: "Ye shall know the Truth, and the Truth shall 
make you free." Pilate asked Jesus the very important 
question, "What is Truth?" There is no record that 
Jesus made an answer to this question. It has caused 
wonder in many minds that Jesus did not see best to 
answer Pilate's question. 

Jesus had arrived at that place where He knew "He 
and the Father are one." From that Illuminated Con- 
sciousness, He knew and comprehended the Mysteries of 
God — of His Creation, His Laws, His manifestations. 
How could so vast and sublime a subject be treated with 
a few words, in answer, in the short time at His disposal ? 
Besides, the state of mind those present were in could 
not have comprehended any answer He might have given ; 
therefore He saw that it was best to answer it not. Jesus ' 
Life's example was then before the world, His message 
had gone forth; and, if Pilate really desired to Know 
the Truth, the opportunity was at hand. 

Jesus Christ is one who has come into the God-light 
fully and comprehends the Mysteries of God. We can 
see by Jesus' life and teachings, when one attains "The 
full Christ-Consciousness" that the Mysteries of God 
are clear to him ; but in the carnal mind consciousness 



The Mysteries of God 29 

we know that they are so deep and dark that they seem 
past finding out. 

' ' Know the Truth, ' ' is the command of Jesus ; and His 
promise is, "It shall make you free." The Infinite, 
speaking some five hundred years before this, through 
the lips of Gautama Buddha, said, "Ignorance is the 
cause of all this misery. " Gautama had awakened suf- 
ficiently from the slumber of the "Adam-sleep" to ob- 
serve the sufferings the people were in, and earnestly 
sought until he found the cause. 

When a child starts to school, it is ignorant of those 
things which the school will teach it. The child comes 
to the school and is placed in the care and under the 
tutorship of a teacher, according to its knowledge. One 
may be placed in the kindergarten to cut out and make 
paper boxes ; and another, in a room in advance, where 
it will learn its letters, the letters being the foundation 
of all learning, and each letter representing far more 
than simply its form. 

In order to understand the Mysteries of God we neces- 
sarily must have a clear understanding of God. When 
we come into the clear light that is shining in this twen- 
tieth century, we look past the old conception of God, 
which has been recognized as correct through the past 
thousands of years, and gain a clearer concept. 

In the morning hours of God's dealings with the He- 
brew people, the mists hung low and the morning air 
was damp and chilly ; and in this atmosphere the people 
naturally recognized God as a cold and revengeful being, 
— filled with wrath ; but as the sun arises and its bright, 
warm rays pierce the mist and gloom, the atmosphere 
becomes warmer and the hearts of the people respond 
to this warmth ; and, as the sun moves toward the noon 
hour, the people become more enlightened, and humanity 
is gradually coming into a state of universal brother- 
hood. 

Today, when the sun has near reached the zenith, we 
find many people thinking of their fellow man, their 



:10 The Flashlights of Truth 

brothers, and some are turning their wealth into a bless- 
ing to others. 

As the solar sun's rays warm and bless the earth and 
everything lives and thrives in it, so the Son of Right- 
eousness causes the rays of Spirit to quicken and bless 
mankind; for, as the rose bush is destined to give forth 
the full blown rose, so man is destined to stand forth 
when the sun has reached the zenith, a Redeemed son of 
God — a conscious " manifestation of the Living God." 

As the mind expands in man's effort to comprehend 
the greatness and vastness of God, the carnal concept 
exclaims, "0, God! How wonderful, that thou in Thy 
greatness, canst stoop to comprehend man ! ' ' 

When the carnal man begins to awaken from the Adam 
Sleep (all are asleep as long as they live in the carnal 
concept only) and is aroused from the sleep even slightly, 
he seems to grasp the greatness of God and the insignifi- 
cance of man ; but this is the carnal man only. As the 
sun shines brighter and man responds more consciously 
to the rays from the Son of Righteousness, man will begin 
to know and understand God. When man understands 
God, he will know himself. When man has reached this 
place, he begins to understand the Mysteries of God ; and 
can then "Read the handwriting on the wall. ,, 

As we read the history of God's dealings with the He- 
brew people, from Moses to Abraham and from Abraham 
to Jesus Christ, and then observe that at the crucifixion 
the Jews were left without a shepherd to scatter and 
roam the world over; and that the disciples of Jesus 
Christ turned to the Gentiles to teach them the Message 
of Truth; we yet know that the Jews were, and are, 
God's chosen people. For two thousand years this mes- 
sage has been given to the Gentiles, and now that the 
sun is nearing the zenith the command is, the gospel 
"Truth" must be preached to all nations; and the 
Father, speaking through the Master's lips, said: "And 
blessed are those who hear and understand." 



The Mysteries of God 31 

Jehovah is steering the ship in which the Hebrew peo- 
ple are embarked. Another cycle has passed since they 
were left without a leader ; therefore, they are scattered 
over the whole earth, just as a flock of sheep scatters over 
the mountains when left without a shepherd ; but let him 
return and call, the sheep will stop grazing and listen; 
when they recognize the voice, they will follow him and 
he will lead them into green and luxuriant pastures. 

At the close of this cycle, or dispensation, the prophets 
have said that the Jewish, or Hebrew people, would re- 
turn to Jerusalem. There is a broader and deeper mean- 
ing to this than the historical only. 

The Hebrew people were led out from bondage in 
Egypt with their destination the Promised Land (Free- 
dom from bondage), by Moses, a Hebrew, whom God 
had chosen and prepared for that particular work. His- 
tory states that they were forty years wandering in the 
wilderness before they reached the Land of Promise, 
while the journey could have been made in three days, 
the distance being so short. The carnal man wonders 
how this is and why it was so. 

The history of God's chosen people stands symbolical 
of the wanderings of each individual through the wilder- 
ness of the experiences of the carnal man; and he re- 
quires the forty years in the desert of carnality, with its 
murmurings, fears, doubt — and sometimes turning aside 
to worship the Golden Calf, which they themselves have 
caused to be made — when, in reality, they could reach 
their destination in three days. 

The forty years represent man's wandering in the 
carnal concept of himself ; and the three days, the Spir- 
itual awakening into Redemption. Jesus' body lay 
three days in the tomb ; then He brought it forth a Re- 
deemed or Glorified Body, having passed from death 
into Life Eternal. 

In Scripture we find that the Promised Land, Caanan, 
was a rich land, ''Flowing with milk and honey," but 
they found giants there. Therefore, though they had 



32 Tpie Flashlights of Truth 

reached the Land of Promise, that land which Abraham 
with his eye of faith caught in clear vision, they must, 
after they enter, go to war and overcome the giants 
which dwell there. We read of war with different Tribes, 
and, at one time, the Hebrew people were again taken 
captive by Nebuchadnezzar. Yet through it all, they 
were held together as a nation until they reached the 
end of the Mosaic Dispensation, which brought them to 
the crucifixion of Jesus the Christ. Then Jehovah, see- 
ing they had not attained unto the Christ-consciousness — 
or the Son of God concept — caused the nation to be scat- 
tered over the whole earth, without a shepherd. But the 
cycle has arrived and the new Dispensation is being 
ushered in and the Shepherd has returned to gather 
His flock which has scattered over the mountains of the 
earth. "When they hear the voice, they will listen, be- 
cause there is something familiar in its soft melody, and 
they will gladly start in the direction from whence it 
came. 

In this new era, when the Jewish people are literally 
returning to the Holy Land, and are beginning to re- 
build Jerusalem, they are proving the prophesies to be 
true. Those who were not ready to receive the Son of 
God two thousand years ago and are now awakened to 
recognize the Son of God — the Christ-consciousness — 
and welcome it, will hear the Shepherd's voice, as it in 
musical tones vibrates to the uttermost bounds of the 
earth, until every awakened one, hearing, will respond 
and vibrate in harmonious rhythm with the Shepherd 
of God's flock, and the "One hundred and forty-four 
thousand" will arise with Him, the Shepherd, into the 
full Christ-Consciousness, and these will assist the Good 
Shepherd to establish the Kingdom of Heaven upon 
earth in the objective, as it is now consciously estab- 
lished within them. ' ' Then former things will pass away 
and all things will become new." Jesus said, "Heaven 
and earth shall pass away, but my words shall not." He 
also said, "My words are Spirit and they are Life." 



The Mysteries of God 33 

We read that war was resorted to in the land of 
Caanan, the Promised Land, against the giants, or the 
people who lived there ; and, after a sufficient number of 
these people were overcome, they began to build their 
capital, Jerusalem. 

In the individual, of which the historical is the symbol, 
after he reaches the Promised Land, "The Christ-Con- 
sciousness," he finds that there are giants to overcome. 
What are these giants ? They are the beliefs and super- 
stitions of the carnal man, which do really appear giants 
until man has the same consciousness of God's Presence 
and assitance as David had when he quietly walked to 
the brook and gathered "Five small stones," and with 
them slew the great giant, Goliath, and left the land free. 

Even after man has crossed over the border-line into 
the Christ-Consciousness (there is much to be done,) 
which requires constant action, Wisdom and Love. 

If one becomes weary and overcome by the influence 
of the giants and lies down to slumber, he may sleep past 
the ripening time and then pass on through the cycle 
until a new day arrives — a New Dispensation. We find 
by the history of the Hebrew children that they did not 
sit down and loiter when they reached the Land of 
Promise, but went in and inhabited it. Thus it is with 
the individual, when he crosses the border line between 
the wilderness and the Land of Caanan, the carnal man's 
concept and the Christ-consciousness, he must enter in 
and inhabit it and continue the warfare within himself 
until the land, (himself), is cleared of the giants. Then 
the individual stands consciously clothed in his right 
mind — "The mind which was and is in Jesus Christ." 
Then there will be no more war in this man, because ' ' He 
has fought the good fight; he has kept the faith," and 
there is laid up for him a crown of righteousness, — (His 
Glorified and Redeemed Body). "Then the lamb and 
lion, the warring elements within him, will lie down to- 
gether and a little child, (Trust and Love), shall lead 
him." 



34 The Flashlights of Truth 

It was after the Hebrew children reached the Promised 
Land that the children of Israel really began to live. 
They gained nothing from their four hundred years' 
bondage in Egypt; and they seemingly learned their 
lessons slowly while in their forty years wanderings in 
the wilderness; however, they kept their minds stayed 
upon their desired destination. 

The Bible tells us that of all the vast throng who 
started from Egypt, only two entered the Promised 
Land — Caleb and Joshua ; Moses being permitted but to 
view it from afar. We read, that Moses went to Mount 
Moab and viewed the Promised Land, and that God 
buried him there, and no one has found his grave unto 
this day. Does the carnal man believe that the Infinite 
God caused a grave to be dug in the bowels of the earth 
to cover the body of Moses, His servant, who had been 
so close to God in consciousness, that his face shone so 
bright with the glory of God, that it was necessary for 
him to place a veil over it when he came down from the 
mountain, to teach the people the great Truths God had 
revealed to him while he was on the mountain? 

No ! No ! The Infinite God, our Father-Mother, is so 
great, that He could hide him away in the very center 
of His Heart, just before their eyes, and they see him 
not — could hide him away by quickening Moses' mind, 
Soul and body into a higher rate of vibration, or by 
merging him from the vibrations of Matter into the 
vibrations of Spirit, so becoming invisible to those living 
in the carnal state, and its low vibration. Just as when 
a wheel is turning slowly, you can discern the spokes, 
hub and tire, but turn it faster and it is difficult to 
count the spokes ; then turn it still faster and you see 
nothing but a moving circle with no distinct features, 
which have disappeared by raising their vibrations. 
There is no mystery in this to the man who has attained 
unto the Christ-consciousness, but a deep mystery to the 
carnal man, because the deep things of God are as fool- 
ishness to him ; just as the babe scorns the meat but 



The Mysteries of God 35 

enjoys the milk; but as the babe grows, it too, learns 
to partake of the meat of the Word of God, and lives 
by it. 

As we see Jerusalem in Palestine rebuilt by the Jews 
who return there (this being the fulfilling of the his- 
torical part of the prophesies which were prophesied by 
God's Holy Men in ages past) so the Spiritual, or Eso- 
teric, part of those same prophesies will be fulfilled and 
man, awakening and returning to his inheritance, the 
Christ- Consciousness, will assist in establishing the New 
Jerusalem upon earth, which is brought down from 
Heaven, whose streets are paved with Love, and the Path 
thereto is strewn with the rarest flowers, — Patience, 
Peace, Love, Tenderness. 

When man attains unto the full Christ- Consciousness, 
then unto God-Consciousness, he sees and knows. He 
then rests by the side of the River of Life, knowing the 
Oneness of Life, and his at-one-ment with God. Fear 
and anxiety have been overcome, as they were some of 
the giants which were slain when the Israelites first en- 
tered the Promised Land. 

In the eternal knowing of the Eternality of that which 
is, the Soul rests in Bliss, filled with Ecstasy, and moving 
rapidly on in the Stillness of God. 

The flowers bloom along the path, the birds sing. The 
serpents crawl leisurely by, but he smiles as he sees them 
to be but the symbol of Divine Wisdom. He lives con- 
sciously in the Now, for ' ' Old things have passed away, 
and all things have become new. ' ' There is no future, for 
tomorrows have ceased to be, as the mantle of ignorance 
(carnality) rolled back; and no yesterdays, for the Light 
of Illumination reveals to him that it is Eetrnity now. 



CHAPTER III 

THE AGES THAT HAVE PASSED; AND THE 

AGES THAT ARE TO COME. ETERNITY! 

WHICH FOREVER IS 

IN the Ages of the past, the record of which is written 
in the ether about us, creation has been moving for* 
ward on the "Wheel of Carnality. Men, one by one, 
move out from Paradise into the Garden of Eden Con- 
sciousness, into the lower rate of vibration, which is car- 
nality, solve their problems and pass onward into higher 
states of consciousness and higher rates of vibration. 
The harvest time of each Age finds fruit ready for gath- 
ering. 

Ages come and ages go, and have done so for such a 
long span of time that the mind of man cannot compre- 
hend it; therefore, we leave the Ages of the Past and 
carry our mind down to the beginning of the written 
history. 

History is the record which is kept of man, the world 
and the changing events as they take place. There is the 
Inner or Esoteric interpretation to be learned from each 
historical event. 

When, according to Genesis of the Hebrew Scriptures, 
man was cast out from the Garden of Eden, he found 
himself in the carnal state and soon forgot the Bliss and 
Ecstasy which he had enjoyed while he was living in 
Paradise before he partook of the Fruit of the Tree of 
Knowledge, which Fruit was mixed, being Good and 
Evil. 



The Ages That Have Passed 37 

When man dwelt in Paradise he knew only good, but, 
after he had partaken of the Fruit which grew on the 
Tree of Knowledge, he knew both Good and Evil; and, 
as long as man lives in carnality, he continues to recog- 
nize both Good and Evil. 

How long will man remain in carnality? As long 
as he is asleep in the Adam-Dream. We read in Genesis, 
"A sleep came upon Adam." 

As long as man lives in carnality he is asleep, and 
birth and death, seed time and harvest continue and the 
Ages roll by ; but there will come a time when man will 
awaken from this "Adam Sleep." We read in the Holy 
Scriptures, ' ' In Adam all die, but in Jesus Christ all are 
made alive." Note, all who live in Adam die, while all 
who live in Jesus Christ are made alive. We then can 
clearly see that Adam represents the carnal state of all 
men, while Jesus Christ represents the Redeemed state 
of all men. To follow out the logic of reason here, we are 
compelled to acknowledge that none are forever lost. 

What constitutes the lost estate of man? Carnality. 
As long as man lives in the carnal concept of himself and 
of God and the universe, he is lost from the consciousness 
of his true self and his rightful inheritance and the cor- 
rect understanding of his Heavenly Father-Mother-God. 

When man awakens and begins to search, in his effort 
to know God, he finds that many superstitions and 
vague beliefs have crept into the different religions since 
the history of this Age has been kept. 

But the people who now compose the inhabitants of 
this earth are awakening; and, as the sun rises and 
moves toward the zenith, mankind will be blessed with 
the warmth and brightness therefrom and awaken from 
the long sleep in carnality. When man is awake he is 
not asleep ; one cannot be in two states at the same time. 
When man is fully awake, he smiles at the dreams of his 
sleep, although they sometimes were so real to him that 
his forehead would become moist with perspiration, ex- 
pressive of his mental suffering from their apparent 



38 The Flashlights of Truth 

reality. When man is awake, he sees, thinks, acts and 
lives differently. 

Jesus Christ, as He stood on the hill-top looking down 
over Jerusalem, knowing as he did the state of con- 
sciousness which the people were in, exclaimed, "Jeru- 
salem ! Jerusalem ! How oft would I have gathered you, 
as a hen gathereth her brood, but ye would not. ' ' They 
were living in the Adam-State of consciousness; there- 
fore, were asleep as to the Spirit or Christ state of Con- 
sciousness. 

Jesus performed His works, which established His 
message so firmly upon earth that the carnal man could 
not destroy it. 

As one by one the men of earth awaken from the 
deep sleep of carnality, they step from among the many 
and take their stand with the few. In the closing of this 
Age, many will have crossed from the carnal concept to 
the Divine, from the Adam-Sleep to the Christ- Conscious- 
ness, and stand Redeemed Sons of God. 

We have in the history of the past, the records of the 
rise and fall of nations. Empires have come and gone ; 
kingdoms have been established and stood for centuries, 
then crumbled ; even the crowns of the Kings, with their 
rare gems, dissolving into nothingness, and the place 
that knew the Kings and their subjects, know them no 
more forever. Though the place may not see or know 
them, it does not signify that they are not known; 
because, throughout the endlessness of Eternity, they 
are! and are known wherever they may be; and no one 
is in any place by chance; but as the seasons come and 
go, so there is the unerring Law of Cause and Effect, 
acting throughout carnality; and in this law, as man 
sows so he reaps; if wheat, he reaps wheat; if tares, he 
reaps tares. If a man, through good thoughts, desires 
and deeds, lays up for himself "Treasures in Heaven," 
when he comes to that change on his path called death 
he will find himself pleasantly surrounded in that state, 



The Ages That Have Passed 39 

which is not known to those still living in the state of 
carnal consciousness from which he has just passed. 

If man has been so deeply engrossed in the carnal 
sleep that he thinks only of self and a desire to gratify 
his own carnal appetites and passions, thus creating 
carnal thoughts only, which are of the earth, earthy, he, 
not having sent forward anything to prepare a place for 
himself, will upon leaving his present tenement of clay 
find, no doubt, a barren desolation surrounding him; 
but this state is not fixed, only by his own deeds, thoughts 
and desires, which have set the Law of Cause and Effect 
in operation ; and, when he reaches the place in the Law 
which requires it, he will step from the barrenness of 
desolation and again continue to work at his problem; 
for no man can fathom the deep for him and none can 
for him pay his debts. The Law must be observed ''unto 
the very last farthing. ' ' 

Man, living in the carnal state, is asleep in the Adam 
Dream, and as long as he walks on the carnal path he 
earns his bread by the sweat of his brow; and "women 
bring forth children in pain and in sorrow. ' ' 

God told them to be fruitful and multiply the earth. 
God's Divine Wisdom knew that the Souls, as they pass 
out from Paradise, required this school of experience; 
therefore, Wisdom spake to the man and woman who 
were living in the carnal state, to "Be fruitful and mul- 
tiply upon the earth. ' ' Thus we can see that God placed 
no condemnation upon those who were living in the gen- 
eration period of their ongoings through experience. 

But, according to the historical record, four thousand 
years after this command was given to man in his gen- 
eration period, Jesus Christ came to teach man how to 
take the step which leads him from the carnal man's 
concept unto the Christ-man's concept. He said, "Ye 
must be born again." Then it behooves the man who is 
awakened to search until he understands what Jesus 
meant. We read, "In Adam all die; but in Christ, all 
are made alive." 



40 The Flashlights of Truth 

Then to understand and become that which Jesus 
taught is to pass from death into life, from the generation 
state into the regeneration state; where old things and 
desires have passed away and all things and desires have 
become new. When man has entered into the regenera- 
tion state, he has touched, at least, the hem of the Christ- 
Consciousness and begins to walk amidst new environ- 
ments, even though he may remain in the same place. 
He is then on the high and holy way. Isaiah said, as 
the voice of the Father spake through his lips, "I will 
lead you by a way ye know not. ' ' Also, ' ' But they that 
wait upon the Lord shall renew their strength ; they shall 
mount up with wings as eagles ; they shall run and not 
be weary; and they shall walk and not faint." — Isaiah 
40:31. 

In Eternity there are no Ages or cycles or kalpas, as 
the events cast no shadow ; for behold, the ' ' Light of God 
is there. ' ' God is that Light and that Light is God ; and, 
in the Eternity which is, darkness cannot enter. 

It is in the carnal man's concept and world only that 
the curtains of night roll down and cause darkness to 
overspread mountains, plains and seas, that the rush and 
turmoil may cease and the carnal man find rest for a few 
hours, until the Law of Nature causes the curtains of 
morning to be draped aside and the golden rays of the 
sun brighten the earth and humanity again. 

After man has the Christ- Consciousness and has sub- 
dued the giants who endeavor to prevent him from occu- 
pying it, then he lays down his cross; he has carried it 
unto the final victory and leaves it upon Calvary ; and he 
moves on, in the consciousness, either faint or great, 
according to his faith and understanding of that which 
Jesus Christ had, and which He came to earth to give. 

A thousand deaths of the body can never touch the 
Soul. What is the Soul? " Conscious Life," which is 
forever At-one with God, the Father; therefore, it is 
forever conscious of Eternity. 



The Ages That Have Passed 41 

Let the reader, who has awakened sufficiently to rec- 
ognize Eternity, pause for a few moments and you may 
comprehend that Eternity is! even though time seems 
ever to be. The only way man can understand this is to 
unwind the skein and patiently undo the snarls from 
his mentality. What are the snarls which have accumu- 
lated in man's mentality? The false beliefs of the race 
which form the carnal mind and cause ignorance and 
superstition to abound. 

When Gautama Buddha, the Hindu Seer, began to 
awaken, he observed the conditions those about him were 
in and inquired of his father, the King, the cause of these 
conditions ; but the King could not answer, even though 
he were King and filling the highest position that carnal- 
ity can bestow, for he was living in the carnal concept 
only. 

Gautama Buddha, in the seven years of solitude, in 
meditation and communion with God, learned the cause 
of the condition the people were in, and a message of 
Truth was revealed to him similar in many particulars 
to that which was given centuries after through the lips 
of the Nazarene Master. The Infinite, our Father, our 
Creator, inspired Gautama Buddha to give the message 
which the people could grasp and assimilate, and which 
would assist them in their Spiritual unfoldment, and the 
awakened ones in this age can glean some rare gems and 
valuable nuggets from his teachings. 

Jesus Christ came later with a deeper interpretation 
of the Truth, and gave forth His message, that the men 
of earth may find their way out from the tangled con- 
fusion in which the carnal man finds himself. 

What is the Truth which Jesus said was necessary for 
man to know ? He said, "lam the Way, the Truth and 
the light ; ' ' " I and my Father are one ; but the Father is 
greater than I ;" and when he, from His Christ Illumined 
concept, looked at man clothed with the carnal mind and 
embodied in matter, he answered Nicodemus, who repre- 



42 The Flashlights of Truth 

sents the awakening period of the carnal man, by telling 
him, "Ye must be born again." 

The different births into the bodies of flesh, it matters 
not, if they be one or many, count as naught; (for noth- 
ing is gained) as pertaining to the Soul's unfoldment, 
until man awakens. We read that Nicodemus went to 
Jesus at night. The esoteric, or Spiritual meaning, 
applicable to each one, is, that they are in dark- 
ness when they awaken, and, being filled with fear, desire 
to ascertain the Truth without attracting attention. 
Jesus saw the state of concept Nicodemus was in when he 
came to Him under cover of night, but he also saw the 
awakening Soul and gave him such a strong revelation 
of the Truth, that it startled him, and he asked, "How 
can a man enter the second time into his mother's 
womb?" He was looking from the carnal concept of 
himself and was judging by carnality 's laws ; but Jesus 
said to him, "Ye must be born from above," showing that 
this birth is distinct and apart from carnality's ways. 
After man receives the New Birth, he begins to walk on 
another Path, and it is called the Christ, or Spiritual 
Path. 

On the Christ-Path, man meets and masters every op- 
posing foe with Love, in Faith and Devotion to God. 
Here is where we remember that Jesus said : ' ' The Father 
and I are one ; but the Father is greater than I. " It is 
on the Christ-Path that man learns to recognize Eternity. 
Then he begins to understand time. When man has moved 
far enough along the Christ-Path, to come into the full 
Christ-consciousness, he understands that time belongs 
to carnality only ; and, as long as man lives in the Adam- 
Sleep of carnality, he registers time in his mentality and 
it outpictures in old age, decrepitude, poverty and death. 
This is the carnal man's belief; and one of God's chosen 
instruments in the past has said, "As a man thinketh in 
his heart, so is he ;" but from the full understanding that 
is the Christ-concept, he sees Eternity as it is, one un- 
broken Eternity; he, then, knowing this to be the Truth, 



The Ages That Have Passed 43 

walks in the understanding of the Eternal Now. When 
man comes to this comprehension of Eternity, he will 
more clearly understand God, Aum, and even reason 
will say, he then necessarily will accordingly understand 
himself. 

What is this "himself" of man, which he will under- 
stand when he has moved on the Christ-Path into Christ- 
Consciousness ? It is, that man, whom "God created in 
His Image and Likeness," has never been touched or 
changed by the births and deaths in carnality ; and that 
man, "Who never was born, will never die." 

We read, ' ' In the beginning God was all and there was 
none beside Him." The reason does not require a very 
great range to come to the conclusion that man was 
created perfect. We hear St. Paul saying, "Man was 
created upright, but man has sought out many inven- 
tions." This perfect man is an individualized manifesta- 
tion of the One God. Why is this so? Because God is 
All ! and there is none beside Him. 

This individualized manifestation of God, called man, 
has a perfect form, composed of the one substance — God- 
Spirit-Essence, the One Life pulsating through it and the 
Breath of the Almighty, the One God, breathing through 
it in rhythm and harmony. 

As the Infinite breathes, He breathes through the 
earth, the air, the water, and through all contained 
therein, and each expression of Himself vibrates in uni- 
son with the Holy Breath, according to its degree of ex- 
pression. 

There are the minerals, rocks and earth which the 
carnal man considers inanimate ; however, they are ani- 
mate, because the Breath of the Infinite breathes them, 
and they are living and intelligent. The reason asks, 
1 ' How could it be otherwise, when God is Life and Intel- 
ligence and fills all Space?" If God fills all Space, then 
true it is, that the mind cannot conceive of a place where 
God is not. 



44 The Flashlights of Truth 

This recognition of the Allness and Nearness of God 
comes to the one who has awakened and, like Nicodemus, 
sought out Jesus Christ, the Truth, and inquired the 
Way, — to the one who has accepted the instructions and 
been born again and is walking on the Christ-Path unto 
full Illumination. 

In the early morning of Jehovah's dealings with the 
Hebrew children, the mist hung low and damp ; the cur- 
tains of night had only slightly been raised. In this cold 
and dampness of the early morning, it was not possible 
for them to see clearly ; therefore, they believed in their 
misunderstanding of God, that He, Aum, was far away 
from them and was ruling with a rod of iron from the 
wrath within Him. 

After the Hebrew children had been four hundred 
or more years in bondage in Egypt, God raised up Moses, 
whom Jehovah had caused to take birth and to pass 
through the experiences which caused him to awaken and 
turn aside when he observed that the fire did not consume 
the bush. Then the voice of God spake, and this is what 
it said: "Take off thy shoes from off thy feet, for the 
place whereon thou standeth is Holy Ground." Moses 
moved from that time forward, doing the work which 
the Father desired him to do, unto Mount Horab, and we 
read, "God buried him." 

The Infinite has wisely dealt with the children of 
earth through each Age of the earth's ongoings. Each 
Age has its seasons, which may extend into thousands 
and hundreds of thousands of years, which correspond to 
the seasons of the year which are reckoned as Springtime, 
Summer, Autumn and Winter. As each year has its 
seed-time and harvest, so each Age has its seed-time and 
harvest. 

What is the harvest time of the Ages as they roll by, 
being composed of cycle after cycle? It is the Christ- 
Consciousness, the Promised Land ; and all who are ripe 
upon the Tree of Carnality, at the ripening season, will 



The Ages That Have Passed 45 

be gathered into the fold of full Illumination in Mind, 
Soul and Body, and stand forth redeemed, redeemed by 
the Blood of the Lamb, which is Wisdom, Love and 
Power, Amen ! 

Eternity, yes! Then the redeemed one knows of a 
surety that Eternity is. Time has ceased to be. He 
knows and recognizes Eternity only. He has long since 
ceased to eat of the Fruit of the Tree of Knowledge 
which he found on the border line of Paradise, called the 
Garden of Eden. This Fruit is mixed, Good and Evil, 
and, as long as man eats of it, his experiences are good 
and evil, joy and sorrow, health and disease, life and 
death ; and man swings, as a pendulum, between pleasant 
and unpleasant experiences and environments, until his 
very Soul cries out for a way of escape. No Soul is left 
long in doubt and despair after they earnestly call for 
knowledge and guidance. 

As the gardener waters and tends the trees, he has no 
thought of criticism or condemnation toward the fruit, 
because he understands the law governing it. Therefore, 
well does he know, that in the fullness of time, the Laws 
of Nature will express and the fruit will appear. Some 
of it is perfect and ripens early; some is not ripe even 
when the frosts of winter come. The gardener gathers 
the fruit and places it in the grade to which it belongs 
and continues to tend and care for the orchard, because 
he knows that another season will come, and after the 
wintry blasts have ceased, blossoms will appear to assure 
him that there will be fruit. What of the fruit? It has 
moved on, having been freed from the human tree 
through knowledge and understanding, and, having come 
into the Christ-consciousness, is no more concerned with 
that which is taking place in the orchard, where the sea- 
sons come and go. 

This man has passed from one concept to another ; and 
man in the Christ-Consciousness glides placidly along 
through green fields, by the side of the River of Life, 
and rests in the cool shade of the trees which are there. 



46 The Flashlights of Truth 

In the Christ- Concept, Compassion, Kindness and Ten- 
derness for their fellow man dwells ; and, in this state of 
insight, man is more willing to serve than to be served. 

This consciousness, being established first in the few, 
then in the many, will usher in the millennium, which 
has even now crossed over the threshold and will finally 
touch and enter the consciousness of all men. This is the 
Day, the thousand years of peace, which is to reign upon 
the earth, and this is the Morning. 

The door of the races is opened and many have come 
through and are now living consciously in the Christ- 
Consciousness. 

It is Eternity Now! Look up, all ye awakened, and 
gird on your breast-plate of righteousness and be shod 
with the sandals of Good works. Let not the evening 
shadows gather! But stand thou firm in the noonday 
sun. It is when the sun has reached its zenith, that the 
glory of the Son of Righteousness is seen and felt, and, 
if man stands clear and strong, he will see himself the 
perfect expression of the Living God, clothed with a pure 
Spirit-Substance-Body, with the conscious Life of God 
flowing through it, the Intelligence of God expressing 
in it and the Breath of God, Aum, breathing it. 

"Look up ! 0, ye inhabitants of the earth, and rejoice ! 
For behold, thy redemption draweth nigh. ' ' 

Yea, the mountains will tremble as sandhills, the plains 
bloom as a garden of roses, and the seas will give forth 
islands, in these latter days. Be not dismayed, for the 
cycle has come to its close, and the new day has even 
now dawned! 

Stand up ! ye awakened one, and fear not, for the prom- 
ise is, ' ' Not even a hair of your head shall be harmed, ' ' 
and the Psalmist said, speaking from a glimpse of the 
Christ-Consciousness, "A thousand may fall at thy side, 
and ten thousand at thy right hand ; but it shall not come 
nigh thee." 

Arise, and rejoice! the day is at hand, and go forth in 



The Ages That Have Passed 47 

Love, Trust, Peace, Tenderness and Brotherly Kindness 
to assist your fellow man who as yet knows not the way. 

It is at first an uninteresting Path in appearance to 
them ; but tell them that it leadeth to the City of God, 
the New Jerusalem, which lieth Four Square upon Mount 
Zion, clear, crystal and pure, and none can enter there 
'"That defileth or maketh a lie." It is the Holy City, 
where the "Christ-anointed" dwell, and sing the glad 
Hosannas to the King. 

In the joyousness of being at Home in the Father's 
House again, from whence man departed in the long ago, 
his heart is melted into "Molten Gold," and the golden 
glow of Love Divine vibrates through every form and 
through Heaven itself, which is within all and without 
all ; for it envelopes the Whole. 

Joy, Ecstasy and Bliss abound, 
And Love, God, reigns supreme. 
This is the Promised Land, Caanan ! 
It is the Christ-Consciousness! 

There are no strivings, nor sorrows ; 
For these have passed away. 
There are no yesterdays, nor tomorrows: 
For these have ceased to be. 

It is Eternity ! It is Life Eternal. This is the Truth 
which Jesus Christ proclaimed : ' ' This is to know Thee, 
the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom Thou hast 
sent." 

The Ages come and go, but Eternity is not touched or 
disturbed by them; just as we see the soft white fleecy 
clouds on a June day float along, but they do not touch 
or disturb the deep blue canopy above. 

Eternity is ! Let all stand in the concept thereof and 
not be disturbed by the clouds of carnality. Abide in the 
Christ-Consciousness, and you are forever in Eternity. 



CHAPTER IV 
THE GREATNESS AND SMALLNESS OF GOD 

THE finite man, through the education he has re- 
ceived can readily recognize and endeavor to com- 
prehend the Greatness of God. This is as it should 
be, but it is impossible for the finite man to know God's 
Greatness, because the finite is limited, while God's 
Greatness is limitless. If man is to know the vastness of 
God's limitlessness, it is necessary that he understand 
God, and, when man understands God, he may perceive 
His Greatness. 

We will endeavor to carry man, whose mind has begun 
to open, into the Mysteries of God, which compose a part 
of His Greatness. We will use the sublime name of our 
Father-Mother, in the Impersonal, Aum, which is Light, 
Life, Love, Truth, Peace, Harmony, Power and Intelli- 
gence. These are Infinite, and therefore, fill all space, 
and are the' ' All-knowing, All-seeing, All-acting and 
Eternal Being, which is!" and the highest, most com- 
plete and perfect name the men of earth can utter for 
this Impersonal Presence is Aum. If this Name, and the 
Being which It is and represents to man is understood, 
it will never be used lightly, but with reverence and 
appreciation, and will be considered Sacred. 

Let man turn his eyes to the starry bedecked dome 
on a night when the atmosphere is clear, and study it 
for a time. He will see star after star appear which was 
not visible when he first began to search in the vastness 
of the blue dome above him. If a man's sight were such 
that he could look down at his feet and through the earth, 
he would see a star-set dome, blue, deep and clear. 

48 



The Greatness and Smallness of God 49 

Aum fills all space, and He is so great, that He extends 
far beyond the finite man's comprehension. To perceive 
the Greatness of God, the finite man must burst in twain 
the veil, which hangs between the finite mind in man and 
the God-mind. This is accomplished through "Asking, 
seeking and knocking." One of God's wisest ones gave 
this key to the men of earth, who were living in the 
carnal concept of themselves and the universe. He is 
known as Jesus Christ of Nazareth. 

As man looks at the dome above him which is dark, 
blue and deep, he at first sees only a few stars, the most 
brilliant ones. As he admires these and feels a stillness 
creep into his mind, he is filled with the joy one feels 
in the admiration of the beauties of nature; but, as he 
beholds, star after star appears to his vision until there 
seems to be no vacant place, so many and near are they, 
and all vibrant with life. He then perceives the great- 
ness of God's Creation. 

Why do we assert that every star is vibrant with life ? 
Because God, Aum, is there, and they have their being in 
Aum. We will repeat, Aum is the Impersonal God. 
Those stars, which are visible to the eye of the finite man, 
belong to the system to which this earth belongs. Let the 
mind extend still further in imagination into the next 
system of universes to this in which the earth exists, 
which is a group of planets, expressed as stars ; then on to 
the systems of universes beyond these ; then on, and on, 
ad infinitum. This gives the finite mind a faint glimpse 
of the Greatness of God. 

Let us dwell for a short time in stillness, reverence and 
appreciation in the presence of this Great Presence and 
lock into It, which is, always was, and ever will be — 
Aum ! As man looks at the stars which form a part of 
this system of universes to which the earth belongs, and 
far out, yet near, into the mysteries of God and into the 
vastness of God, while star after star reveals its presence 
to him, then he will perceive that each and every star, 
be they far or near, are an expression of, and in Aum. 



50 The Flashlights of Truth 

What is Aum? It is the presence of that which Is. 
This presence is Life, Light, Love, Intelligence, Power 
and Omnipresence. If one will follow this explanation of 
Aum, they cannot conceive of a place where God is not. 
Then is it not easy to perceive that man, as well as the 
stars, universes and systems of universes, lives and moves 
and has his being in this Omnipresence? and that man, 
"The Image and Likeness of God," is as inseparable 
from this Presence as the ray is from the sun ? 

The aspect of Aum, known as Intelligence, is limitless ; 
and so great and clear that it recognizes and operates 
through the minutest things, even down to the one-hun- 
dredth-thousandth part of an atom, to the governing, 
forming and moving of the universes and systems of 
universes; and to the various degrees of expressions be- 
tween these. Yerily it could not be that even a * ' Spar- 
row could fall to the ground without His notice. ' ' 

Love, being another aspect of Aum, is as limitless, 
boundless and deep as Infinity ! For lo, it is God. Love 
is the Law of Gravitation. Love stoops low and kisses 
the feet of the expressions of Aum ; and it matters not to 
Infinite Love, if it is the bowels of the earth ; the feet 
of man ; or the snow-capped tops of great mountains ; or 
the sweet scented flowers which are hid away in the 
mountain canyons, surrounded with the beautiful ferns 
and brambles; the daisies, growing by the roadside; or 
the sweet smelling rose that grows in the cultivated gar- 
dens ; or the innocent babe as it coos in its mother's arms ; 
or man, in all the concepts of himself. Love loves all 
expressions ! for Love is God, Love is Aum, and is every- 
where throughout the boundlessness of Space. 

Love embraces all in one unbroken and endless caress, 
and Love's love is so great that it will finally draw all 
mankind to itself, as the magnet attracts the iron to 
itself. As the magnet draws only the objects of like sub- 
stance and quality, so Love will draw love. 

Love is the brightest gem in the diadem of Heaven, 



The Greatness and Smallness of God 51 

and the greatest in the Systems of Universes, the Sun, 
the Son, Aum, God. Amen ! 

As we view Aum from all aspects, we see that Light is 
another portion of the Great All. It is easier for the 
mind of man to comprehend light and the Greatness of 
light, perhaps, than the other aspects which we have 
analyzed, because man sees and recognizes the light of the 
solar sun. Light being God, it is Omnipresent. Then 
we can see that Light exists in the bowels of the earth. 
This the reason cannot gainsay, as Light being God, it 
fills all space. On the surface of the earth, Light and 
Love join hands to bless the different expressions of 
Life; therefore, we see the green grass, the beautiful 
flowers, trees, grain and fruit. This outer mantle which 
we see spread about us everywhere, in the desert, the 
plain, the valley, the mountain top or the ocean depth, 
is what man calls nature; but, in reality, is the ''Outer 
mantle of God.'* If man has the Light of God in his 
mind and heart, he will look through nature, "The Man- 
tle." unto God, the One, the Cause. 

A recognition of the Truth does not cause man to de- 
preciate nature, but to appreciate it with understanding. 
Then man will reach forth his hand to touch and caress 
the mountains, trees, valleys, plains, deserts and oceans ; 
because he understands that Aum fills all Space. 

This is not Pantheism, because we set forth the dis- 
tinction between nature and God, and show that nature 
is only the outer garment of God. But, with clear in- 
sight, we tread lightly upon the weeds, grass and pebbles 
along the side of our path, because we perceive that their 
primal substance is the One Substance, which is Spir- 
itual-Essence, and of which the Universes and all forms, 
including man, are composed. Man, being the "Crown- 
ing glory of God," is endued with divine dominion to 
walk in the Great Garden of God (the whole earth), to 
gather the flowers, which represent the smiles and Love 
of God, to sow and harvest the grain, to plant the vine 
and gather its fruits. 



52 Tije Flashlights of Truth 

Man is permitted to play in this beautiful garden (the 
whole earth) by Infinite Love; and when man under- 
stands that Aum caused the earth to take form and 
finally become beautiful for man to dwell upon, and, 
through Spiritual Insight, perceive that it is the Garden 
of Eden, he will begin to look about ; and, then, he will 
discern the beauties, which in the mantle of nature are 
spread everywhere. In this State of Illumination man 
will humbly bow his head and look upon all as Sacred. 
And know that God continues to breathe and caress all. 

Life is another aspect of the Impersonal God, and, the 
same as Light, Love and Intelligence, fills all space. 
Then let man raise his eye and look out, over and through 
them. "We see that there is no place where Life is not, 
because it is Omnipresent, limitless and boundless. 

With this definition of Life before us, let us look at 
nature, and see what it really is. We find that it is an 
expression of Life, and that it is everywhere. We also 
find that nature expresses in the tiniest forms, as well 
as the largest. We can see that the Life which is Aum 
expresses through every expression. "From the least 
even unto the greatest." Then we see that God as Life, 
is in every living thing. Because there is but one Life 
and it fills all space, and is God, it cannot be broken, 
crushed, divided nor destroyed. It is the primal, the 
First Cause, the One, — Aum. 

Life manifests itself in every atom of earth. Yea, 
throughout the bowels of the whole earth Life is, and 
manifests; but man does not comprehend it so keenly 
as he does in the next plane, which is the earth's surface. 
It does not require argument to convince man that life 
is in the grass, trees, vegetable, animals, fowls and man ; 
but it may require strong logic to convince some 
states of mind that Life expresses, even though feebly, 
through low vibrations, in the minerals, rocks, sand and 
earth. However, this is true, because, if Life fills all 
space, is undisturbed and indivisible, it could not be oth- 
erwise. 



The Greatness and Smallness op God 53 

Life is that unchangeable and unbroken thing, which 
is, forever was and will never cease to be. There is no 
way of escape from Life, because it is God and fills all 
space. Life is Eternality, and is without beginning or 
end. Life is constantly manifesting through the expres- 
sions of God ; therefore, we discern that Life is action and 
that action is the manifestation of Life. 

Power is another aspect of the Great First Cause which 
is the Impersonal God. 

With all the aspects of God combined, even God Him- 
self would have remained in repose or unmanifest, with- 
out the Power to express. Viewing Power from this 
standpoint, we see how important it is, even to God. 
Power is as Eternal as God, for God is Power. If God 
is Power, it fills all space. We see that this must neces- 
sarily be true, for it holds the universes in their place, 
supports the little feathers as they move through the air, 
and sustains the snowflakes as they gracefully move from 
the realms above and settle so daintily on house-tops, 
mountains and trees. 

There is but one Power. How do we know this to be 
true ? God is All ! There is none beside Him ! 

When man manifests Power, it is from God. If he uses 
this Power for good, it is in the Will of the All- Wise One ; 
but, if man under the influence of his carnal mind per- 
verts its use. it is in his self-will and the results are ac- 
cording to the use to which he has put the Power. How- 
ever, there is one Power, and when man comes into the 
Illumination, which brings him into the "Glorious lib- 
erty of the sons of God," he will have only one desire 
and that will be to use the God-Power, which God ex- 
tends to him, only for good; and this good will be to 
benefit mankind. 

The Power remains the One Power, God's Power, and 
man's perverse usage of it cannot defile or weaken it in 
the least. 

When man in the finite state learns the truth about 
Power, and of its ever-presence, if he will ask of the 



54 The Flashlights of Truth 

Father, he will come into the understanding which will 
enable him to use it intelligently for good at all times 
and in all places. The Power is limitless, so that man 
will have unlimited power when he understands that 
Power is God ; and man, a manifestation of God . 

The Grace of God is limitless and boundless. It, also, 
fills all space, for, behold, God's favor is everywhere ; and 
it is so responsive to the call of the men of earth, that 
none can fall so low or sink into a depth so deep, but 
that if they call to the Father-Mother-God, His grace 
is extended. That grace is so great that it can bind up 
the broken heart, cheer the faint, strengthen the weak 
and remove ignorance and superstition. Oh! that man 
more clearly understood the Greatness and Nearness of 
the Grace of God. 

Harmony, which is another aspect of the Infinite, fills 
all space. It dwells here in the center and reaches unto 
the utmost bounds, though in reality there are no bounds. 
It is only the mind of the earth-man which conceives 
limitations. 

What is Harmony? It is that intertwining of the 
Love, Life, Light, Power and Intelligence of God into 
such Rhythm that it is breathed by the Breath of God 
and a Harmonious Rhythm permeates the Whole. Har- 
mony is God, because it belongs in the Impersonal God 
which is the First Cause. Harmony, therefore, dwells 
in the God-Head. 

Without Harmony the expressions of God would man- 
ifest a confused state and creation would become a ming- 
ling mass of confusing contradicitons from the little 
atoms in the bowels of the earth to the oceans and the 
universes ; but Harmony, being a Law of God, is Eternal, 
is unchangeable ; therefore, never disturbed. The form- 
ing or unforming of a world does not even touch dis- 
turbingly the Law of Harmony; for, if the Infinite 
Intelligence causes the forming of a world, it is done in 
harmony. If it causes the unforming of a world, it is 
done in harmony. 



The Greatness and Smallness of God 55 

The disturbances in the minds of men, in the nations, 
in the earth, air or water do not so much as touch Har- 
mony, although it is ever-present and fills all space. The 
finite mind of man will question l ' how this can be ? ' ' but 
doubt does not disturb the unbroken Law of that 
which IS. 

Man sometimes says, "In the midst of Life, there is 
death," and "In the midst of Harmony there is dis- 
cord." 

Death has never touched Life, and never will! Dis- 
cord has never touched Harmony, and never will ! Strike 
as many discordant notes as ignorance, or the self-will, 
desires and listen until you grow weary of the discord- 
ant sounds, and, even there, Harmony abounds; and all 
that is necessary is to strike the correct key, and Har- 
mony responds; and, if man will continue to touch the 
key of Harmony, he will perceive he has set the bells 
of the Infinite to ringing and the sweet Rhythm of Love 
and Peace vibrate therewith and Harmony is brought 
into expression. "When man was striking the discordant 
notes confusion reigned. 

Harmony is ever present, but is not recognized by the 
finite man to be an ever-present reality until through un- 
derstanding the great theme, the Greatness of God, he 
"Knows the Truth." He then becomes free and under- 
stands. 

We see Harmony expressed through nature in the 
springtime, when the earth has become adorned with 
grass and flowers; when the trees are draped in leaves 
of different shades of green, the brooks babbling along 
through meadows, fields and glens, singing the song 
which expresses joy and harmony ; when the song of the 
meadow lark is heard and the birds sing sweetly as they 
build their nests in the trees which have clothed them- 
selves with their mantle of green ; when the curtains of 
evening gather so softly and in such rhythm before the 
declining sun, brilliant and beautiful; when these are 
replaced by more somber ones and the mountains are 



56 The Flashlights of Truth 

silently mantled in the soft purple gauze of even-time. 
At this hour silence in nature reigns and Harmony 
abounds, for it is permitted to express it for a short time, 
at least, through nature, the "Outer garment of God." 
Harmony so expressing is, forever was, and will never 
cease to be. 

The next aspect of God which we will consider is Per- 
fection. God is Perfection, full and complete. In the 
impersonal aspect of God, which is Aum, there is Perfec- 
tion, Completeness ; and when Aum became manifest 
through creation, Perfection was manifested throughout 
the vastness of Creation, throughout all the manifesta- 
tions of God. 

God is the Creator ; and creation in all of its different 
degrees expresses Aum. 

Aum is the Perfect Impersonal Presence which is Om- 
nipresent, and creation is the Perfect Manifestation of 
the Perfect Presence of that which IS. 

Perfection is set in action when God became through 
creation, manifest in expression. It is expressed in Law, 
Harmony, Peace, Love, Life, Light, Good, Purity, 
Power, Intelligence and Rhythm. 

Back at the place where the curtain hangs, just be- 
yond the discordant note, the bells of heaven ring soft 
and clear; they ring! and their sound is Harmony in 
Perfection and the perfect rhythm of Harmony vibrates 
throughout Aum, and Aum fills all space. Thus we 
desire man to see that Heaven in Harmony is everywhere 
present ; and, even in the midst of opposite conditions, 
is ever-present in Perfection, seeking to awaken by its 
"concord of sweet sounds." 

List ! in the midst of any confusion in which man may 
find himself, he can, if he stills the noise of his carnal 
discord, hear the bells of heaven ring, and they express 
Perfection of Harmony. Perfection is omnipresent. 

Perfection dwells in the God-head. Therefore, it is 
unchangeable and is never touch nor disturbed by any 
imperfection which seems to be. 



The Greatness and Smallness of God 57 

Imperfection is in the carnal man and his expressions 
and, not in God's expressions, which remain perfect 
throughout the endlessness of that Eternity which He 
inhabits. 

Peace also abides in the God-head, in that ever-present 
Presence, and is not touched nor disturbed by anger, 
hate, malice nor revenge. Not even war, with all of its 
dark clouds, can so much as touch the hem of the gar- 
ment in which Peace is robed. 

Peace is and will never cease to be ! It ever stands in 
unmanifested form behind anger, hate, malice and re- 
venge ; and over the battle fields and in and through the 
instruments of war Peace is! and will finally become 
manifest in the outward forms and expressions. 

Peace will some time reign supreme in the minds and 
hearts of men. Then Perfection, Harmony and Love will 
unite and the anthems will chime throughout the uni- 
verse, because these aspects of Anm are being recognized 
by the carnal man. This recognition sets the bells of 
heaven ringing, and if man, whose mind is beginning to 
expand, will listen in the silence with Aum, in the sacred 
chamber of his own Soul he will hear the bells of joy as 
they ring, ring, ring ! 

Joy and gladness are responsive states in the carnal 
man's mind, which mind is of the earth, earthy until it 
listens and recognizes the bells of heaven, which are for- 
ever ringing. As it listens, it becomes consciously filled 
with Rhythm, Harmony, Peace and Love ; and if it con- 
tinues to listen, it will become so perfectly attuned to the 
Eternity of that which is, that man will lose his carnal 
concept and become conscious of the presence of Aum 
and know that he lives, moves and has his being in God 
and that God is manifest in and through him. 

Holiness is another state which man attains unto as he 
continues to listen to the bells of heaven and the glad 
refrain from the Hosannas which are wafted to him from 
realms above. These Hosannas, being pure and holy, 
man becomes like unto them and responds in Holiness. 



58 The Flashlights of Truth 

Holiness is an attribute of Perfection. 

It is the Greatness of God which we have dwelt upon 
in this chapter. It is well for the mind of man to look 
out, through, over and under himself and endeavor to 
(as much as mind can grasp) think on the Vastness and 
Greatness of God and upon His nearness. 

We will now take up the second part of the subject 
which is to be considered in this chapter, the Smallness 
of God. 

The carnal mind will instantly wonder how a thing 
so great, as has been portrayed in the foregoing part of 
this chapter, can have smallness also. 

Aum, which is God, is so great that He can hold the 
mountain in His hand and not feel its weight ; and at the 
same time this Infinite Intelligence which is Omnipres- 
ent sees and caresses the atoms of earth which are hid 
away from the eyes of the carnal man, and the little 
drops of water in the ocean depth ; and the dew-drop He 
holds on His finger tip that it may sparkle to encourage 
the carnal man who is dreaming his time away, being 
lost arid asleep in carnality. 

Aum kisses the little snow flakes as they move grace- 
fully along; He guides the drops of rain and the cur- 
rents in the great oceans; yea, nothing is too small for 
Infinite Love to take notice of and guide, in unerring 
wisdom, into its rightful place. Each and all, from the 
atoms in the midst of our mother earth and the drops in 
the depths of the sea unto man, the highest manifesta- 
tion of Aum, are all moving in His watchfulness and safe 
guidance. 

Man in his bigotry and conceit may think it beneath 
him to spare the life of the reptiles, insects, fowls and 
animals; yet Jesus Christ said, "Not even a sparrow can 
fall to the ground without the Father's notice." 

As man looks earnestly into the Smallness of God, he 
perceives God's great Love and Care which is spread 
as a mantle everywhere. It is no respecter of forms or 
degrees in expression, because the Love, which is God, 



The Greatness and Smallness of God 59 

cares for and caresses the wounded serpent, when it has 
crawled away into shelter from the man who injured it, 
just as It will caress and heal the man whom the serpent 
has bitten. 

Infinite Love knows full well when man and the ser- 
pent understand that Presence (which is ever present 
and is the Allness of the First Great Cause, Aum) there 
will be no desire in man to destroy the serpent, neither 
will there be any thought of self -protection in the ser- 
pent, which is the cause of its harming man. 

It is the carnal mind of man only, that recognizes the 
degrees of state and the size and expression of form. 
With God, " There is nothing great or small." There- 
fore, we can perceive that it is as easy for God to hold 
the universe in space without its testing His strength, 
accomplishing that with the same care, grace and ease 
as that with which the Father-Mother-God careth for the 
birdlings in their nests far in the tree top or on the 
mountain side and for the little atom in the earth which 
so patiently fills its place and moves forward at the bid- 
ding of Infinite Intelligence. 

It is not more beneath the Love and dignity of God to 
stoop and caress the beggar's feet, if he calls for Love's 
caress, than to kiss the brow of Kings as they sit on 
their golden thrones, bedecked with the rare and priceless 
jewels of Earth. 

There is one jewel which Infinite Love appreciates and 
will stoop to the lowliest to receive ; that Jewel is Love. 

"We see the infant smile and clap its little hands and 
seemingly look into space; it is only responding to a 
caress of Infinite Love. We see the rose unfold and turn 
its beautiful face toward the light, and, as it feels the 
Love of the Infinite Touch, it responds with the perfume 
from its heart, offering the incense of its praise to the 
God of Love. 

God touches the daisies by the roadside with His ten- 
der embrace ; and the grains of sand which form the sea 
shore, He forgets not. 



60 The Flashlights of Truth 

There is not one expression in any form, great or 
small, but God doth know, and broodeth over with Love 
and Care. 

Let us now take the two great aspects of God and com- 
bine them and see what we have to present to the ra- 
tional, reasoning mind of man. 

"We find we have a Being so Great, that the mind of 
man in the carnal state cannot comprehend it ; and so 
Sublime, it takes note of the smallest of His Creations 
and careth for them as tenderly as for the highest and 
greatest. 

When man perceiveth what is back of all this which 
he sees around him in expression, the earth, water, and 
the forms which live upon the earth and in the earth, 
the air and all the inhabitants thereof, man will begin 
to come forth from the Adam-state of consciousness, 
which is carnality; and, as he moves forward, he will 
learn concerning the Greatness and the Smallness of the 
Omnipresent Aum, from which all came into this present 
earth-state and to Whom all will return. 

Each man came out alone from this Impersonal Pres- 
ence, which is God, — from his Home in Paradise, where 
bliss reigns supreme, where there is one continuous 
chorus of Rhythmic Harmony, blending with Peace, Love 
and good cheer; and each individual manifestation of 
God is surcharged with the ecstasy of Bliss. 

When man comes into the carnal mind concept, he 
still has an unconscious desire to again feel the ecstasy 
and bliss which he enjoyed in that other state, which is 
called Paradise. This is what causes the unrest in the 
minds of men of earth and this will remain in all men 
until they return Home to that same state where they 
are vibrant with God, partaking of His eternal Ecstasy 
and Bliss. This is the joy of Living, the gladness of 
Being, and the meaning of Life. 

Why have we analyzed God in His two aspects of 
Greatness and Smallness? That man may, through this 
assistance, know God as He truly is; with all the mys- 



The Greatness and Smallness of God 61 

teries removed from his mind, that it may expand, yea, 
learn to look at our Heavenly Father-Mother from all 
the different aspects we have presented ; for, in so doing, 
the mind will continue to expand until it will finally 
burst its bounds. Then man will learn to know his God ; 
and, when man truly knows God as He is, man will desire 
to draw near to Him, — man's Source, his Father-Mother- 
God. 

As we have learned through the interpretation of God, 
that He is Love and that Love is the magnet which only 
draws to itself qualities of like import, then we see that 
God, being Love, only draws man to Him through the 
quality of Love which is inherent in man. 

The carnal concept knows not of the Divine Quality of 
Love and only recognizes it in the state of the carnal man 
which is the human. The human life is lived in the 
shadows of the Real ; therefore, it is changeable and fleet- 
ing, not having a firm abiding place. 

When the carnal mind in man begins to expand, the 
Light concerning the Truth of God and Man will enter 
until man becomes enlightened sufficiently clear to draw 
near to God. 

At first, man may be chill and cold, having been 
touched by the wintry blasts of earth ; and he may desire 
to approach God for self only. While this is a very small 
way to approach our Heavenly Father, it is far better 
to come to Him thus than not to come at all. We have 
read these words of an Illumined one who said, "The 
Father knoweth what ye have need of before ye ask. ' ' 

We will now recall that the Father is that Infinite 
Love and Intelligence which stoops and caresses all, be 
they high or low, rich or poor ; and in His embrace they 
will feel the quickening power which will so vitalize their 
mind and heart that a warmth will glow within them 
and in time they will be so filled with the manna from 
heaven that they will begin to think of their fellow man 
and desire to assist him to find this same Love and Kind- 
ness which they have received. 



62 The Flashlights of Truth 

As the men who are in the carnal state come to the 
Father and abide there until they are filled with the 
manna from heaven and then go forth to tell their fellow 
man about it, they are doing their part in assisting to 
establish the Kingdom of Heaven upon earth. 

The Kingdom of Heaven must again be consciously 
established in the heart and mind of man. Then each 
individual will gladly give their service to assist human- 
ity to seek the Kingdom of Heaven and its Harmony. 

All the people of earth from the beginning, before the 
time "When man's mind ran not to the contrary" have 
looked forward to something higher, brighter and better 
than is seen in the carnal state of man, and all races 
have had a hope for a better state held before them. 
Even the savage perceives that there is "The Great 
Spirit." He may think that it is in the water, the 
mountains or the sky far above ; but it matters not how 
insignificant his location of the Great Spirit may be, he 
has a hope, and this causes him to look forward to a 
1 ' Happy Hunting Ground. ' ' 

It is well to smile not at the perception which lights 
the mind of the savage into a hope for Life Immortal. 
Let us again remember that in our analysis of God we 
find Him both Great and Small. Therefore, we will not 
permit ourselves to even think that Infinite Love will 
ignore the little light the savage has and turn from him. 
Oh, no! God is Love! and "Love loves love" in the 
heart of the savage, be it ever so small a ray, just as well 
as "Love loves love" in the heart of a Brahmin Priest. 

Then, when man desires to return to the Father- 
Mother-God, he can use Love as a key to unlock the 
storehouse of God, which is the Love, the Light, the Life, 
the Power and the Intelligence of Aum, Love being the 
key, appreciation will soon begin to grow in the heart; 
then devotion will flow from the mind and Soul. 

As man approaches, step by step, nearer the Presence 
which is, was, and ever will be, which Presence is God, 
man, whose mind is becoming receptive of the Light of 



The Greatness and Smallness of God 63 

God, will see the difference between the carnal state of 
man and the Divine State. 

Nothing but the Light of God, or that Light which is 
God, can penetrate deep enough into the carnal concept 
to enable man to pierce the darkness and gloom that en- 
folds and surrounds him, and continues to shine stronger 
and clearer until the fullness of the Christ-Light con- 
sumes the ignorance which was in the mind concerning 
God and man, and the superstitions which took such 
active part in his mind, thus enabling man to see himself 
as God has ever seen him, — a perfect manifestation of 
the Living God. 

As in God there is "No shadow nor turning," so in 
man, also, when he has moved forward from the carnal 
concept of himself into the Christ-light, which reveals 
to him that he is a Son of the Most High God. When 
man has reached the Christ-State in perception, he will 
soon step forth into the ' ' Glorious liberty of the Sons of 
God. ' ' This is his inheritance ! How long a time it may 
require for man to achieve this triumph ' ' No man know- 
eth, not even the Son, but the Father." 

The Greatness and Smallness of God is not far from 
man when he turns to seek for them. 

God as Aum is Omnipresent; and none can stray so 
far but that God is there with His Love and Care. None 
can become bound so deep in the ice and snow of the far 
north, but that the warmth of God's Love is there. 

If man desires the Love of God, it is necessary that he 
request it; for the Law and Harmony of Aum will re- 
main in the unmanifest to man until he seeks them out. 
This is done through one way, and Jesus Christ of Naza- 
reth told us the "Way. He said, "Ask, seek and knock 
and the door will be opened unto you. ' ' 

First, man must open his mind and heart to the Light, 
which is the Truth ; and then ask the Father for Light, 
Love and Wisdom. 

Jesus Christ, the perfect representative of Truth, said, 
"I stand at the door of every man's heart and knock; 



6-i The Flashlights op Truth 

if he will open to me, I will enter and sup with him." 
We find, after this is done, that man is still required to 
do his part, which is for man to turn to the Great God, 
remembering His Greatness and also His Smallness. 

This reminds man, that from His Greatness God can 
do all things and that in His Smallness He will stoop to 
listen to every desire of man which is expressed through 
thought or word, and tenderly caresses each and every 
one and with His Great Strength sustain and protect us 
unto the time when we again have reached the glory of 
being at Home in the Father's House, filled with the 
Ecstasy and Bliss which is only known to those who have 
come to the Father through the Christ, the only begotten 
Son of God. 



CHAPTER V 

MAN, THE "CROWNING GLORY OF GOD" 

MAN, what art thou that Aum should be mindful 
of thee, — Aum, the Omnipresent God? 
"That light which lighteth every man who 
cometh into the world ' ' shines over the Path which leads 
through the carnal man's concept of himself and his 
world unto the City of God, which lieth four square upon 
Mount Zion. 

This city represents man's perfect understanding of 
himself, God and the Universe ; so complete is it that it 
is square, equal on every side. 

3 Tan, the man who is ' ' The Crowning Glory of God, ' ' is 
awakened into the City which lieth four square upon the 
Holy Mountain. 

Man is not complete in expression until he has become 
developed on the four sides of his nature. When man 
has passed through the Third Dimension, he begins build- 
ing the Fourth Wall to the Holy City, which City he 
then comprehends to be himself. 

As man passes through the Third Dimension, or degree 
of unfoldment, his burdens are heavy to bear, and the 
darkness in his mind causes him to see only dimly, and 
who can walk in a dark and strange cave with only the 
light of a candle to light it, and not stumble many times ? 

In the first stages of man's development in the carnal 
state, he did not have artificial light; but the need of 
more light caused him to seek out inventions, and we see 
man in proportion to his unfoldment bringing the light 

C5 



66 The Flashlights of Truth 

into expression in the outer world from the flint to the 
torch, from the tallow candle to the oil, from the gas to 
the electric light. 

Electricity is a symbol of that perfect Light which will 
light man into the fourth dimension ; and by that Light 
man will complete himself in understanding until he will 
see himself as God sees him. 

The City lieth four square upon Mount Zion, the 
streets are pure gold, the gates are set with gems of rare 
value, rubies, diamonds, sapphires and amethysts, and 
the gates are never closed ; for, behold, there is no night 
there, neither is there need of the sun, for the Light of 
God lighteth it. It lieth four square, which makes it 
complete, and the River of Life floweth through it, crys- 
tal, clear and refreshing. God is the King who sits on 
the Throne of this City, and his son, — the Christ, stands 
by His side and ever doeth His bidding and rejoices 
therein, because He knows that He who sits on the 
Throne is the Source, ''The Center, and the circumfer- 
ence of that which IS." This King is God, — is Aum. 
Jesus Christ has fully completed His City; and He 
knows, He is so near the King — the Father, that He 
and the Father are one. ' ' When man fully realizes this, 
he is in the Fourth Dimension. 

As man was compelled to learn to use the implements 
of the other dimensions through which he has passed, 
so he now must set about to learn the implements of this 
Dimension, their purpose and how to use them intelli- 
gently. 

This being the final or finishing Dimension, it is im- 
portant that man learns the nature of these implements 
clearly and uses them perfectly; for it is perfection 
which is now the model. Even here man is required to 
chisel away every little speck of error which may still 
linger, either within the City or on the outside walls. 
When man has completed his work in the Fourth Dimen- 
sion and has its wall finished and joined solidly into 
the others, it is one wall, solid, perfect and complete. 



Man, the "Crowning Glory of God" 67 

The tools used here are not the same as those used in 
the other Dimension; for there man was seeking for 
something he had not found. The light was dim and 
the burdens heavy; but he there learned to patiently 
carry his cross ; because, from the Light which shone over 
his Path, he could discern that the only way to escape 
from that state was by willingly carrying the cross. This 
recognition does not come to man until he has traveled 
far upon the Path. 

The fact that we find man in the Fourth Dimension 
proves that he sought for help from a higher source than 
himself. He had been compelled to learn his inefficiency ; 
and here is where the overshadowing Care whispers, 
"Ask. seek, knock," when the scriptural promise is ful- 
filled, "The way will open unto you." 

As man learns to trust and revere the overshadowing 
Care, Light and Love, he learns that prayer is the tool 
to ever use in chiseling his way through the outpicturings 
of his mistakes which surround him; for prayer is the 
instrument which will cause the mind to expand to re- 
ceive the wisdom which comes from the Light above, 
which will cause the heart to become soft enough to let 
in the ray of Love until it is melted into pure Love, like 
unto ' ' Molten Gold. ' ' Then it will glow with the warmth 
of the noonday sun and, as the sun's warmth causes the 
growth of every expression of life upon the earth's sur- 
face, so this Love will quicken and bless mankind. 

When man has reached this stage, he is nearing the 
border-line between the Third and Fourth Dimesion. 
This is where the work is most particular and every 
stroke of the hammer of importance. The work must 
be done under the guidance of Divine Love and the tools 
must be used in Love; because the diamond is reaching 
the stage where its true worth is to be brought to the 
surface. 

"When a diamond is first brought from the depth of 
the earth, the tools used to clear away the debris which 
surrounds it can be crude, the hand untrained and the 



68 The Flashlights of Truth 

mind coarse ; but when it is nearing the finishing process 
the tools are fine, the hand steady and the mind filled 
with understanding. Then the beautifully cut and spark- 
ling gem is presented to the world. 

So man, as he advances in understanding, changes his 
tools according to his degree of enlightenment and con- 
tinues to chisel his way, until he finds himself at the place 
where the tools are so fine and the understanding re- 
quired so deep, that he becomes willing to lay his self- 
will upon the altar and, through prayer, The Sacred 
Tool, commit it to the All-Wise One, the Aura. Then he 
is willing to walk in the "Will of the Father, "Who is 
ever in Heaven, in Harmony." This Wise and Loving 
Father will soon lead him unto the Christ and cause 
him to linger there, and willingly sit at His feet until he, 
too, has not only touched the hem of the Christly Robe, 
but becomes Illumined with the Christ- Consciousness. 
This is to know that he, too, is at-one-ment with the 
Father. 

It is the Christ- Consciousness which enables man to 
cross from the Third Dimension into the Fourth; but, 
rest assured, his labors do not cease there, for here is 
where he begins to use the instruments so fine and deli- 
cate that they were not known to him while he was living 
in the Third Degree Concept of himself and of God. 

If a man has only one talent, not much is required of 
him; but of him who has ten, much is required. Man 
knoweth not the way here ; but the Father knoweth and 
will reveal it unto him, because, man having laid down 
his self-will, is willing to be guided by the All- Wise One, 
our Father-Mother-God. 

Man in the Christ-Consciousness learns from the 
Christ within, that he is a Son of the Living God and, 
as such, knows that he is the "Crowning Glory of God." 

If God, Aum, had not manifested in His highest ex- 
pressions called man, He would not have had an "Image 
and Likeness." 



Man, the "Crowning Glory of God" 69 

God's creation would be perfect in expression, but 
' ' The Crowning Glory ' ' would not be there ; but it was 
for man, "God's Crowning Glory," that the universe 
came into its various expressions in forms from the atoms 
unto the suns and planets. 

In Genesis we read that God created man and placed 
him in the Garden of Eden. The minds of men have 
not agreed upon the exact location of the Garden of 
Eden ; nor will they, because, in reality, it is the whole 
earth where God has caused vegetation, fruit and 
flowers to grow, and the trees to beautify the landscape, 
casting a cool shade, that animal, bird and man may 
rest therein. 

The Garden of Eden consciousness is the state in which 
man was while he dwelt in Paradise. Man, then, had 
not a care in his mind, knew of no darkness and was con- 
scious of the Love which is God within and around him. 

Man in that paradisical state, was as an innocent babe. 
He rested upon the Bosom of the Father and laughed 
gleefully as the sunbeams of Love overshadowed him; 
but he did not know the how nor the why concerning it. 
As man had not eaten of the Fruit of the Tree of Knowl- 
erge, which is Good and Evil, he knew only good; and, 
when he did partake of the fruit which was forbidden by 
Wisdom, he knew not how to retrace his steps. There- 
fore, he was compelled to pass through earth's experi- 
ences until he learned to ask for guidance from above. 
Then he was informed to take up his cross willingly and 
press on. If he so does and continues to ask for guid- 
ance, he will in time reach the border line between the 
two Dimensions. 

When man has passed into the Fourth Dimension, he 
lays down his cross. 

Every man will work his problem unto its final solu- 
tion, and pass from infancy to "The stature of the full 
grown man in Christ Jesus." 

The intellect sees the possibility of man's becoming 
the Conscious Manifestation of God ; but the Spirit 



70 The Flashlights of Truth 

within reveals to man the necessity, as well as the possi- 
bility, for man to come into the conscious recognition of 
his True Being as God made him when he stepped from 
the womb of the Infinite, and cause him to understand 
the Power, Love and Dominion with which he was en- 
dued at the moment he became an individualized Being. 

As long as the intellect governs man, he will look in 
the distance for his Ideal, be it God or himself ; because 
the intellect, being the instrument of the outer man, sees 
things literally. Therefore, it leads humanity by point- 
ing, either back through the centuries or forward to the 
time which is to come. 

But the Spirit of Truth whispers now, now, now ! And 
in the Scriptures one has said, "This is the day of Sal- 
vation. ' ' 

The man who is living in the intellectual concept of 
God and man looks upon the world as he sees it — as ma- 
terial substance, and man as being formed from the dust 
of the ground. The man who is looking far away for 
God, most likely, will trample upon the delicately tinted 
flowers which grow along his path, taking no notice of 
them. 

As soon as man awakened sufficieintly to hear the 
"Still Small Voice, " he began to examine himself and 
to make use of the material at hand. Man has sought 
out inventions in the outer world to assist him to bring 
about an easier and better way to bring his surroundings 
into perfection. 

When God seems a great distance from man, he de- 
pends upon his own efforts to establish harmonious envi- 
ronments for himself and those dependent upon him. 
This he will do, perhaps for centuries, quite satisfactory 
to himself, and, when the clapping of the thunder an- 
nounces the destruction which the lightning has caused, 
he submits gracefully, because he believes that God, who 
dwells in the distance and suggests His wrath through 
the roar of the thunder, has brought this calamity upon 
him ; and, when he approaches the death-door, he sub- 



Man, the "Crowning Glory of God" 71 

mits willingly, supposing this to be the Will of God. Not 
knowing concerning the beyond, he only trusts to the far 
away God. God will ever remain at a great distance 
from this state of mind. There is a great gulf in man be- 
tween the Intellect and the Spirit, between the outer and 
the inner man. 

"When Jesus Christ began to teach His message, the 
people were looking forward in hope that the Messiah 
would come; some believed He would come; but who 
could believe that He had arrived ? None ! except those 
who had been quickened and had heard the Voice of the 
Spirit. These then knew that God had drawn near unto 
them, yea, dwelt within them. 

Thomas, a disciple of Jesus, represents the stage of 
doubting through which all minds pass after they are 
aroused from the Adam-state of mind and feel the quick- 
ening touch of Spirit and hear the call direct to the indi- 
vidual. The doubts work out for good to the sincere 
seeker after Truth, because they cause him to go forward 
and investigate. 

Jesus Christ did not disdain to recognize the doubts 
which were in the mind of His disciples and were ex- 
pressed through Thomas' words; but Jesus appeared 
when Thomas was with the other disciples and bade 
him put forth his hand and feel the wound in His side 
and examine the nail prints in His hand, convincing 
Thomas, ' ' That he be no more doubting, but believing ! ' ' 

Thus we see , by the example of Him who ' ' Knew the 
Truth," that there is a state or stage of mind unfold- 
ment which requires proof concerning the Truth of 
man's being and of God's, the Creator. Jesus had at 
hand the proof which convinced Thomas ; for thereafter 
Thomas was fearless. Thomas was in earnest and cour- 
ageous and when the disciples desired that Jesus go not 
to Lazarus, because the Jews were lying in wait to kill 
Him, Thomas said, "We will go with Him, and die with 
Him." When man is convinced of the Truth, fear is 
removed from him. 



72 The Flashlights of Truth 

Jesus Christ, the great demonstrator of Truth, lived 
in the Now. He performed His great works, not only to 
relieve the suffering from pain and to restore the dead 
to the sorrowing friends, but, also, to teach His followers 
the quickening power there is in Truth. Jesus' message 
was direct to the individual. He said, ' ' Say not Lo, here 
or Lo, there is the Kingdom of Heaven ; for behold, it is 
within you." He healed men's bodies that they might 
thereby receive a deeper quickening, which would result 
in an expansion of the mind and an awakening of the 
Soul and Spiritual Consciousness. This is evidence that 
the bodies of men will be redeemed through the expan- 
sion of the mind and the awakening of the Soul and 
Spiritual Consciousness. 

The mind of carnal man has become narrow and 
bigoted by looking at the finite only and the Soul has 
become seemingly sluggish from having only a narrow 
crevice in the mind to express through. 

Jesus one day told the Jews that, if they should de- 
stroy this Temple, He would build it again in three days. 
From His Illuminated concept of the sublime work which 
He was about to accomplish for humanity, he was refer- 
ring to His body ; but they in their finite minds thought 
Him to be referring to the building in which He was 
speaking ; when they, in their little finite concept of time 
and things, said, "How could He build it in three days, 
when it was forty years in its construction ? ' ' 

Is it any wonder that Jesus, living in the Christ-Con- 
sciousness and being enabled to see the end from the be- 
ginning, wept over Jerusalem and called to the inhabi- 
tants thereof, saying, "How oft would I have gathered 
you, as a hen gathers her brood, but ye would not ? ' ' 

Jesus, as he stood on the hill top looking down over 
Jerusalem, was consciously living in the Fourth Dimen- 
sion ; and many of the people were so sound asleep that 
they knew not that the Father was causing this great 
blessing in Truth to be given to the inhabitants of earth, 



Man, the "Crowning Glory of God" 73 

establishing the authenticity thereof by the "Signs fol- 
lowing. ' ' 

The antediluvians who inhabited the earth in prehis- 
toric times were encased in gross bodies which were gov- 
erned by a sluggish mind. They lived and relived, and 
the Wheel of Time rolled on until they reached the his- 
toric period from which they will go on to finally become 
the exquisite rose, situated in the cultivated garden, 
where the gardener is the Christ and the fragrance from 
the perfume of their Souls will extend throughout hu- 
manity to encourage and refresh each inhabitant therein. 

Man, ' ' The Image and Likeness of God, ' ' stepped forth 
from the womb of the Infinite at His bidding and in His 
desire perfect in form and Being. 

Each Soul holds the Key of its own destiny in its hand 
from the moment it steps forth from the Infinite womb, 
even though it is not conscious of it. Therefore, it is as 
helpless as though it had it not, until man becomes alive 
to that Truth. 

Man may dwell hundreds of thousands of years in the 
prehistoric age and it may have been very many thou- 
sands of years since history began, but this matters not, 
as the passing of years, centuries, periods or cycles count 
as naught to the Soul as long as it is conscious only of 
the outer man and sees and knows only the outer. 

When the Soul- Consciousness is fully awakened, it 
bursts the bounds of the carnal man and time ceases to 
be to his consciousness. When the last bond of the 
sense-mind is broken, man has learned that he is the 
"Crowning Glory of God." 

He then will sit down in the Father's Kingdom and 
his crown will be embellished with the pure thoughts 
of his mind, the kind deeds of his heart, and the helping 
hand which he has extended to his fellow man. 

When man has become fully illumined concerning him- 
self, and has solved his own problem, not only through 
his mind unto the knowing of it, but has caused the solu- 
tion to bring forth his perfect Spirit Body, redeemed 



74 The Flashlights of Truth 

from the carnal concept of matter unto the Spiritual 
Man, then he will recognize clearly what ''Man, the 
Crowning Glory of God," is. 

Jesus Christ after his resurrection is our pattern. His 
is the model which man should ever keep before his mind, 
as he chisels his way through the carnal mind concept 
unto the Christ- Consciousness. 

Prayer is the tool to be used from the beginning of the 
journey until the final destination. 

In the antediluvians the mind, no doubt, was crude; 
but, as we follow the footsteps of the human family, we 
find that the savage tribes each had some idea of a Su- 
preme Being, though their first altars were only stones 
piled together, and that the American Indian thought of 
God as "The Great Spirit. ,, 

The Christ, which Jesus came to teach and represent 
to the world, is without beginning of days or end of 
years. That Christ is as Eternal as the Father ; it is the 
Word, the Son of God. 

If there were no Son, there would be no Father. The 
Christ is the Word made flesh and dwells within man. 
This is the key which every man holds, but he knows it 
not until he has progressed far upon the path and has 
awakened sufficiently from the Adam slumber to hear 
the "Still Small Voice" of Aum, and "Asks, Seeks and 
Knocks" until he is in a receptive state and ready to 
welcome a deeper quickening. Then the Father, Who 
' ' Ever knoweth what man hath need of, ' ' hears and re- 
sponds with an influx of Divine Light and Life, and 
the Christ is established within man. Man becomes con- 
scious of this and there the Christ abides as * ' The Com- 
forter," who will lead into and teach all Truth. 

As there is no intervening obstacle between man and 
the blue dome above him, so there is no separation be- 
tween the Christ within man and his Father, for they 
are forever inseparable, and the Christ within man will 
cause him to become conscious of his at-one-ment with 
the Father. Then man lays his cares and anxieties aside, 



Man, the "Crowning Glory of God" 75 

for, through understanding, Love and Devotion, he has 
crossed the border line and lives in the Eternal Now. 
All tears are wiped away, because he sees only the Lov- 
ing Presence of his Father expressing all about him and 
in this Blissful Presence he rests in ecstasy so great that 
he is filled with Life, Love, Light, Peace; and these, 
blending together in sweet rhythm within and about him, 
cause his Soul to expand in singing the Hosannas which 
are expressive of the Soul. 

Here the Angels of one accord join in the glad refrain 
and the heavenly host proclaim, "Christ is risen! Is 
risen today and God, Aum, is again glorified. ' ' 

Man, as a mortal, passes through the experiences of 
earth. Birth and death are only occurrences upon the 
path, incidents, marking his coming and going, which do 
not touch the man of God's creation; just as the coming 
and going of the seasons do not interfere with time, but 
only are as dust about the wheel as it rolls on. 

As man passes from his house of clay at dissolution, 
he leaves his physical habitation behind him. Unwise 
loved ones weep as it is laid in the tomb, but the man 
who was the inhabitant lives on, is conscious according to 
his condition, which is established by the deeds done in 
his body. If he lived in a darkened, selfish state, death 
will place him in corresponding environments ; and there 
he remains until the inexorable law of Cause and Effect 
calls him forth, and the Intelligence which is Infinite, 
and governing all, here upon earth as in the highest of 
the heavens, guides his Soul to take rebirth where best it 
can continue the solving of his problem. He has not 
gained anything while away from a body. He only en- 
joyed his merit which was the reward of good deeds and 
kind acts; or he suffered the consequences of his bad 
deeds and unkind acts. Heaven and Hell are states of 
mind, and can either become dominant in the mind and 
express in the surroundings here upon this plane, or after 
the Soul has passed to the other sphere. They are both 
transient to man at this place upon his path. 



76 The Flashlights of Truth 

A Soul which has passed far upon his path through 
earth's experiences and has become awakened and 
learned the Truth concerning himself, God and the Uni- 
verse may pass through the change called death in a 
conscious state of mind which is much better and easier. 

The man there has the same desires, loves, hates and 
beliefs which he entertained as true when in the body. 
Man, who so desires, can improve his time there, as there 
are teachers to help him. What he there learns he will 
lose consciousness of when he takes birth again ; but the 
right conditions will bring it to his remembrance and it 
will be of assistance to him in his experiences which he 
then encounters. "Eternal Progression is the march of 
the Soul." 

It was Jesus' Love and Compassion for mankind which 
drew Him to the "Spirits in prison" to reveal hope and 
cheer to them. He said to the thief upon the Cross by 
His side, ' ' This day thou shalt be with Me in Paradise. ' ' 
Jesus understood that sphere as well as this, and He must 
have known that the thief would be conscious. The thief 
who was crucified upon His other side was in a lesser de- 
gree of unfoldment, for even such close proximity to the 
Christ had not the power to move him forward, as he 
must do this through learning for himself the Truth and 
the problem of solving his experiences here in carnality. 

When Mary would have approached nearer to Jesus 
on the resurrection morning He said to her, "Touch me 
not ! for I have not yet ascended to my Father." This is 
convincing evidence that there is an intermediate state. 

No Soul is ever lost to the Omnipresent Aum, and none 
forever lost to their own consciousness. They may be 
lost at long periods of time in the confusions of their own 
mind ; but in time they will pass through the Forest of 
Confusions and again come into the calm, clear Light. 

Jesus saw best to give only glimpses of the experiences 
of man beyond this sphere, as man's work must be done 
hore in the body on this plane. Tt matters not if it is a 
few years or a few cycles, it is to be accomplished here. 



Man, the "Crowning Glory of God" 77 

When man knows he is the "Crowning Glory of the 
Living God" and understands consciously concerning 
himself, he will perceive his unchangeableness and rec- 
ognize the attributes of God with which he was endued 
at the dawn of creation when all expressed Harmony, 
Peace, Love, Life and Power and where an opposing 
force was not recognized. 

Infancy is perfect ; so is manhood ; but the infant has 
not the wisdom of the full-grown man, nor is so much 
required of it. 

When man has arrived at the point on his path where 
he has ten talents, his gratitude to the Father-Mother 
should be expressed through his love for and desire to 
assist humanity, and especially those who are aroused. 
Man can serve God through his kindness to his fellow- 
man. 

If man will take up the arguments of reason and 
follow them out, it will result in something like this: 
"Why should I, a sojourner in these confusing environ- 
ments, become unkind to my fellow-man who is here, the 
same as I, 'not knowing from whence he came, neither 
whither he goeth'? If he should become excited and 
express anger or dishonesty, why should I condemn him ? 
Who am I, that I should criticize another when that one 
is the Father's child, the same as I?" 

If man will follow out the arguments of reason unto 
their final conclusions, he no doubt will come to the con- 
clusion that Love and Kindness are graces for all to use 
who are in the House of God. The Earth is the Garden, 
but the Heart of God is the House, and all of God's 
creation dwell there. Strife will then cease, hatred be 
consumed by Love, and revenge be replaced with kind- 
ness. 

To the awakened man we appeal, the one with ten 
talents; "all mankind is thy brother, and races and na- 
tions are one combined household. It is not well to bury 
thy talents, but to use them." 



78 The Flashlights of Truth 

Infinite Love leads, guides and sustains the one who is 
awakened to receive the Spirit of Truth. He needs not 
to entertain fear, for Love overshadows; nor see lack, 
because he stands in the storehouse of the Infinite and 
"the Father saith all things are thine/ ' If Love is one 
of the talents he has, he will use that to enter into the 
Father's storehouse; for Love is the key which unlocks 
the Kingdom of Heaven. When this is established in 
the consciousness, man is no longer a slave to carnality, 
which is the earth-mind and conditions. 

"Man, the Crowning Glory of God," is the "Image 
and Likeness of God" and is endued with dominion. 
When God endued man with dominion it was for Eter- 
nity; but it lies dormant as long as man is under the 
dominance of the carnal mind. This mind of the earth- 
man gains such sway over man that he is a dreamer in a 
sound sleep until he, at eventide, or perchance in the 
midnight darkness, hears the voice of God as it passes 
through the Garden. If man hears "the Still Small 
Voice" distinctly, he will be so thoroughly aroused that 
he will not slumber again. 

What is the Crowning Glory of God which "Man, the 
Image and Likeness of God," is? The Glory of God is 
that celestial Light, Life, Love and Peace which man 
expresses as he glows with the brightness as of the noon- 
day sun. Glory is the transparency of God in expres- 
sion. Through Glory man sees God clearly, and not "as 
through a glass darkly." When man has come into the 
Light of the Glory of God and walks consciously therein 
in an illumined state of consciousness, he will behold the 
Glory of God so clearly that it will cause the veil of his 
Temple to be rent in twain, when he will see himself as 
the Glory of God expressed. 

When the Veil is rent in twain there is no longer a 
wall or partition in man between his two states of con- 
sciousness, represented by the outer and inner of man's 
concept of himself. When he comes into an understand- 
ing of himself as the "Crowning Glory of God" man 



Man, the "Crowning Glory of God" 79 

will understand "the Glorious Liberty of the Sons of 
God." 

The hand on the dial of time points to the hour for 
the fulfilling for this consummate work in man, and it 
is Now ! 

If man has become sufficiently aroused to know he has 
and does hear the "Still Sweet Voice of God," and will 
look and listen, he will hear the Glory of God expressed 
through the song of the birds, the cooing of the doves, the 
spring greeting of the robins, the noonday notes of the 
meadow lark, the roar of the ocean, the murmur of the 
breeze ; he also will see it expressed in the mantle which 
covers the verdant vales, mountains and seas, and the 
flowers which adorn man's path, be it high or low, as he 
journeys toward the Infinite. 

Man cannot see one — no not one — expression of life 
or beauty about him but that it expresses the Glory of 
God, when he is sufficiently awakened to hear distinctly 
and see clearly, because God is everywhere and Infinite 
Love only bides man 's time, and, with loving kindness, is 
ever near with outstretched arm to welcome man, the 
Prodigal Son, when he returns home to his Father's 
House. 

When man perceives, understands and loves the Glory 
of God, he will learn he has never been away from Home, 
except in his misconception of himself, of God and the 
Universe. 

There is a period of unfoldment, of growth, if you 
please, for every infant until it reaches manhood. 

A child makes many mistakes, but, if it is wise, will 
learn its lessons therefrom. If not wise, it will be held 
long upon the path until it has completed its experiences 
in that particular condition where it fellowships dark- 
ness. 

Every infant has its own path to travel. Each one is 
an individual expression of the Living God and account- 
able, in the law of Cause and Effect, for the deeds done in 
its body. 



80 The Flashlights of Truth 

As an infant passes from infancy to childhood, then to 
manhood in its different stages, so the Soul-man, after it 
has once become encased in the environment of clay, 
moves on from one stage of nnfoldment to another until 
it reaches perfection in the outer. 

Perfection existed in the Soul continuously, even from 
that great morn when it, at God's request, stepped forth 
from the womb of the Infinite, an individualized mani- 
festation of the Living God. 

The diamond is crystal in its perfection, even while it 
is buried deep in the bowels of the earth; but an outer 
encasement has become attached to it so strongly that its 
beauty is lost to the outer sight; but Intelligence knows 
that the diamond is there and never loses sight of it. 
Ignorance, long since, knew nothing of the rare diamond 
and its indwelling perfection, because it sees only the 
outer covering and judges by appearance. 

The Intelligence which is will some day guide the 
miner to the place where the diamond is, and he will 
raise it from the bowels of the earth to the surface and 
turn it over to the workman, who will polish it until the 
diamond expert accepts it, a perfect gem, as the spark- 
ling jewel expresses the Glory of God. 

Man himself is the workman who will chisel the rough 
surface and continue to so do until the diamond is ex- 
posed to view. Then he will begin his task of polishing, 
which task is not for his own glory, but that he may 
express the Glory of God to the family of men, that they, 
too, may discover the diamond which is hidden deep in 
the earth by their outer encasement, or mortal body. 

What is the miner which Infinite Intelligence guides 
to go deep into the earth to seek for the diamond ? And 
what is the diamond which is sought? It is the mind of 
man. The diamond within his earth-encasement is man's 
self, "the Image and Likeness of God." 

As the Light becomes more clear in man's mind, he 
digs deep and searches bravely, that he may learn to 
know only the Soul, "the Real I of his being," and, when 



Man, the "Crowning Glory of God" 81 

the debris of earth is cleared away, what has he to pre- 
sent to mankind ? The Diamond ! ' ' The Crowning Glory 
of God." 

Man must awaken from his Adam Sleep which all the 
inhabitants of earth pass into, as they move out from 
Paradise into experience. Man may sleep so soundly 
that centuries pass without his taking note of them, but 
he gains nothing by the passing of time and the encoun- 
tering of experience until he awakens. 

Light is God, and it lighteth every man as he moves 
along the Path which lies between the sense-conscious- 
ness and the Soul-Consciousness. This space is not trav- 
eled by a single bound ; but, as the rosebud unfolds petal 
by petal until the heart of the rose is uncovered and 
exposed to the sun, so man, by his own efforts, guided and 
sustained by Infinite Love, must clear away ignorance, 
superstition, selfishness and bigotry and stand with his 
heart and mind uncovered before the Face of God, the 
Omnipresent Aum, Who knows the very thoughts of the 
mind and every desire of the heart and the man's 
beauty which is from Eternity. 

When man learns this he will turn to the Omnipresent 
God and ask for guidance and sustenance. He will no 
longer attempt to build his own wall of defense, but will 
cast his burdens down "at the feet of Him whom to know 
aright is Life Eternal." Man, then, will desire to un- 
derstand the Omnipresence and Omnipotence of God. 

Man's destiny is firm and forever fixed and none can 
hinder its fulfillment; yet man shapes his own destiny, 
and no man knoweth how long man will sojourn here 
upon earth. 

When man ate of the Fruit of the Tree of Knowledge, 
which is Good and Evil, his mind became confused be- 
cause there was then consciousness of both Good and 
Evil: while, before, there was only Good recognized by 
man; and, as the combination accumulated in man's 
mind, he lost sight of the Omnipresence of Aum and, 
looking outward, lost his way and has passed down these 



82 The Flashlights of Truth 

centuries seeking to know God; and, as long as man 
believes God to be a distance from him, he has not con- 
tentment, but is ever following the will-o'-the-wisp of 
carnality. 

God spake to one of His faithful ones ages ago and 
said, "Be still and know that I am God" ; and Jesus told 
them to remember, ' ' The Kingdom of Heaven is within, ' ' 
saying also, ' ' God dwells in His Kingdom. ' ' 

Man, what art thou that God should be mindful of 
thee? 

Turn the lens of the mind within and searth out your 
True Being and you will discern the diamond of rarest 
value which you are. It is crystal clear, not a speck of 
earth adhering. It is so pure and holy that earth cannot 
contaminate it. God has seen man thus all through his 
ongoings, and not for one moment has He forgotten to 
be mindful of man. 

Infinite Love is so great that man in his ignorance can 
not sink so deep but God's Love and Care is there. 

When man remembers that God, the Loving, Tender 
and Ever-Present Father-Mother, is ever mindful of him, 
he will soon begin to be still that he may know that God 
is near, when he will turn to Him for succor in time of 
need. "I will never leave thee, nor forsake thee!" is 
the promise of Infinite Love. 

Jesus Christ is the perfect expression of man as the 
"Crowning Glory of God." He gave a message which 
will enlighten man into this higher Light. 

God reigns Supreme! Let all men bow in reverence 
before the Presence which is our Father-Mother-God, in 
"Whom they live, move and have their being." 

This great Presence fills all space, and is here in man's 
heart, mind, body and environments. 

Let every man become conscious that "he is hid with 
Christ in God" and that he, as God's manifestation, is 
"Man, the Crowning Glory of God." 



CHAPTER VI 

CARNALITY AND ITS WAYS 

WE have dwelt upon the Greatness and Small- 
less of God in a preceding chapter. Carnality, 
being the counterfeit and opposite of God, re- 
quires analyzing, also, from its seeming greatness to its 
seeming smallness. 

As long as man lives in the natural state he accepts 
carnality in its entirety as real. So real does it seem to 
the natural man that when a man now and then down 
the ages which have passed bursts the shell of carnality 
and peeps out from his cloister and catches a glimpse of 
the Truth as it really is, and begins to tell it to his fellow- 
man, they cry, "Slay him!" "Crucify him!" 

There is nothing that touches the whole web of car- 
nality, which causes it to raise its strong arm to strike 
with the desire to destroy, like the Truth. When we see 
carnality as it really is we can understand this. 

In reality carnality is only an illusion which has 
formed in the mind as it began to partake of both Good 
and Evil, causing a confused state ; and, as the illusions 
become more firmly fixed in the mind of man, he, having 
through these lost sight of the Truth of his Being, now 
believes things, man and the world as he sees it, are as 
God created them. 

As long as man believes that the outer as he sees it is 
the expression of God, his mind is filled with that belief, 
it governs him and he lives accordingly. 

What is the belief of the carnal man? That he is the 
Real Man and that he is a victim of his environments, 

83 



84 The Flashlights of Truth 

and that pain, disease and death are his masters, and 
that matter is real and the master over him. He believes 
that his body is he, his Soul being only an entity which 
he, the matter-man, does not understand and could not 
recognize except from the observation of dissolution when 
death takes place. 

The carnal man looks upon himself as a "breath be- 
tween two Eternities," of which he knows nothing, as 
his mind reaches only from the cradle to the grave. This 
is a very limited view indeed ! If man could see through 
and beyond the horizon of carnality, he would behold a 
limitless region with no metes and bounds. 

When the man, living in the carnal concept, bursts 
through the confines of his cloister which holds him in 
carnality and sees the Real which lies around and about 
him, he has passed into another realm or state of mind ; 
and, as his mind becomes enlightened, he moves out from 
the carnal man's concept of himself and the world into a 
truer and clearer comprehension. Then the work of 
cleansing his mind of the network of false beliefs, fears 
and superstitions begins. This is not accomplished at a 
single bound, but step by step as man passes along upon 
the path. Every man at birth finds himself upon the 
carnal path. He moves forward from infancy to man- 
hood and to old age. As long as man lives in the carnal 
mind's concept and sees only with the natural man's 
vision, he will see only one path, which he will walk 
along, following in the footsteps of those who have been 
traveling this mistaken way for ages. No man on the 
path of carnality knows the way, as it is the desire of 
that way's ruling sovereign that all his subjects remain 
in ignorance. 

"What is carnality? It is the counterfeit of God's per- 
fect works. As there is the Infinite Intelligence, which 
is God in the perfect, so there is the counterfeit or 
reflected intelligence in carnalilty. Carnality, being 
finite, is limited and does not see clearly, but "as through 



Carnality and Its Ways 85 

a glass darkly," and has not the wisdom to see "things 
that seem to be as though they were not. ' ' 

In the allegory of creation as portrayed in Genesis, we 
read, "A mist arose." This mist represents the confu- 
sion which came into the mind after man partook of the 
Fruit which grew on the Tree that was in the midst of 
the Garden and which is called the ' ' Tree of the Knowl- 
edge of Good and Evil." Good and Evil are opposites. 
Therefore, when man partakes of both there is a mixture 
which results in a confused state of mind. When con- 
fusion is in the mind harmony and insight have retired, 
as in the midst of confusion these cannot be recognized. 

There was only God, Aum, and His Creation, or ex- 
pression; and in reality this is true now. However, we 
seemingly have an opposite which is very real to the 
natural man and of great power. 

So deeply has man become lost in the illusions of car- 
nality that when he is aroused it requires deep sincerity 
and earnest effort to disentangle himself from the mist 
which covers the face of the earth. 

The mists which arose were caused by the confusions 
arising in the mind of man after he had eaten of the 
mixed fruit, Good and Evil. 

It is the single eye which is required by man to enable 
him to again find his way through the undergrowth of 
the Forest of Carnality. 

The ways of carnality are many and varied. Some 
lead through pleasant fields, some over rocky steeps, 
some through deserts, some over the mountain ranges. 

As God's Law governs and operates throughout the 
Perfect Creation of Aum, so there is the carnal law, 
operating in carnality from man to the least expression 
in the carnal universe. This law, being a reflection of 
the One Eternal Law, rules the natural world and man 
with persistency and power. 

Jesus Christ, with understanding, said: "Render, 
therefore, unto Caesar those things which are Caesar's, 
and unto God the things which are God's." (St. Luke 



86 The Flashlights of Truth 

20:25.) It is understanding which man requires to 
enable him to see distinctly between the two laws which 
he is to observe. One is from above, the other is from 
beneath. One cometh from God, or is God, and the other 
originated in the mind of man. 

God's creation is limitless and boundless, but man, be- 
ing an individualized manifestation of the Infinite, his 
creations are finite or limited and have not the endurance 
of Eternity back of them. Therefore, we find a changing, 
fleeting and unsettled condition in carnality. It will 
ever be thus, as there can be no fixity in mist or shadows. 

When the mind of man began to look away from God 
as the Source of All and the reality of every good, he 
then began to eat of the forbidden fruit. 

The mind of man was clear and calm during his stay 
in Paradise, which clearness and calmness in all proba- 
bility extended into millions of years, until he began to 
look away from God. This caused him to seek outside 
of himself for sustenance and companionship. 

Man had dwelt so close to Infinite Love as to be sus- 
tained by it and to feel its presence until no other com- 
panionship was required. There was no care nor anxious 
thought, just an abiding consciously in Bliss. Then man 
began to lose his mental equilibrium by looking away 
from God and wondering in his mind how it might be, if 
it were different; and here is where the first thought 
appeared which in the fullness of time outpictured car- 
nality, becoming the carnal mind and its expressions. 

So the seekers after the deep things of God will per- 
ceive that carnality is the shadow of the web which has 
formed in the mind since it began to look away from 
God. 

We read, "God is All! and beside Him there is none 
else." Here the reason will say, how can this be true 
when we have carnality presented to our view? How- 
ever, with the reason one can see the logic, because a 
shadow can abide in the sunshine and occupy no place. 



Carnality and Its Ways 87 

What is it that has influence over the shadow? The 
creator thereof. What is the creator of the shadow? 
The carnal mind of man. How did these thoughts begin 
to form in man's mind? By the desire to know how it 
would be, if man were away from the Bliss of Paradise, 
which is the consciousness of being in the presence of 
Aum, our Father-Mother-God. These thoughts, being 
prolific, have formed the conscious mind in man so strong 
that man has forgotten that he at one time had a mind 
clear, calm and strong, it being the One Intelligence of 
our Father-Mother-God. 

We will reiterate here, somewhat, to enable the reader 
to become clear upon the vital point of this chapter, 
which is that the One Mind, the God-Mind which is Im- 
mortal, became individualized in each man. There was 
no other mind. Therefore, this mind operated through 
each man. This mind in the individualized man reflected 
the Father's Mind. 

We find in the Scriptures that God caused creation to 
become manifest. There was in the Divine Mind of God 
a desire and through that desire change took place. 
Man 's mind in Paradise reflected the One Mind so clearly 
that man, too, desired a change. This desire caused the 
forming of the mind in man which began its creation. 

God being Infinite, His creation is limitless and bound- 
less. Man being the individualized manifestation of the 
Infinite, man's creations are finite, limited. 

Here, at this early dawn, is where carnality came into 
expression, and is the expression of the mind of man 
after that he has partaken of the fruit which is forbidden 
by Infinite Intelligence. 

As the Father-Mother-God neither sleeps nor slumbers 
and is ever alert to assist His children when they call to 
Him for assistance, so man will not be permitted to enter 
into an Eternal State of Bliss until he has met and mas- 
tered, through blessings and kindness, all the thoughts 
which have been created in his mind since the dawn of 



88 The Flashlights op Truth 

that day when he permitted the desire of a change to 
enter and abide within his mind. 

When man again stands in Paradise in the conscious- 
ness of his nearness, yea, at-one-ment with the Father, 
his mind will be as crystal clear as it was before a desire 
for change entered. 

It is a long and, perchance, winding path he travels 
from that early morning until this time when he again 
stands consciously in the presence of that which is, — Our 
Father-Mother-God, "the All-Knowing and All-Seeing 
Presence ' ' of the Infinite, Whose sacred name is Aum. 

As man eats of the Fruit of the ' ' Tree of Knowledge 
of Good and Evil, ' ' it is pleasing to the taste and enticing 
to the eye, leading him on in the darkness, being the 
reigning sovereign over his creation, man lives and rules 
as he desires, and from that desire to rule we find that it 
out-pictures in evil chiefs of tribes in the ancient times 
and cruel kings in more recent days. The same condi- 
tions in the mind in chiefs and kings which cause them 
to be evil and cruel exist in all individuals, and they as 
well as the rulers, by the unerring law of Cause and 
Effect, are compelled to pay "even unto the very last 
farthing. ' ' 

God's Law is Justice and Love, and the carnal man, 
in his reflection of Love and Justice, has endeavored to 
form laws to cause justice to be established among man- 
kind; but the natural mind of man, being nearer the 
earth's conditions, which are carnal, is more desirous of 
justice than of Love; but, as the mind of man erases a 
few of the thoughts of carnality it begins to reflect Love. 

We find love in the natural man, but it is of the earth, 
earthy, it being only the reflection of the Love that is 
God, which Love is Eternal and unchangeable. 

The natural man sees the shadows change as the solar 
sun rises and sets and the seasons come and go. He sees 
the infant born, grow to childhood, to manhood, and pass 
on to old age. He sees all these different stages of the 
natural man's growth about him in carnality. He, not 



Carnality and Its Ways 89 

having awakened to an understanding of the Truth of 
his being and of the perfect creation of God, believes 
this panorama of changing experiences which he sees 
daily to be the only creation. Therefore, if he believes 
in God he thinks God caused this which he sees. 

God is ever mindful of His Creation and does not lose 
sight of even the least part of it, though the carnal man 
may have long since ceased to know God. 

Carnality is a quagmire. When man steps into it he 
begins to sink and its laws, being such as they are, act 
as magnets to his feet, drawing and holding him down 
until he has reached the arm-pits. He then sees that he 
of himself cannot raise himself and in his extremity calls 
for aid. Then it is that he remembers God. 

Carnality is the home of the natural man. It is his 
habitation until he discovers that there is a Promised 
Land. In that carnal state man works at his problem. 
When man became conscious of this world he found it 
in its natural state. "The earth is the Lord's and the 
fullness thereof." Man at creation was endued with 
dominion and was commanded by Infinite Love to go 
forth and subdue the earth and multiply and replenish it. 

Man first dwelt in the woods without houses, but as his 
mind began to expand he cut branches from the trees 
and made covering. Then he cut small trees and placed 
them together and thatched the roof with their branches. 
From this crude expression of the idea of a house to 
dwell in we have the convenient, comfortable and beau- 
tiful houses of modern civilization. 

We will follow man into and through some of the stages 
of development between the hut in the forest and the 
home in the cave of the cave-dweller, up to the present 
time. 

The natural man from his advent into carnality has 
groped his way through the darkness, not seeing even a 
step, and has been compelled to strive continually for 
something ahead of him. 



90 The Flashlights of Truth 

When the idea of a house for habitation came into the 
mind of man, the idea was vague, but he set about to 
express it. Through hard labor and inventions he has 
achieved much along these lines. He learned that the 
marble in the mountains could be polished, and he 
brought into expression implements with which to polish 
it. Then machinery must be invented and made and 
set into action to move the marble into the proper posi- 
tion to build the white palaces and from which to chisel 
the statues of noted men. 

The natural man knew not at first how to sculpture 
and what he did was of the crudest workmanship, but 
little by little the gem of genius was brought forth in 
its power to express until some of the works of man's 
hand became "a thing of beauty and a joy." 

At first man ate of the natural fruits and nuts of the 
Garden, not knowing how to improve and increase them ; 
but Adam was commanded to till the ground. His im- 
plements were the natural things about him. ' i Necessity 
is ever the mother of inventions," in this or any age, 
and man has sought out many inventions until today we 
have machinery and implements, almost in their perfec- 
tion, which are the expression of the advanced mind 
which has traveled from the prehistoric days to the time 
of the antediluvians and to the ancient days of our age 
and on down to this present time, where man's mind has 
almost touched the consciousness of being again in close 
proximity to the God-mind. 

When man learns to be still in the presence of God, he 
will be able to draw all desired knowledge from that 
Source. In fact, even when the man of Prehistoric 
Times caught the idea of a house in his mind, that idea 
came to his mind from the Infinite, "that Over-Soul" of 
all men. 

In the first stages of man's experiences upon earth his 
mind is heavy and he expresses grossly, because the con- 
sciousness of his body casts such a heavy shadow that his 
mind seems to be the servant of his body. Even now, at 



Carnality and Its Ways 91 

this zenith of civilization, when the intellect has almost 
reached its pinnacle of culture and power to achieve, 
matter is recognized as the ruler of the mind and seem- 
ingly holds it in its arms of steel. 

In each civilization of the past, when it reached its 
zenith, its sun began to decline and cast the slanting rays 
of evening. As the sun declines civilization wanes and 
sinks back into night, only to again in some new dawn 
take action once more ; and this is the age in which the 
fulfilling of the prophecies will take place, when civiliza- 
tion is to be transmuted from the carnal into the spiritual 
and the Kingdom of Heaven become established upon 
earth. 

The minds of men have been undergoing a quickening 
in the last century which is preparing the way. The 
Kingdom of Heaven must be established in the mind and 
heart of man before he can assist to establish it in the 
earth. 

We see that man has a twofold work to accomplish 
upon the earth. When man came forth from Paradise 
and partook of the Fruit in the Garden of Eden, he was 
commanded to go forth and subdue the earth. 

We will analyze the exoteric and esoteric of this com- 
mand. Man, in the natural state, is ever looking out- 
ward. He has lost sight of the Divinity within him. 
Therefore, not knowing the chord which joins him for- 
ever to his Creator, he continued to look at the world 
about him, and saw the animals, birds, fish, fowls, rep- 
tiles and vegetation, and understood the command to be 
that he was to domineer over the lower forms of creation. 

The natural man, not knowing Divine Love, only 
knowing the natural man's love, expresses not the ten- 
derness and kindness of Divine Love. Man looked out 
over the beautiful plains, with the broad acres, and the 
selfish element of the animal nature in him desired them 
all. When he sees others settling in his coveted regions 
he goes to war to overcome them. Then we have carnality 
expressed in wars, and war will continue until the King- 



92 The Flashlights of Truth 

dom of Heaven is established upon earth. This is done, 
not collectively, but individually, just one by one, as 
man awakens and " seeks, asks and knocks," until he has 
found the Kingdom of Heaven within. Then he begins 
to express it around him and, in time, enough of the 
men of earth will have awakened and achieved unto this 
triumph so that the earth will become filled with the 
glory of God and man, ' ' God 's Image and Likeness, ' ' be 
at Home in the Father's House. It is then that man has 
obeyed the command to the outer man. 

The esoteric command is to the individual, and to obey 
that command is the w T ork which man finds before him 
when he awakens from the carnal sleep. He then has 
the animal propensities within his mind. "When man 
was living in the carnal nature only he supposed these 
conditions of mind were the correct ones. He believed 
it right and proper to get angry when he thought the 
occasion demanded it and to abuse his fellow-man if he 
so wished and could, or to cause his servants to labor 
even beyond their strength that he might become 
enriched. 

But when he awakens from the sleep of the Adam- 
Dream and is willing to be taught the Truth of his Being, 
he will soon learn that his work is within his own mind 
and heart. It is the inner purifying which he then sees 
to be necessary. He soon learns that anger is one of the 
first animal propensities which he is to master, as it is an 
expression of selfishness, and selfishness is the rock upon 
which carnality stands, the rock to which man is bound 
strongly with the chains of ignorance until God-Love 
enters the mind and heart. Love alone can and will, if 
given sway, cause the strong chains to dissolve and the 
rock of selfishness to be consumed in the fervent heat of 
its Divine Fires. 

Many times man may cry out, "How long, God! 
how long ? ' ' but if his heart grows not faint and his mind 
wavers not, he will overcome. What is it man is to over- 



Carnality and Its Ways 93 

come? The carnal concept which has formed in his 
mind. 

Man 's first work after he awakens is breaking the web 
of the carnal beliefs and the law controlling them and 
clearing his mind of all the accumulation of the false 
beliefs of carnality, which are real to the natural man 
until his mind becomes clear, calm and pure, as it was 
when man dwelt in Paradise in the Bosom of the Father. 

The question may be asked, ' ' How can this be done ? ' ' 
By using the same tools which Jesus Christ taught us to 
use. He spake to the tempter, "Get thee behind me, 
satan." This, in modern language, can be expressed in 
denial of the reality and power of the carnal man's 
belief-mind which holds him in bondage. Man can rec- 
ognize that he has a mind that is pure and holy when 
these carnal beliefs, fears and doubts are removed. 

Man partook of the Fruit which grew on the tree that 
was in the midst of the Garden. This brought him into 
the generation period. Then Infinite Intelligence, which 
ever guides man in as much as man will permit, caused 
him to be removed from the Garden and commanded the 
male and female of God's creation to multiply and re- 
plenish the earth ; and Adam was told to earn his bread 
by the sweat of his brow; and Eve, to bring forth chil- 
dren in pain and sorrow. 

Man may live in the generation-concept for ages before 
he passes out from that period. This period every Soul 
passes in its ongoings through experience upon the path 
which winds through carnality ; but there comes a time, 
which is the ripening cycle for every man, when he will 
awaken from the false beliefs which hold him and 
through his own efforts and the assistance from above 
(given when he asks for it) begin to see that there is a 
higher plane. 

As man has passed from the hut in the woods to the 
marble palace through seeking to achieve, so man will 
find that the way which leads unto the Light which will 
shine upon his path is a way requiring labor with the 



94 The Flashlights of Truth 

self, as hard and severe and progressive as was the labor 
in the outer to build the house of marble ; but the Over- 
shadowing Care is ever near and holds the Intelligence 
which is required at each step and gladly reveals it to 
man as light upon his path when he asks of God to know 
the way. 

If man had not the generation period to pass through 
there would be no bodies for the Souls to take rebirth in. 
Then how could they otherwise finish their experiences 
unto completeness if unable to return to earth, and how 
could they return without a garment to wear ? 

When man has learned his lesson until he understands 
the great scheme of carnality and the Divine Plan, he 
then passes out from the generation into the regenera- 
tion, when he finds just as much to learn and as much to 
master; but, as the lessons to be learned are different 
when the pupil passes into a higher grade in school, so 
man finds here in the school of regeneration. He then 
can assist those who are in trouble and sorrow upon that 
plane of generation, because he, having passed through 
it, understands their trials and sorrows. 

When man passes into the regeneration period he has 
touched, at least, the Christ-Consciousness; and as he 
learns more clearly to live in the Christ, he will become 
more like Him until he reaches the full Light of the 
great Truth in the Message of Jesus Christ, which is that 
man shall, when he " knows the Truth," be free from 
carnality and bring his body, also, into the Kingdom of 
Heaven. 

Man is the perfect expression of God, but through the 
confusions of carnality he has permitted a robe to be 
placed upon him which is of the earth, earthy; but, as 
the Kingdom of Heaven is to be established upon earth, 
man's body must be redeemed through Spiritual Un- 
derstanding and express perfection upon the earth. Man, 
as the "Crowning Glory of God," must manifest this 
glory here where matter and man must be redeemed 
together. This is not only man's duty, but his privilege 



Carnality and Its Ways 95 

through the Christ. Jesus Christ of Nazareth spent 
thirty- three years, by earth's reckoning, among the men 
who were living in the carnal concept to give the instruc- 
tions which, when they are learned, enable men to under- 
stand how to bring themselves into the proper attitude in 
order to receive the final touch from the finger of God at 
that great day when the final trump shall sound. At 
that time the dead who are walking the earth will 
arise and those who have passed the Portal between this 
plane and the next will be quickened, so that the Son of 
God may have the assistance which He requires. 

When the winds of the carnal plane blow soft and 
peaceful over man's path, he gathers the flowers which 
grow along its sides, pulls the petals from their heart and 
casts them at his feet to trample upon. He gathers the 
golden grain into his granaries and yearns for more. 
He brings the gold from its bed in the mines and locks it 
in vaults and stands guard with an arm of steel. He 
looks only to the natural law for his supply, and to the 
natural processes of the minerals in the earth to bring 
forth gold. He only sees in the mist which hovers over 
the earth from the carnal state of man, and does not 
know as yet that back of all of these rests the great 
"I AM," without Whom none of these things which 
give him such satisfaction to possess, nor even himself, 
could exist. 

In Holy Writ we read that the Children of Israel were 
forty years in passing through the wilderness. They 
came out from Egyptian bondage and their instructor 
was a man of God, — one who had passed far enough 
through the experiences of earth to have become willing 
to submit his carnal will unto the Father's guiding. 
Him, Jehovah used to teach and lead the Hebrew 
children. 

He began to teach them while they were still in bond- 
age and, after their minds were aroused sufficiently to 
listen and to accept his teachings, he told them of the 



96 The Flashlights op Truth 

Promised Land. Their Faith was strong enough in his 
teachings to enable them to follow him. 

It was forty years from the time they started out of 
Egypt until they came to the border of the Promised 
Land. This is symbolical of the period of time man 
spends in carnality and, when man comes to the border 
line of the Promised Land, which represents the Christ- 
Consciousness, he is required to enter and inhabit it. 

The Children of Israel found giants in the Promised 
Land, and we read that they went to war with them and 
overcame them, so that in time they dwelt in peace in 
that land. 

After man comes into the Christ- Consciousness he 
meets giants which must be overcome, and, like the Chil- 
dren of Israel, he must go to war and subdue them. 

Their war was in the outer, but man's, of which these 
are symbolical, is within himself. 

What are the giants man must subdue and overcome? 
The doubts and fears which are still in his mind, even 
though he has done much to allay them while passing 
through the wilderness, which is the confusion and false 
beliefs of the carnal mind. 

Man will become free from the Wheel of Carnality 
when he, like Jesus Christ, has brought his body with him 
into the higher Spheres, into the Vibration of Spirit. 
Then he can labor in both dimensions and be of great 
assistance to those still lost in the Wilderness of 
Carnality. 

When the man and woman (the positive and negative 
of man) were cast from the Garden of Eden, they saw 
that the Tree of Life also was there ; but Divine Wisdom 
caused a Flaming Sword, which pointed in every direc- 
tion, to be placed before the Tree, and Divine Wisdom 
explained, ' ' Lest they eat of that Tree and live forever. ' ' 

That they were not permitted to eat of the Tree of 
Life after they had passed into the carnal concept re- 
veals the Great Truth that Infinite Intelligence knew 
man would, in the course of time, return to this tree ; but 



Carnality and Its Ways 97 

it also shows that man will be in a different state of 
mind from that which he was in when he discovered 
the Tree of Life. 

He then, no doubt, was filled with bigotry and self- 
satisfaction, and it evidently was not the desire of the 
Loving Father that man live forever thus. 

Jesus Christ came clothed in the robe of gentleness and 
humility, conscious of His Sonship with the Father and 
of His At-One-Ment with God. This is the condition 
which man will attain unto before he can understand- 
ing^ approach the Tree of Life. 

When man has understanding sufficiently clear and 
faith strong enough, he will take the Flaming Sword in 
his hand, handle it and find that it is no barrier to the 
Tree of Life, whose fruit he will eat. Thus living the 
Divine Life, he himself becomes the Tree of Life. 

The Flaming Sword is the Truth which is so crystal 
clear that the carnal man sees it only as the Flaming 
Sword. 

As there are oranges on the same tree in all stages of 
growth from the blossom to the ripe orange, so there are 
men of all stages of concept in the wilderness of car- 
nality. As the man high upon the ladder can assist 
those beneath him, so the awakened and advanced Souls 
are privileged to assist those who have a lesser degree 
of Light. 

Man endures much suffering as he passes over the path 
which winds through carnality. He sees his fondest 
hopes turn to dust, his brightest idols crumble and fall 
at his feet until he, with one of old, exclaims, "All is 
vanity and vexation of Spirit. ' ' 

As man moves along in carnality he has joy and sor- 
row, success and disappointments ; yet he moves on and 
does not succumb to them, because that the Divine Being 
which "God created in His Image and Likeness" is his 
Real Self, which sustains this being which he thinks him- 
self to be. 



98 The Flashlights of Truth 

The Soul, or Real Man, is never touched or changed 
in any way by its passing through the carnal experiences, 
and although man has lost that consciousness which knew, 
the Real Self is there present and will finally stand forth 
the perfect being which God created with no shadow, 
because it, being the true, can cast no shadow. 

The Soul in Paradise had this same pure Spirit-form, 
and it has not even been touched by the earth's condi 
tions, but is transcendent in its purity. 

A change has come into the mind of man since he has 
eaten of the fruit of the Tree of Knowledge which is 
Good and Evil. At first man knew only Good ; but now, 
having the knowledge of Good and Evil, he can learn the 
deception and unreality of evil, although it has held 
him under its influence for centuries, making him think 
that evil, in the seeming, is as eternal as good ; but when 
man has learned the great lesson and knows the unreality 
of evil and its illusions, he becomes the conscious Son of 
God. Then he can no more be deceived by its alluring 
devices, its glittering beauty or fascinating music. He 
lives in the conscious realization of that which is and 
abides in the shadow of the Almighty and fears not, 
because he knows that he, as a son of God, is a master 
over the claims of carnality. 

In the Adam-Sleep the dreams are varied and real. 
Disease is so real that man has great dread and fear of 
it. He also fears death; and, as the carnal man views 
death, it is not to be wondered at that he would fear it ; 
but there is another way to view it, and when seen from 
the right angle it is not the dread monster which man has 
thought it to be. 

Jesus Christ plainly taught that "Death is the last 
enemy to be destroyed," but it has been such a monster 
and of such gigantic proportions that even the followers 
of Jesus Christ could not see that He taught them that 
they might be enabled to overcome it, mistakenly think- 
ing that He referred to His overcoming it for them. 



Carnality and Its Ways 99 

As long as man is bound to the Wheel of Carnality by 
the Law of Cause and Effect, which brings about Birth 
and Death, this experience called death is in very many 
cases a friend instead of an enemy. For instance, when 
man through lack of understanding has permitted his 
body to become diseased until it is no longer habitable, 
death is indeed a friend who delivers him from his house 
of corruption. 

The Law of Infinite Love is so adjusted that man has a 
place of sojourn while he is free from his fleshly body, 
and when the Law of Retributive Justice causes him to 
take birth again Infinite Love brings it about and man 
is again upon earth in a new garment of the outer sub- 
stance. 

He takes birth among the people and in the environ- 
ments where his work is to be taken up as the result of 
his previous life upon earth. 

The carnal mind of man does not receive this fact 
cheerfully, but if he will use his reason, how could the 
carnal mind of man find a better way to work out his 
problem? It is well for man to recall that Jesus, the 
Great Teacher and Loving Saviour of Humanity, said, 
"Ye shall know the Truth and the Truth shall make 
you free." 

Man knows not the Truth until he has passed into the 
Fourth Dimension. He really then begins his work, be- 
cause he then has insight and is guided by Wisdom and 
Intelligence through understanding. 

He, then, has reached the place where he can be of 
service to his fellow-man and, having come into the 
Christ-Mind, has surrendered sufficiently his carnal mind 
to be willing to be guided by the Father. 

Healing is one of the first demands made upon the 
awakened and enlightened one, and with joy he enters 
into the Sacred Sanctuary of his own Soul, there to be 
still before God, that the Father may cause the manifes- 
tation of Health and Harmony to take place when the 



100 The Flashlights of Truth 

wall of partition between the man's mind and God's has 
broken down, so that the Father can give the increase. 

It is not the Soul or Real Man that is healed or comes 
for healing, but the carnal man's concept of himself; 
and, when through denials, the false beliefs are snapped 
asunder, God giveth the increase, just as when man ex- 
tends his hand and raises the window shade, the sun- 
light instantly illumines the room. The light was there, 
only the shade, which is man's invention, formed a con- 
dition which shut it out ; but man has dominion over his 
own inventions. Therefore, with his hand he can raise 
the shade which shuts out the sunlight. 

In a damp, dark and chilled room the mildew forms 
and the atmosphere becomes foul, but sunlight will 
sweeten and change it into a thing of pleasure and of joy. 

The ways of carnality are through the mists of earth, 
and they are birth, growth, old age and death ; and sick- 
ness, pain and poverty abound along its ways. 

The ways are varied. Upon some the sun shines clear, 
warm and bright and the frosts of winter seem to touch 
lightly, and the path is smooth and passes through sunny 
fields and flowers bedeck the way ; and wise indeed is the 
man thus blessed if he forgets not his God and faileth 
not to love and be kind to his fellow-man. 

If man loves God he will be kind to his fellow-man; 
and kind thoughts, deeds and acts are the causes which 
place man upon the bright and smooth part of the path ; 
and, if he continues loving and kind while in the pleasant 
environments, it will be well with him in the next change 
or birth; but, should he forget and become selfish, un- 
kind and filled with greed, his next experience will be on 
a rough, stony and perchance barren part of the path. 

If man would only learn that he is the one who shapes 
his own destiny and strive to understand concerning it, 
he would have a pleasant abiding place here and in the 
hereafter. If man understood this he would here and 
now make preparation for the hereafter, just as definitely 
as he would for a trip abroad. 



Carnality and Its Ways 101 

If a man has his money gathered together so he can 
conveniently get it, and clothes to wear and has his direc- 
tions as to his way when he reaches the strange city, or 
friends to meet him and show him around until he be- 
comes familiar with his new surroundings, he is blest; 
he has no anxiety to disturb his peace of mind. There- 
fore, he can enjoy his voyage and not fear about results, 
because he has the assurance within himself that all will 
be well when he arrives. A man thus equipped will dwell 
long in that great city, — yes, long indeed; and when he 
returns to his carnal state again it will be to be a blessing 
to the men of earth who have not, as he, learned the way. 
This state of understanding takes birth in the desire to 
assist humanity. 

When man reaches the ripening cycle he, through the 
experiences which he has passed, becomes softened; the 
arrogance of the selfish will has been consumed by the 
Love which has come to abide within him. 

Man will not become free from the carnal experiences 
until Love has been enthroned within his heart and his 
mind attuned with it. Love is the key which unlocks the 
Storehouse of God and enables man to make use of those 
things therein which the Father hath prepared for him, 
even before the foundation of the world was laid. 

We find as we analyze carnality and its ways that it 
is a period of constant changing and that the natural 
man has not a permanent abiding place. There is no 
permanent satisfaction. Man gathers a beautiful rose, 
and even as he holds it to inhale its fragrance it falls to 
pieces at his feet, and he learns that there is nothing 
stable or permanent here. 

When man learns this he turns, like a tired child, for- 
ever from his illusions and seeks for a place of perma- 
nence, — "a City whose builder and maker is God." 

When man has grown weary of following the will-o'- 
the-wisp and turns to Aum, the Ever-Present, All- Wise 
and Loving God, and asks for guidance, he will soon 
learn to be still ; f or ' ' the Lord is his shepherd, he shall 



102 The Flashlights of Truth 

not want ; He maketh him to lie down in green pastures 
and leadeth him beside the still water" and in the shade 
of the evergreen trees; and the Tree of Life is there, 
1 ■ And it giveth its leaves for the healing of the nations. ' ' 
From the dream of the Adam-Sleep (carnality) all 
will awaken and some time reach Home, in the full con- 
sciousness that they are the Sons of the Living God. 



CHAPTER VII 

GOD'S CREATION AS IT IS. 

THERE is but one First Cause, and that is God. 
God, in His impersonal aspect, Aum, is every- 
where present, His " center and circumference" 
including all. 

God is Intelligence, Love, Power and Spirit. When 
God reposed mind was not expressed, but when God 
desired, Infinite Intelligence became individualized in 
the myriad forms, called man. The individualized Di- 
vine Mind in man is the Ego, that which is the man. 
This Ego has Soul, which is Conscious Life clothed with 
a form ; and the Spirit of God, the Breath of the Infinite, 
breathes man, — his Mind, Soul, Spirit, Form. These 
compose the man and the Ego, the Real Self, is the Real 
Master. 

When the man in carnality, through perception and 
insight, comes into the understanding of his true being 
as he really is and as he was when God pronounced him 
good, — "Yes, very good," — and announced His work to 
be finished, man, then, will be still and know that God is ! 

God's work was then completed; He rested; but man, 
"God's image and likeness," his mind reflecting the 
God-mind, commences his activities and they will not 
cease until he also can announce, " It is finished. ' ' Then 
he will sit down at the "right hand of the Father" and 
will hear the glad words from the heart of the Infinite, 
"Well done." 

The voice of the Father in the Ages which have passed 
has spoken to the individual ; to the man who has scaled 

103 



104: The Flashlights of Truth 

this height of attainment and will in the Ages to come 
and in the present speak to those who are perfected, 
1 ' Well done ! thou good and faithful son ; enter thou into 
the joy of thy Lord." 

The Infinite Universe is the expression of Aum and is 
perfect in every detail and unchangeable, and the forms 
therein are composed of Spirit Substance. 

Let us now travel back to the time before the dawn of 
the day when the Perfect Creation took individuality 
and form at the bidding of the Infinite and stepped 
forth from the Womb of the Infinite. Men here are in 
the presence of the First and only Cause, — Aum, the 
Impersonal God. Creation came forth perfect and com- 
plete, from the little atom hidden deep in the bowels of 
the earth to planets, universes and systems of universes, — 
even unto man, the expressed Image of God and His 
"Crowning Glory.' ' 

In the midst of this Perfect Creation man, the ' ' Image 
and Likeness of God," abides and, travel as far as man 
may in any direction he chooses, he cannot stray beyond 
this perfection. 

There is one Intelligence, the Infinite, which governs 
all, and each expression moves at Its bidding. This In- 
telligence recognizes the intelligence in each individual 
expression and moves upon them, that they each and all 
may move in Rhythmic Harmony. The individualized 
intelligence, being only one expression of the Infinite 
Intelligence, understands not the allness of things, 
neither the All-wise plan of the Father; therefore, as 
long as it is receptive it is moved upon by Infinite Intel- 
ligence which is above and sees and knows all. 

Each expression is directly in the center of the Heart 
of God and knows the touch of His Love and breathes 
intelligently the Holy Breath, and here we hear the 
words, "Holy! Holy! Holy! Lord God Almighty!" 
"Thou art from everlasting to everlasting, the Ruler of 
Thy Creation." So great is Thy Love and Care that 



God's Creation — As It Is 105 

nothing great or small takes place but that Thou dost 
take notice thereof and knoweth it from the Heights of 
Thy Divine Wisdom ! 

In the perfect man there can be no presumption, be- 
cause he always knows that his Father is greater than 
he. This man is filled with Love and reverence, and de- 
votion is unceasingly warbling from heart and lip. In 
that state man is ever receptive to the bidding of Infinite 
Intelligence and, therefore, always in his right place and 
doing his part in the Great Plan of Infinite Love. As 
man stands in the presence of the First Great Cause, — 
the Impersonal God, — he finds but one Presence. Let 
us see if we can comprehend what this Presence is. We 
find, from previous explanations of God, that there is 
Mind, Life, Love, Harmony, Power and Spirit in and 
from Him. 

Spirit expresses in two ways, — through the Infinite 
Breath which breathes all creation, and through Sub- 
stance which is the Spirit-Essence. This Essence is 
moulded into the forms of creation in all of its different 
shapes, sizes and expressions. 

The One Intelligence which we find there, expresses 
through each form according to the place in which It 
placed it. 

The minerals do not express as much mind as the 
earth, the earth not as much as the animals, and they not 
so much as man. 

Reason is one department of the mind, observation 
another, discernment, discrimination and insight are oth- 
ers. WTien these are all in equal operation the Ego is 
fully expressed through man. Then the man is Ego, 
Soul, Breath, — and Spirit-Substance form. The Spirit- 
Breath is the power of the Infinite flow of Life, which 
binds all together and holds man a perfect expression of 
the Living God. 

In the Invisible Realm, the Home of the forms of man 
not clothed upon with the heavy encasement of the outer 
and visible, the Intelligence of the Infinite guides and 



106 The Flashlights of Truth 

governs as tenderly and caressingly as in the outer one 
of visible manifestations. 

In all the different spheres Infinite Intelligence gov- 
erns and with the guiding hand of Love leads and sus- 
tains all. 

If egotism should enter man's mind and he begin to 
feel he is sufficient unto himself, let him beware ; for ere 
long he will come to the place where he will learn his 
inefficiency. When man lets self -righteousness creep 
into his concept, Infinite Love will permit him to be 
brought low until he again desires to wear the robe of 
humility. 

The man who is expressing that state of mind that was 
and is in Jesus Christ is ever expressing meekness and 
humility, and in patience and with kindness listens to 
the men of earth who have not that state of mind, yet 
desire it. 

In the Perfect Creation as it is, Harmony is expressed 
in all and everywhere. Harmony is the first Law of 
Heaven, and when we are in that Harmony we see that 
the Kingdom of Heaven is in and through God's Perfect 
Creation. 

"When man goes into the Sacred Chamber of his Being 
— his heart — and quietly holds his mind there, he will 
again touch the Harmony which expresses through the 
Music of the Spheres. When man can live thus attuned 
to that which is, he will prove a blessing to his fellow- 
man. 

God endued man at creation with power and ability to 
pass through any experience in which he may find him- 
self ; but in this plunge into carnality man has lost con- 
sciousness of it. 

When man's soul is fully expressing Conscious Life, 
man will recall all knowledge that has been bestowed 
upon him and lies dormant within him. Then the con- 
scious mind of man will become merged into the Soul, the 
Divine Ego. The Soul is Conscious Life, but is express- 



God's Creation — As It Is 107 

ing feebly until man is again awake to the Truth of his 
Being. Then he is a conscious upright man, as in reality 
he has ever been and will never cease to be. 

The Universe, the Perfect Creation of God, is also 
formed of the Spirit Substance which is the God-Essence ; 
therefore, it is unchangeable. In the unchangeableness 
of God His Perfect Creation abides. 

Thus we see man, the highest manifestation of God, 
abiding in a Perfect Universe, the Home his Heavenly 
Father has provided for him. What is man's duty when 
he perceives this to be true? Appreciation and grati- 
tude. When man is illumined concerning this, he will 
bow in Love, appreciation and reverence for his Heav- 
enly Father and become willing to be led by Him. Man 
will then remember the great Truth which Jesus Christ 
proclaimed, speaking from His illumined concept, "I 
and the Father are one, but the Father is greater 
than I." 

God's Perfect Creation is sublime, and Love, Peace 
and Harmony abide there. Not even one discordant note 
of carnality can penetrate it ; yet it is around and about 
man, within him and everywhere, and is never inter- 
fered with in any way whatsoever by carnality and its 
expressions. Seemingly they intermingle; yet they do 
not, because a shadow cannot mingle with sunshine, 
though it expresses in it ; but, should the sun disappear, 
there would be no shadow. In other words, if there were 
not the Real, there could be no counterfeit. 

It is the Real which we are discussing in this chapter. 
God's Perfect Creation is God made manifest, or the idea 
of God expressed. 

Every flower, blade of grass or grain of sand has the 
perfect Spirit-Form back of that which the natural man 
sees about him in the natural world. There could not be 
even one tree in the forest, one flower in the garden, if 
there were not the perfect tree and the perfect flower 
back of it. The woodman cuts down the tree, cuts it into 
wood and burns it ; but he has not touched the tree which 



108 The Flashlights of Truth 

is God's Creation. Some may ask, "What did the wood- 
man cut down?" The natural expression or shadow of 
the Real Tree. The Real of every expression in the uni- 
verse is never touched or disturbed by the hand or mind 
of man. The reaper may come with his scythe and cut 
the grass close to the ground, but after a time each 
blade will express again. 

God desired, and the Spiritual Creation came into ex- 
pression. Man's mind, reflecting the God-mind, desired, 
and the finite creation came into view. God has naught 
to do with the finite or natural creation. His is the Per- 
fect. It is finished and He pronounced it good and then 
rested from His works. So man, too, will rest from his 
labors when he has finished. When will this be ? When 
man ' ' Knows the Truth. ' ' The eye which is single is the 
one required by Infinite Love. As man nears the crest 
of the hill where the single eye guides him, he will hear 
from out the still vastness of the Infinite the welcome 
words, "Well done," and man can answer that Voice 
and say, "it is finished." That final time will arrive 
for all men and it, no doubt, is as easy to accomplish it 
at present as in the ages to come. 

God in His Infinite Love smiles, and the earth is strewn 
with flowers with many colors and rare fragrance. He 
Loves! and the sun's rays of molten gold glow and all 
upon the earth are blest and refreshed. He Breathes! 
and all living things respond to the Holy Breath. 

Let man be still before God and in silent meditation 
in the innermost depths of his being commune with his 
Creator from Whom he has never been separated, and 
he will soon feel the firmness of a rock beneath him. This 
Rock is Truth; and, if man will stand firmly, the Rock 
will take form and become his shield, his armor, his coun- 
cilor and his Teacher. This teacher will lead him unto 
the Water of Life and teach him until he becomes so 
peaceful that he will lie down in the green fields under 
the o'ershadowing tree and contentedly rest, fanned by 
the soft zephyrs of the Love of Paradise and breathing 



God's Creation — As It Is 109 

the Holy Breath. He then is in one accord with all that 
is. He then is one with God and one with God's Perfect 
Creation. 

This harmonious rhythm, this joyous bliss, this loving 
ecstasy, this tender kindness, this gentle humility, this 
righteous boldness and noble courage no man knoweth 
until he has passed from the Third Degree Dimension 
into the Fourth Dimension wherein the Christ is King. 

The natural man in his natural state has no conception 
of the beauties of the Real Universe, nor of the sounds 
and harmonious rhythm therein. The finest and most 
exquisite sounds of earth are crude in comparison to 
those in the Perfect Creation. 

God endued man with sovereignty at his creation. 
When man realizes this he will dwell in peace, and each 
man will see the other as the ' ' Crowning Glory of God ' ' 
and, with a salute of Royal Comradeship, they will greet 
each other and smilingly pass on their way, each attend- 
ing to his duties. 

What is it that causes confusion to express amidst the 
rhythmic action of creation? Man's self-will. Excite- 
ment in the mind will cause fever in the body. Remem- 
ber that the same law governs a man which governs the 
atoms. In God's Perfect Creation there is no sickness, 
because confusion cannot enter where Harmony reigns 
Supreme. No death can enter there, because all is Eter- 
nal Life and the Breath of the Infinite breathes it. There 
is Oneness, one unbroken chain of Life bound together 
with the golden chord of Love so delicate, so strong, that 
neither time, disease, death nor poverty can snap it asun- 
der. 

This Perfect Creation rests as securely and is wrought 
as tenderly upon the Bosom of Infinite Love as the babe 
in its mother's arms, and is as lovingly caressed by the 
Father's Love as the babe is cooed to slumberland by 
the mother-love. 

Let us keep deep, yes, deep beneath the surface of 
nature and the natural world and its laws, for behind 



110 The Flashlights of Truth 

this is the Perfect, undimmed by the passing of years, 
for it rests just beyond the dawn of time, is enveloped 
in Eternity and is Eternal. 

Time paints its pictures in the natural world and 
leaves its imprints ; but it cannot even touch man, the 
manifestation of God, nor God's Perfect Universe. 

This world has seen a perfect pattern, and that was 
Jesus Christ of Nazareth. He came to show man his pos- 
sibility as well as his destiny. He taught how man, when 
he had arrived at the dawn after his long sleep in the 
night of carnality, will awaken, when he can learn the 
Master's instructions. 

Let the ringing of a bell, or some unusual sound, occur 
in a house where many are sleeping, and there may be 
only one or two who will hear it and come forth to ascer- 
tain the cause; and when they tell the others about it, 
these others are surprised, for they knew nothing of it. 
If they who did not hear are sufficiently interested, those 
who did hear can explain it to them and they may not 
slumber so deeply again. But the others who will not 
listen will return to their sound sleep and may continue 
sleeping until the cycle has passed, the wheel turned and 
the bell ring again. Blessed is he who hears ! 

"Awake thou that sleepeth!" Arise! and don the 
morning robe and come forth from your chamber of dark- 
ness and greet the rising sun and behold the glory of 
day, for when the sun reaches the zenith many men will 
step forth Redeemed. 

It is God's pleasure, that man see himself as God 
gave him forth at the dawn of the Perfect Creation, an 
upright Being, manifesting good, love, beauty, majesty 
and power and clothed upon with the robe of Holiness, 
a breastplate of righteousness protecting, a mantle of 
gentleness and kindness clothing him about and the smile 
of compassion for his fellow man lighting up his face. 
Man in this state expresses God at all times and under all 
circumstances and in all environments, because he lives 
in harmony and the Perfect Universe is expressed 



God's Creation — As It Is 111 

around and about him, even though, to the natural man, 
the natural only seems to be expressed. He has the Eye 
Single and sees clearly, while the natural man sees ' ' As 
through a glass darkly." 

Perfect God ! and His Perfect Creation, which includes 
man and the Universe and God's Perfect Law, operating 
in and through All. 

Unceasing and Eternal is this Perfect Creation and 
its Laws which govern it; for, behold, God sits on the 
Throne in His Heavens and breathes it. "God rests in 
action;" therefore, man rests in action, when he has 
learned the Truth and knows God as He is and man as 
he is. Then man, without care or anxiety, rests serenely 
and contentedly upon the Infinite Bosom, as the water 
lily reposes upon the bosom of the lake. As in that Bosom 
man beholds purity, serenity and contentment, we see 
these in the stillness of man. When man realizes this, 
he will express the beauties of God as unselfishly as the 
water lilies do. 

Peals of Holy Laughter and songs of sweet delight 
will enrich the discoverer of the wonderful Mystic Key. 

There is no poverty in Heaven. No discord can enter 
there ; neither care nor anxiety can there find an abid- 
ing place. No discordant note can strike on the Instru- 
ment of Heaven, because it is attuned to Harmony, 
sweet and deep. 

Harmony is the home of God's creation as it is. On 
the streets of that City the celestial ones tread. They 
have mastered carnality's illusions and can never more 
be ensnarled. 

The Light of God lighteth this City which lieth four 
square upon the Mountain of our God. The flowers 
which grow there are the rarest, sweetest and most fair. 
Love blesses each and every heart and the Voice of the 
Holy Ones who have reached this final abode sing sweetly, 
clearly and serenely to this Father-Mother-God. 

There is no condemnation there; neither regret nor 
discontent. 



112 The Flashlights of Truth 

It is our desire that each reader of this book examine 
himself and the life he is living and observe what the 
fruits are. There is only one kind of fruit which is of 
any value to man in his finishing process, be it here, now 
or in the Ages to come, and that is the good, — the Real. 

Man reaps his reward here, hereafter and in the Ages 
to come, from every good thought, word, act and deed. 

When man has become conscious of God and His Per- 
fect Creation, it follows that he will desire to assist his 
brothers to know God. When all the men of earth know 
and understand God, then Isaiah's prophecy will be 
fulfilled and the "Lamb and lion will lie down together 
and a little child shall lead them. ' ' Love will then reign 
Supreme. 



CHAPTER VIII 

IN THE DEEP! OR HERE AND HEREAFTER. 

GO as deep as man may, still there are deeper 
depths. Go as high as he will, there are higher 
heights. Expand to as great degree as man's 
mind is able to do, and yet there are wider circles to be 
traversed, reaching beyond man's vainest imagination 
into the Hereafter; and then he has only reached the 
foothills of Eternity. 

Of the vast plains, seas, mountain ranges, deserts and 
fertile vales which lie beyond the hills which fringe the 
Hereafter, no one fully knows until he has crossed and 
penetrated their vastness and sees with his own vision 
and comprehends with his own mind. 

The Christ-Consciousness, expressing in the sphere be- 
yond the chasm called death, corresponds to that state of 
understanding on this plane which is the Fourth Dimen- 
sion. Man with the Christ-Consciousness can assist those 
\vho have not that Great Light. Many are ready to rec- 
ognize and welcome the fact that the men of earth can 
Here and Hereafter teach, explain and help those who 
are desirous to understand about the Divine Deeps ; but 
many there are who do not think it possible for those of 
the same dimension-concept, who have passed through 
the door called death, to reveal the deep Truths to their 
brothers who still are inhabiting the body of flesh. If 
we will recall the definition of God as given in the pre- 
ceding chapters of this book, the reason will be unable 
to see why this should not be. 

God is the One and only Presence and man is the indi- 
vidualized expression of God. 

113 



114 The Flashlights of Truth 

God is the only Life, and man is the individualized 
life of that Life. 

God is the only Spirit and man is the individualized 
Spirit of God. 

Then we have man as Life, Soul, Spirit and Body, with 
the Breath of the Infinite breathing him. 

God, the Infinite, is Omnipresent! and all men are 
individualized expressions of God and have their being 
in God. 

None, therefore, can stray beyond His Love and Care. 

God governs all through His Law which forever acts 
in and through His Creation, — as unceasingly and ex- 
actingly as we see its equivalent in the ebb and flow of 
the tide. As this law of the tides causes the action of 
the waters in the great oceans, even to the minutest drop, 
and through this action brings about constant purity, 
so the action of God's Eternal Law, ebbing and flowing 
in and through creation, even unto the smallest mani- 
festation, causes purity to become manifest. 

In the Here, as the carnal man sees, there are impuri- 
ties around him. He may pluck a beautiful apple and 
place it upon the shelf; but in time it decays, disinte- 
grates and then is cast into the earth, where it comes in 
touch with the Law of Action, which brings its particles 
back to purity. The apple grew upon the tree, was 
gathered and placed in a safe place, and when it reached 
the stage where man could not use it the Law of Action 
carries it through the processes which will bring its atoms 
into purity from whence it started upon its journey of 
sense. 

So God's Law is working throughout the broad and 
deep expanse of God's domain and is causing the purity 
of God to become manifest throughout the endless realm 
of creation, until the Law of Purity has caused the Whole 
to become pure again in its expression of desire. 

If the Infinite Intelligence guides the atom in the 
depth of the earth to fill its place and move in its service 
for the good of the whole, how could man believe that 



In the Deep; or, Here and Hereafter 115 

Infinite Intelligence could not guide the Soul of man in 
all Spheres and cause it to move in the Law of Eternal 
Action for the good of the Whole, bringing about purity 
and the Perfection which has never ceased from being 
itself? 

When man comes to the outer edge of the Third 
Dimension and through Spiritual quickening into the 
Christ-Consciousness crosses over the dividing line, step- 
ping into the Fourth Degree concept of himself, of his 
possibilities, of his God-given powers and of his abiding 
place in the ever-present and Eternal God, what is there 
to hinder him from acting in God's Eternal Law of 
Action for the good of the whole ? 

Divine Love is King in that Realm, and none can 
enter it which causeth or maketh discord. 

The Eye of Illumination sees no gulf, no chasm, no 
dark night; for it perceives the Eternal Light of God 
which is everywhere. 

In the different stages of the earth, or Adam-Sleep, 
which is caused by the hypnotic spell that is cast over 
man by the Five Senses, man sleeps soundly or less 
sound, according to the ray of Light which expresses 
through him. This Light is God, because there is only 
one Light and that Light is individualized in man. 
When man sleeps soundly there is little Light expressed. 
When man becomes hypnotized by the illusions of his 
sense-evidence, he may pass many centuries in that con- 
cept of himself and the world as he erroneously sees it. 
Centuries, even ages, do not benefit him in the least, as 
when one is asleep he is not enlightened by the things 
which transpire around him. He may be carried from 
one room to another, but he gains nothing. 

Jesus Christ said, "Follow thou me," and, "Let the 
dead bury their dead." Men under this hypnotic sleep 
are as dead men walking about. They are only alive to 
the carnal man and his desires; but "Dead" to the Light 
and Truth of God, and man's true Being. In this state 
men bury their dead, marry and are given in marriage. 



116 The Flashlights of Truth 

They see birth and death take place around them, and, 
being in the Adam Sleep, they feel their powerlessness 
to cope with these, therefore bow in resignation to what 
they think is the inevitable. 

Thus we see man dreams his time away, walking 
amidst the tombstones of the past, and the Ages roll 
along. There are many in the bright Spiritual Light of 
this twentieth century who are sound asleep ; but the 
voice is sounding and calling, "Awake! Arise! Come 
out from among them; cast off the grave clothes.' ' 

If man will listen to the teachings of the men who have 
the Christ-Consciousness, he will soon learn the Truth, 
which will enable him to move away from the wheel of 
life which rolls in and through carnality. 

As God's Law of unceasing action is causing the on- 
ward movement of the world toward purity, it also is 
causing the onward movement of man toward perfection. 

Jesus Christ said, "I in the Father, and the Father in 
Me." He is the pattern-man which He portrayed for 
Himself, expressing it so that, like Himself, men will 
some time out-picture the pattern of themselves as they 
ought to be and realize that they live in the Father- 
Mother-God, becoming conscious that they are in the 
Eternity of that which is and that, try as they may, they 
cannot escape from the Infinite Presence. 

. When man awakens, even slightly, from the deep sleep 
of the Adam dream and begins to perceive the plan of 
the Infinite, he will soon see how dim his light is and, 
if he desires more light, he will soon find more Light 
shining upon the upward Way. 

Deep in the Soul of man the Eternal Light of God 
burns and will never grow dim, even though he may lose 
the consciousness of it and believe he is walking in dark- 
ness. This is where an enlightened one exclaimed, 



In the Deep; or, Here and Hereafter 117 

1 ' Judge not by appearance, but judge by righteous judg- 
ment. ' ' 

In the carnal sleep the senses rule through the carnal 
mind and hold man as in a vise as tightly as man will 
permit. When man is sound asleep he is under the dom- 
inance of the carnal mind. As he awakens he begins to 
assert himself, and he finally has the prerogative by 
which he can choose whom he will serve, — the lower pro- 
pensities of his carnal nature or the urge of the Inner 
Force of the Law of the Eternal Action of God, which 
is ever leading the awakening man toward the expression 
of purity and perfection. "Choose ye this day whom 
ye will serve. ' ' 

The world expects nothing from the man who is asleep, 
but much from the one who is awake ; and the awakened 
one is required by the Intelligence of God to use his 
talents, be they one, five or ten. 

Down in the depth of man's being, where he feels the 
urge of the Soul, is the quiet Chamber of his Being, — the 
Heart, — where the carnal nature of man is touched by 
the Love and Law of the Infinite. 

Out on the bosom of the deep there are billows which 
never are seen by man, and in the heart of the ocean 
there are secrets which man has not yet learned. So 
within man's own bosom. On the outer carnal vesture 
there are billows which man does not understand; in 
the deeps of his Being there are many secrets for him 
to learn. 

Man, in his carnal concept of himself and all he sees 
about him, thinks that his body is he, and diligently 
labors day by day to provide the things of earth to 
clothe, feed and house his body. His appetites, passions, 
hates, loves and desires are real to him and he is servant 
to them. Death, disease, pain, sorrow, inharmony, pov- 
erty and old age are as real to him as the sun's light and 
warmth. 



118 The Flashlights of Truth 

Sometimes, when the enlightened man sees his fellow- 
man encased in this network of the carnal mind, he must 
have faith and courage before he can endeavor to tell 
him the Truth of his Being, because he remembers that 
the Great Master said, "Cast not your pearls before 
swine/ ' for they may (and as the enlightened one knows, 
they frequently do) turn and rend you. 

There truly is nothing in earth that can repay a 
devotee of Truth for the wounds with which he is rent by 
his fellow-men whom he endeavors to assist when they 
first begin to awaken; but the Illumined One looks not 
to carnality for his reward. Some may be led to place a 
large price upon their efforts to teach or heal their broth- 
ers, for a sort of protection. This may assist a little, 
but there is only one protection and that is Divine Love 
expressed in the Arm of Omnipotent God, the Loving, 
Tender Father-Mother. 

When man is enlightened unto the Christ-Conscious- 
ness and the influx of the Divine Power of God flows 
into his being until his body is vibrant with the Being 
which is and he is conscious of the Kingdom of Heaven 
within, around and about him, he then heeds not the 
harsh word, the shrill voice or the unwelcome look, and 
he reveals the Truth to his brother, because he knows 
that if he will hear only a few of Truth's words, spoken 
with the Realization of their Truth and Strength, his 
brother will in time smile and rejoice in the Light which 
has been brought to him. 

Jesus Christ is the Light of the World. He is the 
pattern-man. When man awakens to the Light in Jesus' 
message, man will endeavor to bring forth the pattern in 
himself. At first he may express it feebly, but as his 
endeavors are more intelligently carried forth his ex- 
pression will become more perfect, until he comes into 
the full consciousness of the Christ-Mind. He then will 
express the pattern-man in his body until it becomes the 
Glorified Body of the Christ. 



In the Deep; or, Here and Hereafter 119 

The mind rules the man. Man's body is the outer ex- 
pression and expresses as the mind is. If it is the carnal 
mind which is the man's concept of himself, he will 
express the beliefs of carnality. Man's beliefs govern 
him in his carnal dream and out-picture, accordingly, on 
his body. 

Jesus Christ had conscious dominion over His body 
and over the bodies of those who came to Him for succor. 
He raised His body from the tomb of death. ''Follow 
me!" was his call. He was living in the Christ- 
Consciousness. 

The carnal man, he who is asleep in the Adam-Dream 
under the hypnotic spell of carnality, knows not of the 
Christ-Mind and its expression in the Glorified Body. 
Therefore, he is subject to time and its limitation. 

In the Deep, or Here and Hereafter, there is much to 
learn for the man who is not entirely awakened. He 
who is living in the carnal mind, thoughts and beliefs 
concerning the Here and Hereafter, may make many 
efforts to ascertain knowledge about this Deep. 

In the Deep there is no Here and Hereafter. There is 
only the Here and Now. What is the Deep ? Illumina- 
tion. 

In the Illumined Mind there is the perception of the 
Truth, the flashlight of Infinite Intelligence, which per- 
ceives the Oneness of Life, the unreality of separation 
and the illusion of time. This reveals the boundlessness 
of the Infinite and of the Here and Now, and puts forever 
in the Soul awe of that which is, — God, the Father- 
Mother, the Eternal. 

God and His perfection is that which is. It can never 
change or pass from time to after-time, but IS ! and 
remains inseparable. 

"Know the Truth and the Truth shall make you free" 
is the one thing which our Elder Brother found was nec- 
essary for those who dwell in carnality. 

If Here is the only place and Now is the only time, 
what are we to learn ? 



120 The Flashlights of Truth 

The carnal man will ask many questions, and perhaps 
seek long before he finds the Light which will enlighten 
him sufficiently for him to know the Truth and find his 
way out from the Forest of Illusions. 

The Forest, at times and in places, is beautiful and 
the light and warmth of the natural sun so invigorating 
to man 's body and alluring to his mind that he will settle 
in placid contentment, surrounded with the giant trees of 
the forest, gathering the fruits, nuts and grains, or 
plucking the flowers which beautify his environments. 
This is the Here of the carnal man. He lives here in 
the consciousness of time, believing that days form weeks, 
weeks months, and months years, and that at three score 
years and ten man has run his course, so that his body 
must return to the dust from whence it came "and his 
Soul to God who gave it." The carnal man does not 
understand from whence he came nor whither he goeth 
nor what the destiny which lieth before him. 

Is it any wonder that Jesus Christ, seeing as He so 
clearly did from His Christ-mind, said, "Know the 
Truth and the Truth shall make you free"? No! It is 
no wonder He told the people this, because it is the only 
way man will find final deliverance. 

Man through deep faith in God and devotion to the 
Divine Will and a desire to reach the Heavenly Home 
and with a firm belief in Jesus Christ as the Son of God, 
passes at death into a harmonious state and a place where 
he meets loved ones who have gone before him. He will 
find them in the place where their faith, devotion and 
Love have placed them. 

According to the intensity of man's desires, the 
strength of his faith and the depth of his devotion will 
the length of his sojourn be established. It is not an 
eternal state, but transitory. Jesus, the One who "knew 
the Truth," said, "Heaven and earth shall pass away, 
but My words shall not." 

What happens to the man when his time in this Har- 
monious Abode called Heaven has expired? He returns 



In the Deep; or, Here and Hereafter 121 

to take up the thread of his life again and to work at 
the Loom of Life until the fabric is completed and made 
perfect. How long a time this will require "no man 
knoweth, not even the Son, but the Father." It is not 
for man to question concerning the length of time, 
neither the why nor the how, except as he seeks to ' ' know 
the Truth." 

Man may pass years in asking about the why and the 
how, and if he continues to seek his solution in the intel- 
lectual understanding of man contemplating the phe- 
nomenon of the Here and the Hereafter, he will remain 
in the Forest of Illusion, because the carnal man's intel- 
lect knoweth not nor can know the way nor the phe- 
nomenon of the Hereafter. It, therefore, can be clearly 
seen that Jesus Christ knew whereof He spake when He 
told them to ' ' Know the Truth and the Truth shall make 
them free." Freedom, then, is the result of knowing, 
and knowledge is a quality of the mind. Jesus, seeing 
clearly through the Christ-Mind within Him and not 
"through a glass darkly," knew the Light which will 
show man where to begin his earnest work within Him- 
self, when he desires to see his fabric complete, or where 
to learn that he may reach his graduation and receive his 
diploma. What is the diploma which man will receive? 
His Illumination, full and complete. When this takes 
place man will see himself as God has ever seen him, — 
Perfect. His mind, cleared of the illusions of the carnal 
nature, is transparent, only the Christ-mind expressing 
in him, his body only expressing the pure Spirit-Sub- 
stance, his Soul, his Conscious Life, vibrating through 
every atom of his being. Man, then, is Redeemed and 
knows his Freedom. 

Some may say, "How about faith, devotion and Love, 
and surrendering the old self?" 

When man "knows the Truth" these follow as nat- 
urally into and from him as water, following its natural 
law, seeks its level. 

If man knows God, can he refrain from devotion ? If 



122 The Flashlights of Truth 

he knows God, can he be content except he express grati- 
tude to his Creator? If he have an abounding Faith in 
"Him whom to know aright is Life Eternal," can he 
keep from asking with a trusting child-heart for that 
which he desires from this Omnipresent One, — Our 
Heavenly Father ? 

Man's emotions may be moved upon either through 
fear of the wrath of God or through love of a reward in 
Heaven. This reward will be accordingly, and when he 
has reaped his merit his condition changes. 

The natural man lives in the Law of Cause and Effect. 

As we have stated before, the mind controls man, and 
as long as man lives in the carnal mind concept of him- 
self and the world and the people he sees about him, he 
reaps and sows in carnality's ways. 

Someone, perhaps, will recall the promise of our Elder 
Brother to the believer. Well, true it is, that no one 
believes very firmly in anything which he does not under- 
stand. Believing is the next quality to knowing. Man 
believes there is something in the Message of the Christ 
worth searching for, and he seeks until he knows. 

In the believing state the devotee would sell all that he 
has and buy the one gem, Illumination. 

There are two degrees of Illumination, the Intellectual 
and the Spiritual. A man may be intellectually illum- 
ined ; he may be able to explain the deep things of God, 
describe Jesus Christ and His ministry clearly, and his 
language glow with eloquence, yet never have felt the 
softening touch of Infinite Love, which will set his heart 
aglow with kindness, tenderness and compassion for his 
fellow-man. 

So man's heart can become filled with the Love and 
Strength of God, but, not having the understanding 
which will enable him to live constantly in that state, 
the Tempter may sometimes express through his lips or 
deeds. 

Full Illumination is when the intellect and the heart 
are joined together and enlightened by the Christ, which 



In the Deep; or, Here and Hereafter 123 

is the Impersonal Son of God. When this mind is estab- 
lished in the individual, it is the Christ- Consciousness. 
Then the Illumined man is inclined to express the same 
Love, tenderness and compassion for his fellow-man 
which Jesus expressed. Some may not accept this, but 
how could it be different if it is the same mind that was 
and is in Christ Jesus? When man has followed Jesus' 
Teachings until he has brought himself unto the place 
where his mind and body can receive this great inflow 
of Light from the Father through the Baptism of the 
Holy Spirit, he is, then, following the requirements and 
the promise is, "He shall be free." What shall man be 
free from? Carnality. What then happens? "His 
mind is filled with peace, that is stayed upon God." 
Man then steps through understanding aside from the 
Wheel of Birth and Death. He will become able to mas- 
ter death through understanding. We read in Holy 
Writ, ' ' The last enemy to be overcome is death. ' ' Then 
we see that man in his ongoings will eventually master 
death. How? Through "knowing the Truth" and by 
living as unto that knowing. There is no other way. 

When man through understanding has mastered death, 
it being the last enemy upon carnality's path, he shows 
that he has met and mastered all the evil propensities of 
the carnal man. He will then understand the deceitful- 
ness, creation and origin of the carnal mind. 

When man through insight understands that the car- 
nal mind of man and its world has no real creator, has 
no real foundation and no real power, but only that 
which man permits it to express, he will arise in con- 
sciousness of the Truth of his Being and command it to 
retire into its nativity, which is nothing. When man 
has this understanding he is master and what Infinite 
Intelligence commanded him to be at the beginning. 

When man understands himself as God knows him, 
and God as He IS, man has traveled far upon the Path 
"which leadeth unto the City of God." 



124 The Flashlights op Truth 

The City lieth "Four Square upon Mount Zion." 
This City is the abode of the Christ-Illumined man, and, 
as we have before stated, is the symbol of the Christ- 
illumined individual. He here has reached the con- 
sciousness of his True Being as the Father, Aum, cre- 
ated him. He has through insight chiseled and polished 
his mind and understanding until he is a diamond crys- 
tal clear and expressing purity so perfectly that the 
world recognizes him as not of the earth's concept. 

Let us turn to the first chapter of Genesis, and we 
find there that God created man in His image and like- 
ness and endued him with dominion. When man under- 
stands this how will he act? Jesus said, "By their 
fruits shall ye know them." "What are the fruits re- 
ferred to? The signs following and the life lived and 
the works which Jesus of Nazareth performed. 

"Greater works than these shall follow them that 
believe. ' ' 

"Ye shall heal the sick, cast out devils, bind up the 
broken-hearted and preach deliverance to those in prison, 
that the captive may be set free." 

It is the esoteric part of Freedom which is referred 
to here and which, if understood, will cause the chains 
to fall from man's limbs and his feet to be removed 
from the stocks and the shackles from his mind, so that 
he can arise, bind on his sandals, draw about him his 
mantle and approach the prison gate, which then will 
open that he may pass out. 

Man! Awake to the esoteric side of our Master's 
message and apply it to yourself, because it is written 
or handed down from aeons, "There are none of greater 
value than thou." "Thou art the beloved; the one 
altogether lovely; the fairest among ten thousand." 
"Thou art the rare gem in the diadem, — yea, thou art 
the diadem!" for, behold, "Thou art the fairest and 
altogether lovely." 

With the diadem of God's power, Love and Glory 
upon him, man can, through the Christ Light and un- 



In the Deep; or, Here and Hereafter 125 

derstanding within him, reach forth his hand and raise 
his brothers, and through his prayer see all manner of 
diseases healed and by the spoken word cast out the 
evil spirits which bind mankind. He performs these 
works in the name of the Master, Jesus Christ. 

Oh, that man would learn these deep Truths and live 
them! It is not sufficient to study the letter or the 
historical part only of the career of the Holy Man, 
Jesus, or to memorize His saying. Unbelievers can do 
this. What, then, is required? Get behind the letter 
and the historical and learn their Spiritual significance 
of the Life and works of Christ. Then through devo- 
tion become conscious of the one and only Spirit which 
is God everywhere present, and that man is an individ- 
ualized expression of the One Spirit, forever at-one with 
the Father-Mother-God. 

What is the Here and Hereafter ? NOW. When man 
has crossed over the line which lies between the carnal 
concept and the Divine, he has then come into the 
Christ-Mind, which is illumination. When an illumined 
mind reflects the Infinite or Divine Mind, which knows 
no boundaries or time, neither divisions, the illumined 
one sees only the Here and Now. To be able to thus 
see and understand, man must dive deep, because it is 
in the depth that the rarest gems are found. 

The full knowledge of the Truth is the one thing 
worth while ! It is of lasting value. It remains within 
the man, the Eeal Self, in all the different experiences 
he encounters. He may seemingly forget, but it is not 
thus destroyed. The Truth is so vital it will invigorate 
the mind, both conscious and subconscious. Jesus Christ 
said, "I am the Light, the Truth and the Way." When 
man becomes so alive with the fire of the Truth, his 
body and mind so quickened that he expresses Truth, 
not only through the mind in thoughts, but through his 
body in healing, man can become so imbued with the 
Spirit of Truth and his body so vibrant therewith that 



126 The Flashlights of Truth 

death will remain a stranger to him. This is man's 
work for the Here and it will bring forth good fruit in 
the Hereafter. 

Let us look for a short time into the Here and the 
Hereafter. When man first becomes acquainted with 
himself and begins to awaken sufficiently to wonder 
from whence he came and whither he will go when he 
bids adieu to his present surroundings, he will question 
much. Man under the carnal dream, even when par- 
tially awakened, recognizes only that short span of 
man's path which is traveled between the cradle and the 
grave. Of all beings most miserable is man with his 
reasoning faculties alert who believes not in immortality. 
"0, death, where is thy sting? 
0, grave, where is thy victory ?" 
is asked by the one that is seeking to find the Truth. 
There is no sting in death to the one who knows the 
Truth, even partially, because he has learned that death 
can only claim the body and that the body is not the man 
but his garment. 

Before man reaches full illumination he may, through 
race beliefs, feel the current so strong that he will lose 
his body, but at this stage he, perhaps, can retain con- 
sciousness as he passes through the portal into the other 
realm. If so, he has almost become master over the last 
enemy and, when he passes that way again, he will be the 
victor. Then he can hear the glad words, "Well done! 
enter thou into the joy of thy Lord." "Thy Lord" of 
the individual is the Ego, the Real Self of each. The 
Ego is the Divine Man, which is God individualized. 
This is the Man, and when man becomes aware of this 
Truth of his being, this gives him mastership over his 
whole being. 

"The Lord is my shepherd," the Psalmist exclaimed 
in an exalted moment. This was a recognition of the 
Lord of the Universe, The Infinite which has become man- 
ifest through the individual. Jesus Christs is Lord, be- 
cause He has long ago become conscious of His Lordship. 



In the Deep: or, Here and Hereafter 127 



All men are heirs, joint heirs with Him, but they are not 
benefited by this kinship until they learn, then believe, 
then become conscious of it. Then the Light of God 
floods their Mind, Soul and Body; then they know that 
they are Sons of the Most High God and heirs to the 
throne which is Harmony, Love and Power. Then man 
at this stage has the illumination which is required before 
he is a master. Man may claim mastership, but when he 
attains it he no longer claims but expresses it. 

If man has gleaned much Light here, enough so that 
he has touched the Christ-Mind, he will remain a master 
on the other side of the portal and, should he return to 
earth, he will be a Light to guide and teach the men of 
earth concerning the things of the Deep. 

Man in the Adam-Sleep lives on the surface of Life and 
the earth. He studies the Law of Nature and of Man. 
He also strives to understand his physical body, and be- 
lieves it is he. He studies the stars and their science, 
and by joining these together has a strong fabric which 
man calls life. 

Man can live in the illumination of the outer concept 
and pass from infancy to old age, — yea, even to three 
score years and ten, — and not even learn that there is a 
deeper meaning to life. He, therefore, is the Prodigal 
Son and is living in a far country, be he king or pauper, 
and continues feeding upon the husks which the swine 
enjoy, until he awakens, learns the Truth and becomes 
illumined concerning God, man and the Universe. 

If man learns the Truth concerning himself, that he is 
a manifestation of the Living God, this is good, but not 
sufficient ; because our Elder Brother, the fully Illumined 
One, said, ''I and my Father are one, but my Father is 
greater than I. " He also said, ' ' The Father who dwell* 
eth within me, He doeth the works. ' ' This is one thread 
of Illumination ; the other thread is knowing about God 's 
Perfect Universe. 

The universe is the place of man's habitation and God 
caused it to become manifest for man. It matters not 



128 The Flashlights of Truth 

what state of consciousness man is expressing, there is a 
place prepared by Infinite Intelligence and Love for him. 

Man cannot stray so far that he can escape from the 
Father's Love and Care. The Psalmist said, "Though I 
make my bed in Hell, Thou art there ' ' ; and true it is, 
because God is everywhere. 

When man is fully illumined he is cognizant of God 
and the Universe as they are, and that he, the perfect 
manifestation of God, is required to give an account of 
the deeds done in his body. 

When man is living in the concept where he must give 
an account of the deeds done in his body, he is not Illum- 
ined, but is living in the Law of Cause and Effect. 

As long as man knows the Truth only dimly or in part, 
he is bound with chains strong and firm in the Law of 
Cause and Effect, and that law is inexorable. There is 
only one thing which will entirely and forever free man 
from it, and that is the full knowledge of the Truth. 

Although man may pray and Infinite Love's grace be 
spread over him, and he rest by the side of the Still 
Water of Life in contentment and peace, there will come 
a time when he must take up the thread of life again 
and his hands handle the shuttle until he, alone, has 
woven the web unto completeness. Loved ones can pray 
for him, friends smile with satisfaction and teachers give 
words of cheer, but the fact remains that the individual 
must work at the Loom of Life until he learns its mean- 
ing. Through understanding he steps aside from his 
labors into the Illumination where he perceives God has 
done it all. God's creation is complete and finished, and 
He pronounced it Good. 

When man has the full Light he will sit down on the 
right hand of the Father and live in Bliss. Man in the 
illumined state will revel in ecstasy, — the very joy of 
living. Jesus Christ remembered the Bliss which He ex- 
perienced in Paradise with the Father before the world 
was, and said, "Father I remember the ecstasy I had 
with Thee before the world was." 



In the Deep; or, Here and Hereafter 129 

The forming and unforming of worlds disturbs not 
man, "created in God's image and likeness. " Note the 
distinction between the creation of God, — "Man, His 
image and likeness," — and the forming and unforming 
of worlds. One is in Eternity, the other is in time. The 
forming of the worlds is an out-picturing of the carnal 
concept which has crept into the mind of man. There is 
no materiality in God, neither His Creation. Eternity 
is the Here and Now. 

When man understands Eternity, the Eternal Crea- 
tion and the Law governing it, and when he understands 
God, the Creator of all, he then knows the deep, — yes, 
the deep, — things of The Deep. 

Time is as the shifting sands. The footprints look dis- 
tinct today ; tomorrow they are covered so that there is no 
trace. Tombstones of great men may be placed in solid 
granite and chiseled from blocks of marble, but in a 
few centuries they crumble and are gone, ' ' and the place 
that knew them knows them no more." The tablets 
which bear the records of the brave deeds of men stand 
the ravage of time and hold before the world the memory 
of the men whose names are engraved upon them, but 
time will finally wear them away, and by and by a race 
has passed and the world's people knows nothing of the 
prehistoric peoples which inhabited the earth before 
them. 

Races have been born upon the earth, rocked in their 
cradle of infancy and grown to manhood. Nations have 
arisen to high states of civilization ; and, as the sun when 
it reaches its zenith begins to decline and the shadows to 
slant until it passes from the finite view, so have civiliza- 
tions outshone in high-noon. Civilization in this cycle 
has passed from dawn to light, thence on to high noon, 
and at this zenith man has thought himself wise indeed, 
but his wisdom has no power to stay the hand of the 
inevitable, for soon the sun has passed its high skies and 
begins to decline to where the horizon is low. 



130 The Flashlights of Truth 

There is a ripening time to the race, as there is to the 
individual, and Infinite Love will so guide the minds of 
men that those who have become enlightened in knowing 
the Truth will be sustained and the civilization which is 
now nearing its zenith will be transmuted from the con- 
cept of time into the perception of Eternity and the 
glorious Light of the Son of God will shine from the East 
unto the West. ' ' Two will be working in a field, one will 
be taken and the other left. ' ' 

The Light will become so bright upon earth that dark- 
ness will melt away, as man becomes conscious of the 
Truth. 

It behooves all men in the dawn of the twentieth cen- 
tury to seek for the understanding of the Truth, for these 
are the times when many changes are taking place and 
will continue until all are changed and established upon 
new foundations. Let all who have the Light of Truth 
stand firm! and keep on the road of righteousness, be 
shod with sandals of good deeds and remember your hel- 
met, which is, "Know the Truth, and the Truth shall 
make you free." 

Jesus Christ knew in the finishing times of the estab- 
lishing of His message in the minds and hearts of men 
that there would be tribulations. He knew quite well 
that each man would suffer in passing from the carnal 
man's beliefs, fears, loves and doubts into the "Glorious 
Liberty of the Sons of God." 

Jesus no doubt saw down the centuries that day in the 
long ago when He sat on the Hilltop and looked over 
Jerusalem and exclaimed, "Jerusalem! Jerusalem! How 
oft would I have gathered thee, as a hen gathereth her 
brood; but ye would not." He was helpless to do their 
work for them. He could only tell them the Truth and 
point the way by passing through the carnal world and 
proving His Mastership, and He said, "Follow thou me." 
He announced, "I have overcome the world." After 
Jesus received the Baptism of the Holy Spirit He was in 
Prayer and Fasting forty days, and when He began to 



In the Deep; or, Here and Hereafter 131 

hunger, Satan tempted Him, saying, "Command the 
stones to be made bread, that they may satisfy thy hun- 
ger. " But Jesus, in the might and power of the Holy 
Spirit, commanded him to depart from Him in those 
words which proved so powerful, — ' ' Get thee behind me, 
Satan." 

If Jesus Christ had heeded the advice of this one, who 
is ever using his cunning wiles to beguile man from the 
straight Path of Truth, and used His yoga and mystical 
powers to turn the stones into bread to sustain His phys- 
ical body, the record of His ministry would have been 
marred by that negative surrender; but He had clear 
insight and, therefore, was not moved by the tempter nor 
swayed from His Spiritual Light. 

Jesus was conscious of His dominion with which God 
endued man at creation; He also was conscious of the 
Father's guidance. 

Man, who is fully awakened in his Spiritual nature 
and is living the Truth as taught by the Nazarene, under- 
stands the dominion which he has. It being Spiritual, he 
will not use it for selfish purposes, but like the Master, to 
uplift, comfort, heal, teach and bless humanity. 

All will not hear, neither will all heed ; but that should 
not concern the man who has the Spiritual Light, as it is 
his province to give it forth. The individual who hears 
has his privilege of choice. If he chooses the Spiritual 
Light and in earnestness seeks to understand, 'tis well; 
but if he should desire to tarry in the forest a while longer 
and gather the spring flowers when they come forth into 
expression after the rain and sunshine have melted the 
snow and caused the earth to become warm, and to walk 
on the path which winds its way through carnality's 
forest, he has the privilege to so do. 

When man awakens sufficiently to hear the voice of 
God calling in the cool of the evening, or at midnight, 
1 ' Adam, where art thou ? ", if he will begin to inquire of 
himself, "Where am I?" the urge of the Soul, Conscious 
Life, within him will lead him onward until he passes 



132 The Flashlights of Truth 

through the forest and steps into the open plain, where 
light reigns supreme and storms are unknown, because 
it is the Kingdom of Harmony. When man, moved by 
the urge of the Spirit, arose and, under the guidance of 
the Holy Spirit, God, pressed on until he had left car- 
nality behind, then he discovers the Kingdom of Heaven 
is within him; and when he steps out into the broad 
Light of Truth he sees the Kingdom of Heaven surround- 
ing him. When he was in the forest (carnality) he saw 
only carnality and its laws expressed in and about him. 
Then he became conscious of the Truth and, knowing the 
Kingdom of Heaven is within him, he steps into the broad 
Light of Truth and, with the consciousness of the King- 
dom of Heaven within him and reflected in his surround- 
ings, he lives, moves and has his being in the Kingdom 
of Heaven, and it reigns within him. He then has learned 
the Truth which is contained in the message of the 
Nazarene. 

Jesus Christ knew He was the Son of God. When 
man arrives at the same place on the Path where Jesus 
stood and understands His message, man, too, will be- 
come conscious that he is a Son of God. 

It matters not how long a man is heir to a vast inherit- 
ance ; it does him no special good until he knows. He 
must be informed concerning his heirship. Then he must 
investigate until his evidence is strong and clear. Then 
he can apply and, being provided with credentials, he 
is not afraid to ask for recognition into the Father's 
House. 

The Father has never lost sight of His perfect child, 
even when he was in the thickest part of the forest ; but 
man has lost sight of the Father. So completely has man 
forgotten the ecstasy of Paradise that sometimes he ex- 
claims there is no God. 

Within each mortal is the Divine-Man; he who "never 
was born and will never die/' — "the image and likeness 
of God." Mortality may seemingly encase it, but to 



In the Deep; or, Here and Hereafter 133 

touch, blur or harm it, mortality is powerless. Should 
man hear the sweet voice of God and understand from 
whence it came, he would awaken, and sound slumber 
would depart from him. Some day the urge within him, 
the Soul- Consciousness, will be so strong that he will 
arise, fasten on his armor and, with determination in 
his mind, start forth upon the Path in earnestness. 

When man is learning to control his outer mind, if he 
grows wisely, he will study the results of the creation of 
his mind and how to control them. 

Here and Now is the place and time for man to im- 
prove himself through learning the Truths that lie in 
the deep of man and of God. 

Carnality and the carnal man is on the surface, and 
the laws governing these also ; but just back of the sur- 
face is God and His Perfect Creation. 

It does not require traveling for man to pass from the 
carnal man's concept into the Divine Man's Vision. If 
you remove the soot from the window pane, the light is 
there, It is not manufactured by man's efforts in rub- 
bing the window pane. It is there and expresses through 
his consciousness as soon as the soot is removed. 

We desire to make clear the Truth which lies in the 
Deep, — that God's work is completed; it is perfect. 
There can be nothing added to it, neither taken from it, 
by man. There is no separation, no duration, no car- 
nality. Man then is free, freed by the blood of the 
Lamb, which is symbolical of Wisdom, Love and Power. 

When man hears the voice of God, if his ear catches 
the sweetness of that Voice sufficiently to cause him to 
seek to know and understand it, he will see that he has 
much work to do. As was shown above, man can do 
nothing in any way to change God's Creation, which is 
man and the Universe and all which the Universe con- 
tains. Man's work, then, is to be done in carnality. It 
requires a strong stroke of the pen to portray carnality 
as it is so that man can understand it. 



134 The Flashlights of Truth 

As long as man is living in the carnal mind concept, 
he sees himself as mortal and subject to carnality's laws. 
He recognizes the material laws as the only Law. 

But when man's vision is cleared and he sees through 
the outer garment, he perceives "the Creation of God" 
as it forever is. He does not travel to reach it. He 
sees that it is at hand. 

Man's work is to erase the false beliefs of the carnal 
man from his mind and thereby remove the picture of 
these from his body. By persistent effort he will see 
himself as the Father has ever seen him, — a perfect 
being. "When man has accomplished this he will see 
that the picture of the carnal universe has disappeared 
and that he now sees around him the perfect world. 
Here is where he sees Life, alive in everything; Love, 
breathing through grass, flowers and stones; and the 
songs of the birds, a note touched by the Hand of God 
upon a string of the Infinite Harp. 

Life is from everlasting to everlasting Here, and the 
Now is the Hereafter, because there is no place where 
God is not, and time is not known in Eternity. 

Go seek in the Deep, man ! 'Tis there thou wilt 
find thy God. When thou hast found "Him, Whom to 
know is Life Eternal," go sell all thou hast and seek 
until thou findest His Wholeness; for behold, thou wilt 
learn of Him of Whom thou art a part, — yes, but not 
separated even for one instant from Him, even as a ray 
of light cannot be separated from the center, lest it 
would cease to be. This is the pearl of rare value. It 
is that gem which is found only in the depth of the 
Deep. 

When man learns the Truth concerning himself, he 
will stand erect. His shoulders will no longer be bent 
with the burden of care, because care belongs in car- 
nality, and to the carnal man Jesus said, "Cast thy 
burdens upon Me." He also said, "I am the Way, the 
Truth and the Life." 

Jesus, knowing the Truth of His Being, with rever- 



In the Deep; or, Here and Hereafter 135 

ence, insight and adoration, talked to His Father- 
Mother-God. 

When Jesus' disciples asked Him to teach them how 
to pray, He, understanding the Universal Brotherhood 
of the Sons of God and the Fatherhood of God, said, 
"Say Our Father Who art in Heaven." Heaven is 
Harmony. "Hallowed by Thy name/' Hallowed is 
Holy,— Whole, Perfect. 

When man has the wdsdom and love of the Christ, 
there will be no arrogance or bigotry; but Love and 
Wisdom will be clothed in a robe of humility, yet of 
conscious strength. Then no man need ask, "Who art 
thou?" because they will know by the life lived. 

In the Deep, or Here and Hereafter, is the theme of 
our expressions in this chapter. As these concern man, 
both collectively and individually, we endeavor to bring 
the mind of the individual into a clear perception of The 
Deep, which is the Truth of Man's Being, the Truth con- 
cerning God, Aum, and the Truth of the Universe. 

Perfection is God expressed in the perfect man and 
the Perfect Universe through the Perfect Law of Action. 
It is finished! This is the Deep. Man is here in the 
earth's experiences to learn this and to erase the debris 
of earth from his mind and body, — this is the Here. 

Now is the only time. It is Eternity. The Real Self, 
the Divine man of every man knows the Truth. This 
consciousness is within. Let it express. The form of 
man is the ' ' Temple of the Living God. ' ' Let it express 
the Spirit-Substance which it is, and burst the bonds of 
mortality, that the Son of God may step from his clois- 
tered cell in carnality and announce the truth of his 
resurrection so that w T e may sing, "He is risen! He is 
risen ! ' ' and the glory of God become manifest Here and 
Now. 

In the Deep we find the present, the Here and the 
Hereafter, and the Perfect Man dwelling in the Perfect 
Universe, God's Perfect Manifestation; and God, Aum, 
is the All in All. 



CHAPTER IX 
EXCLUSIVENESS. 

GOD is Exclusiveness. Christ, God's Son, is the 
"Image and Likeness of God." God, being ex- 
clusiveness, there can no thing come out from Him 
but that which is Himself. The Word, being the first 
expression of God, Aum, is the negative side of the In- 
finite. God, or Father, represents the positive part of 
that which is, "Aum/' — the Creator, the first and only 
Cause." In a preceding chapter we have portrayed 
Aum, the Impersonal and Ever-Present God. The Word, 
being the first expression of God, is Impersonal. Thus 
we have the Father-Mother-God, or Ever-present Aum. 

When the desire for a change expressed in Aum, the 
Sons of God came forth from the Infinite womb clothed 
with the Christ-Mind, which is the Infinite Intelligence 
individualized. They, having the God-Mind individual- 
ized within them, are the Sons of God, or the manifesta- 
tion of that which is. 

When the Infinite reposed, there was only one expres- 
sion; the myriad of expressions lay serenely in the In- 
finite Life, as the life of the oak tree lies hidden in the 
acorn. 

God being Exclusiveness, there is nothing within, 
around or about but Aum. 

What is Aum? The Impersonal God. What is the 
Impersonal God? Life, Light, Truth, Love, Power, In- 
telligence. Some of the variegated expressions of Aum 
are Harmony, Peace, Satisfaction, Intelligence, Right- 
eousness and Bliss. These, blended together in one great 

136 



Exclusiveness 137 

ALL, compose the Infinite Who fills all space. The 
Heart of God is here, there and everywhere, it being 
Omnipresent. 

God being Exclusiveness, there is nothing in His pres- 
ence but His expressions. Aum, God, cannot be divided, 
for He is forever the One. Even though there seem to 
be myriads of expressions, there is only One, — the Great 
Whole, with the one Life living each expression, from 
the grain of sand, the atom of earth, the blade of grass, 
to man, God's highest expression. 

The Hebrew version reads: "In the beginning the 
Eternal One, Who forever is, created the heaven and the 
earth." In Genesis 1:2 we read, "And the earth was 
without form and void, and darkness was upon the face 
of the deep ; and the Spirit of God moved upon the face 
of the waters." 

' ' And God made the firmament and divided the waters 
which were under the firmament from the waters which 
were above the firmament, and it was so." — Gen. 1:7. 

"And God called the firmament Heaven. And the 
evening and morning were the second day. ' ' — Gen. 1 :8. 

"And God said, Let the waters under the heavens be 
gathered together into one place, and let the dry land 
appear ; and it was so. ' ' — Gen. 1 :9. 

"And God called the dry land Earth; and the gather- 
ing together of the waters called He seas : and God saw 
that it was good." — Gen. 1:10. 

"And God said, Let the earth bring forth grass, the 
herb yielding seed, and the fruit tree yielding fruit after 
his kind, whose seed is in itself, upon the earth : and it 
was so." — Gen. 1:11. 

"And God said, Let there be lights in the firmament of 
the heaven to divide the day from the night: and let 
them be for signs and for seasons and for days and for 
years." — Gen. 1:14. 

1 ' And let them be for lights in the firmament of heaven 
to give light upon the earth: and it was so." — Gen. 1:15. 

"And God made two Great lights; the greater light to 



138 The Flashlights of Truth 

rule the day, and the lesser light to rule the night. He 
made the stars also. ' ' — Gen. 1 :16. 

"And God set them in the firmament of the heavens to 
give light upon the earth." — Gen. 1:17. 

"And to rule over the day and over the night, and to 
divide the light from the darkness: and God saw that it 
was good." — Gen. 1:18. 

"And God said, Let us make man in our Image, after 
our Likeness: and let them have dominion over the fish 
of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over the cattle 
and over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that 
creepeth upon the earth. ' ' — Gen. 1 :26. 

1 ' So God created man in His own Image ; in the Image 
of God created He him: male and female created He 
them."— Gen. 1:27 . 

"And God blessed them, and God said unto them, Be 
fruitful and multiply, and replenish the earth, and sub- 
due it: and have dominion over the fish of the sea, and 
over the fowl of the air, and over every living thing that 
moveth upon the earth." — Gen. 1:28. 

"And God said, Behold, I have given you every herb- 
bearing seed, which is upon the face of all the earth, and 
every tree, in which is the fruit of a tree yielding seed ; 
to you it shall be for meat. ' ' — Gen. 1 :29. 

"And God saw every thing that He had made, and, 
behold, it was very good. And the evening and the morn- 
ing were the sixth day." — Gen. 1:31. 

' ' Thus the heavens and the earth were finished, and all 
the hosts of them."— Gen. 2:1. 

"And on the seventh day God ended His work which 
He had made; and He rested on the seventh day from 
all His work which He had made." — Gen. 2:2. 

"And God blessed the seventh day, and sanctified it; 
because that in it He had rested from all His work which 
God had created and made." — Gen. 2:3. 

"These are the generations of the heavens and of the 
earth when they were created in the day that the Lord 
God made the earth and the heavens." — Gen. 2:4. 



Exclusiveness 139 

"And every plant of the field before it was in the 
earth, and every herb before it grew: for the Lord God 
had not caused it to rain upon the earth, and there was 
not a man to till the ground.* ' — Gen. 2:5. 

"But there went up a mist from the earth, and watered 
the whole face of the ground.' ' — Gen. 2:6. 

"And the Lord God formed man of the dust of the 
ground, and breathed into his nostrils the breath of life : 
and man became a living soul. — Gen. 2:7. 

Harmony is Heaven 's first and only Law. The Infinite 
is a Harp of many strings, each perfectly attuned, and 
gives forth peal after peal of Harmonious Rhythm and 
joyous ecstasy, melting away into the Silence in blissful 
reverie. 

Man, "the image and likeness of God/' is also a harp 
of many strings. When his finger of Love touches the 
chord he vibrates in Rhythm with the Infinite Harp and 
the love of his being responds to the Love of the Infinite. 

God is Exclusiveness, and He created all that was cre- 
ated. However, in the quotations above, from the first 
and second chapters of Genesis, we perceive two creators. 
The first is God. And He pronounced His creation good. 
"And God saw every thing that He had made, and, 
behold, it was very good. And the evening and the morn- 
ing were the sixth day." — Genesis 1st chapter, 31st verse. 
The Lord God is presented to us in the second chapter. 
Yet we read, "God is All," and "there is none beside 
Him. ' ' In a place filled with light there can be no dark- 
ness, as "darkness is the absence of light," and light 
and darkness can no more mingle than heat and cold can 
fill the same place at the same time. 

"God is Intelligence," and man, His likeness, is intel- 
ligence expressed. As God is more than mind, so man, 
His image, is more than mind. 

"God is Life." Man, His image, is Conscious Life 
expressed in him, and that expression is called Soul. 

God is Spirit. Thus we see man, His image and like- 
ness, is Spirit-Substance. 



140 The Flashlights op Truth 

God is All, filling all Space. God, being Spirit, this 
Spirit-Substance fills all space, and from this God made 
the forms of His creation, — "Man in His image and like- 
ness, ' ' and the Universe and all therein. He pronounced 
it good, — yes, very good ; and the evening and the morn- 
ing were the sixth day, and He rested on the seventh day 
from all His works and all that He had made. 

In the first chapter of Genesis we read the account of 
the perfect creation, given as nearly as possible in the 
language that the men of earth could and can under- 
stand. We read of the night and day, of morning and 
evening ; yet we perceive that God is Light and ' ' In Him 
is no shadow of turning." Therefore, we see these as 
representing the cycles as they come and go. In the 
visible universe we see the seed time and harvest and the 
years as they roll by, four seasons in each. We read in 
Genesis, first chapter, second verse: "And the earth was 
without form and void, and darkness was upon the face 
of the deep ; and the Spirit of God moved upon the face 
of the waters." 

Ignorance in the mind of man is the cause of darkness. 
Jesus, the Christ Illumined One, saw no darkness, as He, 
with the eye of vision, looked into His own Being, and, 
therefrom, announced to the Infinite, "Our Father, I 
remember the ecstacy which I had while I dwelt in Para- 
dise before the world was." 

The wise ones of earth understand concerning the sea- 
sons as they come and go and adjust their lives and 
affairs accordingly; therefore, when the sowing time is 
at hand, he has his seed ready to sow ; when the harvest 
time arrives, he is prepared to harvest and care for the 
grain. When the winter season is at hand, he rests from 
his labors, this being the time of enjoying the fruits of his 
labor. If he is wise he will improve this trysting time 
and thereby be ready when the time of action arrives 
again ; which he knows will be when the winds blow soft 
from the south, ladened with the breath of the tropical 



EXCLUSIVENESS 141 

clime, and the sun kisses the earth with its life-giving 
force. 

The wise of earth doubt not concerning the recurring 
of the seasons, he having learned through experience to 
rely upon them. The man of trust remembers that God 
hath promised seed-time and harvest shall not fail. So 
we see the man who, through the eye of sense, has learned 
to observe nature and trust its law ; and, also, we see the 
man who has looked through nature to " Nature's God" 
and has faith in Him, the Creator of all, and relies upon 
His promises. Both men can give a reason for the hope 
within them. One is leaning upon a reed, which the 
Creator can bend or even destroy, while the other has a 
staff strong and reliable which is ever his stay, — the staff 
of the Promise of God. 

God is Light; in Him there is no darkness. Then it 
remains to be recognized by man that darkness, which is 
reported as being over the face of the deep, is only in the 
minds of men. 

Ignorance is darkness. Anything which man does not 
comprehend seems dark and mysterious; but, when the 
mind is illumined, there is no darkness nor mysticism. 

God is Exclusiveness. He became manifest through 
His creation, in which there is no-thing but God, — His 
Law and the laws therein, acting in and through it. 

God's creation represents the universal Whole and is 
governed by the Universal and Ever-present God. His 
Creation is composed of individualized expressions. All 
are vibrant with Life and Intelligence, from the smallest, 
the atom, unto man, the highest expression ; and man is 
endued with the attributes of God and commanded by 
the Infinite, Our Father-Mother, to subdue the earth. 

Man as an individualized expression of God has within 
him all the potentialities of God. He, being one expres- 
sion of God, has not so much Life, power and intelligence 
as God. Therefore, when man learns to know God and 
himself, he can and will recline in Love and Trust upon 



142 The Flashlights of Truth 

the Bosom of the Infinite without care, confusion or 
doubt, and remain as care-free and beautiful as the water 
lily when it rests upon the bosom of the water. This is 
man's inheritance. 

Jesus, having reached the great height of concept and 
knowing that "He and the Father are one," said, "The 
Father is greater than I. ' ' He, having come to the earth 
for the expressed purpose of teaching men the Truth 
about themselves and God and by His works proving 
the truthfulness of His teachings, saw all of the wiles 
of the adversary. He saw here a place where the one 
who is opposed to man's finding the straight, clear and 
beautiful Path of Truth, will, when man through awak- 
ening discovers the truth of his being and is desirous of 
conscientiously living in that concept of himself, en- 
deavor to encourage him to see himself so great that he 
may for a time lose sight of the infinite Whole. 

A drop in the ocean has all the properties of the ocean 
within it. Analyze it and it is found to be composed of 
the same substance as the ocean ; but inconsistent indeed 
would it be, when it knows the Truth concerning itself, 
to imagine that it can live as unto itself in non-recogni- 
tion of the great ocean within whose heart it dwells and 
whose Laws operate in, through and around it. Wise 
indeed would this drop be if, when it knew itself as it is, 
it would love the great ocean, — its creator, and reverently 
abide within its bosom and willingly be in accord with the 
Law as it governs in unceasing accuracy the ebb and 
flow of the tide. Futile, indeed, would it be for one little 
drop, even though it had come into illumination concern- 
ing the truth of its being, to endeavor to live and act in 
opposition to the Law which is, or in non-recognition 
of it. 

Futile it is for man, when he has become somewhat 
illumined, to desire to live as unto himself, recognizing 
only the "God within," for, were there no Infinite, there 
would be none expressed within him. 



Exclusiveness 143 

When man through perception, then insight, has ar- 
rived at Illumination, and by its light burning in his 
consciousness knows God as Exclusiveness and himself as 
the image and likeness of Exclusiveness, he will perceive 
that it requires more than simply himself to accomplish 
that which he desires. Then he, with the eye of vision, 
looks to the center of Exclusiveness, God, Who is Intelli- 
gence, Love and Power. 

God, the Infinite which is, is all there really is. It 
matters not if the Infinite reposes and is unmanifest, or 
if He is in expression through myriads of forms, there 
is only God. He, the Infinite Aum, the Impersonal God, 
is exclusive, as there is nothing but God and His expres- 
sions in form. 

There is only the God-mind, and it operates in and 
through the expressions of God, according to their ca- 
pacity to express. Man being the highest expression of 
God, the mind of God can more fully express through 
him. As man becomes enlightened concerning the Reality 
of Being, the All-ness of Truth and the One-ness of Life, 
he will recognize the universal brotherhood of God's 
creation, which has never been broken or even disturbed 
by the seeming separation into races and nationalities. 

As the seasons come and go in the natural world, under 
the laws of nature, so there are cycles and periods which 
register the events such as the ripening of the age, the 
ending of the cycles and the recognition of the periods. 
As there comes the ripening time for the fruit, so there 
is the ripening time for the Souls of men. The fruit 
ripens upon the tree and expresses according to its kind, 
be it apple, orange or peach. Men of earth come to the 
ripening time, having grown upon the human tree. 

When the Soul, which God caused to become manifest 
in man as Conscious Life, bursts forth from its cloistered 
cell and expresses conscious Life and the mind of man 
is illumined in the Truth of Being, the cycle is at a close 
for the harvesting of such. 



144 The Flashlights of Truth 

The Infinite Intelligence, which is the Impersonal 
Aum, is in each and every expression, and it broods 
over and perceives the degree of intelligence expressed 
in each and every expression. It, being the Infinite 
Intelligence which sees and Loves all, causes all to work 
together for the great good of the whole. The ripening 
of the cycle comes, the good is accomplished and the 
illumined man steps forth into the "Glorious liberty of 
the Son of God." This is man's destiny, and none can 
stay it. 

In the Exclusiveness of God there is naught to fear. 
None can enter there which maketh disease, death or a 
lie. Impurity or imperfection can find no abiding place 
there. 

God is Exclusiveness. In Him Love, Purity, Perfec- 
tion and Eternal Life abide; and man, "God's image 
and likeness," being a manifestation of God's own self, 
abides there. His Home is the Heart of Aum, — our 
Heavenly Father; and His Infinite arm embraces, His 
strength sustains and His Love fills and enfolds man, 
His Creation, His sons. When man perceives the Exclu- 
siveness of God and that man is this exclusiveness in 
manifestation, and, also, that he lives, moves and has his 
being in God — Exclusiveness — he then will understand 
and revere the Being which Is, forever was and will 
never cease to be, God — Exclusiveness. 

When man clearly perceives the Exclusiveness of God 
and His Creation, including man, disease will fall from 
his body, false beliefs from his mind, the manifestation 
of poverty from his environments and the limitation of 
time from his concept; as these belong only to the crea- 
tion of the Lord God as portrayed in the second chapter 
of Genesis, and not to the man, or creation, which came 
into expression at the bidding of God, — the impersonal 
Aum. 

Step, man, into the consciousness of God-Exclu- 
siveness, and sit down at the right hand of the Father 
and there abide. You will then drink of the cool and 



Exclusiveness 145 

sparkling water as it flows at your feet and feed upon 
the bread of heaven, which is Harmony and Love, and 
there live in the joy of Being. This is that for which 
God created man, — "To Be," which means to express 
Being, which is God. 

How can man consciously live and express Being day 
by day? By keeping the mind ever stayed upon God, 
which brings about Spiritual understanding, ability and 
insight and through love and devotion merging his heart 
into the Heart of the Infinite. Thus man's mind and 
body become transmuted from the appearance of the 
creation of the Lord God into the expression of God, the 
only True and Perfect Creator, whose creation never 
changes, even though to appearance man may seem to 
be covered with the dust of the ground from which the 
Lord God caused His creations to come forth. 

In God, the Holy City, man, the individualized Holy 
City, abides. There is no night there, because the Intelli- 
gence and Love of God Lights it. There is no night in 
man, when he awakens to the Truth of his Being, because 
the Intelligence and Love of God are the Light within 
him, — "The Light that lighteth every man who cometh 
into the world." 

Jesus Christ of Nazareth was conscious of His true 
being and of the Light, Life and Truth within Him, and 
of His inseparableness from the Father. 

A secret lies seemingly buried deep in this mystery of 
man's at-one-ness with God. Jesus held the key, un- 
locked the door, entered and called down the centuries, 
"Follow thou me!" 

The key is Infinite Love and Intelligence, which reveals 
to the man who has awakened sufficiently from the Adam- 
Sleep the truth of man's true Being. 

When man becomes consciously illumined concerning 
God and His perfect creation, and knows that "man is 
the crowning glory of God," and perceives this Great 
Truth of Being with understanding and vision, man will 
then walk the earth in consciousness of his divinitv and 



146 The Flashlights of Truth 

remember the dominion with which God endued him at 
creation in the soft pink and lavender dawn of that day 
when man became conscious of his individuality. 

A master? Yes! When man knows consciously the 
Truth of his Being and his at-one-ment with God, he will 
realize the God within him and he will talk consciously 
face to face with God, — The Father. 

Fear, superstition, doubt and ignorance having been 
erased from his mind, there is nothing between him and 
his God, just as there is nothing between man and the 
starry dome of the sky. 

We will repeat some of those things which the Illum- 
ined man, Jesus, spoke, without any taint of selfishness 
or bigotry, from the Christ-mind within Him : 

''These words spake Jesus, and lifted up His eyes 
toward heaven, and said, Father, the hour is come; 
glorify Thy Son, that Thy Son also may glorify Thee." — 
St John 17:1. 

"As Thou hast given Him power over all flesh that He 
should give eternal life to as many as Thou hast given 
him."— St John 17:2. 

"And this is Life eternal, that they might know Thee, 
the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom Thou hast 
sent."— St John 17:3. 

"I have glorified Thee on the earth. I have finished 
the work which Thou hast given me to do." — St. John 
17:4. 

"And now, Father, glorify Thou me with Thine 
own self, with the glory which I had with Thee before 
the world was." — St. John 17:5. 

"Hitherto have ye asked nothing in my name: ask, 
and ye shall receive, that your joy may be full." — St. 
John 16:24. 

"These things have I spoken unto you in proverbs: 
but the time cometh when I shall no more speak unto you 
in proverbs, but I shall show you plainly of the Father." 
St John 16:25. 



Exclusiveness 147 

' ' At that day ye shall ask in my name : and I say not 
unto you that I will pray the Father for you : ' ' — St. John 
16:26 . 

"For the Father Himself loveth you, because ye have 
loved me, and have believed that I came out from God. ' ' 
— St. John 16:27. 

"I came forth from the Father, and am come into the 
world : again, I leave the world, and go to the Father. ' ' — 
St. John 16:28. 

' ' Howbeit when he, the Spirit of Truth, is come, he will 
guide you into all truth: for he shall not speak of him- 
self; but whatsoever he shall hear, that shall he speak: 
and he will show you things to come. ,, — St. John 16:13. 

"In my Father's house are many mansions: if it were 
not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place 
for you."— St. John 14:2. 

"Let not your heart be troubled: ye believe in God, 
believe also in me." — St. John 14:1 . 

"And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come 
again, and receive you unto myself; that where I am, 
there ye may be also." — St. John 14:3. 

"And whither I go ye know, and the way ye know." — 
St John 14:4. 

"If ye had known me, ye should have known my 
Father also: and from henceforth ye know Him, and 
have seen Him." — St. John 14:7. 

"Jesus saith unto him, Have I been so long time with 
you, and yet hast thou not known me, Philip ? He that 
hath seen me hath seen the Father ; and how sayest thou, 
then, Shew us the Father" %—St John 14:9. 

"Believest thou not that I am in the Father, and the 
Father in me ? The words that I speak unto you I speak 
not of myself: but the Father that dwelleth in me, he 
doeth the works."— St. John 14:10. 

"Believe me that I am in the Father, and the Father 
in me: or else believe me for the very works' sake." — 
St. John 14:11. 



148 The Flashlights of Truth 

"Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on 
me, the works that I do shall he do also; and greater 
works than these shall he do: because I go unto my 
Father."— St. John 14:12. 

"And whatsoever ye shall ask in my name, that will I 
do, that the Father may be glorified in the Son." — St. 
John 14:13. 

"If ye shall ask anything in my name, I will do it. ' ' — 
St. John 14:14. 

"If ye love me, keep my commandments." — St. John 
14:15. 

"And I will pray the Father, and He shall give you 
another Comforter, that he may abide with you forever ; ' ' 
— St. John 14:16. 

"Even the Spirit of Truth whom the world cannot 
receive, because it seeth him not, neither knoweth him: 
but ye know him ; for he dwelleth with you, and shall be 
in you."— St John 14:17. 

1 1 1 will not leave you comfortless ; I will come to you. ' ' 
—St. John 14:18. 

"At that day ye shall know that I am in my Father, 
and ye in me, and I in you." — St. John 14:20. 

"But the Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, whom 
the Father will send in my name, he shall teach you all 
things, and bring all things to your remembrance, what- 
soever I have said unto you." — St. John 14:26. 

"Peace I leave with you, my peace I give unto you: 
not as the world giveth, give I unto you. Let not your 
heart be troubled, neither let it be afraid." — St. John 
14:27. 

"I am the true vine, and my Father is the husband- 
man."— St. John 15:1. 

"Now ye are clean through the word which I have 
spoken unto you." — St. John 15:3. 

"Abide in me, and I in you. As the branch cannot 
bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine, no more 
can ye, except ye abide in me." — St. John 15:4. 



Exclusiveness 149 

1 ' I am the vine, ye are the branches : He that abideth 
in rae, and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit : 
for without me ye can do nothing. " — St. John 15:5. 

Jesus Christ is the pattern-Man. He knew the Truth 
and is expressing it, as the Father desireth. The instruc- 
tions which He gave to His disciples were for all men ; 
and all who can hear, believe and understand them can 
and will bring forth into expression the Christ-Mind, 
clothed upon with the Spirit-Substance-form, Perfect as 
God made it at creation ; or, in that day when man be- 
came conscious of his individuality. 

When man understands the message of Jesus and 
brings it into expression, he will know, as Jesus did, his 
at-one-ment with the Father; also the One-ness of Life 
and the here and now of the omnipresence of God. Also, 
he will know that there is no separation in God, because 
Aum is One, and that time is not ; because God, — Exclu- 
siveness, — is Eternity. 

Jesus Christ is the Pattern-Man who stands in the 
center, a visible manifestation of God of which we read 
the account in the first Chapter of Genesis. All men step 
forth from the womb of the Infinite at creation, "the 
image and likeness of God"; and man remains this per- 
fect being which is anchored in Eternity and dwells in 
the God, Exclusiveness, and never changes, because God's 
creation cannot change. When man becomes illumined 
concerning his True Being, he will at all times perceive 
the perfection of himself and that of his fellow-man; 
even though some of them may be so encased in the debris 
of earth that there is not one expression of his true being, 
on face, form or in the mind. However, the enlightened 
one will always remember that the Real must be before 
the counterfeit can become. 

In the second chapter of Genesis we read an account 
of the creation of the Lord God. The question arises, 
Who or what is the Lord God, and from whence came 
He ? When man clearly sees the distinction between the 



150 The Flashlights op Truth 

Creator, God, in the first chapter of Genesis, the Creator 
of the Perfect and Eternal Creation, which is accom- 
plished in Spirit, and the creation in the second chapter, 
when the Lord God came into notice and created man 
from the dust of the ground and woman from a rib 
taken from the side of Adam (that woman might walk 
by man's side and be his companion in the earth experi- 
ences), man then will stand free from the illusions of 
the carnal mind. 

In the first chapter of Genesis we read, "Male and 
female created He the men of earth/' — created them in 
the Spiritual Creation, each an expression of God, as 
man is positive and negative. How do we know this to 
be true? some may ask. Because man, "the image and 
likeness of God," must be like God in essence and in 
expression. 

"We have expressed, in a preceding chapter, the Truth 
that God was One. He desired a change, and the first 
expression we have of Himself is the Word, which, being 
expressed by God, is the negative side of His Being. 
God, the Positive, represents the Father. Thus we have 
the Father-Mother-God, both being One. Man, God's 
image and likeness, has, therefore, the negative and pos- 
itive in his being. The Lord God brings these qualities 
into expression through bodies formed by himself. 

God being All, how could this take place ? Man's mind 
is the individualized Divine Mind. God's mind, which is 
the Infinite Intelligence, has within it the power to desire 
a change. This being the desire in the Infinite Mind, the 
Infinite Creation came forth. Now note: Creation at 
the desire of God came from God into expression, in God. 
Man's mind being God's Mind individualized, has within 
it the power to desire a change. The Lord God came into 
expression and he is an expression or creation of man's 
mind. There is no reality in evil. It has not as yet come 
into manifestation; but the deeds of man's mind and 
hands, which now are recognized as evil, have been the 



EXCLUSIVENESS 151 

outcome of that change in the individualized mind of 
man which came about through desire. 

"When God and the Word caused creation to become 
manifest, Man, ''the image and likeness of God," stepped 
forth from the Infinite womb Perfect, into a Perfect Uni- 
verse. This state is known as the Paradisaical, and man 
dwelt in Paradise. The length of time man remained in 
the Paradisaical state no man knoweth, "not even the 
Son, but the Father." 

The ecstasy of that blissful state Jesus Christ has re- 
vealed to man. There came a time when one by one men 
began to wonder how it might be to be away from that 
blissful state. We will express it thus: As the wonder 
concerning it grew, it finally became desire, and when 
desire was formed in the individual mind, man gradually 
began to look away from God. As long as his mind was 
centered within his own being, where his Individual Life 
is conjoined with the Infinite, where his individualized 
mind is at-one with the Infinite Mind, he knew nothing 
but contentment. When man began to wonder he looked 
outside of himself for the sweet assurance of the ever- 
present Father-Mother, and as little by little he looked 
away, his mind did not reflect the clearness of the Infinite 
Mind. This continued until man had reached the place 
where the mist arose, and in this mist he lost his way; 
and we next find him in the Garden of Eden state of 
mind, which is the first recognition the carnal man can 
receive of man after leaving the Paradisaical state. Man, 
discerning the Tree in the midst of the garden, decided to 
partake of its fruit, even though wisdom had forbidden 
him to do so. Why did wisdom thus reveal itself to 
them? Because the Father knew that when they partook 
of that fruit, it would cause the mist to become more 
dense in their mind and it would portend a long night 
for them ere they found the clear Light, within and with- 
out, to dispel the mist from the mind, and the confusion 
which arose in the mists, and the out-picturing on the 
body of the mistakes which have taken place while in the 



152 The Flashlights op Truth 

mists, which sometimes become so thick that they form a 
dense fog and the eye of the outer man cannot see the 
way. 

The Lord God's creation is formed by the mind of man 
after it has lost the clear consciousness of the Bliss of 
Paradise. This mind has a much lower rate of vibration 
and, as it continues to look outward, the vibrations be- 
come lower and slower, until we see what is recognized 
as the material world and man encased in a seeming ma- 
terial body. 

The mind of man has been creating continually since it 
became active, in that seeming long ago in Paradise, from 
which state of consciousness all men stray and to which 
all will return some time, somewhere ; thus it will be, 
because Infinite Love has decreed it shall be so. 

Infinite Love, Aum, will not permit one of His mani- 
festations to become forever lost. Infinite Love broods 
over all, and none can stray from His Love and Care. 
Man, through his own efforts, caused the change to come 
into his mind which has brought about the conditions 
where it became necessary for man to "till the ground " 
for livelihood and woman "to bring forth children in 
pain and sorrow. ' ' 

In that state of mind, where it is recorded in the alle- 
gory in Genesis, that the man and woman were cast from 
the Garden of Eden, they were in consciousness far from 
God. As long as they were conscious of their nearness to 
Him they were content and there was no necessity for 
them to labor, because the Infinite was their source of 
supply and they were sustained by the ever-present 
Aum, — the Father-Mother-God. 

Soon after they were far enough from God in con- 
sciousness to be removed from the Garden of Eden, we 
find selfishness coming into expression, being a creation 
formed in the confusion of the mists which occupy the 
mind of all men after they have passed out from the Gar- 
den of Eden, which is the exit from Paradise and the 
entrance to this present plane. 



Exclusiveness 153 

As selfishness expanded in man's mind, we read that 
murder was committed. This mind which had become 
filled with mist and confusion thought little of others, 
but was centered in the selfish nature of the world-man. 
In this state he was banished from that land, and, in 
another part of the country, he found people who corre- 
sponded to his state of consciousness ; and there he knew 
his wife and, according to the allegory, the creation of 
the men of earth came. 

The selfishness and unkindness which had formed in 
man's mind slew the representative of the Higher Self, 
Truth, but later the same mother gave birth to a son 
which lived to represent the higher side of man, because 
here it seems that man is distinctly two beings in one 
when the low vibrations of the mind control. This con- 
tinues in each individual until each awakens from the 
deep sleep which overtakes men as their vibrations be- 
come lower and slower. When they awaken they hear 
the voice of the Father calling, ' * Adam, where art thou ? ' ' 
This question directed to the individual causes him to 
begin to examine himself and, while he is so doing, the 
overshadowing Love of the Father causes the Light with- 
in him to begin to burst forth. This is his turning point. 
He has traveled thus far upon the path which lies in the 
mist, and all men who travel thereon have the confused 
state of mind which is formed in the mist, and no man 
knoweth the way, neither remembers from whence he 
came, because he has become hypnotized by the strength 
and arrogance of this mind which is now only the self- 
will of man. 

Man remains in this state until he grows weary and 
perceives within himself that the life upon the earth-path 
is only an ever-seeking to follow the will-o'-the-wisp 
whose pleasures and enchantments, however alluring, are 
illusive. Then, when he hears the "Still Small Voice" 
and listens, he has come to the extreme point on the Path 
for him ; then he will face about and retrace his footsteps 
and some day stand consciously again in the presence of 



154 The Flashlights of Truth 

the Father. Then he will perceive his True Self, which 
is the "Image and Likeness of God," and the dominion 
with which God endued him, but which he had forgotten 
while in the mist. 

Man does not necessarily require length of time to be- 
come de-hypnotized and illumined concerning the Truth 
of his Being ; nor does he need to travel far. Jesus said 
the Kingdom of Heaven is at hand. 

The Truth of Being remains unchangeable and fixed 
and man dwells in the Exclusiveness of God, always, and 
is not touched or harmed by the experiences upon the 
earth path which leads through the mist, even as the dia- 
mond, when it is raised from the earth and polished, is 
not blurred by its experience in the bowels of the earth. 
Man knows this about the diamond and God knows this 
about man; and, some time, man will know this clearly 
concerning himself. 

After man has permitted the low and slow vibrations 
to enter his mind and is required thereby to pass out 
from the Garden of Eden, he makes many mistakes, so 
many, indeed, that a fabric has been formed in the carnal 
mind, called evil, which seems ever present and most 
powerful; and thus it is to each man as long as he be- 
lieves in its reality and does not understand from whence 
it came and by whom created. 

Men under the dominance of that belief do evil things, 
or things which this state of mind calls evil. However, 
they are only mistakes. The mind which believes in the 
reality of evil believes also in meeting out severe punish- 
ment to the evildoer, to the one who makes the mistakes ; 
this is the state of mind to which Moses gave the law, 
"An eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth," — "But 
grace and Truth came by Jesus Christ. ' ' 

The Christ, which is the impersonal Son of the Imper- 
sonal God, has the Light of Truth, and man who has 
touched the Christ-Concsiousness, is passing out from the 
mist and his Path becomes overshadowed with sunlight 
and Love, and these find response within him; and we 



Exclusiveness 155 

see the pattern-man, Jesus Christ, an Elder Brother, 
showing compassion to those whom the law called sin- 
ners. He said, ' ' Go, sin no more, lest a worst thing come 
upon you." He healed the sick, fed the hungry, ex- 
plained the Truth to the poor and raised the dead, — 
both the seeming dead in body and the dead in trespasses 
and sin. 

Every thought, word, act and deed of man is a cause 
which sets in action a law, in which cause and effect 
follow in unbroken accuracy; and man must reap what 
he has sown. God did not cause this. Man is the creator 
here in the mist life and man will sow and reap until he 
learns the Truth. Then he will forever step aside from 
the mist and its laws. Man may dwell for ages or aeons 
in this earth-mist and confusions if he so desires, and 
continue to move on the wheel known as birth and death. 
It will cause him no gain, though he dwell thus in the law 
of Cause and Effect for ages ; as all that is of any impor- 
tance to him, when once he has passed from the Garden 
of Eden or the Paradisaical consciousness is to awaken 
and learn the Truth. Jesus, our pattern-man and Elder 
Brother, said, "Ye shall know the Truth, and the Truth 
shall make you free. ' ' There is no other way ! None can 
climb up by another path, nor enter through some other 
door. It is knowing the Truth unto Realization which 
sets free. Free from what ? From the confused state of 
mind which holds man bound in strong chains to the 
carnal path. 

"What does man find upon the carnal path? Fear, 
doubt, superstition, selfishness, mistrust of his fellow- 
man, disease, pain, sorrow, poverty and death. Does 
man welcome these guests ? He does not. Why does he 
not 1 Because they are impositions and the divinity with- 
in him, knowing the Truth of his being, endeavors to 
reveal to him this Truth. A man of low estate finds 
down deep within him that there is something which 
causes him to secretly feel he is equal with all men. This 
is that Real Self, trying to lead him to the Light of his 



156 The Flashlights of Truth 

Being. Even though man has forgotten his former estate 
by straying far into the forest of carnality and believing 
the illusions therein are true, yet there is that within him 
which knows different and which will some time cause 
him to awaken and retrace his steps. 

This is the man who has come into the creation of the 
Lord God. Jesus Christ represents the man who has 
passed over the Path which winds through the forest 
and mist of earth, called carnality, and has heard the 
call of the "Still Small Voice" and heeded it, faced 
about and sought until he has found the way out from 
the forest and learned the Truth concerning God, the 
Universe and Man, and set about to bring into manifes- 
tation the perfect man whom God created. Jesus has 
accomplished the task and stands forth the Glorified Son 
of the Living God. 

When man has heard the "Still Small Voice" of the 
Infinite sufficiently clear to awaken him he will turn 
about. He then finds that his task is to bring the ' ' image 
and likeness of God," which he is, into manifestation in 
his outer mind and body. 

The physical man, as we see him, is not the man, 
although he may so believe. He has no power, only that 
which is reflected from the Real Man, who is the Divine 
Man. The physical man is the earth, which God com- 
manded the man whom He created in "His image and 
likeness" to subdue. The mind of God, being individ- 
ualized in man, God gave man dominion over all which 
may come into this earth from the carnal man and 
mind, — the fish in the sea, the fowls in the air, the beasts 
of the fields, which represent the thoughts, desires and 
beliefs of the carnal mind. God gave man at creation 
dominion over these and commanded man to subdue 
them. When man has subdued the earth, — his physical 
body, — and stands master over the carnal mind's beliefs, 
fears and doubts, he will have come into the Christ- 
Consciousness and know that he is a son of God and can 
understandingly proclaim it. 



Exclusiveness 157 

Man, at the desire of the Father-Mother-God, stepped 
forth from the Infinite womb, an individualized manifes- 
tation of the Living God, — an individualized Being, — 
and abides forever and aye in the center of Aum, the 
Living God. 

Man, through the workings of his own mind, permit- 
ted himself to become confused by the fish, fowls and 
beasts which infest his mind, and by the shadows these 
cast upon his form until he sees "as through a glass 
darkly" and believes his body physical and his mind 
carnal, and that he is subject to the carnal laws which 
govern these. 

As it is the work of the individual that causes him to 
wander into the forest of carnality and linger upon 
its path, so it is through the efforts of the individual that 
he becomes freed from the illusions which cause carnality 
and its forest, through which his path winds. 

Can man accomplish this alone ? No ! While it is 
man's own work, he requires assistance, and he can call, 
when he learns how to do so, much assistance to him 
which will enlighten his mind, awaken his subconscious- 
ness and cause the vibration of his body to rise until it 
shakes out the physical pattern and reveals the Real 
Man, whose form is pure Spirit-Substance-Essence. 

Jesus Christ is the pattern. His teachings explain to 
man the way. He said, "I will be with you all the way, 
if you call upon me." He also said, "Ask anything in 
my name and it will be done. ' ' 

Through the Teachings of our Elder Brother we learn 
that the Father and His angels assist man. 

In the teachings of Jesus we learn how to approach 
the Father. Until man is sufficiently aroused from the 
Adam Sleep to sincerely desire to know, he will move 
slowly. When man becomes awakened and is in earnest, 
Jesus says to him, ' ' Seek ye first the Kingdom of Heaven, 
and all things shall be added unto thee, ' ' and, ' ' Go, sell 
all thou hast, take up thy cross and follow me. ' ' 



158 The Flashlights of Truth 

God is Exclusiveness, and none can stray beyond His 
Love and Care. Man, thou individualized manifestation 
of God, stop ! and take a survey of yourself and see where 
you stand in consciousness. It is the consciousness which 
counts, as man lives in the state of which he is conscious. 

Though man in the truth of his being is living in the 
very center of God (and God being Exclusiveness, noth- 
ing other than He can abide there), yet man, having lost 
consciousness of this Truth, is only conscious of the fact 
of the seeming real experiences around him. He sees, 
lives and enjoys, or suffers, according to the concept of 
himself and his surroundings, as when three men walk- 
ing together, each wearing different colored glasses, the 
one wearing red glasses sees all things red ; the one wear- 
ing green ones sees all things green, and the one wearing 
blue glasses sees himself and his world to be blue ; though 
the world in which they live is in no way changed or 
affected by the different concepts of the individuals see- 
ing and thinking differently. It remains, therefore, that 
man, each one individually and alone, will for himself 
(and here and now are the place and time) see God as 
He is, and the Universe expressing its Perfection and 
Beauty just as it came into expression at creation with 
man, " God's crowning glory,' ' forever the perfect ex- 
pression of the Perfect God, Aum. 

Saints, Sages and Saviours the world has had; each 
one of these an individual and expressing his concept of 
the Great Truth of God, Man and the Universe, accord- 
ing to his conscious understanding of it. Jesus Christ 
had arrived at the clear consciousness of His Being and 
His At-One-ment with the Father and the One-ness of 
Life. He said, "I in the Father, and the Father in me." 
He also said, speaking to His disciples, "I in thee and 
thou in me." The disciples in that case represent all 
student-devotees of Truth. This clear Truth cannot be 
spoken into deaf ears, but to the disciples of Truth, to 
those who have heard the call of the "Still Small Voice" 



Exclusiveness 159 

and awakened sufficiently to seek and learn the way. 
Jesus Christ, speaking from the Christ within Him, said, 
"lam the Way, the Truth and the Light." 

"What Jesus Christ is all men are as the manifestation 
of God, the difference being in the concept of themselves. 
Jesus had arrived at the point where full consciousness of 
the Truth of Being expressed in and through Him. He 
said, "The Kingdom of Heaven is within you." The 
state of consciousness within man expresses in his body 
and in his world. When man is fully conscious of him- 
self as he is and of the Kingdom of God within him, and 
also knows that God forever dwells in His Kingdom, he 
will see that heaven surrounds him. Man can live in 
this conscious realization now and here. Travel as far 
as man may upon the path of carnality, which winds its 
way through the forest, he remains in the same place, 
which is the center of God, and he is filled, surrounded 
and overshadowed with the Love which is God. 

There is only one Mind, the Infinite ; there is only one 
Life, God 's ; there is only one Light, that which IS ; 
there is only one Power, the power which is Aum ; there 
is only one Presence, the presence of the Living God, 
Aum, the first and only cause, the Impersonal Being, 
which was and forever is, and whose dwelling place is 
Eternity. 

All men are the individualized manifestations of this 
Being. They are this Being expressed, and they live and 
have their being in Him. There is none beside Him! 
Thus we see that "there is only one Being." There is 
one breath, the "Holy Breath," which breathes all liv- 
ing things. All space is breathed by the breath of God, 
and all forms therein. 

The breath of the Infinite joins the seeming divisions 
of man's being together. Man is seemingly divided into 
Mind, Soul, Form or Spirit, and the Breath of the In- 
finite breathes these, joining them into a complete whole, 
into man individualized. 



160 The Flashlights of Truth 

The Breath of the Infinite, breathing all living forms, 
holds them in one completeness; no division, no separa- 
tion. The exclusiveness of God can therefore be seen. 

In the first chapter of Genesis, where inspired men in 
and through the allegory there, and in the second chapter 
also, endeavored to reveal to mankind the truth of man's 
Being and the facts concerning the seeming, as best they 
could (as it is difficult, indeed, to reveal the inner or 
esoteric to man who is living in the surface of things, 
the world and himself), let us catch a glimpse of man 
as God created him and the Universe in which he abides, 
and remember that God pronounced the creation good. 

We read the different books in the Bible concerning 
God and man, each written by men who had gleaned the 
Light and expressed according to their own concept. 
The historical parts show the ongoing of the people ; but 
behind this stands the esoteric, which is to the individual 
that he may bring this individuality into expression. 

After creation has been portrayed, a period of years 
passed and we find the world filled with people who had 
strayed far from the Infinite in consciousness. Then 
Infinite Love caused a Soul, who was enough awakened 
in the consciousness of his True Being, to take birth. 

"And Lamech lived an hundred eighty and two years, 
and begot a son." — Gen. 5:28. 

"And he called his name Noah, saying, This man shall 
comfort us concerning our work and toil of our hands, 
because of the ground which the Lord hath cursed." — - 
Gen. 5:29. 

"And Noah begat three sons, Shem, Ham, and Japh- 
eth."— Gen. 6:10. 

"The earth also was corrupt before God, and the earth 
was filled with violence." — Gen. 6:11. 

"And God said unto Noah, The end of all flesh is come 
before me ; for the earth is filled with violence through 
them ; and, behold, I will destroy them with the earth." — 
Gen. 6:13 . 



EXCLUSIVENESS 161 

Then we read the account of the flood and of Noah, his 
wife, his three sons and their wives being saved. Then 
we read the record of Moses being born, of his super- 
natural protection in infancy and his bringing up in the 
Palace of the King of Egypt, and then, through lack of 
understanding, compelled to flee from Egypt and dwell 
in a strange land until he had surrendered sufficiently his 
carnal mind, his self-will, to receive the guidance of the 
Infinite, "Who appeared to Moses in the form of fire in 
the bush." 

When Moses turned aside to examine the fire, as it 
burned yet did not consume the bush, he heard the Voice 
of the Father, which said, ' ' Take thy shoes from off thy 
feet, for the place whereon thou standeth is Holy 
ground. ' ' Then Moses, in the direct guidance of the In- 
finite, led the Children of Israel out from bondage in 
Egypt. Their destination was the Promised Land. Then 
we find the account of the shepherd boy, David, being 
inspired by the Infinite, when with a small stone and a 
sling he killed Goliath, the giant, who was causing much 
alarm among the people; then of David becoming King 
and leading the people. In his life we see both states of 
consciousness expressed. We read the account of his 
doing things which the Divine Man would not do. Then 
we also have his beautiful Psalms, which flowed from his 
pen in his exalted moments when he was conscious of 
the Omnipresence of God and vibrated therewith. King 
David was permitted to know the Great Temple was to 
be built, but his son, King Solomon, built it. Solomon 
had received wisdom, because he asked for it. His mo- 
tive being unselfish, he received wisdom from the Father, 
and is called the wisest man. 

The Hebrew children came to the border of Canaan, 
the Promised Land, under Moses' leadership. There 
Moses was removed from them, as they must now enter 
and inhabit it for themselves. Moses had been leading 
and teaching them for forty years, which is symbolical 
of man passing through the earth-experiences. 



162 The Flashlights of Truth 

The land of Canaan signifies man's redeemed state, 
which Jesus Christ came to bring into expression, and 
to teach the Law which, if understood and lived, will 
bring each man to the pinnacle where He stood after He 
had arisen from the tomb and proven to the disciples 
of Truth at that time and in all ages, that He had mas- 
tered death, the greatest foe to mankind, and then arose 
and ascended above their material sight. 

Noah represents the immortal man, ' ' Created in God 's 
image and likeness," who is never touched, harmed nor 
confused in the midst of the destruction of matter. 

Noah had three sons. These in the esoteric represent 
Mind, Soul, Spirit. Behind the historical record in the 
Bible we see the onward steps of the individual. In 
this, there is no contradiction ; nor can there be, because 
this is written with the finger of God. 

In the infancy and life of Moses is clearly shown the 
care, guidance, power, wisdom and strength of the 
Father, when He raises a Soul, who has a degree of 
conscious Light, to lead, guide, teach and bless those who 
have a lesser degree. 

Infinite Love causes all things to work together for 
good, so that all men will some time arrive at Home, 
from whence they came when they began to wonder 
how it would be if away from Perfect Bliss; and the 
wonder grew until it became desire ; and desire guiding, 
man stepped into the Garden of Eden, which represents 
the highest state of consciousness the men of earth can 
conceive; then into a lower rate of vibration, until he 
passed from the garden and began his experiences in 
the earth's school. 

Jesus said, "Flesh and blood cannot enter the king- 
dom of heaven." He also said, "I go to prepare a place 
for you, that where I am, there ye may be also." 

When man attains the fullness of the Christ-Mind 
which was and is in Jesus Christ, his surroundings cor- 
respond thereto ; and, as mankind one by one attains 
that same degree, each will be entitled to be with Him. 



Exclusiveness 163 

In the Christ-Consciousness, man understands the ex- 
clusiveness which is God. When man's intellect first 
learns this great Truth, it has much work to do before 
the mists are cleared away and the sun shines bright. 
Much labor is required by the Ego before the mind is 
freed from confusion and false beliefs. Much faith is 
at first required to enable the intellect to trust in the 
invisible presence, in which it may believe, but of which 
it has no evidence. The intellect grasps a comprehen- 
sion of the All-ness of God and the ever-presence there- 
of; but it requires the heart to recognize, feel and re- 
spond to the Love, guidance and care of the Omni- 
present and Omnipotent One, — God. 

The intellect represents the positive and the heart the 
negative part of each individual. 

As long as man lives in an intellectual concept of the 
great Truth as portrayed herein, he is cold and unap- 
proachable; but" when the heart, the Spiritual center 
of his being, is touched and quickened into conscious- 
ness, his compassion for his fellow man is great and 
tenderness and kindness radiate from him for the least 
and the greatest of God's creation. In this state of 
conscious understanding man is far on his return jour- 
ney toward Home, the destination of every man. None 
can remain forever lost. How can they? When God 
is everywhere present and it is only their concept, which 
being changed from a lost estate, delivers them at Home. 

No man can glean the inner or hidden manna by 
studying the letter, or historical, because that inner is 
buried deep and, to find it, man must dig deep and 
clear away the debris of earth which covers it; as the 
ruins of a city must be cleared before the city can rear 
its proud head, clothed in beauty, strength and loveli- 
ness. 

From Genesis to Revelation, there is an unbroken 
golden cord, teaching the Truth of Being to men to 
enable the individual to awaken, find his way and learn 
how to retrace his steps. 



164 The Flashlights of Truth 

In Revelation we find the man, which came into view 
in the first chapter of Genesis ; and Jesus is the pattern. 

We will again call the reader's attention to the Truth 
of God as Exclusiveness, il h\ Whom there is no shadow 
of turning." If man clearly perceives this, the illusion 
of sickness will fade from his mind, the fear of death 
depart and the belief in poverty sink into insignifi- 
cance. All space is filled with the opulence of God, 
and the glory of God abounds. In the midst of con- 
scious Life, there can be no death. In Harmony there 
is no discord; in Love there is no hate; in Light there 
is no darkness; in Power there is no weakness; in Joy 
there is no sorrow. God is Divine Satisfaction. None 
will fear unrest and discontent when they have come 
to God, as a little child, and as such receive the bread 
from heaven, which is Divine Satisfaction. Then, ' ' The 
lamb and lion will lie down together, and a little child 
shall lead them." 

"And the morning and the evening were the sixth 
day, and God rested on the seventh, from all His 
works." "As above, so below." As in the allegory 
God is portrayed as resting on the seventh day from 
all His works, so man, when he reaches the seventh day 
of his spiritual unfoldment, rests from all his works. 
'Tis then he will sit down at the right hand of the 
Father and hear the welcome words, "Well done! enter 
thou into the joy of thy Lord." Man then will be 
clothed in his redeemed and glorified body, which is 
formed of pure Spirit-substance, which is the Essence 
of God and from which all forms are made. 

The Joy, Ecstacy and Bliss of that state of conscious- 
ness and surroundings cannot be expressed in language : 
tongue fails. The mists are thick and the dark clouds 
hang low in the carnal state ; but the warm sunlight 
glows in the spiritual consciousness and one feels the 
distinction which cannot be described. So is it with 
the different states of the consciousness of man. 



Exclusiveness 165 

God is Exclusiveness and "Man is God's image and 
likeness' ' and remains forever thus. 
All glory, to the Exclusiveness of God! 



CHAPTER X 

ENLIGHTENMENT. 

GOD is Light. He is that "Light which lighteth 
every man that coineth into the world." When 
man turns the eye from the within outward, he 
seemingly sees division, separations and distance. In 
his looking outward, he sees through mental haze. 
When man turns his mind within, he will there discern 
the One-ness of Life and the Wholeness of God and will 
see that man is forever hid in the Heart of the Infinite. 

Enlightenment will enable man to again turn his 
mind within and thereby gain poise, peace and serenity. 
Enlightenment is the one and only thing which will 
enable man to consciously behold the Truth of Being 
and live in that consciousness. 

When man is sound asleep he is in darkness. When 
he becomes enlightened he lives in the Light and per- 
ceives the Light within him and the One-ness of Life 
which cannot be broken nor disturbed by being ex- 
pressed in and through one or many individualities. 

Man, looking outward, sees his personality which has 
accumulated around his Real Self as he has walked 
down the centuries since passing out from the Garden 
of Eden and believes that this personality is the man. 

In man's outer concept of himself, he suffers, fears, 
doubts and dies and, believes he must till the ground 
to gain his bread. This is the man whom the Lord God 
created, the man who is living in and governed by the 
laws which were and are created by the confused mind 
of man. 

166 



Enlightenment 167 

One thought permitted to form in the mind different 
from the blissful state of Paradise causes a cloud to 
come into the mind and it casts its shadows upon the 
form, which is composed of Spirit-Substance; and the 
body begins to express the shadow until the mind is 
filled with the carnal belief as we see it at this ending 
of the second dispensation of this cycle. 

What do we find which will assist man in this age or 
any other, to awaken and come out from the mists and 
fogs and to clear his mind of these? Enlightenment is 
the word. However, it is necessary to glean many deep 
truths therein to understanding^ receive assistance. 

Man's Soul may seem to be sleeping the Ages away. 
It matters not as long as it sleeps; but there will come 
a day when a note will sound so deep, strong and clear, 
that he will become sufficiently aroused to hear, and, 
when he is awakened, his ear will catch these words: 
"Adam, where art thou?" These are the first words 
man hears when he awakens from the carnal sleep (the 
dream of illusions), — these words which are applied 
direct to the individual. 

We find, when man hears these words, that he will 
set about to examine himself and to gain his bearing 
and poise. This is his first effort, because until now he 
has been asleep, therefore, knew not of the assistance 
which is ever at hand. 

Man is not aware of anything which occurs during 
his sleep. Man knows not concerning the esoteric 
workings of Truth while his Soul seemingly slumbers. 
The Soul is "Conscious Life" and cannot sleep nor 
slumber: therefore, it is only in the seeming or illusive 
dream that it appears as if the Soul slept. 

The debris of false illusions must be removed from 
the mind before the Soul can fully express its conscious- 
ness through mind and form. When this is accom- 
plished, man is enlightened. 

The question above is, "What do we find that will 



168 The Flashlights of Truth 

assist man in this Age or any other to awaken and 
come out from the mist and fog and clear his mind of 
these?" Jesus Christ said, "Ye shall know the Truth 
and the Truth shall make you free." Truth, then, is 
the fabric which is to be presented to man after he has 
become aroused by the "Still Voice of God" which 
speaks to every man's Soul. It is the still, soft voice 
which whispers, "Adam, where art thou?" If man at 
that moment catches the gentle sweetness and positive 
assurance which emanate from those words, he will 
turn at once to their Source and therefrom seek wisdom 
and guidance. Man, by thus doing, may, peradventure, 
have a smooth sea for his bark to sail over; because the 
Love which is God can cause the billows to roll away 
and a calm and serene sea to surround him. Though 
he may find on land steep mountains to scale, the hand 
of God will lead him and Divine Strength will sustain 
him. 

Man cannot travel so far on land or sea that God is 
not there; and by his side the Son of God will ever be. 

Jesus Christ of Nazareth reached full Enlightenment. 
He proclaimed himself the Son of God. He said, "I 
stand at the door of every man's heart and knock; if 
he will open and bid me, I will enter and abide with 
him." 

Thus we see, that when man awakens sufficiently to 
hear the Father's "Still Soft Voice" and turns to its 
succor, he will soon learn concerning God's Son. Jesus 
Christ, being a Conscious Son of God, assists all those 
who call to the Father in His name, as long as they 
require His assistance, and this will be for every devotee 
of Truth until he becomes as clearly enlightened as 
Jesus was and understands distinctly that he, too, is a 
Son of God, able not only to ' ' give a reason for the hope 
that is within him," but to do as Jesus did, prove it. 
"By their works ye shall know them." When man 
touches, even the hem of the Christ garment (the Christ- 



Enlightenment 169 

Consciousness) it is no longer profession with him, but 
actuality. He then will live and do and be that which 
he knows he is, — the Son of God. 

What is the Son of God? Christ. What is Christ? 
The manifestation of God. Therefore we see, Man is 
God made manifest. 

Man is not God in this: Man, is God made manifest 
in and through man. Jesus in teaching His disciples 
concerning this said, "If ye had known me, ye should 
have known my Father also; and from henceforth ye 
know Him and have seen Him." — St John 14:7. 

"Jesus saith unto him, have I been so long time with 
3 r ou and yet hast thou not known me, Philip ? He that 
hath seen me hath seen the Father ; and how sayest thou 
then, show us the Father." — St. John 14:9. 

"Believest thou that I am in the Father, and the 
Father in me? The words that I speak unto you, I 
speak not of myself; but the Father that dwelleth in 
me, He doeth the works." — St. John 14:10. 

Man is God made manifest, — an individualized ex- 
pression of God, Aum. While God, — Aum, is the 
Whole and there is none beside Him, man, the individ- 
ualized manifestation of the infinite, "Lives, moves and 
has his being in God" and is guided by Infinite Intel- 
ligence and God's wisdom is revealed to him. Man of 
himself can do nothing, but the Father that dwelleth 
within him "He doeth the works." 

Jesus told His disciples (and they represent all de- 
votees of Truth in that and every age) "I will not 
leave you comfortless." "I will send the Comforter, 
the Holy Spirit, and He will teach and lead you into 
all Truth." The day of Pentecost represents the day to 
each man when he must trust in God alone. As Jesus, the 
outer staff for His disciples, had departed from them 
they, feeling the necessity of their perfect reliance upon 
the invisible God in recognition of the Father and their 
reliance upon Him, were "All with one accord in one 



170 Tpie Flashlights op Truth 

place, ' ' ' ' and suddenly there came a sound from Heaven 
as of a rushing, mighty wind, and it filled all the house 
where they were sitting." Acts 2:2. 

"And they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and 
began to speak with other tongues, as the Spirit gave 
them utterance. Acts 2:4. 

"But Peter, standing up with the eleven, lifted up 
his voice and said unto them, 'Ye men of Judea and all 
ye that dwell at Jerusalem, be this known unto you, 
and harken to my words:' " Acts 2:14. 

Then we see that Peter, after he had received the in- 
flux of Divine Power from God, called the baptism of 
the Holy Spirit, had the courage to proclaim the Truth 
in the presence of the enemies of Truth and their per- 
sonalities; and this in the face of the fact that their 
faith had been sorely tried by seeing Jesus die and dis- 
appear from them; but that influx of divinity which 
comes forth in man at the New Birth is of God, and 
gave courage to proclaim the Truth and strength to en- 
dure persecution and enable the disciples to finish the 
task set before them. 

The New Birth takes place when man has reached 
the border line of enlightenment. Then he, the Spirit 
of Truth, "the Comforter within" sent from God, will 
teach and lead the new born into all Truth, into Enlight- 
enment. 

After man has received the New Birth, he comes into 
the Christ-Consciousness. He then begins to recognize 
the Truth of his Being, which is, that he, too, is a Son 
of the Living God, and that Jesus Christ is an Elder 
Brother, who so humbly and sweetly, yet positively and 
grandly, proclaimed the Truth, which, when known, 
would set His brothers free; who also passed over the 
Path which all must travel and blazed the way. At 
every critical point there is a banner bearing the knowl- 
edge necessary at that particular place. 

The seeker after Truth will, therefore, see that it is 
wisdom on his part, should he arrive at an undesirable 



Enlightenment 171 

condition on the Path, to locate himself and turn to the 
Master's teachings and find the guidance for that par- 
ticular place and read and study its message until he 
understands how Jesus would have done at that place. 

In studying the teachings of the enlightened Jesus, 
we find that He prayed much; we find that He even 
tarried all night in prayer on the mountains. We also 
read that He returned thanks to the Father. "These 
words spake Jesus, and lifted up His eyes to heaven, 
and said, 'Father, the hour is come; glorify Thy son, 
that Thy Son also may glorify thee/ " St. John 17:1. 

"And now, Father, glorify thou me with thy own 
self with the glory which I had with Thee before the 
world was." St. John 17:5. 

Communion with God is the central point around 
which revolves all lesser details in man's work shop 
(his mind and heart), "Alone with God," in At-one- 
ment with God! Man may know of his at-one-ment 
with God in theory, but it will not become a reality to 
him until he has come to the New Birth and entered 
into the Christ- Consciousness ; and, as he advances in 
this consciousness, man can speak as Jesus spake, his 
words being filled with power. When man is fully en- 
lightened, he will no longer use the prattle of a babe, 
but the true words of deep understanding and of a 
sound mind, and in the freedom of the Son of God. 

Enlightenment means Illumination, full and com- 
plete. What does illumination mean ? Conscious under- 
standing. When man has conscious understanding, he 
perceives that Light within him, "which is the Light 
that lighteth every man who cometh into the world." 
What is that Light? It is God; and man reflects this 
Light according to his Enlightenment. 

If man is asleep, as those who live in the jungles of 
Africa, he reflects very little light, — only that which is 
expressed in natural life, and to a small degree in the 
mind. These same people can through awakening both in 
mind and Spirit and coming into the understanding of 



172 The Flashlights op Truth 

the Truth as given by Jesus Christ reflect the Light which 
is God in such clearness and power, that they will 
eventually radiate it and move along the path and be- 
come conscious that they are that Light, not only in 
Mind and Soul, but in body and Spirit also. This is 
the same place upon the Path where Jesus stood when 
He proclaimed himself a Son of God and later an- 
nounced His At-One-Ment with the Father. He said, 
"the Father and I are one; but the Father is greater 
than I." Jesus had reached the consciousness of His 
God-given inheritance, — that with which God endued 
man at creation, which is dominion over the carnal man, 
his laws and beliefs ; and, when man is emptied of these, 
Enlightenment becomes manifest and he is conscious 
of his inheritance, because he, then, knows that he is 
a Son of the Ever-lasting, and Almighty God ; and that 
as the manifestation of God, he will never cease to be. 
It requires enlightenment for man to comprehend this. 

Let the mind view the black man, living in his nat- 
ural, unawakened state in the jungle of Africa. Then 
turn the mind to Jesus Christ. None can gainsay the 
fact, that there is a great distance between them in the 
outer appearance of themselves, both in body and mind, 
and in their surroundings and environments. What 
causes this great distance between them? Enlighten- 
ment. How do we know this to be true ? When we turn 
to the first chapter of Genesis, we find, "God created 
man in His image and likeness." Note this: the black 
man, who is sound asleep, is still living in the jungles, 
while Jesus Christ lived in the highest state of civiliza- 
tion then upon the earth; and the message which He 
gave concerning God, The Father, the Son, Christ and 
the Universe is so vital that, as man perceives it, it leads 
the individual into enlightenment and lifts civilization 
continually toward perfection. Thus we see, when the 
millennium is established upon earth, of which we are 
now in the dawn, that the sons of God, those who have 
become conscious, will live in the midst of a perfect 



Enlightenment 173 

civilization, and Christ will reign supreme and Jesns 
Christ will be the King, because He, a conscious Elder 
Son, is heir to the outer throne; but each man, also is 
a king and a priest unto God; and their heart is His 
throne and He dwells there forevermore. 

The glory of God, Aum, will be so great in that bright 
day, that none but the enlightened ones can abide upon 
the earth; for, lo, it is become heaven, and none but 
the pure in heart and illumined in mind and regen- 
erated in body will be able to dwell here. 

God is Infinite Love, Peace, Power and Intelligence; 
therefore, He has a place prepared for all. He, being 
Omniscient and Omnipresent, none can stray from his 
All-seeing Eye, neither from His sweet presence ; there- 
fore, it can be clearly perceived, that all is well with man, 
it matters not where he may be, as, of a surety he is ever 
in the Presence and Care of Almighty God. 

Man has caused and set into operation the law ol 
Cause and Effect and he moves and lives in the place 
and conditions where the effects of the cause place him, 
be that in the seventh circle of the seventh sphere, in 
the heavens above man's present concept where Jesus 
Christ abides, or where the black man is in the jungles 
of Africa. 

Jesus is the fully enlightened one, yea, so fully en- 
lightened is He, that Jesus is merged into the Christ. 
His personality was absorbed in that great day when 
He ascended above their view, but His individuality 
stands, the resplendent glory of God, and moves in the 
heaven of the heavens; and His Light, Love and Glory 
is so great, that it extends to earth in such power that 
one and all who call unto the Father in His name are 
blessed according to their righteous desires. 

Desire is prayer, be it unexpressed or uttered. How- 
ever, the results of the prayer which is the calm spoken 
words, be it silent or audible, are more perceptible in 
the outer manifestations. 



174 The Flashlights of Truth 

Jesus said, "Ask what ye will, in my name, and it 
shall be done." When man arrives at the place upon 
the Christ-Path where he reads this promise of Jesus 
Christ, the Redeemed and Conscious Son of God, he 
will ask for health, peace, love, happiness, and opulence. 
The enlightened man voices his request in the ear of 
the Omnipresent God, — Our Father-Mother. 

Jesus Christ's life stands out strong and clear in the 
foreground of the past centuries above all others as we 
read the recorded history of mankind. He gave the 
message which, when understood, will enable man to 
step from the jungles of ignorance and the limitations 
of environments into the Enlightenment of Illumina- 
tion, which will enable him to know that he is in the 
boundless freedom of the Son of God, and forever at-one 
with God. Jesus, being the pattern-man, His life from 
day to day is an example for all men as they walk 
upon the Christ-Path. 

The Illumination of Jesus, that perfect understand- 
ing of Himself and the Father, gave Him faith so 
strong that it wavered not, because He knew His 
At-One-Ment with the Father; and, day by day, with 
faith so strong it was sublime, He met any condition 
of bondage in which He found His brothers of earth; 
in fact, He met and mastered in the different peoples 
who came to Him for succor every condition of bond- 
age to which the children of men are heirs. 

We find in the historical record that He was a man 
who lived so close to God in understanding, that He 
walked and talked intimately with "the Father-Mother- 
God", and from this conscious nearness to God, we see 
results following which were blessings to mankind. 
When God told Him to go to a place or do a thing, His 
faith was strong enough in God to enable Him to do so. 

We find Elijah at the brook Cherith, being fed by 
the ravens and drinking the water of the babbling 
brook ; but, lo ! as the drouth continued, the water in 
the brook began to respond to the conditions about it 



Enlightenment 175 

and the brook became dry. Elijah remained by the 
brook-side, and no doubt his thirst was severe, yet 
God did not speak to him. Even in this condition and 
surrounded by the drought and the environments of a 
famine he moved not, until God spake to him and 
directed his footsteps; and we find him at the home of 
the widow where he, through prayer to God, caused 
the oil to run until all the vessels which the widow 
brought were filled, then it was stayed from running; 
and the meal grew not less in the barrel, although Elijah, 
the widow, her son and the household ate therefrom 
until the end of the famine. He, also, revived the 
widow's son from death and restored him to the mother 
alive. What enabled Elijah to do these works? En- 
lightenment. We also read that Elijah crossed the gulf 
between the living and so-called dead, or the visible and 
invisible, without passing through the appearance called 
death. What enabled him to do this? Enlightenment. 
The record reads, "Elijah was caught up in a chariot 
of fire, and they saw him no more." 

Some may ask why Jesus is greater than Elijah, when 
he, too, overcame the last and greatest enemy to man- 
kind, — death ? Elijah in the grace of God accomplished 
this because Infinite Love and Intelligence saw best to 
cause this to come about, as the minds of men needed 
something in that age to encourage and strengthen their 
hope and faith. 

Elijah left no instructions which would assist man- 
kind to do as he did; herein lies the great distance be- 
tween him and Jesus. Elijah accomplished his beauti- 
ful task through Love and Trust in God and God 
blessed him for his faithfulness by assisting him to soar 
so high that he did not even touch the cold, dark river 
which silently winds its way among mankind. Elijah 
did this through faith in God and understanding, while 
Jesus Christ accomplished His works with faith in God 
and Himself and understanding and Enlightenment. 
Jesus knew His At-one-ment with God; therefore, with 



176 The Flashlights of Truth 

His clear understanding concerning God, Man, the Uni- 
verse and the Laws governing all, He could teach man- 
kind the way and prove the truthfulness of His mes- 
sage by the " signs following." He taught by "practice 
as well as precept' ' the greatness of the Truth of Being 
and the One-ness thereof. 

Thus we see each man in his order and all working 
together for the great good of the whole. It is Enlight- 
enment, which, as it comes into the minds of men, indi- 
vidually and collectively, is moving the human family 
forward in a general way toward redemption for the 
individual and humanity. Jesus gave the message 
which, when understood and demonstrated, as He under- 
stood and demonstrated, will enable every man who be- 
comes enlightened concerning it sufficiently to practice 
as well as read the precepts, to do as He did. 

"What did Jesus Christ do to prove the truthfulness 
and greatness of the Truth He was teaching ? He healed 
the sick. We read that "He healed all manner of dis- 
eases.' J He raised the dead. Jesus, standing before 
the tomb of Lazarus, called, "Lazarus, come forth! and 
he came, bound in his grave-cloths. ' ' The esoteric mean- 
ing of Lazarus being bound in his grave-cloths when 
he came forth signifies man's unchanged condition after 
he has passed through death. In other words, man is 
not assisted or benefited in any way by passing through 
the event called death. Neither does this change set a 
seal upon man's progression. This is proven by Jesus 
during His absence from His body while it lay in the 
tomb. Going to and preaching to the spirits in prison, 
Jesus did no idle thing, as that would be impossible 
for an unenlightened one ; therefore, we can receive this 
as evidence proving that there was a way for the spirits 
there in prison to be free; and evidently it is by 
"Knowing the Truth" there, as here. We remember 
Jesus Christ's announcement to the world is, "Ye shall 
know the Truth, and the Truth shall make you free." 
Then, if man is not changed by passing through death, 



Enlightenment 177 

enlightenment is the thing necessary in the hereafter 
as well as in the now. 

It is well to remember that only the enlightened one 
knows that the past, present and future are one. It re- 
quires insight, clear and deep, to perceive this; yes, so 
deep that Eternity becomes a Reality and time has lost 
its significance. 

The world of the black man in the jungle is small, yet 
he sees separation and small distances when he has 
cleared away the jungles and, as he walks through the 
forest until he has reached the great plains and the 
oceans, his mind expands until he thinks the world is 
large indeed. Each object is separate and distinct to 
him and he has made advancement, and this is good, 
because it is necessary ; but there will come a time when 
he reaches the right place upon the Path, when, through 
Enlightenment, he will see the One-ness of the Whole. 
He then will know that the Breath of God, the Holy 
Breath, breathes all living things and holds them in 
One-ness. 

"God is the One! but He became manifest through 
the many. No man should scorn another, even though 
he be an enemy, and say, Who art thou? because all 
men are God's creation, — the manifestation of the Liv- 
ing God. Therefore, all mankind is the family of God 
and heirs to the same inheritance. Jesus Christ is the 
highest type of man and the black man in the African 
jungles, perhaps, the lowest; but all will some time 
stand forth redeemed. Redeemed from what? From 
the illusions of the carnal man. Where did these illu- 
sions originate? In the mind of man. As his mind be- 
came befogged, he, through confusion in his mind, was 
compelled to pass out from the Garden of Eden, and, 
as the confusion increased in his mind, he has moved 
on, until in his consciousness he has passed far out from 
God, and in his confusion he looks far away to ascer- 
tain the place where God dwells. He has forgotten the 
Truth of his Being and that God dwells within each and 



178 The Flashlights of Truth 

fills all space about him. He lives in the mists and 
confusions in his mind and these shape his course, be 
he in the African jungles, the forest of India or the 
broad plains of America, until he becomes enlightened. 
Just a ray of light will reveal to man the way and, if 
he heeds it, the light will become brighter until he has 
the Light sufficiently to enlighten him and, when he has 
touched the Christly robe of the Christ-Consciousness, 
he is a changed man. The question may be asked, ' ' How 
can a man change?" when, in preceding chapters we 
have stated Man, "the image and ilkeness of God," 
does not change. We answer, the man who changes is 
not the image and likeness of God. The God-man, he 
that is the manifestation of God, cannot change. 

It is the carnal man who changes, even as complete 
a change as from the concept of the black man in the 
jungles unto the Christ-concept expressed in Jesus 
Christ. 

In the parable that Jesus gave about the man whose 
field was planted with good wheat, but when the serv- 
ant saw the wheat growing he also discovered the tares 
and enquired of the master, if he should go out and 
pull up the tares, the wise man said, "No! Lest in so 
doing you destroy the wheat also. ' ' He said, ' ' let them 
grow side by side until the harvest," then the tares will 
be burned and the wheat gathered into the granaries; 
which means preserved. 

In this, which is one of the deepest of Jesus' parables, 
we see the good seed, the wheat, was planted in a good 
field; but while the lord of the field slept an enemy 
came and sowed tares; but the all-wise one said, "Let 
them grow side by side until the harvest ; then the sepa- 
ration will take place." 

The wheat is God's man, "Created in His image and 
likeness," and the tares are the mists and confusions 
which have crept into the mind, until they have formed 
the carnal or confused mind and these outpicture the 
physical man. The Lord said, "let them grow side by 



Enlightenment 179 

side until the harvest.' ' The harvest is the time of 
Enlightenment, when Truth will destroy error, Love 
annihilate hate and strength will consume weakness. 
These errors, which are the result of confusion in the 
carnal mind, are burned with the fire of God, which is 
Truth brought into action concerning them; but man, 
being the wheat, "the image and likeness of God," per- 
fect, and cared for, Infinite Love has a granary for His 
wheat of man to rest in. Granary signifies a place of 
safety and sufficiency. 

Through the above parable we can discern the deep 
import of the Master's Teachings, which is, that no man 
awakens from the sound sleep of the Adam dream and 
passes into the Christ-Consciousness except through ex- 
periences which have been severe enough to cause him 
to turn and face about and begin his search for Light. 
This path may be long, rugged and steep, or shorter 
and wind through green fields and be smooth and pleas- 
ant. It depends upon man's tenacity. If he persist- 
ently endeavors to cling to carnality and the pleasures 
therein and to live in the lusts and appetites of the 
carnal man, rough his path may be; but Light will 
never forsake him; and, when he surrenders his self- 
will, and, like St. Paul, endeavors, "to die daily," by 
the assistance of God, by his faith therein and his own 
endeavors, he will become enlightened; and Enlighten- 
ment is the fire which will consume every tare that was 
planted by the enemy, "the carnal mind," and enable 
man to see himself as God has forever seen him, — Per- 
fect. 

It is not by leaps and bounds that man passes onward 
upon the Christ-Path; but step by step; inch by inch 
he moves forward. 

In Holy Writ we read, "God spake to one of His 
enlightened ones and said, 'Be still, and know that I 
AM God.' " God never changes. Then it is well for 
man to remember that God once said, "Be still, and 
know that I am God." 



180 The Flashlights of Truth 

When man is enlightened, he will know that God is 
"nearer than hands and feet," and, that his mind is 
God-mind individualized, his breath the Breath of the 
Infinite. When in this understanding man can be still 
and know that he is "Hid with Christ in God," calm 
and secure he then will feel, as a ship that has crossed 
the stormy sea and has cast anchor in the home port, 
all memory of the rough voyage consumed by the joy 
of being safely anchored in the peaceful harbor. 

Thus it is with the fully enlightened one. He re- 
joices in the conscious privilege of being anchored in 
the calm harbor of the home port. Enlightenment opens 
his eyes to the beauty all about him, in land, water, 
air and sky. He perceives the handiwork of God every- 
where ; and his heart, being vibrant with enlightenment, 
becomes en rapport with the Heart of the Infinite and 
that "Peace which passeth material understanding" 
abide th within him. When all men have the enlight- 
enment which will enable them to abide in that peaceful 
Peace which is God, the earth will be filled with the 
glory of God; then Isaiah's prophecy will be fulfilled 
and "The lamb and lion will lie down together, and a 
little child shall lead them." 

Innocency and purity feareth not! and Love abides 
with the innocent and pure and binds all expressions of 
the Infinite in one universal Whole; and God reigns; 
Love is ! and is manifest in the heart of all living things ; 
in the beautiful flowers, the green grass, the blue sky, 
the song of the bird, the roar of the sea, the murmur 
of the brook, the sound of the breeze, the serenity of 
the moutnains and in the broad and fertile plains, — 
all the handiwork of God and all expressions of His 
Presence. 

Wonderful God! Also, wonderful man, when he has 
reached enlightenment sufficiently to enable him to see 
the All-ness, the Greatness, the One-ness and the Omni- 
presence of God! 

Jesus Christ said, "Be of good cheer, I have over- 



Enlightenment 181 

come the world/ ' He also said, "Follow me." What 
did Jesus mean by overcoming the world? God, so we 
read in the first of Genesis, endued man at creation 
with dominion over the earth. This is man's own 
world, — his carnal mind and the body which it ex- 
presses, subject to all the ills to which the flesh is heir, — 
these compose the world which man is to overcome. To 
follow Jesus would be to do likewise. How can man at 
the present time overcome the world and follow Jesus? 
Study His teachings, imbibe the Spirit of them and do 
as He; meet with understanding every obstacle which 
error, or the adversary, places in the path before you; 
and like Jesus, remember it is the Father within you 
who doeth the work; and always bear in mind Jesus' 
example of praying much; and, sometimes, when the 
clouds seem to hang low, he prayed all night. The 
Christian's tool is prayer. It may at first be the prayer 
of faith; this is good and beautiful, but there comes 
the time when the prayer of faith and understanding 
are combined. This is required from the enlightened 
one. 

The enlightened ones are the salt of the earth, but 
Jesus said, "if the salt has lost its saltness, it is then 
to be cast out." From this hint from the illumined 
Jesus, we perceive that it behooves each, after the con- 
sciousness is enlightened, to be alert, that the one evil, 
the adversary, does not deceive him and he step aside 
from the Path to rest awhile in some beautiful garden 
fiilled with the flowers of carnality. Also it behooves 
all to remember that Wisdom spoke ages ago and said, 
"in the latter days of the dispensation the devil would 
cease going about as a roaring lion, but would appear 
as an angel of light." The individual must solve his 
problem and learn to stand "Alone with God." St. 
John, speaking in this same line, advised them thus: 
"Beloved, believe not every spirit, but try the spirits 
whether they are of God; because many false prophets 
are gone out into the world. ' ' 1st John 4 :1. 



182 The Flashlights of Truth 

"Hereby know ye the spirit of God. Every spirit 
that confesseth that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh 
is of God." 1st John 4:2. 

"And every spirit that confesseth not that Jesus 
Christ is come in the flesh, is not of God; and this is 
that spirit of anti- Christ whereof ye have heard, that 
it shall come; and even now is it already in the world. 
1st John 4:3. 

"Ye are of God, little children, and have overcome 
them; because greater is He that is in you than he that 
is in the world. 1st John 4:4. 

"We are of God: he that knoweth God heareth us; 
he that is not of God heareth not us. Hereby know we 
the spirit of truth, and the spirit of error." 1st John 
4:6. 

"Beloved, let us love one another; for Love is of God; 
and every one that loveth is born of God, and knoweth 
God." 1st John 4:7. 

"Hereby know we that we live in him, and he in us, 
because he has given us of his Spirit." 1st John 4:13. 

"Love is the fulfilling of the Law." "The Law came 
through Moses." "But grace and Truth came by Jesus 
Christ." 

When man is first aroused from the Adam-Sleep, he 
requires the law, it being the school-master which will 
bring him unto Christ; but, when he has become en- 
lightened through the Christ-Consciousness, he no longer 
requires the law; it is then Love Divine which leads, 
guides and sustains him. 

Man is not fully enlightened until he is baptised with 
and abides in Love, — that pure essence which is God- 
Love, which hears even the softest call for help or guid- 
ance and readily responds to the faintest, as well as 
the strongest radiation of gratitude, Love and praise 
from His children, the Sons of God. 

There is nothing which so sets the invisible wires of 
Heaven into harmonious action, strong and sweet, as 
praise to God. Why is this so? Because gartitude is 



Enlightenment 183 

the one thing needful for the enlightened one. In fact, 
without gratitude one cannot attain unto full enlight- 
enment. Before man can become fully enlightened, sel- 
fishness has been entirely removed. In a heart filled 
with Love, selfishness does not abound. 

God is the creator of all. 'Tis His hand that spreads 
a mantle of beauty all around man, from the green car- 
pet with which He covers the earth to the deep blue 
vault over head; and so wonderful is the creation of 
God that man cannot produce its like, even the smallest 
of it, a grain of sand or blade of grass. 

It is not man's province to create, because God, in 
the creative period, created and said, "It is finished," 
and man, after he became individualized, was placed in 
Paradise. When man becomes sufficiently enlightened 
to unwind the snarls of his life, which have been formed 
by the effects of causes which he has set in operation 
while he lived in the self-will without enlightenment or 
understanding, he will begin his task. 

In the Light of Illumination, man sees that God is 
above the law of Cause and Effect, and has not anything 
to do with it; but man, living in this law, is respon- 
sible for his surroundings and environments. 

Enlightenment causes man to perceive the law of God, 
which transcends the law of Cause and Effect and re- 
veals to man the way to come so near to the Father in 
consciousness that he can, as the prophets of old, walk 
and talk with God. "When man has attained unto this 
height, he has passed beyond the law of Cause and 
Effect; then he recognizes the One Law, God's Law and 
His laws working in the one Law. Man in this illum- 
inated state perceives that time is also a creation of the 
carnal mind; and man lives in bondage to it until he 
becomes enlightened. He then recognizes Eternity as 
the forever present and time as the illusion. When man 
is fully illumined concerning the illusion of time and 
the reality of Eternity, his body will discontinue regis- 
tering time. How can there be old age, when Eternity 



184 The Flashlights of Truth 

is understood and recognized as here and now? The 
enlightened man will serenely abide in the Eternity 
which is, was and ever will be. Care, fear, doubt and 
anxiety can never more approach him, because the light 
within him is so bright and clear that shadows cannot 
enter. 

It is in the enlightened state that man will sit down 
at the right hand of God, which means that he knows 
and recognizes that the arm of Omnipotence enfolds and 
sustains him. The Love of the Infinite fills and over- 
shadows him and the hand of the Father-Mother-God 
supplies him with all things needful. He is in that 
place represented as sitting by the side of the river of 
life and resting in the green field under the ever-green 
trees, his brow fanned by the soft zephyrs from the 
flower-gardens of Paradise. 

Man must work out his own salvation and, we read 
in Holy Writ, man does this in "fear and trembling." 
This is where he bears his own cross. Jesus said, ' ' Take 
up thy cross and follow me." 

From the time man awakens and hears the Father's 
"Still Small Voice" and arises to travel upon the Christ- 
Path, he meets many obstacles, but through faith and 
prayer he wavers not when he sees them confront him, 
but persistently presses on, trusting in God, the All 
Good. 

Man carries his cross from his awakening unto the 
full enlightenment. In the full light of God, man learns 
to lay his cross (burdens) down at the feet of the Christ, 
and He bears them ever more. This Christ is the 
divine man of each one. Jesus Christ, the Saviour of 
man, is just as conscious of compassion for mankind 
today as He was when He walked the Judean hills in 
the body known as Jesus. He is just as able to heal 
today as then. This being true, man, as he travels upon 
the Path, carrying his cross, can, when weary, ask for 
strength, when sick, ask healing of the Father, "Who 
doeth all things well," ask in the name of Jesus Christ. 



Enlightenment 185 

Each man, like as Jesus, will carry his cross to Cal- 
vary, and there permit his carnal mind, nature and 
body to be nailed thereto; but he will arise in newness 
of life and walk in the Light of God, after his confused 
mind is lost, merged into the God Mind, which ex- 
presses in the Real Self, the Divine Man. 

Before man has attained full light he requires assist- 
ance. Let him ask of God. He, the Ever-Present and 
all-Loving Father, who ever "Shifts the winds to pro- 
tect the shorn lamb," will heal, bless and sustain all 
who call to Him in that one name. 

It being the Father's good pleasure that Jesus Christ, 
the Redeemed Son, should be the ruling monarch, His 
name, when spoken in reverence, faith, appreciation 
and understanding causes the Omnipresence, which is 
God, to respond. It is the plan; it is the promise. 
This being true, let man seek for and attain unto En- 
lightenment. It alone will enable him to see, know and 
understand the way. 

The way is dark and lonely while man is "working 
out his own salvation in fear and trembling," but there 
will come a time to all men, sometime, somewhere, when 
the Light will become clear. Then Love will spring 
forth in the heart and loved ones will surround him. 
Care, anxiety, fear and doubt cause men to feel alone. 
Love is a magnet and draws its own substance unto 
itself. 

Alone ! yet, not alone. If man should feel alone, stop ! 
Consider the place where you are now standing upon 
the Path, then turn to the message of our Elder Brother 
and see what He did at that place. 

"These words spake Jesus, and lifted up his eyes to 
heaven, and said, ' Father, the hour is come ; glorify thy 
son, as thy son also may glorify thee.' " St. John 17:1. 

Again Jesus said in His effort to lift Himself with 
the Father's assistance above the appearance of things 
into the calm and serene Presence of God, "And now, 
Father, glorify thou me with thy own self with the 



186 The Flashlights op Truth 

glory which I had with thee before the world was." 
St John 17:5. 

"We find by studying the life of Jesus, that at all 
times when there were undesirable things to meet and 
master, He turned to the Father and in prayer com- 
muned with Him. This reveals to man the necessity 
of prayer. 

To the Enlightened one silent communion brings 
about conscious at-one-ment; and, abiding in that 
"Secret place of the Most High," ecstasy fills the mind 
and heart, and man is at Home in God, — in Enlighten- 
ment. 



CHAPTEE XI 

THE BLESSEDNESS OF INSIGHT. 

MAN cannot comprehend the blessedness of In- 
sight until he has attained unto it; therefore, 
man may linger long on the rough path of ex- 
perience before he catches a glimpse, even though it be 
small, of the blessings which come to the one who has 
come near enough to the great central Light to per- 
ceive that there is a Light, which, when discerned, will 
light the path unto the perfect way ; man will then take 
courage and press on. 

What is the state of the one who has the Blessedness 
of Insight? He lives in peace. Peace within himself 
and toward all men. His heart is filled to overflowing 
with Love for all manifestations of God; be it in the 
form of man, great or small; the atoms of earth, the 
grains of sand along the sea shore, the tiny blades of 
grass which cover earth's barrenness; the bird, the ser- 
pent, the lion, the lamb, the man in his savage uncouth 
state ; or man in the polished and cultured state of high 
civilization. He, being so conscious of love within and 
without, is in rhythm with the center and circumference 
of all Love, — God. To him there is one family, — the 
universal brotherhood of the Sons of God; and races 
and colors are only the variegated blending and shad- 
ing of the one great race, — the family of God. Through 
the Blessedness of Insight man walks upon the Sacred 
Path which winds its way through humanity, which he 
perceives, in their real selves, — are each, one and all, 

187 



188 The Flashlights of Truth 

the manifestations of God; he lives in the perception of 
Universal Brotherhood. 

He has no fear of being unkind to his neighbor, neither 
that his fellow man will be unkind to him; because he 
understands God's Eternal Law and abides in it. He 
walks in the earth and mingles with his fellow man ; yet 
he is not of the earth, earthy, because " former things 
have passed away and all things have become new. ' ' He 
has trod the wine press of experience and, perchance, 
long and lonely was the steep ascent as he neared the 
summit; but, when he stepped upon the solid rock on 
the mountain top, he, with the serenity of a Sage, in 
gratitude broad and deep, views the handiwork of God ; 
and thus he stands, his soul reveling in the blessedness 
of Insight. 

0, who! Save the man with insight, can glean the 
blessedness which comes to the enlightened one on the 
summit, — the Eternal Rock of Truth ? 

He looks into the heart of the rose, the lily, the violet, 
the daisy, the sunflower, the tassels of the corn, yea, and 
the lotus, and sees there the smile of our Father-Mother- 
God. 

In the deeps of the earth the vision of the man who 
has spiritual insight perceives the presence of the Om- 
nipotent One; in the ocean's deeps he realizes that God 
is there. 

In the Blessedness of Insight, St. Paul exclaimed 
(speaking of the trials and tribulations of man), ''None 
of these things move me." 

The joy, the peace, the Love, the harmony and seren- 
ity which comes into the mind and heart of the man who 
is standing upon the Eternal Rock, — Truth, none can 
understand, except one who has the perception. 

The man who has the Blessedness of Insight hears the 
sweet note of the nightingale's song, the tenderness in 
the call of the raven calling to its young; the sublimity 
of the morning chorus of songsters as they warble forth 



The Blessedness op Insight 189 

their glad greeting to the rising sun ; the still sweet voice 
in the midst of the roar of the cataract, the tempest and 
the cyclone ; and behind the darkness of the approaching 
cloud he sees the sun as it shines in all its beauty and 
brilliancy. Beneath the barren desert, he looks into the 
earth and sees every atom, pulsating with life and that 
the ether over the barrenness is vibrant with life. Of the 
reason, we will ask, "How could it be different when God 
fills all space, and is Life, Love, Light, Peace and 
Power?" The man of Insight perceives that he is in 
the presence of that which is. What is this presence? 
Aum! and all he sees within, around and about him is 
the manifestation of that which is, — the Living God Al- 
mighty. In this Presence there is naught to fear, and 
fear, having been removed from the mind before in- 
sight could enter, — the man of Insight calmly abides in 
this Presence. 

0, the joy and bliss of serenely abiding in conscious 
at-one-ment with the Heavenly Father is so sublime that 
only Realization can reveal its grandeur and magnitude. 

If man has the realization of Insight, he cannot be 
disturbed by the forming and unforming of worlds ; the 
building of the Ark, the entering thereinto ; the flood, and 
its abatement, the coming forth from the Ark; and the 
repeopling of the earth — all, yes, all these are only pass- 
ing events thrown on the curtain which hangs before the 
Real, and disturbs him not. 

Some may ask, how can any attain unto that great 
height where none of these things move him? Insight is 
the door. 

King David, speaking of the sublimity of Insight, said, 
"A thousand may fall at thy side and ten thousand at 
thy right hand, but it shall not come nigh thee," "only 
with thine eye shalt thou behold, and see the reward of 
the wicked." We thus see that Insight leads man above 
the path of unrighteousness. Who are the unrighteous ? 
Those who have not come into the understanding of the 
Truth of their Being; they know not God, nor them- 



190 The Flashlights of Truth 

selves, nor their f ellowmen ; neither do they understand 
the universe in which they live. Not knowing nor un- 
derstanding the way, they make mistakes, moved by the 
wrong, not the right; but when they learn the Truth 
concerning themselves, God and the Universe, and start 
upon the Sacred Path, guided through Insight, they are 
on the right way and will become righteous. 

In the full realization of himself, as he came from the 
Infinite womb, man's insight is clear enough for him to 
discern that when he stepped from that Infinite womb, 
he only moved into the Infinite Heart; therefore, man 
is as pure and perfect now, as then ; for, lo, there is not, 
nor can there be anything other than purity in God, His 
Presence and His Creation. 

It is man's privilege to come into the Blessedness of 
Insight, which enables him to live in that conscious Real- 
ization. It is to this state St. Paul referred when he 
said, "None of these things move me." 

The man who has the blessing of Insight has content- 
ment, and something more, — he has Divine Satisfaction. 
He abides in the steadfastness of God. "And Jesus said 
unto him, no man, having put his hand to the plow, and 
looking back, is fit for the Kingdom of God."#£. Luke, 
9:62. 

Jesus in His prayer to the Father, for His disciples 
who had Insight was, "I pray not that thou shouldest 
take them out of the world, but that thou shouldest 
keep them from the evil." St. John, 17:15. 

"They are not of the world, even as I am not of the 
world." St. John, 17:16. 

When man has attained unto insight concerning the 
great Truth that God is All in All, man is no longer in 
the world concept, and is, therefore, not of the world. 

The world of man, which is the carnal mind, does not 
understand the man of Spiritual Insight, therefore, does 
not appreciate him. 

Though man may be persecuted, even as the disciples 



The Blessedness op Insight 191 

of Jesus were, the Blessedness of Insight cannot be taken 
away from him. 

The young man Stephen, when they were stoning him, 
saw the heaven open and Jesus Christ on the right hand 
of God. With Spiritual Insight, Stephen looked away 
and was blessed so sublimely that the carnal concept 
cannot perceive the beauty and grandeur which it con- 
tains. 

Daniel in the den of lions was in the Blessedness of 
Insight, and the Love of the Father was so great that it 
closed the mouths of the ferocious beasts. 

"Love suffereth long and is kind, Love vaunteth not 
itself," but radiates in and expresses through the man 
of Insight. 

Elijah, being so close to God, through Insight recog- 
nized the power which would enable him to perform the 
works, which would cause the men who were living in 
the world-mind to become aroused, that they might know 
that there is one God, the omnipresent and omnipotent 
One; and through the Blessedness of Insight he called 
forth the fire, which burned the sacrifice and the wood 
and stones and licked up the water that was in the trench 
around the altar. ' ' God is a consuming fire, ' ' and they 
that worship Him with Insight, do so "in Spirit and 
Truth." 

"And when all the people saw it, they fell on their 
faces, and said, The Lord, He is the God ; the Lord, He 
is the God. ' ' 1st Kings, 18:39. 

When Spiritual Enlightenment pierces the tomb, that 
precinct of the carnal mind, it begins to think of others, 
because enlightenment consumes selfishness. When Eli- 
jah cast his mantle upon Elisha, as he was plowing in the 
field, — "And he left the oxen and ran after Elijah, and 
said, Let me, I pray thee, kiss my father and mother, 
and then I will follow thee. And he said unto him, Go 
back again ; for what have I done to thee V 1 1st Kings, 
19:20, 



192 The Flashlights of Truth 

"And he returned back from him, and took a yoke 
of oxen, and slew them, and boiled their flesh with the 
instruments of the oxen, and gave unto the people, and 
they did eat. Then he arose, and went after Elijah, and 
ministered unto him." 1st Kings, 19:21. 

Jesus, from the enlightened perception of the Truth, 
as it is, approaching the tomb of Lazarus, in conscious 
unity with the Father, spake, "Lazarus, come forth," 
and he came forth, bound in his grave clothes. Jesus said, 
"Loose him, and let him go." 

When the disciples returned from the village with the 
food and found Jesus talking to the woman at the well 
and to those whom she brought to Him, the disciples re- 
quested Him to eat food, but He said unto them: "I 
have meat to eat that ye -know not of." He thus ex- 
pressed the blessedness of Insight. 

When man has through understanding and insight 
come into the Realization of the Truth of Being, he has 
come close to the Unity with the Father-Mother- God, and, 
according to his degree of insight, he is master over the 
material laws which rule and hold the carnal man as in 
a vise. While the carnal man is subject to the law of 
sin and death, the man of Insight, he who has been born 
again and has the Christ expressing within him, is not 
subject to these, "neither indeed can be;" because in 
insight man has become conscious of the dominion with 
which man was endued by God, the Creator, at Crea- 
tion, — at the time when man became an individualized 
manifestation of God. 

The Blessedness of Insight is Peace, Love, Harmony 
and Divine Satisfaction, — these compose the divine estate 
of man; they are the inheritance of the Real Man. 
Of that state of consciousness, which is the Fourth Di- 
mentsion, we will give a word picture. 

In Peace man dwells among the inhabitants of earth ; 
and, though many of them may be stirred with wars and 
rumors of wars, he is not disturbed. He dwells in Love 
and moves amidst his fellow men, radiating Love to all. 



The Blessedness of Insight 193 

In Divine Satisfaction he abides in his inheritance in 
enjoyment of the fruit of the Spirit. King David said : 
"He that dwelleth in the secret place of the most High 
shall abide under the shadow of the Almighty. ' ' Psalms 
91:1. 

' ' I will say of the Lord, He is my refuge and my fort- 
ress, my God, in Him will I trust. ' ' Psalms, 91 :2. 

"Only with thine eyes shalt thou behold and see the 
reward of the wicked. ' ' Psalms, 91 :8. 

"Because thou hast made the Lord, which is my refuge, 
even the most High, thy habitation." Psalms, 91:9. 

1 ' There shall no evil befall thee, neither shall any 
plague come nigh thy dwelling. " Psalms, 91:10. 

"For he shall give his angels charge over thee, to keep 
thee in all thy ways." Psalms, 91:11. 

1 * They shall bear thee up in their hands, lest thou dash 
thy foot against a stone. ' ' Psalms, 91 :12. 

"Because he hath set his love upon me, therefore, will 
I deliver him: I will set him on high, because he hath 
known my name. ' ' Psalms, 91 :14. 

"With long life will I satisfy him, and shew him my 
salvation." Psalms, 91:16. 

The man blessed with the Blessedness of Insight moves 
softly along in his ongoings; he murmurs not, because 
he, being in rhythm with Harmony, which is the music 
of the spheres, hears not the discordant notes which are 
sounded upon his right hand and his left, not being in 
accord with them. 

The man of Insight lives in the world, but knows that 
he is not of it. The world in all ages needs many men 
of deep Insight among the inhabitants of earth. At this 
closing cycle many are required, and the Father, ever 
knowing what mankind is in need of, has caused many 
advanced Egos to be dwelling upon the earth at this 
present time, — more, perhaps, than at any other time. 

The man who has the Blessedness of Insight has 
learned to know himself and somewhat to understand 



194 The Flashlights of Truth 

God and His Laws; and he endeavors to "be still" and 
let the Father's will be wrought in and through him. It 
is Insight which enables him to trust in God and lean 
upon His everlasting arm; and, according to his degree 
of Insight, is he able to stand at all times amidst the 
trying tests. 

Daniel had insight sufficiently clear to enable him 
to have faith strong enough in God's protecting Care, 
Love and Power to stand in the den of lions; and God 
responded to Daniel's prayer by sending the angels 
closing the lion's mouth. 

Daniel dwelt in consciousness near the Father, — so 
near that he gave forth the prophecies which are now, 
after the passing of many centuries, being fulfilled in 
the outer. 

Insight expresses in Love, Trust and Devotion to the 
One and only God, — the Almighty, which is; and re- 
sponds in outer manifestation in answer to prayer. If 
in the midst of discord the man of Insight asks for har- 
mony, harmony is given him, — it becomes manifest ; and, 
as harmony and discord are opposites, both cannot be in 
the same place at the same time; therefore, when, in 
answer to prayer, Harmony becomes manifest, discord 
disappears. Where is the discord? Harmony has con- 
sumed it. We read, "God is a consuming fire;" Har- 
mony, one of the aspects of God, performs its functions 
in answer to prayer, and no man with Insight will dwell 
long in discord. 

It matters not concerning the method of prayer; but 
it is very important that man examine himself before 
he prays, that he may bring himself into rapport with 
the Infinite. 

The prayer may be silent or audible, but always remem- 
ber, that "man of himself can do nothing." His work is 
to bring himself into an understanding of the Father 
within, when the Father who dwelleth within will do the 



The Blessedness of Insight 195 

work. ' ' The Father who seeth in secret will reward thee 
openly." ''Ask what ye will, and it shall be done." 

Believest thon this? The man of Insight, not only be- 
lieves, but has learned his lesson so well that he knows 
it to be true, — that God answers prayer. It is God who 
giveth the increase. 

The man of Insight chooses many and varied ways of 
performing his part in prayer; for, it is well to remem- 
ber that it is man's province to pray, having been taught 
by the Holy Spirit ; for no man has clear insight until he 
has received the Baptism of the Holy Spirit, which is 
the New Birth. The Holy Spirit is an influx of divine 
power from God, so strong and powerful that the man, 
quickened by it, awakens into a new state of concept, and 
begins to travel upon a Path which leads him out and 
away from carnality and its ways. 

Nicodemus, a ruler of the Jews, came to Jesus by night 
to enquire of Him concerning the things He was teach- 
ing. Jesus ' answer was short, but direct : ' i Ye must be 
born again." Nicodemus, being educated in the learning 
and wisdom of the world, was much surprised at the an- 
swer. No doubt, Jesus knew this and desired it to stir 
his mind, just as it did. He questioned how that could 
be. Then, "Jesus answered, Verily, verily, I say unto 
thee, except a man be born of water and of the Spirit, he 
cannot enter into the Kingdom of God." St. John, 3:5. 

' ' That which is born of the flesh is flesh ; and that 
which is born of the Spirit is Spirit." St. John, 3:6. 

1 ' Ye must be born from above. ' ' Jesus ' teachings were 
ever to the individual alone ; but to each and every one, 
He said, "Ye shall know the Truth, and the Truth shall 
make you free." 

The New Birth is a gift of quickening power from God. 
Man cannot assist here, neither can he by the manipula- 
tions of his mind, bring it about. The one thing needful, 
when one prays for the New Birth, is to stay the mind 
upon God, in the name of Christ; then, "be still," and 
let the Father do that which He desires. 



196 The Flashlights of Truth 

If man is in conscious communion with God, in and 
through the name of Jesus Christ, the psychic forces 
cannot enter, for God's protecting power is around him. 

The Blessedness of Insight is to know that man dwells 
in the very presence of God, and the knowing is so real, 
that man perceives that the Father hears every thought 
and word and responds to every call. The promise is, 
"Ask what ye will, and it shall be done." With clear 
Insight man realizes the ever present Infinite, our loving 
and tender Father, and that He responds as readily to 
the call of His children as the sunshine responds when 
the curtain shutting it out of the room is removed. 

If man has not the Blessedness of Insight, he may not 
desire the fullness of the sunshine, but only a small ray. 
If man's faith is sufficiently strong and his insight clear, 
God will heal the sick and transform the environments of 
those for whom prayer is made; but it requires faith, 
love and devotion, coupled with Insight, to cause the 
signs to follow ; and all selfish motives must be removed 
from the one who prays. The man who has the insight 
that results in blessedness has become freed from selfish- 
ness and his prayers continually are for the good of the 
whole; just as the air ladened with the ocean breeze 
blows over and through the great city refreshing all. 

The man with Spiritual Insight has scaled the heights. 
He stands on a mountain peak far above the whirl and 
turmoil of the busy city. He is surrounded with the 
solemnity, grandeur and majesty of the mountains. The 
soft breezes caress him lovingly and tenderly ; the flow- 
ers bloom at his feet; the trees greet him as he passes, 
and the mountain stream rolls softly on, murmuring its 
song of content and carrying its blessing to the valley 
below. He sees the snow-capped peaks above him, 
dressed in their garment of purity. Serene he stands, 
for he knows that he is alone with God and that this 
which the outer man looks upon is only the outer mantle 
of the Infinite. 

Oh, the Blessed Insight! which enables man to thus 



The Blessedness of Insight 197 

stand on the mountain side above carnality's ways and 
serenely view the landscape o'er, with no regret in his 
mind as he turns from the beautiful city which lies at 
the base of the mountains with all its glittering allure- 
ments. He rests his head upon the Father's bosom, and 
continues to search deeper into the mysteries of God. 

Blessed Insight! thou hast enabled mankind, as they 
attend thee, to stand for the right, for the Truth, for 
Peace, for brotherly kindness ; defeating the mortal con- 
cept which knows nothing of the blessedness. 

Insight anchors man deep in the divine concept of him- 
self and of God ; and Insight can become so deep, clear 
and strong that man can stand immovable, even though 
billows of trials and troubles dash against him; for in 
the midst of the storm the Christ will arise and calm 
the waves, — "Peace, be still." A vessel may be upon 
the deep sea without a helmsman ; but if the man of In- 
sight prays with faith, the hand of God will steer it into 
that port of safety where is love and harmony, where 
loved ones welcome him, and where the milk of the spirit, 
the honey of the word and the bread from heaven is the 
food. 

The Blessedness of Insight is not in reaching this har- 
bor for one's self alone; but that man, after he has 
reached it, may become of assistance to his fellowman, — 
his brothers who as yet have not gained as much light 
as he. 

It is unselfishness which is expressed in the man of 
Insight. From the mountain peak, far above the city, he 
has gained a vision which cannot be erased from his 
memory; and the vision inspires him to press on into 
deeper insight for himself, that he may leave carnality 
far behind and come in his own individual life into such 
a freedom that he can assist others to attain unto the 
same great freedom. Freedom is man's inheritance. 
Freedom from what ? From illusions of carnality. 

The bliss of Insight gives man calmness, serenity and 



198 The Flashlights of Truth 

love. He sits in the shade of the Tree of Life, and as 
the ever green fields spread far around him, he sees the 
cattle on a thousand hills and the sheep gathering into 
the fold and knows well the Shepherd of the sheep and 
understands well the source from whence his abundance 
comes, even from Him whose are the cattle on a thousand 
hills. 

Man in this state of Insight does not earn his bread 
by the sweat of his brow; but, through faith, love and 
trust in his Heavenly Father, he is sustained. God 
blesses him; for, "The Father knoweth what ye have 
need of before ye ask Him." Being thus bountifully 
sustained by his Heavenly Father, man is ever ready to 
do all work which falls to him to do; so that this does 
not mean that man, when he receives Insight, will sit 
idly and depend upon his brother to support him. This 
would be the out-picturing of selfishness ; and selfishness 
cannot dwell where Insight is. The man with Insight 
is conscious of the presence and omnipresence of God. 
Therefore, as he moves among his fellow men, he con- 
tinues to perform his duty, doing with his might what 
his hands find to do, while yet praying to the Father for 
those he sees in need of the Divine Help. One may ask, — 
"If God is all knowing, all loving, all power and ever 
present, why is it necessary for man to pray ? ' ' Because 
God's presence is unmanifest in that which is needed, 
and the prayer causes God to become manifest in bring- 
ing into expression that which is needful. 

St. James said, "Man's prayers are not answered be- 
cause they ask amiss, that they may consume it upon 
their lusts, upon themselves;" and man, until he gains 
insight, continues to ask amiss. No man knows how to 
pray until Christ is born within him and he is in the 
power of the New Birth. Then, if he will quiet his mind 
and let the Christ within him pray, the prayer will be 
answered, because the Christ knoweth the way of the 
Father's power. This is the Comforter which Jesus 
said He would pray the Father to send them, adding that 



The Blessedness of Insight 199 

He "The Spirit of Truth will guide you iuto all Truth." 
Arise, thou that sleepeth in the carnal concept of man 
and the world, and seek until you gain insight, whose 
blessedness is the Fruit of the Spirit. 

The man with Insight carries no burdens, because he 
has learned to lay them down at the Master's feet; no 
sorrow, however deep, can have an impression upon him, 
because he knows the Truth of Being; and even though 
a loved one departs from the tenement of flesh, he, with 
the eye of Insight, looks away from the clay to the liv- 
ing one who has departed from it. He will carry out the 
funeral rites as custom demands ; but he knows that that 
which he buries is not the man, because death cannot 
touch Life which is Eternal ; and that which he sees de- 
serted is only the garment once worn by the loved one 
who has left it and flown above the carnal perception, 
but not away from the man of Insight, who knows that 
there is no separation in God and that Life dieth not. 
Therefore, in the Blessedness of Insight he dwells and 
remains undisturbed, knowing, as he does, that Life is 
Eternal and that there is one Law, God's Eternal Law, 
ever in action throughout God's Creation, which causes 
all things to work together for good, even as now, for he 
has learned that out of the greatest calamity God does 
cause good to come. It is, therefore, that the man of 
Insight fears not, neither is he dismayed, for, behold, 
he has long since learned that he and all men live, move 
and have their being in God. Then why should any fear, 
even though the shadows of carnality seem dark? 

Arise, thou man of Insight ! and stand still and brave 
and do that work which thy hands find to do, guided by 
Divine Wisdom and Love; and the Peace and Love of 
God will abide with thee, — this is the Blessedness of 
Insight. 



CHAPTER XII 

RETRIBUTIVE JUSTICE, OR, RESTORATION. 

WHEN man has awakened, he appreciates the joy 
of Life, the ecstasy of bliss and the peace of 
Love. It is well for man to be sufficiently 
awakened to enjoy the vibration of the Spirit. However, 
if he continues to do so without understanding, it will 
lead into a negative state which is not beneficial to his 
spiritual unfoldment. We find many of the awakened 
ones upon the earth today, who prefer not to hear any- 
thing spoken of except the good. This is well, if done in 
Insight, but, if in ignorance, it results in stagnation. 

If the searcher after the Truth desires "The Truth, 
the whole Truth, and nothing but the Truth, * ? it is neces- 
sary that he understand every side of the Great Truth. 
The Holy City lieth four square upon Mount Zion ; and 
man, to become the individualized Holy City, must build 
the four walls. In other words, he must master his four- 
fold nature. 

Man through concentration can fix the mind so firmly 
upon the sky, that he will not see the clouds which pass 
between himself and the blue vault above him; but, 
whether he sees them or not, the clouds will pass and 
cast their shadow upon the earth, — then what has he 
gained ? One point only, — concentration. That is good, 
because when man is awakened his first work is with his 
mind. An ancient sage likened the mind to a "wild 
horse/ ' and when man begins to study the mind, its 
moods and tenacity, he is readily convinced that the an- 
cient Sage understood what he was saying. Concentra- 

200 



Retributive Justice, or, Restoration 201 

tion is the first step taken, for until man has the power 
and ability to concentrate his mind at will he has not 
mastership. But this is to be done for his own unfold- 
ment and progression, and not to be used over other 
minds. A tree is watered that it may grow, the growth 
taking place within the tree. 

What is Retributive Justice? What Restoration? 
God's Law is inexorable and never ceases in its action. 
God's Law is the unchangeable Law. There is a law in 
carnality known as the law of " Cause and Effect;" in 
ancient teaching it is called " Karma." As long as man 
lives in the carnal concept, he is in that law, and none 
can sway it. "As man sows, so he reaps." It is Retrib- 
utive Justice, and after man has suffered sufficiently to 
become aroused he will seek for a way of escape from it ; 
and, from its lessons, man will learn the way to Resto- 
ration, or his True State. 

How is this law of Cause and Effect placed in action ? 
By man's thoughts, words and deeds; and, though man 
is ignorant of it, the effect follows the cause in such 
precision, that when man begins to reason he sometimes 
is amazed; but studying this law does not assist man 
into Restoration, as "the fountain can rise no higher 
than its source. " If a man sows wheat, he knows he will 
reap wheat; if corn, he will harvest corn. This is the 
law. If a man plants an acorn, an oak tree is the result. 
If a man sows kindness, he will reap kindness; if un- 
kindness, this is the fruit he will gather. Man in his 
awakened state may think he has been very successful 
because he has succeeded in covering from his fellow 
man his business transactions; but, though these trans- 
actions may have enriched him and enabled him to live 
in ease and luxury, yet have the widows and orphans 
been turned away from their home and been deprived of 
their bread. Let not this man deceive himself, even 
though his couch is soft and downy and he receives the 
applause of his fellowman; for the law of Cause and 
Effect is set into operation and he will not escape from 



202 The Flashlights of Truth 

it until he has paid "unto the very last farthing." 
Though he may pass from the body, through death, 
under the sanction of the organized Church, with his 
name enrolled upon its pages, nevertheless, he will not 
escape until he has paid "unto the last farthing. ' ' These 
deeds are sufficient to cause him to return to earth one 
or more times ; for, for a man to repent and ask God for 
forgiveness and continue to live upon the fat of the land, 
gotten through methods that deprive others of what be- 
longs to them, will not enable him to pass the pearly 
gates and walk upon the gold-paved streets, — no, no, not 
so are the laws of justice and kindness written into the 
Universe. 

We read in Holy Writ that "man must work out his 
own salvation," and thus also it is written into the very 
being of man. 

God is Law and Power and is everywhere present, but 
He does not interfere with man's free-will. Man can live 
in his free-will as long as he so desires, and he will reap 
as he sows. 

Retributive Justice! Yes, man will gather the har- 
vest, even as he has sown. "Thoughts are things," and 
man sets the law of Cause and Effect into operation by 
his thoughts, words and acts. God did not make this law. 
It is the result of man's deeds; and man will remain in 
it until he is sufficiently aroused to desire to find release 
from it ; and there is only one way of escape, and that is 
to know the True Law, which is God's Law, — The Truth. 

God is not an angry God ; neither a God of wrath, that 
His children should suffer. God is Love, and loveth and 
careth for all. 

Man can continue to use the law of Cause and Effect 
until he, through reaping as he has sown, finds himself 
in the depths of despair and desperation; but man 
should learn that he can at any time turn from that law 
unto the Eternal God and seek to know the Truth. When 



Retributive Justice, or, Restoration 203 

man learns the Truth, he will cease from creating the 
cause which results in an undesirable effect, and through 
kindness, sincerity and faith will walk in the light that 
causes only good results. 

When man in the carnal state (who is living either 
consciously or unconsciously in this law) passes from this 
plane through death, he goes to the abode where his acts, 
thoughts and deeds place him, and his time of abode there 
depends upon his acts while in the body. When that 
time expires, he returns to earth and is re-born and lives 
again in the place where he can repay the debt to those 
to whom he is indebted. There is nothing discouraging 
in this, if man understands it. Saying that he does not 
believe it cannot change the law, neither does it free him 
from his obligations. 

The awakening of the man into Spiritual Conscious- 
ness and the desire to learn the way of escape will en- 
able him to step aside from that wheel which rolls in 
carnality, and the spiritually awakened and enlightened 
one can and will stand free, having learned the Truth 
of his Being and the true Law of God which governs 
God's creation. Then it is that he can concentrate his 
mind upon the dome of heaven and there will be no 
clouds there intervening between him and the blue sky, 
and therefore there are no shadows in which he must 
stumble and walk. 

What has caused the difference between this concen- 
tration and that spoken of in the beginning of this 
chapter? Understanding. When man has understand- 
ing and spiritual awakening united with concentration, 
all is well. He then has been removed from the mental 
realm into the Spiritual. Man then does not believe 
that it is his mind which does the work, but understands 
that the mind is only the instrument in man to reflect 
God's Power, Love, Harmony and Peace. When the 
mind is cleansed of the carnal beliefs and confusions, it 
then becomes a transparency and reflects God-Mind. 
Thus man learns to endeavor to keep his mind so clean 



20-i The Flashlights of Truth 

and clear that there will be only God's mind in action 
in and through him ; for then it is that he learns he has 
the effects of his choice to meet, both now and hereafter. 

Death does not change man, any more than passing 
from one city to another changes him, for man must work 
out his own salvation. Then what is man to do ? When 
man begins to perceive that there is something wrong, 
he will investigate. He may pass over many winding 
paths ere he reaches the one which leads to the Rock — 
Truth. However, there is a direct path, and Isaiah said, 
' ' It is so plain that a way-faring man though a fool need 
not err therein." It is the path of Restoration; for, 
when man walks upon it, he will reach Home and be re- 
stored to his true concept of himself, of God and the 
universe in which he dwells. When man has returned 
to His Father's House; to the Home from which he de- 
parted in the long ago, his consciousness has been re- 
stored to him and he sees that he is a perfect man in 
Mind, Soul, Spirit and Body, or in Form. There is no 
more retributive justice for him, because he has, after 
finding the Path of Restoration, traveled thereupon un- 
til he has been restored, until he is at Home and knows 
himself to be a Son of the Living God. 

Restoration! Yes. Through the law of Retributive 
Justice man encounters so many hardships, difficulties 
and unpleasant experiences, that he finally awakens to 
the fact that there is something wrong. This sets his 
reason into action and it will cause him to search until 
he finds the way. 

The reason and the intellect are the instruments used 
until Intuition and Inspiration are brought into action; 
then man is Spiritually anchored and is no more on the 
mental plane. The Spiritual man is then in the ascen- 
dancy and mind is his servant. There is in reality one 
mind, the God-Mind, and this, individualized, is the only 
Rral Mind in Man. 

At first we find man with seemingly one mind, but that 
is the carnal mind, and of the earth, earthy; it is the 



Retributive Justice, or, Restoration 205 

animal mind of man and has no cognition of the divine 
mind in man of which it is the counterfeit. Man living 
in this counterfeit mind walks upon the earth of car- 
nality and is subject to the laws governing the flesh-man 
and lives the life of the flesh-man. He does not know 
that there is any other mind or other path until he 
awakes sufficiently to begin to use his reason. Reason 
is a faculty that man has which is not developed in the 
others of God's creation. When a man awakens from 
the Adam-dream and uses his reason and comes to the 
conclusion that there is something wrong and seeks a 
Spiritual teacher for advice, let that teacher direct him 
to the message of Truth given by Jesus Christ and teach 
him in the Light of the twentieth century. 

Some may ask, "Why direct him to the message given 
by Jesus Christ?" Because His is the full message. It 
shows man the way from the time of his awakening, as 
illustrated by Nicodemus, even to the overcoming of the 
carnal mind and desires, disease and finally death. 

Jesus worked out the problem in this world, that man 
might see more clearly the way; for Jesus taught how 
to step aside from the Wheel of Birth and Death and 
stand a Redeemed Son of God. None but a ripened Soul 
can accomplish this; but this is the cycle when many 
are to be redeemed; therefore, let all take courage and 
press forward toward the mark of the high calling in 
Christ Jesus. 

The night is far spent and the dawn is breaking for 
many Souls upon earth today, and they, through insight 
and perception, will pierce the veil and, lo, the Christ 
will be revealed to them, and they will see and know 
Him and be His assistants now at the breaking up of 
the old conditions and the beginning of the Restoration. 

What do we mean by the Restoration ? Humanity has 
swung far out and it is now time that the pendulum 
return. Civilization has reached its zenith now; and 
should not a higher intelligence than man's and a 
stronger hand than his guide and steer the bark in which 



206 The Flashlights of Truth 

humanity is embarked, civilization would decline; but 
this is the ripening cycle and Divine Intelligence and 
Love will restore the Kingdom of Heaven upon earth for 
a short reign, which is the seventh day, or one thousand 
years. Then the carnal mind will come into expression 
again and the earth and its inhabitants will move along, 
cycle after cycle until another ripening-time arrives. 
So on and on throughout the endless Ages of Eternity, — 
thus it is. But man who knows the Truth and has been 
restored to his true concept, rests in God, moves in His 
Will and is, in love and gratitude, earnestly about his 
Father's business. 

Retributive Justice, or, Restoration! — a volume could 
be written upon these subjects. However, we will con- 
dense into a short chapter sufficient to enable the observ- 
ing student and devotee to find his way in his ongoing, 
when he comes where he requires these instructions. 

The man who has reached the place of Restoration is 
freed from the law of Cause and Effect and has stepped 
aside from the wheel of Birth and Death. However, it 
is well for him to know, that it is necessary for him to 
be vigilant in season and out of season; for he has not 
scaled the final heights, although it may seem so to him ; 
but there are heights to ascend of which he has no con- 
ception. This earth at its best is only a preparatory 
school ; therefore, it behooves all men to learn well their 
lessons and gain the enlightenment which will enable 
them to pass finally from this earth-school. How long 
time this will require, none but the Father knoweth. 

By staying the mind upon God and opening the heart 
that it may become filled with the Love and Spirit of 
God, man will continue to move onward into Restoration ; 
but know ye this : final restoration is when the man, in 
his four-fold nature, has returned Home to Paradise to 
the Bosom of the Father. Man's four- fold nature is his 
Mind, Soul, Spirit, Body, — and these, joined together 
by the Holy Wedlock, bring the individualized Holy 
City into expression, — and it lieth four-square, and has 



Retributive Justice, or, Restoration 207 

four walls; but when they are complete and joined to- 
gether there is but one wall. That Holy City is man, 
the individualized manifestation of God, who has been 
restored unto his lost estate and stands Redeemed in 
Restoration. 

The priests may proclaim, the saints may sing and the 
artist paint in their efforts to express the Redemption that 
is in Restoration ; but through all these it remains unsaid, 
because the mind of man cannot comprehend the Great- 
ness and Grandness and the Light, Love and Beauty of 
it. We will lay the pen aside and leave the curtain 
drawn, as none but the one who enters there can realize 
it, and he cannot reveal it to men of lesser light. Then, 
if man desires to feed upon that Spiritual bliss, he must 
awake, arise and move forward upon the Path until he 
has reached that portal, when the door will open for him 
and he will be permitted to enter and be initiated into a 
higher order. Blessed God ! and blessed man ! 

Thus we see that Retributive Justice finally ends in 
Restoration. If there were no laws of Retributive Jus- 
tice, man, not reaping as he sows, might sit sluggishly 
amidst his selfish expressions and sleep long and sound, 
and it would require many more cycles before the be- 
ginning of the Restoration could be. 

Thus we see that there is good in the law of Cause 
and Effect; in retributive Justice, although at first 
glance it does not so seem. 

Out of any condition that man's perverted mind may 
bring about God, the All-Loving Father, is able to bring 
forth good in the finishing up of the cycle of events. Man 
has lost his way and cannot find it alone, — then let him 
turn to the Infinite Intelligence to guide him. When 
thus guided, the rough places will become smooth and 
the desert filled with blossoms and the wilderness 
abounding with the Love and Blessings of God. 

The first step for man, after he awakens to the fact 
concerning the law of Cause and Effect, is to endeavor 



208 The Flashlights op Truth 

to live, so that he acts only toward his fellow-man as he 
"would they would act toward him." This is sowing 
good seed. Let man continue to thus live and do until 
he steps entirely away from the sowing and reaping 
condition. 

There is nothing to fear or be anxious about. It only 
requires faith, Love, righteousness, devotion, gratitude 
and praise. Amen ! 

If a man thinks he is nearing the edge of a precipice 
he walks tremblingly ; but when he knows his path leads 
over solid ground, his steps are firm and he feels confi- 
dence in himself and in his God. 

"When man understands the laws, — those governing 
the carnal man, and the Law governing the Real Crea- 
tion, including man — he walks firmly ; his step is strong, 
and he is brave, because he, knowing something of its 
Laws, has confidence in himself and in God. Solomon 
said, "With all thy getting, get understanding. ' ' When 
man has understanding complete, he will walk out from 
the law of Cause and Effect and away from the wheel of 
Birth and Death into the "Glorious liberty of the Sons 
of God." 

The mind enjoys dwelling upon the Restoration of the 
world and the human family to the original estate. Man 
finds pleasure in restoring and establishing the perfect 
and real; but not in Retributive Justice. Yet, it as 
necessarily belongs to the carnal man's condition as the 
perfect state belongs to the Real Man. 

We read, that man should love God with all his mind 
and strength. It is well to see, that by keeping the mind 
stayed upon God, the Eternal Being, man becomes more 
and more like Him in expression. 

Retributive Justice is the "School master" which 
guides man unto the Christ. When man has reached the 
Christ, he no longer requires the school master, because 
1 ' Grace and Truth come by Jesus Christ. ' ' Jesus is the 
Instrument, and the impersonal Christ expressed through 
Jesus. However, there is more than that in connection 



209 

with Jesus Christ, because He had arrived at the place 
where His personality was to be merged into His indi- 
viduality; and this took place in His ascension. As the 
clouds obscured Him from their view, His physical body 
merged into the Spirit form and His Individuality was 
forever free from personality. His last birth in the flesh 
was for the benefit of humanity, that they may learn 
the way out from the illusion of the carnal man, his 
mind and law. His work was to establish the Restoration 
and enable man to learn his way thereunto. 

"When the Spirit, Jesus Christ, appeared to Saul as 
he was on his way to Damascus, He said, ''Saul, Saul, 
why kickest thou against the pricks?" There is a deep 
meaning conveyed in these few words. When the time 
had arrived, according to the law of Cause and Effect, 
for Saul to awaken, why should he longer kick against 
the law, which would continue to prick him, hurting him, 
but doing him no good? 

Saul asked, "Who art thou, Lord?" And He an- 
swered, "I am Jesus of Nazareth, whom thou persecut- 
est. ' ' Saul did not doubt this. Then Jesus appeared to 
Ananias and told him to go to Saul. Ananias did not 
doubt its being Jesus Christ, but he said, "Lord, this 
man is persecuting thy followers everywhere and caus- 
ing them to be put to death ; ' ' but Jesus told him to go 
to Saul, which he did, and Paul's sight was restored to 
him. 

Thus we see that Jesus Christ is working to restore the 
Spiritual man into his rightful inheritance. It is the 
Father 's business He is about, which business is to estab- 
lish the Restoration, which is the Kingdom of Heaven. 
First, man is to understand that the kingdom of heaven 
is within ; then that the kingdom of heaven is without, — ■ 
One Kingdom. 

When the Spiritual kingdom is restored upon the earth, 
Peace will reign Supreme and righteousness abound. 
The instruments of war will be constructed into useful 
implements for mankind, and the lamb will not fear the 



210 The Flashlights of Truth 

lion; "And none shall harm in all my Holy Mountain ;" 
and the earth shall be so full of the Glory of the Lord 
that the Light of God will light all men, and they shall 
know war no more. Love ! Universal Love will fill the 
earth as the waters do the sea. Hear ye ! ye men of earth, 
Jesus Christ 's mission is Restoration ; and that which He 
has begun He will accomplish and the Kingdom of 
Heaven will become established upon earth. 

Cast thy burdens down, man ! at the feet of the Liv- 
ing Christ and stay your mind upon the Living, Loving 
God, and you will be sustained and guided, that you may 
assist the Heavenly Hosts in establishing the Kingdom 
of Love and Harmony upon the earth. Come to the 
fountain and drink of the water of Life, Wisdom, Love 
and Peace. The time of Restoration is now at hand. 
Tremble not, for, lo, "Old things shall pass away and 
all things become new." 

In the midst of destruction, there is construction; 
therefore, fear ye not, men of earth; for God reigns 
supreme! and the Good will again be restored to its 
rightful Place. Amen! 

The law of Retributive Justice operates in unceasing 
power in carnality through the law of Cause and Effect ; 
but the Law of God is all-sufficient and will, through the 
Christ, restore all things; and man will live in the Res- 
toration. Amen ! 



CHAPTER XIII 

THE DAWN. 

THERE is a psychological aspect at the hour of the 
dawn; it is the time, though short, between the 
passing of night and the coming of day; and, 
looking at the soft grey tints of morning and watching 
them change into the warm glow of pink and lavender, 
there will be seen the golden rays of the approaching sun. 

It is easy for man to become enamored with the beauty 
of the dawn as the day approaches. However, the mind 
of the master is so completely unfolded, that it forgets 
not the darkness of the night through which the earth 
has passed. He also remembers the lessons he learned 
during those hours when darkness was king. He is, 
therefore, enabled to be awake at the Dawn and to enjoy 
the panorama of beauty which Infinite Love causes to 
be exhibited at the break of day. For man to endeavor 
to describe the delicate tintings of the soft clouds as they 
move softly back and the curtains become so transparent 
that the sun's rays will easily reach the earth and its 
inhabitants, would be futile. 

The solar sun is a symbol of God. The sun's rays are 
life-giving to the earth and all thereon: so God's Love, 
Life and Light are life-giving to the Spiritual Creation, 
which includes Man, the Universe and all therein. 

At The Dawn there is a chasm, we will call it for ex- 
pression, between darkness and light, and the man who 
has insight and understanding should be awake at The 
Dawn to place himself in the attitude of receptivity, 
with his mind stayed upon God and his heart filled with 

211 



212 The Flashlights of Truth 

Love and his consciousness devoid of egotism, selfish- 
ness, and self -righteousness. 

At the psychological hour of dawn, nature does not 
seem to breathe; yet the birds awake and their first 
greeting is chirp ! chirp ! chirp ! but soon they burst forth 
into a sweet melody which vibrates through the forest. 
The wild animals awake in their lair in response to the 
influence of that hour. The dewdrops tremble in the 
heart of the rose and on the tip of the blades of grass, 
but they remain in their place and catch the rays of the 
rising sun and sparkle in gratitude. 

At the hour of The Dawn, the carnal world seems to 
have stopped breathing for an instant and the Real world 
behind it to have peeped through for a short time. The 
Spiritually and Intellectually Illumined one should be 
astir at that hour to breathe the pure Spiritual air un- 
contaminated by the earth's worn and wearying atmos- 
phere. 

Psychological? Yes! Because, all nature being asleep, 
man can more easily penetrate the transparent cur- 
tain which hangs between "nature and nature's God." 
When man has pierced that curtain, he perceives his At- 
one-ment with God. It is possible for man to become so 
illumined at that psychological moment, that he sees so 
clearly through the transparency of mortality, that he 
absolutely knows that he is in the Perfect Universe, sur- 
rounded with the Universe as God, Aum, caused it to 
take form in that long ago, — at that psychological mo- 
ment, The Dawn, he stands enraptured with the beau- 
teous surroundings. 

Man here can easily exclaim, "My Soul doth magnify 
the Lord," as I stand in the forever-great and sweetly 
commune with my God. Man there in The Dawn can 
hear the melodies clear which come from the angels fair 
and echo through the morning air, over mountain tops 
and gorges deep, and vibrate throughout the earth and 



The Dawn 213 

touch with purifying fire the mind and heart of its in- 
habitants. 

The sun appears from behind the curtain of night and 
The Dawn is passed ; and carnality is astir. The curtain 
again becomes thick, and the psychological moment has 
passed until again the earth has moved upon its axis 
and The Dawn approaches. 

The Illumined man should ever be awake at that hour 
of dawn, and be about his Father's business, which en- 
ables him to receive God's blessings sufficiently in abun- 
dance to sustain him for his ministry to his fellow man 
throughout the day. 

The Zodiac is brought into expression through the 
mind of man, as he studies man in his natural state, and 
nature and its laws; and the system and science of the 
Zodiac is brought into manifestation for the enlighten- 
ment of mankind. 

The twelve signs of the Zodiac represent the twelve 
characteristic expressions of man's nature, as he lives the 
natural, or carnal life. 

For man to understand somewhat concerning the signs 
of the Zodiac and the laws which exist and exert their 
influence through nature and the natural man is wis- 
dom. However, lest man, the searcher after Truth, 
should become confused here, we will say, remember, 
that the zodiac, its signs and the laws governing them, 
belong to the carnal man and his environments and their 
influences are upon him. It is well for the carnal man 
to understand these, because through knowledge con- 
cerning them he may, if wise, escape many unpleasant 
experiences. It is well to always recall to mind, that 
the natural man is of the earth, earthy, and is governed 
by the laws which pertain to the fleshly man. 

Hark! There is another Law, as far above these as 
the sun is above the moon, — it is the Law of the Intelli- 
gent Being who created the Solar System ; and His Law 
is Supreme. 



214 The Flashlights of Truth 

When man awakens from the sleep in carnality and 
desires to learn the Truth concerning his True Being 
and God, who is the Creator, he must soar far above the 
sun, moon and stars and their laws unto the Great God, 
Himself. 

If man will hoist the sails and cut the rope, so that 
he can rise high enough above carnality, he will find 
the True Law and its Creator; and, should he abide in 
that height, he will be permitted to come into an under- 
standing of the Creator and His true Law, which will 
enable him to return to his carnal abode and live in car- 
nality, to all outer appearances, a carnal man; but, by 
and through that which he has learned, he stands above 
the natural man's laws; and with this light, he remem- 
bers that the teachings of the Nazarene at this point upon 
the Path were, " Render unto Caesar those things which 
are Caesar's and unto God that which is God's." 

Jesus, no doubt, desired man, the awakened man, to 
keep his understatnding clear concerning the two Laws ; 
and the enlightened man is the citizen who lives in peace 
with all men and complies with the laws of the land : but 
he remembers that these are the laws of the carnal man 
and not the Spiritual Law of God. 

The hours preceding The Dawn were dark and man 
slumbered and slept them away ; and, when the sun an- 
nounced the day is at hand, many would desire more 
slumber. These move along through the day and per- 
form their duties or enjoy their pleasures, but are asleep 
in the sleep of the carnal man. 

Sometime each man will awaken and behold The Dawn 
and watch for the approach of the sun and with gladness 
welcome its bright, warm and life-giving rays. 

The Dawn is the awakening of each Soul, as one by one 
they awaken from the Adam-dream in carnality ; and the 
long day is before man, divided into four divisions, morn- 
ing, noon, evening, night : and the symbol of a cycle has 
passed. Tt depends upon the man and his desire for 



The Dawn 215 

Enlightenment, how much light he gleans from the day. 

Man in the carnal concept of himself only, lives en- 
tirely for the outer man, and he continues to accumulate 
money, build houses, railroads, steam-boats and all en- 
terprises which tend to enrich him or benefit mankind; 
but he knows, that though he should accumulate money, 
numbered by the millions, and own many broad and fer- 
tile acres, yet he is powerless to stay the hand of death 
or erase the traces of the advancing years. 

In the carnal state, the seasons come and go as the day 
and night, and these leave their impress upon man, 
flower, grass, animal, bird and fish; and, as the chill 
winds of winter blast the flowers and cause the grass 
to retire into the earth, so these same blasts cause the 
bodies of men to succumb and return to the earth, ' ' Dust 
to dust;" and except man awakens and looks out and 
above the sun, moon and stars, unto the Living God, 
there is no way of escape. 

But the Spiritual Teachers of all ages, those who have 
awakened at The Dawn and bestirred themselves so ear- 
nestly that they have not slept again, have proclaimed 
there is a way ! There is an inner depth which the outer 
man does not see. ' ' There is a Light which never grows 
dim," that will light every man, when he awakens, de- 
sires and seeks for it. Here the Master said, "Ye cannot 
serve God and Mammon," and, "Ye must be born 
again." 

After a man awakens, should he think, or even hope, 
that he can glean the deep Truth of God and still live 
in the carnal man's concept of life and ways of living, 
let him stop and believe it not; for it is a thing impos- 
sible. 

Should man, after he has gleaned somewhat of the 
Truth concerning God, Man and the Universe and God's 
Eternal Law, think he can make merchandise among his 
fellow man through this knowledge, his bark will some- 
time reach the shoals and he will reap as he sows and no 
mental operation can cause him to escape. 



216 The Flashlights of Truth 

Some may ask, what is it that can assist man to escape 
from gathering the fruit of his own sowing ? It is Spir- 
itual Insight. 

When the Spiritual Man, "The image and likeness of 
God," is lifted from the bowels of the earth and the 
debris, the accumulations of ages, perhaps, removed from 
him, he responds to the Spirit of the Universe ; (yea, the 
myriad of systems of universes) which is God, — the 
Infinite, whose most sacred name is Aum; and he vi- 
brates with the Spirit which is God and the Law gov- 
erning the Spiritual Universe and Man. 

Take the world as man sees it, as he moves through 
life ; everything which he sees in nature has a Spirit form 
back of it, which is the Spiritual Creation; and that 
which man sees in nature, a tree, flower, or grass ; sand, 
sea or mountain, is the outer expression of the Real. 

The woodman may chop down the tree and cut it into 
wood and burn it, but he has only chopped and burnt the 
outer expression of the tree. And no man is able to 
even so much as touch, or disturb, the Real Tree. Herein 
lies a deep Truth ; which if, or when, understood by the 
Spiritually awakened man, will enable him, as he arises 
into that Realization, to shake off the diseases which be- 
long to the carnal man. 

The carnal man is the natural, or outer expression of 
the Spiritual or Real man; and, when man knows the 
Truth fully, he will see clearly, that these things which 
pertain to the outer or natural man cannot affect the 
Spiritual Man. Now note, the natural man is under 
and subject to the natural laws and the Spiritual Man 
is subject to the Spiritual Law. Someone may ask, "How 
can this be ? " By this question we see that this man is 
not illumined; therefore, he believes himself flesh; but 
he is sufficiently awake to know that there is something 
within him which escapes the grave when he comes to 
death; and the Indian hopes for a "happy hunting 
ground," and the civilized man for a heaven in the 
by-and-by. 



The Dawn 217 

When man really learns that this outer garment, which 
he sees as flesh, is not he ! only the house which he, the 
Real Man, inhabits ; he will perceive, when he comes into 
an understanding where he can live in the inner concept 
of his Seal Self (and not in the carnal belief of himself), 
when sickness overtakes the body of flesh, he, from the 
center of his Spiritual consciousness of his Real Self 
which dwells within the outer house, can announce to 
the disease, or pain, that it cannot touch or cause him to 
suffer. Why? Because the house is not the man; but 
the man has dominion over the house when he has learned 
the Truth of his Being. 

When man in his Spiritual Light speaks to the pain 
or disease which has attacked the outer house, realiz- 
ing his God-given dominion over his whole earth, his 
body responds in Harmony and Health. This is where 
Truth is in command of the Spiritual man; and his 
body responds in Harmony and Health. This is where 
the Spiritually awakened begin their work with self. 
At first they require assistance, and perhaps many times, 
until they arrive at the place where Realization of their 
Spiritual Being is clear enough to erase the appearance 
called pain or disease. This is The Dawn. But press on, 
for the morning hour approaches, when the sun will 
shine bright and soon the noon hour is at hand. And 
much more is required of the man, in his full noon-hour 
strength, than at the Dawn, when he first awakens. 

We read in the first chapter of Genesis, ' ' God created 
man in His image and likeness" and " endued man with 
dominion over the earth, the sea, fish, fowl and animal." 

The earth referred to is man's natural body, which he 
inhabits while he lives in the carnal concept of himself 
and the world. Man has not dominion over his fleshly 
tabernacle until he awakens and perceives the Truth. 

When man learns the Truth of his Being and the law 
governing it, he then has a great task before him; for, 
through understanding and insight, he will bring him- 
self unto the place, where he becomes so conscious of his 



218 The Flashlights of Truth 

Divine-Sonship, that he can talk familiarly to the Father 
and nestle closely upon His Bosom and feel His everlast- 
ing Arm about him, and thus cradled, rest secure from 
all harm. 

At The Dawn when man awakens and begins to use 
his reason and has his own problem to solve and work 
out to the final, while yet no man can do this for him, 
man cannot accomplish this great task alone. When 
man first awakens into this new Light, he may think that 
he will be able through his mind to accomplish this and 
alone. That is the first degree initiation and is good, 
but there are grades far above this. While the mind 
is ever an instrument to use, it of itself cannot scale 
the heights. It can only lift the man as far as the in- 
tellectual; and, when man desires to pass further upon 
the Path, his Spiritual Self must be awakened. Here 
is where the New Birth comes in, for man must be born 
again to pass from the carnal concept into the Spiritual 
nature. 

The intellectual, or mental, man is cold, and very often 
selfishness still remains in a well developed state within 
him; but the Spiritually awakened man, the one with 
the Spiritual Baptism, who has the Holy Spirit within 
him, is tender and kind to his fellow man, because he has 
passed into the degree where universal brotherhood is 
recognized and will in time be established upon the earth. 

The carnal, or natural man, sleeps through the night ; 
but at the Dawn, that pschychological moment, he awak- 
ens and begins to use his reason. He then moves out into 
the mental, the first step ; then at the third hour of the 
day, we see him come to another step upon the Path, and 
his initiation here is the New Birth which comes from 
above, from our Father who is in Heaven. It is that 
Divine influx of power which came to the disciples on the 
day of Pentecost, when they were all gathered together 
in one place, of one accord — in harmony of mind, by 
believing the same teachings and trusting in the same 



The Dawn 219 

Principle. Jesus told them to tarry in Jerusalem until 
they received this baptism ; hence they, in answer to the 
prayers of Jesus to the Father, received that Divine 
influx of power from God which so quickened them, that 
they were filled with righteous boldness in proclaiming 
the Truth as they had received it from Jesus, in precept 
and through practice. 

That initiation took place at the third hour of the day, 
and at noon they came to another initiation, and bravely 
stood their tests and gave the message of Truth as they 
received it. 

St. Peter, though only a fisherman, was imbued with 
the power of God and so fearlessly preached the Truth 
after his baptism of the Holy Spirit, his Spiritual birth, 
that his name is immortal wherever the Christian relig- 
ion is taught; and, in Rome St. Peter's catehdral stands 
a representative of the power of the man who has the 
Spiritual Birth. 

After man receives this new birth, he begins to live 
in the Spiritual side of his being ; but here he finds that 
his mind has not as yet been tamed, as it is still the 
tramping ground of the adversary, spoken of in the Bible 
as the devil; and it portends a long time for many ini- 
tiates until they learn how to live in the Spiritual Self 
and be guided by the Father, and subdue, yet appreciate, 
the mind. 

The Divine Power which comes to man at his Spiritual 
Birth is so great and the vibrations become so high that 
man's body can scarcely endure them until he under- 
stand the Laws which govern in that degree of unfold- 
ment. Man passes through a period of temptations. We 
read that after Jesus was baptised He was tempted in 
the wilderness. If Jesus endured temptations, how can 
man of lesser degree of understanding expect to escape ? 
Wilderness is not a desert, as a desert is barren, while 
the wilderness may have flowers, fruit, grass, trees, 



220 The Flashlights of Truth 

mountains and rivers. It is a wild uninhabited place 
having no highway and no direct roads. 

When Jesus confronted the great temptation from the 
enemy of all mankind, it was something like this — "Now 
you are hungry; use that power which you know you 
have within you and cause these stones to be made 
bread." But Jesus exclaimed, "Get thee behind me, 
Satan. ' ' — ' ' Tempt not the Lord, thy God. ' ' If Jesus, the 
Great Initiate, was tempted, let not man think that after 
he receives the Spiritual Birth he will escape, because 
the tests come at the initiation and all candidates must 
pass through the intiation ere they are recognized mem- 
bers of the Esoteric Fellowship. 

Let not man become discouraged when the fiery tests 
come, after he has received the New Birth. If these tests 
seem severe, ask the Father to lead you to one of His 
anointed ones who can explain to you those things which 
you need to know to strengthen your faith ; and the Lov- 
ing Father, who heareth even the call of the sparrow, will 
guide you to one of His little ones who, through the les- 
sons he has learned in passing through his initiations, 
can assist and advise you. 

The carnal man's awakening at The Dawn is the call 
of righteousness to the carnal or intellectual man; and 
the New Birth is Life's call at the Dawn to the Spiritual 
man, which, hearing, the two pass onward together hand 
in hand unto the noon hour, when the time approaches 
for another initiation, the third, which bears a significant 
number and is significant. 

The first part of the third initiation takes place within 
man. When man desires this initiation he has arrived at 
this point upon the Path through Insight, Understand- 
ing, Prayer, Devotion, Meditation and Concentration. 

This which takes place is the Holy Wedlock within 
man, where his four-fold natures are joined together, — 
Mind, Soul, Body, or Form. These are joined in this 
Holy- Wedlock by the Holy Breath of God and are sealed 
by Infinite Wisdom. 



The Dawn 221 

The prodigal son has now returned Home to his 
Father 's House, and the Father places the robe of Right- 
eousness upon him, which robe is his pure Spiritual 
Body ; and the Father places the ring upon his hand, — ■ 
the ring, a symbol of unity between the initiate and the 
Father. 

Jesus Christ passed through the third initiation when 
he ascended above their vision, when His body became 
pure Spirit-Substance and the ring of unity was placed 
upon His hand, uniting Him with the Father, and His 
vibrations became so high that those living in the other 
dimension could not see Him. 

After a candidate has passed through the initiations, 
be it the first or third, he may almost smile at those 
things which seemed so dark and mysterious before he 
understood them. 

From the time man awakens at the Dawn, he moves 
out upon the Path and travels its winding way through 
carnality, mingling with those who are still asleep. He 
is awake and his reason urges him onward until he ar- 
rives at the third hour of the day. When he reaches 
this point upon the Path, he perceives that there is some- 
thing lacking. He may not know what that lack is, be- 
cause he has become a Master only in the mental realm ; 
but the unrest within him causes him to perceive that 
he has not satisfaction ; the mind alone is unable to give 
or bring into expression the Spiritual which alone can 
satisfy. The urge of the Soul causes him to perceive 
that it is Spiritual Food which he desires. As there 
came a time when man grew tired of feeding upon the 
husks of the carnal nature 's desires, so there came a time 
when the mental alone fails to satisfy ; and here is where 
the man is nearing the preparatory perfection for the 
second initiation, which brings him unto the Spiritual 
Realm ; here he learns that it is " God who giveth the in- 
crease,' J instead of his own mind, whether that satisfac- 
tion be in money, health, strength or a sense and time- 
thinking mind. There often seems to be a retracing 



222 The Flashlights of Truth 

period here, because much that has been accomplished 
through the mental in the self-will presents itself to be 
met and mastered in the Spiritual understanding through 
the spirit of God. 

This is the second dawn and second degree, and its 
Path lies through a country strange to the new initiate ; 
but let him remember that there are initiates upon the 
Path to assist at every point; and Jesus Christ is the 
Great Initiate who oversees all. Therefore, when man 
requires guidance at any point upon the Path, let him 
ask of the Father in the name of Jesus Christ ; because, 
the promise of Jehovah is, that He will answer when the 
prayer is spoken in that name. 

Let not the searcher after Truth permit his mind to 
become attached to the tests; neither to the initia- 
tions ; because there is Light over-shining the Path from 
the Father; and there are many upon the Path. Even 
though man must work out his own salvation, and do this 
within himself, he will find many in the same degree ; 
these are here his companions, until he, or they, pass 
further along. 

This is the Sacred Path ; it leads to the summit of the 
mountain, and the mountain is Truth, its base, one solid 
rock of Truth, which neither time, storm, death nor pesti- 
lence can shake ; it stands, — the Eternal Rock of Ages. 

Awake thou, who are still sleeping in carnality; ap- 
proach the dawn and step upon the Rock, which is the 
base of the mountain ; and there stand until you have 
wisdom sufficiently clear and strong to enable you to be- 
gin the ascent. It is a beautiful mountain. There are 
ever-green trees, cool and refreshing streams and luscious 
fruits upon either side of the Path; and Infinite Love 
desires you to drink of this cool, sparkling water as you 
pass along, and to eat the fruits. These are the bless- 
ings which the Loving Father has placed there for His 
little ones as they return Home to Him upon this Path. 

The Infinite knows the place where every one is trav- 
eling, be it the one in the carnal dream sound asleep, or 



The Dawn 223 

the one who has approached the first Dawn, or the one 
who is standing at the Portal of the second Dawn, the 
New Birth, or the one far upon the Path — so far, that 
it is the noon-hour and the Soul stands in the Portal of 
the Third Initiation. 

Rest assured that the Infinite, our Father-Mother, is 
with each and every one ; and, according to their ability 
to receive it, will He bless them, which ability comes by 
and through understanding and insight, out from which 
spring Love, Trust, Faith, Devotion, Meditation and Con- 
centration. 

Some get lost for a time in concentration, others in 
meditation, others in devotion, others in prayer; while 
the Sage has learned that it requires all of these coupled 
together in each and every man, to enable him to stand 
forth a master. 

Man 's destiny is Mastership ! Mastership over what ? 
Over the carnal dream. This is the illusion which man 
believes true concerning God, man and the world in 
which he lives. A Master is Free ! Free from all the illu- 
sions of the carnal nature. 

When man starts upon the Path, he soon finds that his 
work is with himself. He sees that not only the illusions 
concerning the outer canditions must be removed, but 
that he must set about to eliminate his carnal nature. 
What constitutes man's carnal nature? Selfishness, lust, 
passion. Selfishness is the strongest stone in the carnal 
nature ; for out of this spring many of the evil propensi- 
ties of the carnal mind, — anger, hatred, malice, jealousy, 
envy, evil desires and the tongue, which a Sage has said, 
"No man can tame." This tongue must be bridled, — 
by the mind first, and later by the Spirit. 

In the Dawn of the day, there is peace and man feels 
hope stirring within his breast as he arises and passes 
into the day and the great world about him and, if he has 
trust in God, the Ever-Present Love, and His Grace, he 
will ask to be guided by God in all things. 



224 The Flashlights of Truth 

If man has only awakened into the mental and believes 
that his mind accomplishes all, he will make his declara- 
tions and trust in them. If he is still in the carnal state, 
he only trusts in himself, and, if confident in his own 
strength, wisdom and ability, all may go well with him 
for a time ; but there will come a day, when he will dis- 
cover that he of himself can do nothing ; and he, perhaps, 
ere this, has lost confidence in his fellow man; where 
then can he turn? ''Man's extremity is God's oppor- 
tunity," and many times when man has reached the 
limit of his own strength, God reveals Himself to man 
so sweetly and lovingly, that his faith is kindled within 
him and he arises and learns to Love, trust and revere 
that Being, Who is so near, yet so invisible, and yet so 
Powerful. 

Be not discouraged, 0, man ; it matters not where you 
are upon the Path; you cannot depart entirely from it 
and God's Love and Care broods over all; even if in a 
prison cell; with God there is no respecter of persons. 
Jesus proved this, for He went while His body lay in 
the tomb and preached to the spirits in prison. His Love 
was, and is so great, that He desired the spirits in prison 
to learn the Truth, so that they, through insight and un- 
derstanding, might turn from that path, which leads 
unto sorrow and misery, to the Path which leads toward 
the Promised Land, which can be reached here in this 
world without passing through death, if man gains in- 
sight and understanding of the Truth concerning him- 
self, his God and the world, and the Spiritual Universe 
and its Laws. Then he will follow in the footsteps of the 
Master. 

Knowing is a quality which is required before man can 
return to the Father's House, that Paradisical state 
from whence he departed in the long ago. Men were in- 
nocent babes then, but now each is compelled to become 
a conscious Son of God ere he can return Home. Faint 
not, our brothers and sisters, for God will sustain you, 
if you ask and trust in Him. Tremble not, our sisters 



The Dawn 225 

and brothers as you pass through the experiences of 
earth; for God and His angels are ever with you; and 
Jesus, the Elder Brother, has said, He will come and 
walk by your side, if you ask Him. 

The way may look dark, but believe it not ; for God is 
Light, and everywhere present; then look up and away 
from the old way of looking at things and seek the ever- 
present God and become conscious that you are not alone ; 
and, even though your sins are as scarlet, they will in the 
Presence of the Loving God become white as snow. 

When the woman, with the burden of condemnation of 
those no better than she, was brought to Jesus, He, after 
He had received their testimony, said to the woman, ' ' I 
do not condemn thee ; go and sin no more. ' ' Jesus there 
advised the woman to turn from that path, where the 
inexorable law of Cause and Effect is in operation, unto 
the Path, which is the Spiritual-Path and leads away 
from carnality to the base of the mountain ; and, if any 
one will take a firm stand upon that rock of Truth, he 
will be enabled to move upon the Path into the Spir- 
itual plane, getting away from the carnal man, his de- 
sires, lusts, passions, ambitions and selfishness. 

This is not accomplished through dying, — not so ! Man 
may die and go to heaven many times, but, until he has 
mastered his animal nature, he will return to earth, when 
his merit in the glory land has expired. 

Heaven cannot be reached by a single bound ; neither 
hell escaped through fear of an angry God. 

Eemember, God is Light, Love, Peace, Intelligence. 
Then what is there to fear? God has said, "None shall 
harm thee in all My holy mountain. ' ' God also spake in 
the seeming long ago, and said, "Be still and know that I 
am God." Let man use his reason here just a little; if 
God is everywhere present, and He said, "Be still, and 
know that I am God," why should man fear? There is 
no reason for fear and anxiety ; these belong in the place 
where Gautama Buddha, the Hindu Sage, placed them. 
After he had been seven years in the jungles, having re- 



22G The Flashlights of Truth 

nounced the world (carnality), he one day was sitting 
under the tree, when his illumination came and he ex- 
claimed, " Ignorance is the cause of all misery." Jesus 
Christ, about five hundred years later, said, "Know the 
Truth, and the Truth shall make you free. ' ' The Hindu 
Sage announced it as it is on the carnal path ; and Jesus 
Christ, having come to restore the Kingdom of Heaven, 
told us what we should do to escape the ignorance and its 
results, over which Gautama had been so greatly dis- 
turbed. 

If all men who are awakened, it matters not at what 
point upon the Path they stand, will diligently set about 
to, as much as within them lies, establish the kingdom of 
heaven, harmony, upon the earth, the coming of that 
kingdom could soon be ushered in. 

If each awakened one will endeavor to let the King- 
dom of Heaven become manifest within him, he will have 
his part in the establishing of the new conditions upon 
the earth. 

This is The Dawn of the new day, when the nations 
shall know war no more, and peace become established 
in man's heart and mind and expressed in the world 
about him. 

The rock of Gibraltar is not disturbed by the billows 
which dash against it, but stands serenely, steadfast and 
immovable. So Truth, the Eternal Rock of Ages, stands 
immovable and serene; not disturbed by war or rumors 
of war upon the surface of the earth, among those who 
are living in the law of Cause and Effect. Remember 
this, each man is where the inexorable law places him; 
and none save God, Himself, can change this. 

The prophecies in the Bible say, in the ending of the 
old dispensation, except the days of tribulation be short- 
ened, there will be no flesh left upon the earth. It then 
behooves every Saint of earth to join in prayer that "The 
Father's will be done on earth as it is in Heaven;" that 
the Kingdom of Heaven be established upon the earth. 



The Dawn 227 

Prayer is the one thing needful at all times and in all 
places. Then let men come into understanding and In- 
sight, that they may learn how to pray. The prayer of 
the self -mind is only mockery. Let us join in the prayer 
which is so broad and deep that it includes all men, races 
and nations, desiring that all will awaken from the les- 
sons which have been learned while passing through 
earth's experiences and step from the carnal man's law 
into the Spiritual Law, and live, move and have their 
being consciously in that Law, when they will stand se- 
rene on sea, desert, mountain and plain, and tremble not ; 
for Love reigns supreme, and out from the dust of the 
ages, God, the Infinite Intelligence, Love and Power, 
will for them cause Blessings to abound. 

Let not the eye scan the disturbances in these times, 
but turn to the reconstruction, as Jesus Christ teaches. 

The Dawn is now approaching and the psychological 
hour is near and many men will be redeemed and the 
cycle will move on to the third hour, then to noon, and 
then to the decline which shadows into the night. 

Ages after ages roll along, but Truth remains Eternal 
and changeth not. 

When man, through Insight and Understanding, looks 
calmly into the outer world as it is and deeper into the 
inner depths, he will anchor his mind and heart deep into 
the Heart of the Eternal God and serenely stand ; and so 
firm will he be established in the deep Heart of God, that 
the dust of ages may settle over him and he perceive it 
not ; for he is looking within, where his heart is joined 
with the Heart of the Infinite, and, in that center of his 
being, he is so vibrant with the Love which is God that he 
is in Rhythm with the Music of the Spheres, and joins 
the throng of the Redeemed Ones, who sing without dis- 
cord their glad hosannas to their God. The Dawn ap- 
proaches and passes, but he considers it not, for he 
is in the consciousness of Insight where time has ceased 
and Eternity is. 



228 The Flashlights of Truth 

Ring, thou bells of Heaven! Ring! until all respond 
thereto and join the glad refrain, ' ' Holy ! Holy ! Holy ! ' ' 
So be it ! 



CHAPTER XIV 

THE FLASH-LIGHTS OF TRUTH. 

IN order to understand what we wish to convey by 
the Flash-Lights of Truth, it is necessary to portray 
as much as is possible the essence of that inexpres- 
sible Essence called Truth. 

Jesus Christ, in His efforts to teach this same Truth to 
His disciples, said to them, "I am the way, the Truth 
and the Life." This Flash-Light of Truth was spoken 
from the inner consciousness of the Christ through the 
mouth of the personal man Jesus. He also said, "My 
words are Spirit, and they are Life." These words 
spoken by Jesus the Christ were Flash-Lights of Truth. 

"Words spoken from the Christ within man are Flash- 
Lights of Truth, spoken through the lips of the outer 
man to quicken mankind. However, as man hears and 
heeds these words spoken by the Christ within his own 
being, or from the center of another's being, he will 
learn to read the hand-writing upon the wall and, as he 
reads these Flash-Lights of Truth, written upon the wall 
of his interior mind by Christ, he will turn his outer mind 
within to read those Flash-Lights. 

Man then can see that it is the outer department of 
man 's mind which is at first reached or awakened ; and, 
when man begins to examine the outer department of his 
mind, he finds unrest, confusions, unstability and, even 
in the most cultured, lack of poise, or equanimity. 

The outer department of the mind is unstable and 
unsettled, even at its moments of greatest serenity, be- 

229 



230 The Flashlights of Truth 

cause it is the mind of earth and reflects the change- 
able and fleeting things around it. 

There is the inner department of the mind, expressed 
by some as the subconscious mind, and it is on the wall 
of this mind that the Spirit begins to write, and, when 
man is fully awake, he will not only be sufficiently en- 
lightened to read the writings, but he will become so 
quickened by these flash-lights of Truth, that he can 
interpret them. 

It is one stage, when the initiate upon the Path can 
read the flash-lights of Truth as they are written in 
his inner, or subconscious-mind ; but a much higher step 
has been taken when, through interpreting them, he can 
bring them into expression in his body, mind and en- 
vironment. 

When the mind is thoroughly enlightened, there is 
only one department, the conscious and subconscious 
departments of the carnal mind being merged into the 
super-conscious, or God-Mind. 

Jesus Christ's words "were Spirit and Life," be- 
cause He consciously spoke from the Christ within Him. 
The flash-lights of Truth come to man living in the 
carnal life to enlighten him concerning the Truth of 
his Being. 

Man, living in the carnal state, knows not of the 
Truth and the Light therein, until he is awakened suf- 
ficiently to hear the words of Spirit and Life which 
are spoken from the Christ through some one who has 
scaled the heights and attained unto unity with the 
Christ. The Christ-Consciousness is not gained by a 
single leap. Should the full Light therein flash into 
the mind of the newly awakened, the carnal man's 
mind and body would not be able to receive it ; it in all 
probability would shatter both. 

Jesus Christ knew from infancy His divinity and His 
At-one-ment with the Father. Jesus, not only knew 
the Truth of His Being, as many others before Him 



The Flashlight of Truth 231 

had learned and become conscious of, but He had the 
consciousness of His Sonship and the ability to teach, 
explain and prove these true by His works, which were 
above the carnal man 's ability to achieve ; even to over- 
coming the last and greatest enemy to mankind, — death. 
Death is an enemy to the awakened Soul who is en- 
deavoring to solve his problems of existence and at- 
tainment of freedom from birth and death; but death 
is a blessing to humanity living in an unawakened state. 
Jesus, being in the Christ-consciousness and knowing 
whereof He spoke, worked out the problem of man in 
the outer expressions and left His works and rules, that 
an awakened Soul may catch the flash-Light of the 
Truth of His Message and follow Him. 

One of the flash-Lights is in the words of Jesus which 
said, "Follow me." If it had been impossible for the 
Spiritually awakened man to do so, the enlightened 
Christ would not have proclaimed, "Follow thou me!" 
Jesus also said, "Greater works than these shall ye do, 
because I go to my Father." 

To the disciples, w r hom Jesus had carried as deep as 
was possible into the mysteries of God, He said, "But 
tarry ye in the city, Jerusalem, until ye be endued with 
power from on high." Jesus had been with them and 
taught and expounded the scriptures to them and healed 
the sick, raised the dead and fed the multitude with 
the increase of the few loaves and fishes and had sent 
the disciples out to preach; and, when they returned 
to Him, their report was, "even devils were subject 
to us." 

However, when He was about to leave them, He re- 
vealed to them that their next initiation would be the 
baptism of the Holy Ghost, or New Birth. Thus an- 
other Flash-Light from the Christ-consciousness of Jesus 
is, "Ye must be born again, and from above." 

While the disciples had the personal Jesus with them 
to inspire and assist them in their ministry, their faith 
was sufficiently strong to carry them onward; but Jesus 



232 The Flashlights of Truth 

knew, when they could no longer hear His assuring 
voice or feel the strength of His personal presence, that 
they would require a clearer light. 

In expression of the faith which they had in Jesus 
and His teachings, they tarried in Jerusalem "and 
were of one accord in one place"; and the promise was 
fulfilled, and that influx of divine power so filled them 
that they were relieved from fear and Peter there arose 
and boldly preached the resurrection of Jesus, who 
now is the Christ ! the personality of Jesus at the ascen- 
sion having merged into the individuality, — the Christ. 

The Infinite Love that broods over all is continuously 
causing the flash-lights of Truth to touch humanity and 
the awakened Souls respond thereto according to the 
degree of awakeness. When one is sufficiently awake 
to understandingly catch and interpret these Truths, 
they give their light to their fellow-men; and humanity 
is, perhaps slowly, but surely, merging into the Light. 

God's Love is so great, that the breathing Heart of 
God will finally draw all Souls to its center, from whence 
all departed in the long ago. Grow not weary, brothers, 
though life's voyage is rough, dark or cold; there is 
Light, Warmth and Love at Home in the Heart of God. 

The Flash-Light, the Truth of the Ages, says, "Come 
unto me, all ye that are heavy laden, and I will give 
you rest." The Voice of the Ages says, "Take my 
yoke upon you, and learn of me, for I am meek and 
lowly, and you shall find the way." 

The darker the night, the more perceptible the Light, 
and in the midst of darkness a small ray sometimes 
seems sufficient to guide the step. The Flash-Lights of 
Truth are not fiction, neither folly, nor inventions of 
man. So deep is God's Love, so tender His care and so 
capable is He, that all men are continuously coming in 
touch with these Lights of Truth; but the Father is 
tender to the men of earth, His children, who have lost 
their way in the forest; and, though they refuse to see 
the Light, or heed the "Still Voice" which would assist 



The Flashlight of Truth 233 

them, He loves them, even though they like naughty 
children desire to tarry in the illusions of the carnal 
man's concept. Infinite Intelligence knows this; that 
all will sometime grow tired of living in the self-will, 
and, when they willingly surrender that, they will seek 
the Father's Will. Then they will see the flash-light 
of Truth and hear the "Soft, Sweet Voice" of the 
Father which ever whispers, "Awake! thou that sleep- 
est, arise from the dead!" and come up higher. 

When man awakens, hears the still voice of the Father 
and looks towards the Source of the Flash-Lights, he 
will see evergreen fields and rivers of crystal water, 
clear and cool, flowing through them; and the cattle on 
a thousand hills grazing leisurely, or resting in the 
shade of the trees which are evergreen and bear their 
fruit for mankind. 

The flowers bloom continuously there and the birds 
with beautiful plumage sing clearly and sweetly, and 
peace broods over all. When man awakens, this vision 
seems far away, and a rough country between; but, as 
he listens to the "Still Soft Voice," he will learn that 
there is a state of consciousness to become manifest in 
man, which brings this vision near and still nearer, 
until he learns to read the hand-writing upon the wall 
of his interior mind, when he knows this truth as the 
Light flashes these words, "The kingdom of heaven is 
within you." Then, if he is wise, he will turn his mind 
within and abide in the kingdom of heaven ; and, by so 
doing, he will discern that the kingdom of heaven with 
its evergreen fields, beautiful flowers and crystal-clear 
river of Life, is not far away. 'Tis only a few steps, 
brothers, after you are thus spiritually blessed. Even 
though great distance seems to intervene, the Christ 
knows the short Path which leads to the pearly gates. 

When man awakens, he finds his work begins within 
himself and he soon discovers that his mind has the 
outer and inner departments; but, if he desires any- 
thing higher than humanity can teach, he must reach 



234 The Flashlights of Truth 

into the super-conscious mind, — the mind of God. The 
carnal mind, both its conscious and subconscious de- 
partments, is of the earth, therefore, it is earthly and 
cannot guide man out from this forest which has be- 
come so dense that it is a wilderness through which the 
earth-mind knows not the way; neither is it able to 
catch the flash-light of Truth, and learn the way. 

But when the Soul, which is the Conscious Life of 
man, is sufficiently aroused to peep out from the clois- 
tered cell of carnality, it soon perceives the Flash- 
Lights of Truth ; and, as man heeds them, he will apply 
the Truth taught through them, knowing that they 
are given to the individual. Each man must awaken, 
learn the Truth and pierce the curtain which hangs thick 
between him and the Mystery of God and the Universe. 

As the Flash-Lights of Truth are for the individual, 
they, also, are for the collectivity of individuals, for 
the Human Family, — all; for each will sometime reach 
Home and wear the Crown, — its redeemed and glorified 
body. 

"When the carnal mind of man is merged into the 
super-conscious, or God-Mind, he perceives that Eternity 
is at hand, even though time is everywhere manifest. 
Catch this flash-light of Truth, man, and glean the 
golden grain, for the harvest is plenteous. 

From time immemorial the wise of earth have pro- 
claimed, "Man, know thyself." It is through the mind 
that man learns to know himself. When man learns to 
dissect his mind he will begin to grow in knowledge. 

When man learns concerning the different depart- 
ments of his mind, then gains understanding as to the 
merging of the outer and inner mind with the super- 
consciousness, — the Ego, which is the Real Self, and 
sets about to accomplish this, he is beginning to work 
out his problem, or, as scriptures say, "To work out 
his own salvation." 

Who can assist in bringing the change about? We 



The Flashlight of Truth 235 

remember, that while man must work out his own sal- 
vation, "It is God who giveth the increase." Jesus 
said, "I of myself can do nothing. My Father within 
me. He doeth the work." 

The Flash-Light of Truth has shown bright upon this 
statement of the Master; yet so few have found the 
clear way, that today we find very many forms and cere- 
monies of prayer. 

The initiate who has scaled the heights and is con- 
sciously near to God, — yea, so near that he can talk 
and walk with Him as Jesus did, — has discerned a 
secret which many searchers after Truth and Philosophy 
have failed to see. Man may, through devotion, and 
keeping the mind stayed upon the Eternal God, become 
conscious of His presence and, in faith walk and talk 
with Him; but, to scale the heights completely, he must 
gain understanding. King Solomon said, "With all 
thy getting, get understanding." An understanding 
heart and a believing mind are acceptable to Divine 
Love, to our Father-Mother-God. 

Jesus said, "Ye shall know the Truth, and the Truth 
shall make you free." Then we see that there is some- 
thing for man to know, some-thing for him to believe, 
and for him to understand. How is man to know what 
he is to believe and understand? All down the ages 
God has blessed humanity with Saints, Sages and 
Saviours, who have given the flash-lights of Truth to 
enable man, when he has become awakened, to, through 
"Seeking, asking and knocking," find the Path which 
leads out from the forest of carnality. 

When man finds the Path and starts to walk upon it, 
his first work and duty is to seek to understand God; 
then to know himself; then to learn concerning the 
universe in which he lives. When man has learned 
that the Infinite is our Father and that He is tender 
and near and that when man prays aright, He answers 
prayer, — man, then, with his eye stayed upon God, will 
become conscious of his unworthiness to approach the 



236 The Flashlights of Truth 

All-Loving Father. It is then man begins to examine 
himself. If he seeks diligently and searches the scrip- 
tures, he will find that he is living in the carnal concept 
of himself, having lost the consciousness of himself as 
God created him. 

What is the image and likeness of God? The carnal 
man does not express it. Then it is necessary for man 
to seek out that image and likeness of God, which he is. 

How is man to find this ? By turning his mind with- 
in, and, through prayer to Almighty God, meditate 
there, when he will become aware of the Divinity within 
him and will in time learn that the outer, or carnal 
man, is the counterfeit of the Real Man, and that this 
outer man is the one who is to become awakened and 
taught the Truth of its Real Being until it is redeemed, 
and redeemed through the blood of the Lamb, — Divine 
Wisdom and Love. 

When man first becomes acquainted with himself, he 
finds that his mind is filled with the thoughts, fears and 
doubts which belong in the mind of the man who is 
living in carnality. 

He believes in birth, death, old age, disease, sorrow 
and poverty as the Real. He believes the outer man 
and his experiences from the cradle to the grave to be 
the reality of life; and, at death the spirit of man de- 
parts, he knows not where; whereas, when he studies 
deeply into the deep things of God, he discovers that 
the Real man is that which ''God created in His image 
and likeness, and endued with power and dominion 
over the whole earth," — the earth is man's carnal mind 
and its outpicture in a carnal body, which, being in 
the low vibrations of the earth, is matter. 

As man "Asks, seeks and knocks" for wisdom and 
understanding and his heart becomes purified from the 
carnal desires, the vibrations rise; and, as love and 
devotion become his daily companions, the vibrations 
continue to increase, and this is the Path which leads 
to the ultimate, — which is the Redemption of the body, 



The Flashlight of Truth 237 

or the merging of the carnal man into the Real Man; 
whom "God created in His image and likeness." How 
long a time this requireth, "No man knoweth, no, not 
even the Son, but the Father." 

The final redemption from birth and death is a strong 
flash-light in the message of Jesus. His is the Message 
of Freedom to the individual Soul, who is awakened, 
has passed through the experiences of the earth's school 
and has arrived at the ripening cycle. Then the mes- 
sage of Jesus is for him; and, if he gleans the Truth 
taught by the humble Nazarene, he, through insight, 
understanding and devotion, will ask the Father for 
help and guidance unto this final victory. He then 
finds that Jesus Christ assists all those who are at the 
apex of their earth problems, if they call upon Him, in 
His name. 

Jesus Christ's Message is for those who are coming 
into the harvest of the cycle which is now at its close. 
Those of lesser degree of unfoldment will not hear, 
neither heed the flash-lights in this message. They will 
continue to pass onward upon the carnal path, where 
truths beautiful and grand are given to help cheer and 
guide them, until they in their ripening cycle come to 
the high notes of the Master's message, receive them 
and, through Love, Devotion, Insight and Understand- 
ing, come into the Redemption. They, too, will then be 
given their crown, which is their restoration to their 
Spiritual Body, as they have become the Conscious Sons 
of God and walk again in the paradisaical garden, — 
their Home and their inheritance. 

In ancient times, when one of God's little ones was 
trying to find the way out from his confused mind, God 
spake and said, "Be still, and know that I am God." 
When man learns to quiet his carnal mind and com- 
mand it to be still, then he can hear the "Still sweet 
voice of the Father," ever calling to the Soul who is 
lost in carnality, "Adam, where art thou?" The car- 
nal mind of man can, and it will, if not controlled, roam 



238 The Flashlights of Truth 

and become so filled with unrest and confusion, that 
man hears and knows nothing but the reports of the 
outer department of his mind. Man, then, when he en- 
deavors to "Know himself," should begin to train his 
turbulent mind. 

What is it in man that controls the outer department 
of his mind? The Ego. What is the ego? It is the 
super-conscious mind of the Real Self, the Divine Man, 
which is the mind of God, and becomes manifest in man 
when the turbulent sea of the carnal mind has been 
quieted. 

The Divine Mind is likened unto the deep clear lake, 
whose placid water reflects the blue sky and every soft, 
fleecy cloud as they float quietly along, — no noise, not 
a sound in the lake, neither in the sky above, nor from 
the soft clouds, yet all! yes all, filling their place. Di- 
vine Harmony, Rhythm and Peace abound and man 
moves as softly and gracefully along as the white clouds 
in the blue dome. 

All things in carnality, including that which sur- 
rounds and composes the carnal man, is fleeting and 
changing. They are in the law which governs and 
causes change. The seasons come and go; seed-time, 
then harvest, then the bleak winter. Thus in nature we 
see one continuous round of change and the carnal man 
passes on to three score years and ten, passes onward 
still, and the place that knew him knows him no more. 
There is no stability. Though the mountains in their 
greatness are such towers of strength that man stands 
in awe before them, yet a tremble of the earth, a quiver, 
and they slide into the sea. Man looks upon the sea 
with admiration as its never ceasing waters bring to 
his remembrance the strength and power of God; yet 
a tremble of the earth, and islands raise their proud 
heads in its midst, and the sea cannot say them nay. 

"God is Omnipotent, Omnipresent and Omniscient !' ' 
there is none beside Him. God and His manifestatons 
are the Real; there are none beside them. 



The Flashlight of Truth 239 

When man learns the Truth concerning God, Man 
and the Universe, he will see the Real, the Perfect. 
Therein is stability, serenity; and all things move in 
the Eternal Law of God, which is Rhythm, Harmony 
and Peace. All who dwell there have perpetual youth, 
because time is not permitted to enter. 

A flash of light, which Jesus Christ came to give, is 
great enough, so that, if man lives close enough to God, 
the sick can be healed in answer to his prayer. Jesus 
preached the Truth, the Gospel to the poor. He healed 
the sick, raised the dead and fed the hungry. These 
are the fruits which are the results of the work done 
by the Christ; and every devotee or disciple of Truth, 
who has the Christ born within him, can see the sick 
healed, and blessings flow to those for whom he prays. 
Jesus Christ did not teach or heal for His own aggrand- 
isement; but to reveal the Truth of the Ages to hu- 
manity, that they might learn to come into Peace and 
Harmony in their perception and understanding. 

When man learns to know himself as God created 
him, he will arise above sickness, pain, sorrow and death ; 
because man, "the image and likeness of God," cannot 
suffer or die, neither was born. "Birth and death are 
not" to the Spiritual Man." 

"Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy 
laden, and I will give you rest." 

"Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me, for I am 
meek and lowly of heart, and you shall find rest unto 
your soul." 

Let us remember that Truth is God and that God is 
as old as Eternity, without beginning, without ending. 

Truth has spoken in all ages and all climes to the 
children of men, and will never cease to speak to them, 
even until all have returned to the Father's House. 

The Spirit, which is God, is manifesting in the mind 
and heart of man even as the Breath of God breathes 
in and through man, but man heeds not as long as he 
slumbers in the carnal sleep ; but, when he awakens, he 



240 The Flashlights of Truth 

rejoices to learn that the God-Spirit is forever within 
him and that the holy Breath of God breathes him. 

When man learns this, it is his privilege to seek for 
the Path, which leads to Love and devotion until he 
finds himself so emancipated from the thraldom of car- 
nality that he perceives his nearness to, j r es, At-one- 
ment with, the Father. 

Jesus Christ, when speaking unto the awakened and 
quickened man, said, "I and the Father are one, but 
the Father is greater than I." He also said, "The 
Father within me, He doeth the works." When the 
veil of mystery is rent in twain, man can see the one- 
ness of God and the inseparableness of man, — God's 
manifestation, — from God. 

Thus we see that there is a Oneness, a Wholeness, 
which is a mystery beyond the carnal man's concept. 
In the gloom and darkness of the garden, when Jesus 
moved into the cold carnal current of death, He seemed 
for a short time to lose His realization of His At-one- 
ment with the Father and He cried out, "My God! 
My God ! Why hast thou forsaken me?" but, in an in- 
stant the Christ became the Master and He exclaimed, 
"Father, not my will but thine, be done." The adver- 
sary is ever ready to turn the devotee from the clear 
recognition of the Truth of his Being ; but the Christ is 
ever alert to rebuke and cast out the illusive adversary. 
The Christ is man's inheritance. It is the individu- 
alized manifestation of God, expressed in man. The 
carnal mind is the counterfeit of the Christ-Mind. 

The carnal mind and body of man are to be redeemed, 
transmuted, into the Real man; and those who are 
awake and prepared to hear the sounding note, the 
vibration of which will raise the vibration of the mind 
and body from the vibrations of earth to the vibrations 
of Spirit, these will become conscious sons of God. 

The light which is now flashing clear and bright over 
the earth is, "Awake, thou that sleepeth;" arise, cast 



The Flashlight of Truth 241 

away the grave-clothes of the past and press forward 
unto the prize of the high-calling, in Jesus Christ, the 
glorified, God- Conscious Son of the Living God. 



CHAPTER XV 

THE LABYRINTH OF GOD'S GLORY. 

AS man walks onward upon the Christ-Path, which 
is the Path the initiated have trod, guided by 
the Christ, he approaches mystery after mystery 
and pauses before them until, through prayer and de- 
votion, he gains sufficient insight to solve them and 
pass on ; and man, as he traverses the labyrinth of 
God's Glory, becomes so translucent, that he is a part 
of the glory of God and moves onward upon the mystic 
Path, vibrating with and radiating the glory of God. 

We read in olden times that the glory of God be- 
came so great that it filled the ark, the tabernacle and 
the court. This was a glimpse of the Glory of God. A 
Soul, feeling the glory of God, exclaimed, "The glory 
of God shall fill the earth, as the waters cover the sea." 
The Glory of God is one of the mysteries of God. 

As man moves onward he catches a glimpse, now 
and then, of this glory ; but he is unable to retain it, 
as it requires the fully awakened and Christ-filled man 
to traverse the Labyrinth of God's glory. Stage after 
stage must be passed and initiations take place, ere the 
initiate is permitted to enter the glory of God, which 
is far beyond the conception of the newly-awakened one. 

God, our Father-Mother, has never left mankind 
without guidance, it matters not in what stage of evo- 
lution they are, though the finite intelligence knows 
not the requirements of each stage of evolution. Man, 
"The image and likeness of God," does not evolve, but 
remains perfect, as God created him, through all stages 

242 



The Labyrinth of God's Glory 243 

of evolution. Then we see that it is the carnal, or 
counterfeit, man which evolves. 

When man learns the Truth of his Being, and that 
he is inseparable from God, he will have passed from 
the stage of evolution and will walk in the Glory of 
God; but the labyrinth of God's glory is so mystical 
and magical, that man moves forward in the maze 
thereof, ever entranced by the White Light of the 
Glory; and, so enchanting is the White Light of Life 
and the golden glow of Love, that man walks the mysti- 
cal Path through the Eternality of Eternity and grows 
not weary, nor sighs; because Love, Life and the Glory 
of God are there. 

When man shall scale the heights and move along the 
mystic Path in God's glory, all regrets, disappoint- 
ments and anticipations have disappeared from his 
mind ; his carnal mind, the mind of earth, having been 
consumed and merged into the Christ Mind, as nothing 
but that which is redeemed can enter upon that degree 
of the Path. 

The Glory of God is so great, that none but the initi- 
ate can abide in its glory. 0, the glory, the mystery 
of God! Who can understand it? None, but the one 
who has traversed the Path from his awakening from 
the carnal sleep and has passed the initiations until he 
has arrived at the initiation which is called the glory 
initiation. It is that which transcends all other steps 
which the initiate has taken. 

In using the term initiate, we are referring to the 
disciples of Jesus Christ and all devotees of Truth. No 
man can awaken from a sound sleep of, perhaps ages, 
into a full recognition of all that has transpired while 
he slept ; so, no man can awaken from the slumber of 
carnality into the "glorious liberty of the Son of God" 
at a bound. As man, rung by rung, ascends the ladder 
of fame, so man, step by step, moves forward upon the 
mystic Path, — that Path which has been called Sacred 



244 The Flashlights of Truth 

by all the Holy men who have traveled upon it through 
the earth's existence. 

When man arrives at the initiation known as the 
Glory Initiation, he has passed away from the wheel 
of life, carnal life, known as birth and death, and is a 
master; and, according to his desire, so it is with him, 
if he remains age after age in the labyrinth of God's 
Glory and lingers long in the enchanted nooks of the 
maze of Glory; or, if he soon returns to earth as a 
messenger to mankind, that they, too, may be instructed 
so they can enter upon the Sacred Path. 

If the self-will has been entirely merged into the Will 
of the Father, man will have no desire except to do the 
bidding of the Father. This is a higher degree of initi- 
ation than the one in which is the man who enters the 
initiation with even a little of the self-will lingering 
in his mind. 

The Glory of God is deep and mysterious. It moved 
before the Hebrew children as a cloud by day and a 
pillar of Fire at night. The Glory of God filled the 
upper room in Jerusalem where the disciples were met 
together, as with a rushing mighty wind; and tongues 
of flame expressed it. If man has been initiated into 
the Glory of God, he will recognize this glory at all 
times and in all places; yea, in the busy marts of the 
great city, as well as in the mountain solitude, and in 
the barren desert as on the great deep. 

The Glory of God is as Omnipresent as God. Who 
can think of the presence of God and not remember 
His Glory? Man sees the dark and lowering cloud and 
hears the rumbling of the thunder as it reverberates 
through the canyons and low hills; and, as the rumb- 
ling is lost in the distance, who does not remember the 
greatness of God? and, as the rain refreshes the earth, 
causing grass and flowers to spring forth, who, save 
the man who is sound asleep, can pass carelessly along 
and not permit these expressions of greatness to re- 



The Labyrinth of God's Glory 245 

mind him of the greatness of God? None. For the 
awakened man ever treads lightly in the presence of 
God and, when he has passed into the initiation of the 
glory of God, he, as he walks the mytsic Path, becomes 
conscious of the Omnipresence of God and recognizes 
the flowers as a caress, the green grass as a mantle, soft 
and clean, placed there by the Loving care of the All- 
Loving One as a blessing to man. In this initiation 
man sees the Glory of God at all times, in all places; 
and, in this recognition, man moves along in the laby- 
rinth of God's Glory and the barren deserts are no 
longer barren to him, for, lo, they bloom as a garden 
of roses. 

The sea is no longer unstable and surging with un- 
rest, for, lo, man, in the Realization of the Glory of 
God, speaks, "Peace, be still!" and a calm becomes 
manifest. 

He fears not the poisonous reptile, because he knows 
the Glory of God counteracts all venom or poison. 

He fears not to meet the wild beast in its lair, be- 
cause he has learned that where the Glory of God is 
and man's animal nature being transformed, the ani- 
mal reflecting this state of the man becomes a friend 
and roams leisurely by his side. 

The Glory of God closed the mouths of the lions 
when Daniel was cast into their den; the glory sur- 
rounding Daniel was so great, they thought not to harm 
him. 

The Glory of God was so great when the three He- 
brew children were cast into the fiery furnace, that, 
when the King looked in to see the result, he said, "I 
see four men walking therein, and one is like unto the 
Son of God." The Glory of God was brighter than 
the fire in the furnace, although heated to seven times 
more heat than usual. 

We have stated before in this book, that God has 
never left mankind without guidance. Here we see the 
King recognizing the Son of God in His Glory, even 



246 The Flashlights of Truth 

though Jesus Christ had not been born into the body 
of flesh and was not for several centuries after. The 
Christ is the Son of God. As God was one, while in 
repose, before creation became manifest; therefore, im- 
personal; so, before man became individualized, Christ 
was impersonal. When God became manifest in man, 
Christ, the Son of God, became manifest. 

In the Glory-Initiation the initiate perceives that the 
glory is so great that it causes the unity of the All. 
The Father, the positive side of God; the Word, the 
Mother, or negative side; and the Christ, the Holy 
Spirit, or the Son; (the Trinity) stand forth behind 
the shekinah in a glory so great that only man, who is 
in the glorious liberty of the Son of God, can pene- 
trate the brightness of the glory and understand, even 
faintly, the great Truth contained in the Great Mystery 
which is enfolded in the Glory of God. Then he walks 
in the labyrinth of God's glory, feasting as he had 
never feasted; then he moves in and through the glo- 
rious maze of the Glory of God, ever knowing that the 
Father lovingly and tenderly caresses him, and know- 
ing also that "He is living, moving and having his Be- 
ing in God." 

He then may feel, as King David was inspired to 
write, "God covers me with His feathers, and under 
His wing do I trust.' ' 

No ill can befall a man while living in this consicous- 
ness of his nearness to God. King David, also, through 
the inspiration which guided his pen, said, "Ten thou- 
sand may fall at thy side, but it shall not come nigh 
thee," — "for it is only with thine eye man sees, and 
beholds the reward of the wicked." 

A deep Truth lies buried there, for, of a surety, the 
inner, or spiritual eye, sees the perfect man, whom God 
created "in His image and likeness." 

In the Beauty of God purity and holiness abide. The 
water-lily rests on the clear, blue water, and the wind, 
as the breath of paradise, blows softly through God's 



The Labyrinth of God's Glory 247 

creation and Life Eternal is vibrant there. Time has 
no place, for time ceases at the border-line of Eternity. 
In the state of Spiritual unfoldment, where the Spir- 
itual perception and Intellectual Illumination has burst 
into expression in man, he becomes conscious of Eter- 
nity. Then he sees the beauty of the Eternality of 
Being, where there is no decay, no fading, no growing 
old, no pain, no care, no death; but boundless beauty 
enwraps the Soul; and, as man scans the horizon for 
a diminishing of the Eternal Beauty and finds none, he 
will lave in it and rejoice therein. Then praises flow 
from heart and Soul and man exclaims, "Praise God, 
from who all beauty flows." 

God is Beauty in expression, "and there is none be- 
side him." In the lowering cloud and distant rumb- 
ling of thunder, there is beauty, but, differently ex- 
pressed from the song of the bird or the sweet-scented 
flowers which beautify the wood-land in spring-time. 

There is beauty in the flower; there is beauty in the 
golden grain. It expresses in the babbling brook and 
through the spring-time rain. 

There is Glory in the Light of God and in the dark- 
ness, too; but who can discern the darkness when he 
the Glory knows? 

There is Love in the dew-drops and in the mountain 
trees and in the heart of man, whose consciousness at 
awakening reflects God, of whom he consciously be- 
comes a part. Love is God and man, "His image and 
likeness," will become a conscious part of that which 
he images. This is the Truth of Man's Real Being now ; 
but man, having lost all consciousness of his Real 
Spirit-Self, through living so long in the carnal con- 
cept of himself, will, upon awakening, believe himself 
separated from God; and, in that state, he reflects God's 
Love, Light and Peace; but, as he comes nearer the 
Light, he, being instructed by those who have passed 
far beyond upon the Path, will, like the prodigal son 



248 Tiie Flashlights op Truth 

in the parable of Jesus, arise and return to his Father, 
and when the Father sees him, even afar off, He comes 
to meet him. 

What is the first expression of the Father? He gives 
him a robe to put on; then the Father places a ring 
upon his hand. The ring is a symbol of unity, of Eter- 
nity without beginning or end. 

This signifies man's consciousness of his union with 
his Father. When man has passed along the Sacred 
Path until he has arrived at that initiation, it is then 
no longer to him separation from his Father; neither 
reflection ; because he has scaled the heights and stands 
upon the summit of the mountain and sees and knows 
as God would have him know. 

The beauty of that summit and the surrounding coun- 
try none can tell; 'tis only the Soul and Spirit that 
lives therein and feasts and feasts, until man is lost, 
yea, lost, in God; and the place that knows him Avill 
know him no more. He drinks the cool, clear water of 
Life ever and anon, and his food is the bread of heaven, 
which is Love, Harmony and Peace forevermore. 

Satisfaction is his portion; in contentment he moves 
onward in the labyrinth of Glory, amidst the Beauty 
of God. 

When man has attained unto this At-one-ment, there 
is no selfishness within him; because he has been tested 
at each initiation upon the Path and God's consuming 
fire has burnt so firm and strong within and about him, 
that his carnal nature has been consumed. When the 
carnal mind is consumed, the Spiritual man, in his 
Spiritual Concept, remains and is an expression of 
God's Beauty, surrounded with Beauty Eternal. 

It is the carnal man, the one who looks out upon the 
world with the outer, or human eye, who sees destruc- 
tion in the dark and lowering clouds and poverty in 
the midst of abundance. 

God's presence fills all space and all forms therein. 
Then the Beauty, Glory, Love, Life, Peace and Power 



The Labyrinth of God's Glory 249 

of God is here, there and everywhere. Then, man! 
look up with thy Spiritual Eye and see God in all His 
Glory ! 

Let not fear of disease, poverty or death enter thy 
mind to cast a shadow in the white Light of God's 
Eternal Glory. Neither doubt nor regret, haste nor 
sluggishness, further mar the beauty of God's ever- 
presence. There is Beauty so deep and Sublime in 
God's plan of man's on-going and the movements of 
the Universe, that man, when he at first awakens, stands 
in wonder before it ; but when the Christ has been born 
in him and has grown unto the statue of full manhood, 
he, with the mind which was, and is, in Jesus Christ, 
as he beholds the vastness and greatness of God's beauty 
as expressed in his fellow man and all about him, bows 
his head in reverent adoration for the Being which is 
and is able to express His Beauty and Glory every- 
where. Then the song of praise and the prayer of 
gratitude radiate from him, always and ever more. 

God transcends any imagination the initiate may 
have had, when he at first awakens from the Adam- 
Sleep. It is not death which brings about this change 
in man, but his own unfoldment. As long as man is 
asleep in carnality, he may live one or many lives upon 
the earth and not gain anything, as it is only when 
the Soul awakens that man's movements begin to lead 
away from the deep forest in which he has slept so long. 

After man is thoroughly awakened, then he begins 
to solve his problems; and hard and difficult do they 
seem to every Soul as he endeavors to pierce through 
the darkness which envelops him. Anything that is 
strange and unknowable to man is darkness to him; 
but when he has learned the Truth concerning it, Light 
begins to shine and in time, sometime, somewhere, man 
will have passed so far upon the Path, that he is con- 
sciously surrounded and flooded with Light, and the 
fullness of Light reveals the Glory of God. 

Glorious Light ! glorious Love ! glorious Peace ! glo- 



250 The Flashlights of Truth 

rious Power ! glorious Harmony ! These are some of the 
attributes of God as seen with the Spiritual Eye of the 
Initiate as he walks in the Labyrinth of God's Glory. 

At this stage upon the Sacred Path man perceives 
he has left the "old man with his deeds, desires, dis- 
ease, sorrows, poverty and death" far behind him, as 
these belong to the man who is living in the low vibra- 
tions of the earth. 

"Two may be in a field, one be taken and the other 
left;" thus it is plain to be seen the change is in the 
man and not in the environments; and, as man be- 
comes alive with the Spirit of God, his vibrations are 
those of the Spirit and not of the earth. 

Then it can be clearly seen, one man being filled with 
the vibrations of the Spirit, is walking upon the Sacred 
Path which winds through the labyrinth of God's 
Glory; and another, even a neighbor near at hand, is 
so sound asleep that he is in the earth vibrations and 
knows not that there is the Glory of God. When man 
first awakens, he perceives this glory faintly; he be- 
lieves it far away, and even thinks heaven is a place to 
be reached by passing the portal called death ; and that 
it is there the Glory of God can be realized; but it for- 
ever remains a fixed and Eternal Truth, that God is 
Omnipresent; and man, when he has arrived at the 
place upon the Path where he perceives this to be true, 
soon, if he reads the instructions of the Great Teacher, 
our Elder Brother, will learn that the Kingdom of 
Heaven is within the Initiate. 

The man who is living in the carnal concept of him- 
self does not discover the Kingdom of Heaven within 
him, because man cannot "serve two masters." Then 
we see that the man, though awakened and still lost in 
the forest of carnality, does not know as yet that the 
Kingdom of Heaven is within him; but the one who 
has passed out from the mist of confusion and is on the 
Sacred Path and has pressed forward until he has come 
into the Glory-Initiation, finds that he has the King- 



The Labyrinth of God's Glory 251 

doin of Heaven within him, and "that he lives, moves 
and has his Being in God;" and, as the Glory of God 
fills his Soul, he becomes en rapport with the Glory 
of God which fills all space; and he, in the ecstasy of 
bliss, vibrates in rhythm with the music of the spheres. 
In this state, death cannot enter, "neither that which 
defineth nor maketh a lie." 

In this concept of God, man sees the universal broth- 
erhood of the Sons of God ; and all the full-grown Sons 
of God, then shout for joy and sing, "Peace on earth, 
and good will to man;" but the little children (those 
still sleeping in the carnal dream are as little children 
selfish and resentful) appreciate not the songs or teach- 
ings of those elder brothers; yet through experience 
deep, and perhaps long, they traverse the winding path 
which leads through the carnal experience; but when 
they have become awakened mentally and Spiritually, 
they will gladly heed the teachings and welcome the 
songs of the glorified ones. 

Poets may sing, artists paint and sages proclaim con- 
cerning the Glory of God; but who, save he whom the 
Glory of God has transformed, can tell so that those 
behind him may catch even a glimpse of the greatness? 

Man gathers the rose and the violet ; he admires their 
beauty and inhales their fragrance; but who, save God, 
can understand how they were formed and from whence 
came their perfume and how their petals were shaped 
and who painted them? Although they hold their 
secrets buried deep in their hearts, man welcomes them 
along his pathway, as they, with their bright, sweet 
presence, cheer and remind him of the creation which 
is, even though forever invisible to the outer man. 

So the man who has the glory of God within him 
is welcomed by his fellow-men who have not attained 
unto that high initiation, because he reveals to them 
their Creator, even though He remains invisible. 

Faith, being born in them, they, by faith, have joined 
hands with hope and the Glory of God becomes mani- 



252 The Flashlights of Truth 

fest; and when man scales the mountain which is cov- 
ered with the Glory of God, he sees, that the Holy City 
which lieth four-square is there. The River of Life 
flows clear and cool, and the flowers are rare and beau- 
tiful, the trees forever green and the Glory of God fills 
it and the Breath of God breathes it. 

This City is raised above the earth, even to the moun- 
tain summit, and it vibrates with the vibration of the 
Spirit of God. So man, when he has become filled with 
the Glory of God, is raised above the earth's vibrations, 
even to the summit of the Mountain of Truth. 

As the City is four-square, Holy, Pure and Com- 
plete, so man will be when he reaches the summit. 
Then he has passed that Initiation which enables him 
to become the Redeemed and Glorified Son of God. 
When man is redeemed, he has passed from the mists 
of earth and death has no more power over him. Jesus 
Christ proved that this is possible for man dwelling 
here upon this earth, when He ascended beyond the 
earthly sight of men. Because He became invisible to 
his disciples was no evidence that He had departed 
from them; but His vibrations, being the Spirit vibra- 
tions, were of so high a rate that they could not see 
Him. He lowered His vibrations sufficiently when He 
deemed it necessary to prove His presence, so that they 
could see and talk with Him. 

If it was possible for Jesus Christ to thus reveal 
Himself to His disciples two thousand years ago, we 
ask, "Is it not possible for Him to do so in this age?" 
Surely His power has not diminished, neither His love 
waxed cold. Down the centuries which have passed 
since He disappeared from the outer sight of mankind, 
He has ever been vibrating to the Spiritually awak- 
ened, and many lonely travelers upon the Sacred Path 
have been cheered, comforted and strengthened by His 
presence, when none but they knew that He was near. 

Jesus Christ is ever walking in the Labyrinth of 
God's Glory and assists and blesses all who approach 



The Labyrinth of God's Glory 253 

Him, or even call upon Him. In the vastness of the 
labyrinth in which the Glory of God abides, every de- 
sire of the Heart is known, "not even a sparrow fall- 
eth but the Father knoweth" and no call is made but 
the Heart of God responds. 

To the Initiate upon the Path we will say, "Be still" 
and become conscious of the presence of the Living God 
and of His Light, Love, Power and Loving Cars. Then 
turn your eye toward the center, the Heart of God, 
which you reach through your own heart, and there 
abide ; and soon you will begin to vibrate in a higher 
rate of vibration, and, if you will steadfastly keep your 
eye upon the Eternality of God, the ray of glory will 
reach you from the evergreen fields of Infinity. 

"The Glory of God fills the earth, as the water fills 
the sea." When all the men of earth awaken and per- 
ceive this, the Kingdom of Heaven will be established 
upon earth and the "Father's Will done upon earth 
as it is in Heaven." 

In the Labyrinth of God's Glory man lives and 
moves, guided by the Intelligence . of God. These are 
ever calm and serene, and peace and contentment are 
their portion. 

If man in this state should permit unrest or discon- 
tent to become his companion, he soon would lose the 
Brightness of the Glory. Man then would find it neces- 
sary to sincerely turn to the Loving Father, through 
prayer and devotion; and God will hear and answer 
every prayer, when asked in the name of Jesus Christ. 
Jesus Christ, the perfect man, is the manifestation in 
form of the Father, Son and the Holy Spirit. 

In the Shekinah, in the Glory which is iridescent with 
the blessing of God, where the presence of God is so 
great, all Souls melt into the pure Spirit of the Living 
God and are transformed into His image and likeness; 
where the fire of God is so great, it consumes all carnal 
dross, all men will sometime stand and pass along in 
the Labyrinth of God's Glory, as consicous Sons of God. 



254 The Flashlights of Truth 

This is the state which Jesus remembered. He said to 
the Father, "I remember the ecstasy I had with thee 
before the world was. ' ' The Glory of God is Sublimity ; 
it is Bliss. 



CHAPTER XVI 

THE BEAUTY OF GOD. 

THE beauty of God is so sublime, it cannot be ex- 
pressed by tongue or pen ; neither can the artist, 
even though he is proficient with his brush, bring 
the beauty of God into expression; because it is so ex- 
quisitely sublime none save God, Himself, can express 
it. This He does through nature. Then we find na- 
ture is the outer expression of God and a blessing to 
man. 

A poet has well exclaimed, "If nature is but Thy 
garment, Lord! who can see Thy face and live?" The 
carnal man, whose mind is filled with the burden of 
care concerning his life as he lives it in his carnal sleep 
from the cradle to the grave, many times passes through 
the woods in the spring-time after the warm rays of 
the sun have melted the mantle of snow which has 
covered the ground for months and has penetrated into 
the crevices and melted the ice which has bound all as 
with chains and, with its soft warm breath caressing 
and caressed until the tender ferns have appeared in 
their spring gown of delicate green and the deep blue 
violets greet the sun and smile a welcome to all who 
pass by, and he not notice or appreciate the beauty of 
God which surrounds him. 

The soft grass soon spreads a mantle over the earth, 
which a short time before was barren and bleak. The 
trees send forth blossoms and the birds again return 
and sweetly chant their songs, morning and evening, 
to their Creator. The man whose mind is burdened 

255 



256 The Flashlights of Truth 

with care and anxiety will most likely be so enamored 
with self and his cares, that he will see no beauty any- 
where, even though it surrounds him on all sides. 

When winter has wrapped the earth in ice and snow, 
there is then beauty everywhere. The moutnains, with 
their deep canyons, streams, foothills and snow-capped 
peaks are embraced in beauty. The man who is asleep 
in the dream of care and anxiety beholds it not; but 
when a vibration from the Heart of God touches the 
Spirit of man, he soon will see there is a mantle of 
beauty surrounding him continuously and in every land, 
from the snow and ice-bound North to the far South 
where the sky is clear and blue and the warm sun causes 
tropical flowers to bloom and they fill the air with their 
fragrance, which are the caresses of their gratitude for 
the sun's blessings. 

The beauty of nature is God's blessing to man as he 
walks on nature's path and is living in the carnal con- 
cept of himself. God's Love is so great that it, like 
the sun's rays, finds every crevice where man may 
have strayed after he lost his way in the mist, of which 
the ancient bard speaks in Genesis. 

The Real Beauty of God is invisible to the unawak- 
ened man, but it is not that the wrath of God caused 
it to be thus. If a man lives in the far north, he feels 
the cold, and sees the earth covered with bleakness sev- 
eral months at a time; but, should he grow weary of 
this cold and bleakness, it is his prerogative to move to 
a warmer climate, even to a tropical country where he 
feels the soft breezes which are ladened continually 
with the fragrance of many rare and beautiful flowers. 
Tf he is content there, he soon forgets the cold blasts 
of winter and its barrenness and gratefully gathers the 
flowers of the tropical land. 

Gratitude, if permitted to express in the heart and 
mind, will water the Spiritual nature until the Spir- 
itual Man will arise and become the commander. "When 
man sees with the Spiritual or inner sight, he beholds 



The Beauty of God 257 

beauty everywhere and perceives that it is the beauty 
of God; for as the outer, or carnal eye, sees the outer 
garment of God, nature, so the inner or Spiritual Eye 
sees the Real or unchangeable beauty of God, which re- 
mains forever invisible to the man who is living in the 
carnal concept of himself and the universe. 

With the outer eye man sees a rose, but, even as he 
admires it, its petals fall, its beauty is gone, and man 
moves on to gather another and another; but, with the 
Spirit Eye, man forever sees the rose, the invisible 
rose, which never changes though the outer rose has 
budded, unfolded and fallen many times. Therefore, 
the man who is Spiritually awakened and is filled with 
the Glory of God, sees with the inner eye, — the Eye of 
Spirit. Such man sees the Spiritual Creation, the ex- 
pression of God which never changes and is from ever- 
lasting to everlasting throughout the endlessness of 
Eternity. 

Thus it can be seen that man, living here upon the 
earth, can, after awakening from the Adam-Sleep, turn 
so completely toward the inner, which is the beauty of 
holiness, — the beauty of God, that he, through the 
Falsh-Lights of Truth sent from the Father, may be- 
come so en rapport with the Spiritual vibrations that 
he recognizes the Glory of God and grows beautiful in 
its Spirit. At first it seems afar, but as step by step 
man moves forward upon the Sacred Path he reflects 
the Glory of God and, as he moves deeper into the 
Heart of God, he will become conscious that he is filled 
with this glory and will see the Glory of God within 
and without in such vivid visions that he abides in the 
consciousness of the Beauty of God, making him and 
all his ways glorious. 

Then the Beauty of God is translucent to him and 
he, having Illumination in the mind and heart of the 
Omnipresence of the Beauty and Glory of God, walks 
upon the Sacred Path (which is invisible to carnality) 



258 The Flashlights of Truth 

through the earth among the children of men. He rev- 
els in the ecstasy of bliss, the Bliss of the Soul which 
has awakened and returned Home. 

The first effort of the awakened Soul is to search to 
find out God. 

The Soul, when once it is awakened and has broken 
the chains of the carnal sleep, will never be satisfied 
until it reaches the Christ-Light which leads to the 
Christ-consciousness within man, — that Real Self which 
God caused to become manifest in "His image and like- 
ness" and which never changes. 

The Spiritual Eye of man sees the Real Man who is 
never changed by any expression of change which may 
take place in the natural or outer man; even so the 
real rose is not disturbed or changed, though the petals 
fall and the outer rose passes into nothingness. Though 
again and again this rose-garment is woven and worn 
and fades, passing away, the spirit of the real rose re- 
mains and is beautiful at all times to the Spiritual Seer 
who beholds with the inner vision. It is thus the Spirit- 
ual Sight sees man. 

As man looks at the beauty of nature and revels in 
it, let him recall the greatness of God's beauty which 
lies just beyond the curtain in the Glorious Light which 
the eye of the natural man cannot pierce. 

"The wisdom of God is foolishness to the Adam- 
Man." When Adam heard the Voice of God in the 
garden in the cool of the evening, calling, "Adam, 
where art thou?" the carnal mind which was forming 
in man's consciousness answered, "We are naked" 
"and have hidden ourselves and we are making gar- 
ments that we may clothe our nakedness." Man has 
been busy making coverings for himself ever since that 
evening in the long ago. Some are as busy now as then, 
weaving their mantle of carnality around them. 

But some there are, and it is only a few compared to 
the great number, who have awakened from the carnal 
sleep which began to overcome them in the Garden of 



259 

Eden and retraced their steps over the winding path 
and have arrived at the manger where the Young Child 
lies, wrapped in swaddling-clothes and received the 
Christ and thereafter pressed onward upon the Path. 
Perhaps many are now consciously traversing the laby- 
rinth of God's Glory and are endeavoring to assist 
others that they may receive the same blessings. The 
beatitudes of the Soul, — none can tell but those who 
perceive them. The Spiritually awakened and Spirit- 
conscioused man sees in the Glory of God His great 
beauty, which transcends all visible beauty, it is so 
vital. Should he look steadfastly toward heaven, which 
is Harmony, Love and Perfection, he will see the im- 
perfect in the outer form of man, such as disease, pain 
and old age disappear and the Real Man, "The image 
and likeness of God," become evident. God's glory is 
so great, His Love so strong, His Beauty so magnificent, 
that He is ever ready to flood the outer concept with 
the evidence of His Presence. It is then that man finds 
himself healed of every infirmity. 

When man grows weary of the clouds, fog and damp 
mists of earth and endeavors to pierce the gloom, God 
in all His Glory and Beauty is waiting to respond. 
When God responds to any cry, harmony, health and 
peace are realized in expression. 

God is not responsible for man's being in the fog 
and mist of carnality, where he sees only nature in ex- 
pression, where he knows man only from the cradle 
to the grave. Mists arise over the lowlands, when the 
sun's warm rays overshadow it. The sun shines, but 
the mist is the result of nature's law. Through natural 
law the mist is consumed by the sun's bright rays. So, 
in God's Eternal Law, the carnal concept of man will 
be consumed by the Eternal sun, the Son of Righteous- 
ness, which is God Himself in manifestation. 

When God reposed, He was impersonal and unman- 
ifest. When He expressed, He became manifest in form 
and the Universe and systems of universes and man, 



260 The Flashlights of Truth 

''The crowning glory of God" and "God's image and 
likeness," became individualized. 

When man becomes fully conscious of this, he will 
walk in the labyrinth of God's Glory and, in the White 
Light of that glory, man will see the magnitude of 
God's beauty, and breathe in rhythm with the Holy 
Breath and smilingly welcome the soft zephyr which 
is God's Love. 

Glory to God ! ' l Glory to God in the highest, and on 
earth, Peace, Good Will to man." "The Glory of God 
may fill the earth as the waters cover the sea," but none 
but the initiate will recognize it and become benefited. 

There were only a few who recognized Jesus as the 
Christ when He was walking over the Judean hills and 
teaching in the synagogues in Jerusalem; and it was 
only those who saw in Him the Messiah who were ben- 
efited by His presence. 

A man has a garden where the rarest and most beau- 
tiful flowers grow. With great care and expense he 
keeps it, but a blind man will walk carelessly through 
and tread upon the orchids, violets and carnations as 
contentedly as if he were walking in the barren desert. 
Why is this so? Because to him it is a barren desert 
and nothing more. When a blind man becomes touched 
by the Glory of God, his eyes will open. He may not 
be enabled to see the full light at once, but day by 
day the Light will grow brighter to him, if he will keep 
his face turned toward the Light. 

The Glory of God fills the earth, even now, as the 
water fills the sea. Who recognizes it? Who perceives 
the greatness of the presence of the glory of God ? The 
initiate who is walking in the Glory Initiation, not only 
recognizes the glory which fills the earth, but he, too, 
is filled with the Light of the Glory of God. Jesus 
Christ remembered the ecstasy and bliss which He en- 
joyed while in Paradise before the world was; the glory 
being so great, it had not departed from His memory. 



The Beauty of God 261 

In the glory of God there can be no disease, no sor- 
row, no poverty, no death, because the glory of God 
is so great that it consumes these. The carnal man 
cannot dwell in the Glory of God, because "God is a 
consuming fire" and consumes all which is unlike Him- 
self. 

As the Initiate walks in the labyrinth of God's glory, 
he gathers the gleanings which the reapers have left in 
the field, such gleanings are left by the command of 
the King, and plucks the flowers along the Path, too 
delicate are they for description. The fruits are luscious 
and tender, the grain golden and, in the Light of Eter- 
nal Glory, which is the Light, warmth and Love which 
is God, man is in rhythm with God and all that is. He 
hears the music of the Spheres as the harmonious 
rhythms vibrate through the labyrinth; and, in the 
ecstasy of Bliss, rests in the Glory which is, was and 
ever will be. 

In serenity the initiate passes through the labyrinth 
of God's Glory and hears the birds warbling their sweet 
notes and the cattle lowing in contentment. He sees 
the lambs skipping about and the fish in the sea and 
the beasts in the forest contentedly living their life, — 
all save man who is living in the carnal concept of him- 
self and the universe, — content and restful. 

As the boat is rocked by the waves of the sea, so man 
is held in the ever-present Love and Power of God. It 
is when man awakens sufficiently to understand the 
omnipresence of God that he recognizes the Living 
Presence of God, our Loving Father who is ever near. 
When man awakens, his traveling is upon the Sacred 
Path, and, as man travels this Path, God's glory be- 
comes brighter until its Light is more resplendent than 
the noon-day sun. 

The glory of God transforms the initiate, as he moves 
forward upon the Sacred Path, from the carnal man 
with his desires, cares, fears and doubts which are of 
the earth, until he becomes in expression the perfect 



262 The Flashlights of Truth 

manifestation of the Living God. Then it is that he is 
freed from carnal bondage into the glorious liberty of 
the beauty of the Sons of God. This is the destiny of 
all men, — yea, it is their inheritance. 

The length of time required for man's transition from 
the carnal dream, depends upon the desire and energy 
put forth by the man after he has become awakened. 
Some may desire to sleep in sluggishness for days, weeks 
or years. However, they will not be permitted to re- 
main continuously in the earth-dream, because they 
have started upon the Sacred Path. The Light is bright 
and the angels are ever watching over those who are 
upon the Path, and sometime they will come into the 
Glory of God. As man turns his face toward the 
brightness of God, he begins to reflect God's glory, and, 
in time, as he passes forward upon the Path, his Mind, 
Body, Soul and Spirit become at-one with God's Glory. 
Then the Glorious Son of God moves in the labyrinth 
of the Glory of God, and he is conscious of God's Beauty 
in Man and in the Universe. 



CHAPTER XVII 

THE SCIENTIFIC TRUTH. 

IN the preceding chapters, God has been portrayed 
in all His different aspects, the One-ness, the Whole- 
ness, the Inseparableness dwelt upon, that the 
reader may comprehend the Great-I-Am in its unmani- 
fest and manifest states. 

The one who follows the teachings given in this book 
from the first unto the last chapters, with a desire for 
his mind to expand even unto the height, breadth and 
depth of God will be blest with the fulfillment of his 
desires, if he bring to this study a mind that is cleansed 
of superstitions, doubts and fears. 

God is Love, Power, Peace, Light, Life, Justice, Har- 
mony and Intelligence. Then for these different as- 
pects of the Infinite to each continually perform their 
part and not interfere with each other, there necessarily 
is Law and this Law is scientific. This Scientific Law 
is embodied in the God-Head, the Infinite, the First and 
only Cause. 

In the Spiritual Universe, which is never touched nor 
contaminated by carnality, although it is ever-present, 
everything moves in harmony, filled with Life, Light 
and Justice. In the Scientific Law, science is exact and 
everything moves scientifically. 

In the beginning, when the universe and systems of 
universes began to take form, this Scientific Law was 
in action and from the unmanifest substance, which is 
and was, that spirit-substance-essence which is God, the 
visible became manifest. 

263 



264 The Flashlights of Truth 

There could not be a mistake, for all was moving 
scientifically, in harmony and rhythm. Not an atom 
of earth, a blade of grass, neither a grain of sand came 
into expression, neither continues in expression, except 
in the Scientific Law of Truth. 

This Law is in operation in the earth. It is intelli- 
gently causing the minerals to form in the bowels of 
the earth. In this Scientific Law the life which is in 
every atom is kept in action continuously. We see, 
therefore, that the .earth is a living, pulsating thing; 
not a thing in it by chance, but everything, from the 
atom to the granite and marble mountains is in its 
right place and held there in the Law which is Scientific 
Action. 

The air is also filled with this same Law and moves 
and acts, not by chance, but scientifically. The warmth 
of the tropical zone and the cold at the north pole are 
scientifically adjusted. 

This same God-Law causes the life in the acorn to 
burst the shell and, in the action of this Law, grow into 
a giant oak. It, also, causes the life in the rose-bush 
to press forward until it expands into a beautiful rose ; 
quietly, intelligently and scientifically this infinite life 
expresses through the rose-bush and out into the rose. 

No thing happens by chance, neither does Infinite 
Intelligence do an idle thing. Life expresses through 
the rose, that man may feel the Love of the Father- 
Mother-God, as they look upon the rose, His smile. 

There is but one mind, the mind of God; but one 
Law, the scientific Law of God; and these operate in 
and through and throughout the manifestations of God, 
which compose the Perfect Creation, and every expres- 
sion in form, from the universe, the many systems of 
universes to man, the highest expression. 

When man through insight perceives this great Truth 
and scientifically stays his mind upon God, what will 
be the final result? Man, having consicously placed 
his mind in conjunction with the Divine Mind, he, 



The Scientific Truth 265 

like the rose-bush, becomes a channel for the mind of 
God to express through; and, as the law of God oper- 
ates in and through all, at all times and everywhere, 
this law will scientifically act through man. As the 
rose is the expression of the life's action, so the wisdom 
of God will be the expression of the mind of the man 
whose mind is understandingly united with the God- 
mind, and wisdom is the fruit of the scientific action of 
this mind upon the individual ego, when man brings 
about his conscious at-one-ment with the Father. As 
the Life and Intelligence required a form, the bush, to 
express through to bring the rose into expression, so 
God-mind requires a form to express through, that 
wisdom become manifest, and man's body is this form. 

Man, as an individualized expression of God, is alone 
with God. There is God and man, from man's view- 
point ; but, from the All-seeing eye, there is only God 
and His expressions, or rays. The Infinite expresses 
and expands through the man, as the Infinite Intelli- 
gence desires, as long as man's mind is in conjunction 
with the Divine Mind. When the rose-bush, through 
any cause whatsoever, refuses to be a free and accept- 
ing channel for the Infinite life to flow through, there 
are blasted buds. The blasted buds, the stagnant pools 
of water, the diseased bodies of matter, are not vibrant 
with God's sicentific Law, because this Law is action, 
and in action there is not, nor can there be, stagnation. 
If the pool is opened for an inflow and outflow for the 
water, what is the result? A pond of pure water, and 
the animals and birds will come to drink. How do the 
animals, birds, even the serpents, know this pool has 
become pure water again? Through the Infinite intel- 
ligence which guides them. It guides the Real of each. 
These outer are guided by what the carnal man calls 
instinct; then, instinct in animal, bird, fish, fowl, rep- 
tile, is the outer expression of the Wisdom which notes 
even "the sparrow's fall." This is man in intuition. 

The scientific law of God acts as scientifically in guid- 



266 The Flashlights of Truth 

ing the reptile, animals and birds to the pure water 
as in expressing the rose-bush until the rose becomes 
manifest. 

The scientific Truth is the action of God, the Infinite, 
in and through God's Perfect Creation, expressing 
through the outer, so that man in any state of con- 
sciousness can recognize it, if he so desires. Scientific 
Law acts intelligently, because it is God in action. 

This Law is intelligently in action in the earth. 
Where today a desert stretches over the surface of the 
earth in the unfolding into expression of the One Life, 
a forest will eventually come forth silently; — all in 
Rhythm, Harmony and Law. 

Some may ask, for what does this forest come forth? 
God knoweth ! 

The Truth, which is God, is intelligent scientific ac- 
tion. Then man can see that there can be no discordant 
note in all God's universe, vast though it is; for "God 
rests in action," breathes in love and smiles through 
expression. 

When man perceives God's scientific action in and 
through the rose-bush and rose; in and through man's 
mind and body; in and through the forming and bring- 
ing into expression of the forest where now the desert 
waste covers the surface of the earth, he will look deeper 
and higher that he may understand this Law and man's 
relation thereto. 

The Science of God expressed in Law causes the ebb 
and flow of the tide in the great ocean. This same Law 
acts continuously through the vastness of the Infinite, 
in all universes and systems of universes, and through 
all that in them is; and through each and all men. 
This is a scientific truth, which, recognized and under- 
stood by man, would be of vast assistance to him in 
his endeavor to extricate himself in consciousness from 
the web of carnality. 

The action of this Scientific Law, which causes the 
ebb and flow of the tide in the ocean acts in and through 



The Scientific Truth 267 

the whole of it, — through the inner and outer of every 
drop in the ocean and in all the collectivity of drops 
which compose the ocean. This same Law acts through- 
out creation; the inner and the outer. When man 
through understanding places his body en rapport with 
the Real Self, which is in action in the Scientific Law, 
his body will become quickened and finally redeemed, 
just as the stagnant pool of water is changed into 
purity by the inflow and outlet of the water. 

There is no standing still in God; for God is Scien- 
tific Action, yet "God rests in action." 

When man understands the Scientific Truth, which 
is God manifest and unmanifest, man, too, will rest in 
action. This is the state of conscious understanding 
which poets have endeavored to express as they vision 
man sitting beside the River of Life under the ever- 
green tree of Life, the fields surrounding him ever 
green and the sheep all gathered into the fold. 

These Great Truths can be portrayed scientifically 
or can be sung in poetic rhythm from the Soul which 
has vision. The Great Truth is the same ; but some will 
catch the sweetness, tenderness and Love of God, our 
Father, through poetical rhythm, while others require 
the scientific explanation of the same great Truth. 

The Infinite desires that the mind and heart of all 
men return to Him and be stayed upon Him. The 
method is not so much considered by Infinite Love as 
the conscious return of man to his inheritance. 

When man learns that God is Scientific Truth, he 
will then see that his mind should become scientific to 
be enabled to co-operate with and respond to the Scien- 
tific Law, which same Law in and through intelligent 
action causes impurities to become pure; stagnation, 
Life; disease, Health. This is the deep Truth back 
where the curtain hangs which screens the Infinite from 
the finite. This Truth is not far away, but lies within 
man's own mind and mental concept. When the men- 



268 The Flashlights of Truth 

tal concept is clarified by Truth, the Real Man is evi- 
dent. 

When the Christ expands to the outer bounds of the 
earth, the body, (the veil), the curtain is rent in twain 
from top to bottom and the light penetrates the whole 
being, Body, Mind, Soul and Spirit. No longer can 
the tomb hold this consciousness, neither the instrument 
through which this conscious mind expresses. He has 
risen! The scientific Law, in ceaseless action, acts in 
the tomb as in the ascension. 

If God is Scientific Truth, His Law Scientific Action, 
and "God rests in action," we ask, can man be or be- 
come harmonious if not scientific himself? Can man 
co-operate with God, unless he learns to know Him and 
His Law ? If man 's mind is stayed on God and he loves 
Him with his whole mind and strength, the sequence 
will be that he will learn the scientific aspect of God, 
because "The Father ever knoweth what man hath 
need of before he asks," and He will reveal to him ac- 
cording as the man desires to know, be it on the surface 
of things or in the depth of Being. 

It is man who returns to God; not God that returns 
to man. 

When man understands the attributes of the Infinite 
and places himself in rhythm therewith and in under- 
standing thereof, and sicentifically, he will become a 
conscious expression, in and through his Body, Mind, 
Soul, Spirit, — one conscious Life, and man in at-one- 
ment with that Infinite Conscious Life. 

It can easily be seen, by the reason at least, that a 
sick man or one in poverty or anxiety is not scientific. 
If he were, he would, should these conditions present 
themselves to him, place his whole being scientifically 
en rapport with God's Scientific Law of Life, which is 
action; and, as stagnation cannot remain in action, 
neither can disease, anxiety, nor death abide in scien- 
tific action. Jesus said, "Ye shall know the Truth, and 
the Truth shall make you free." Now note, it is know- 



The Scientific Truth 269 

ing the Truth, which the Great Master said would make 
man free. Isaiah said, "The way is so plain that a 
wayfaring man, though a fool, need not err therein." 
Then we see that it is not a stupendous undertaking 
to learn to know God and His Law, and man, God's 
manifestation. 

It is only a step, brothers, though the journey seems 
to wind over barren deserts, through the wilderness, 
over the seas deep, and mountains steep ; and, though it 
requires forty years' wanderings, it is only a step: for 
"God is nearer than hands and feet," yes, He is your 
very Breath, your very Life and the Spirit-Substance 
of which your Real form is composed. When you 
vision this, you have made the journey. Count not the 
foot-steps, even though the feet are bleeding from walk- 
ing over the stony path. Ever keep the mind's eye, 
the inner eye of the Real Self, stayed upon the goal 
and the destination. Your full redemption in Body, 
Mind, Soul and Spirit is the goal; and the Father's 
House, your Home, is the destination. 

Scientific Truth? Yes; for sicence is knowing, and 
God is Scientific Action. Thus man can see, in all of 
God's domain that there is no death, no anxiety and 
no fear of anything therein; for God is Scientific Ac- 
tion; and Harmony, Peace and Contentment are the 
expressed fruits of His actions. 

Scientific Action, in God's Law and Life, acts in all 
spheres, and Life is as vibrant in one sphere as an- 
other. Thus the carnal man can see that life is as real 
and active on the planes where the departed of earth 
are, as here on this earth plane. How could it be other- 
wise? When God is all and fills all space? Then true 
it is, ' ' there is no place where God is not. ' ' Then there 
is no real cause for grief when friends depart, because 
they are in God's Scientific Life, there as here. 

What do we wish to convey by Scientific Action? 
That God is "All Knowing, All Seeing, All Action;" 
and these, expressed in and through Life, Power, Peace, 



270 The Flashlights of Truth 

Love, Light, bring God into expression so that the car- 
nal man can comprehend Him sufficiently to trust, love 
and revere Him. 

The Scientific Law of Action is so great that it acts 
in the bowels of the earth, on the earth's surface, in 
the air above the earth, in the blue dome far above 
the earth, and farther and farther beyond man 's ken ; 
and in the ocean depths, in the sand, the grass, vege- 
tation, animals, minerals; and in and through man, 
the highest expression of God. 

When man becomes scientific, will this remove love 
and reverence for our Heavenly Father from his mind 
and heart? Not if he has the Christ born within him. 

Jesus Christ understood the Spiritual Scientific Law, 
and, through His clear Illumination concerning His 
At-one-ment with the Father, Jesus touched this Law 
when He so desired and brought it into manifestation 
in the outer world of man and things. 

Jesus always remembered His Father and gave to Him 
the glory of His works through recognizing it was the 
Father who did the works. 

When the scientific aspect of the Infinite is compre- 
hended by the intellect alone, man is cold; as where 
can there come warmth from the principle of a thing? 
When man learns that there is a Creator back of the 
principle, he will open his heart, so that the golden 
glow of Love may fill it, even to over-flowing. 

The science of mathematics is complete and can be 
proven so to be; but there is no love, warmth, nor life 
in it. It only expresses its Creator. So with the Scien- 
tific Truth, which is God; it only expresses God, — its 
Creator, who brings this aspect of Himself into ex- 
pression, that man may learn to assist himself to arise 
and move out from the maze of the web of carnality; 
for there is no permanent abiding place in carnality, 
as its foundation is shifting sand. 

But God, who is Truth, is Solid Rock and cannot be 



The Scientific Truth 271 

touched or shaken by the ehangeableness of carnality. 
" Truth is Unchangeable, Indivisible and Eternal." 

When the mind of man is weary and disturbed by 
the things he encounters in carnality, if he will learn 
the Scientific Law of God, he can relieve his mind of 
these carnal concepts. When this is accomplished, the 
mind of God, the Divine-Mind, can operate in and 
through him in Scientific Action. 

In the Scientific Law, there cannot be discord, dis- 
ease, nor death; then it is easy to see that carnality 
does not abide in this Law. If this Law is an attribute 
of God, it fills all space. Then where is carnality? 
It abides in the shadows; it is the illusion. A shadow 
and an illusion require no place to abide ; for the simple 
reason, they are not real. It is the Real that requires 
an abiding place, — yea, that hath an abiding place. 

The Real is the manifestation of the Living God, and 
abides in God, and ''God is the center and circum- 
ference of all.' 

When man is asleep in the carnal dream, he knows 
not of the Law of Eternal Action, and he, not knowing 
of this Law, is not en rapport with it; consequently 
he remains asleep. Some day he will awaken. Then 
he will feel the urge of the Soul, his Real Self, which 
is forever en rapport with the Scientific Law, which is 
the Law of Life. Soul, being Conscious Life, man can- 
not become detached from it, and if he could, there 
would be no Soul expressed. This cannot take place, 
because the Soul is the individualized manifestation of 
the Life which is God; and God, being Scientific Ac- 
tion, Soul is an expression of Scientific Action, which 
is Conscious Life. 

The man who is an inventive genius, whose eye has 
caught unexpectedly upon some common place occur- 
rence, and whose mind meditating upon it, brings forth 
inventions for the benefit of mankind, — as he, seem- 
ingly accidentally, noticed it, as it is with the carnal 
man; he seems to touch this Scientific Law of Action 



272 The Flashlights of Truth 

by chance, but it is not so, as nothing happens by chance. 

When man begins to awaken, he comes, at least, once 
in a while, in touch with the Scientific Action of God; 
and this never ceasing action quickens him as long as 
he is in harmony with it, be it one moment, one hour, 
one day or longer. However, no man awakens at once 
from sound sleep into conscious union with the action 
which is the Eternal Law of Action, perfect and com- 
plete; because the carnal sleep is so heavy that after a 
period of awakeness, man desires a little more slumber 
and turns his back toward the Law of Action, and his 
face to the wall, which wall is carnality, the great illu- 
sion. 

After man is thoroughly awake and desires to become 
at-one with the Scientific Law of Truth, it requires 
effort on his part. 

First the awakening, then the desire, then the effort; 
for man must do his part in this, as in all other things ; 
this is working out his own salvation. This need not 
be done in fear and trembling; but in Wisdom, Love 
and Understanding. 

This Law, being Perfect and Scientific, when man be- 
comes understandingly at-one with it, he begins to 
move out from the web of carnality; and, when he is 
completely in rhythm with the ceaseless action of God, 
disease, old age and death have disappeared; because 
these cannot abide in the rapid action of the Scientific 
Law of Eternal Action, which is God. This is brought 
about, first by mental change, then a deeper percep- 
tion, then a Spiritual quickening, then the New Birth; 
then on and on upon the Path, until full Illumination 
takes place and man is Redeemed, Body, Mind, Soul 
and Spirit. 

When man in Paradise began to look outward and 
to desire a change and found himself in the Garden of 
Eden, he had lost his equilibrium; therefore, became 
dis-joined from this Scientific Law of Action and stag- 
nation and death began to take place. 



The Scientific Truth 273 

At first man lived hundreds of years, but gradually 
the illusions of carnality encroached upon him until 
at the close of the twentieth century man's life is at an 
average of thirty-three years. 

When man consciously and understandingly comes 
into and remains in union with this Scientific Law of 
Truth, which is God in Harmonious Action, he will dwell 
indefinitely upon the earth, as Conscious Life will have 
control and not disease, matter and death. 

When man first awakens he, perhaps, will place his 
mind only at times, en rapport with the Scientific Law 
of Action. When a deeper awakening stirs within him, 
he will place his body, also, in rhythm with this Law and, 
according as he succeeds, will harmony, which results in 
health, become manifest in the body, and, according to 
his faith and understanding, will the results be. 

In this Scientific Law, God is forever the doer. His 
Law is perfect; and, when man is aroused from his 
earth's slumber and desires to be cleansed of the debris 
of earth and hears of this Law, and will learn to step 
into it, as he does so he will become quickened into a 
newness of Life. If he will continue to stand there in 
that electrical current of Almighty God, he will become 
as clean as a threshing floor after the winds have swept 
away the chaff. 

What is there of man after the winds have swept all 
his possessions away; as the Adversary did to Job? 
Man's Real Self. That which is the ''Image and like- 
ness of God." That which even the adversary cannot 
touch. It is that which God caused to become manifest ; 
and what God does, He does ! and it changeth not. 

Man thus can see that his eye should be turned within 
and that there he should realize his Real Self which he 
is. Then, from that center, he should place himself in 
tune with the Law of Action and, when thus placed, his 
whole being becomes attuned and each organ in his body 
will become harmonized and respond in health and 
strength, and Peace will abound. 



274 The Flashlights of Truth 

When man is disturbed in his mind by fear, doubt, 
anxiety or care, his mind is not adjusted so that the 
Scientific Law of Action can operate through it; but 
when man, through the Scientific Truth, clears his mind 
of these and understandingly places his mind in union 
with the God-Mind, he will perceive a clearness come 
into his mind ; just as the inflow of fresh water into the 
stagnant pool causes a pure pond of water to become 
manifest. Remember that the outlet is necessary, as you 
cannot fill a vessel that is already full. As the water 
in the pond, when purified, is of use to the animal, bird, 
fowl and reptile ; so the mind of man when thus purified, 
is of service to mankind. 

As long as the inflow and outlet remain in action the 
water is pure. Just so with man; as long as he is con- 
sciously connected with the mind of God he will be pure, 
steadfast and true; should the inflow cease, soon, like 
the pool, will he become stagnant; and, as stagnant 
water is good for no-thing neither is a stagnant mind of 
any service. 

When the man in mind, or the water in the pool, be- 
comes stagnant, each has lost its equilibrium and are not 
in the Scientific Law of Action; but they remain in a 
lower dimension until they again become in rhythm with 
the Law of Action when they in consciousness will func- 
tion in a higher dimension. Thus it can easily be seen 
that it is the prerogative of man to determine, whether 
he swings like a pendulum from one state of conscious- 
ness to another, or whether he go direct toward the mark 
of the "high calling of man in Christ Jesus.' ' 

Man can become so clear in understanding, that should 
he desire to function upon another plane, which is in- 
visible to the carnal man, he, through understanding, 
can arise and abide there or return here. This is man's 
inheritance when he is freed from the illusions of carna- 
lity. Birth and death are incidents upon the path, which 
winds its way through carnality. 



The Scientific Truth 275 

Dear reader, believest thou this ? If you do not, you 
can convince yourself by setting about to prove it. 

When man is living in the carnal concept only, his 
vibrations are slow and he expresses heaviness. When 
he is somewhat quickened, his vibrations are raised into 
a higher state, until he becomes conscious of the bliss he 
felt while dwelling in Paradise before the world of car- 
nality was. 

In the Scientific Action of the Law of Action, there is 
not, a discordant sound. There is not an inharmonious 
note in all God's vast domain. 

God's Law of Action is as invisible as it acts in and 
through man, as when it acts in and through the great 
oceans, causing the ebb and flow of the tide as the water 
responds to this Law of Action, causing purity to 
abound in the oceans. God is everywhere present; and 
He is ever ceaseless action; but God acts in wisdom, 
guided by the intelligence which He is. 

In this Scientific aspect of God, man is liable to lose 
sight of Love. Therefore, let us call to remembrance 
the Love, which is God, which expresses through all his 
manifestations, in Law and Life which go hand in hand, 
while Light is their hand-maiden. Therefore Law, Life, 
Light and Love are attributes of God and are every- 
where present. If your heart is heavy and cold, turn 
to Love which is God; if life seems to ebb low, turn to 
Life which is God; if the way is dark, turn your face 
toward the Light which is God and which shines forever- 
more. 

God is ever-present and, when the devotee calls upon 
Him, He responds in that attribute which the devotee 
desires. 

In the study of the scientific aspect of the Infinite, 
our Father-Mother, let us not lose sight of the great fact, 
that the prayer of Faith availeth much; but, better still, 
is the prayer of Faith and Understanding, coupled to- 
gether with fervent Love. 



276 The Flashlights of Truth 

The science which pertains to man is for his use in his 
own mind and body only! This is the dominion with 
which God endued man at the dawn, when man became 
an individualized manifestation of the Living God. 



CHAPTER XVIII 
SCIENCE IN ACTION 

WE have expressed God in the preceding chapter 
as Scientific Action. In this chapter we desire 
to bring the man who is still functioning in 
carnality into the understanding of the Science in Ac- 
tion in and through himself. 

As we have stated before, God gave man dominion at 
the dawn, when man became an individualized manifes- 
tation of the Living God. What is this dominion with 
which God endued man ? Man 's power, inherent within 
him, to overcome his carnal mind and subdue the physi- 
cal senses which express through his body. This is ac- 
complished through the Science in Action in and 
through man. When man awakens and learns the Sci- 
ence of Being and applies the Law of Science, which en- 
ables him to extricate himself from the illusions which 
form carnality, he becomes in tune with the Law of God, 
which is the Scientific Law of Action. 

When man begins to place himself en rapport with 
the scientific action of God, he uses the science of know- 
ing, and this is placing the Science in Action within 
his own mind and body. This' is man 's own work. God 
will never do this for man. 

God created man perfect and placed him in a perfect 
universe, in equilibrium ; but man, having inherent with- 
in him his power of choice, or free-will; permitted him- 
self through his desire to look outward to lose his 
poise. Having lost his equilibrium, he could not remain 
in the paradisaical state. Man, having lost his state of 

277 



278 The Flashlights of Truth 

consciousness, he, through his own efforts and the assist- 
ance of God and His angels, must again gain it. 

The Law is fixed, sure and steadfast and it is ceaseless 
action forever and ever. Then, man to remain or be- 
come again, if lost in consciousness, must learn how to 
become ceaseless action; not moving from one place to 
another, but within his own being unceasingly active; 
and man's being is Body, Mind, Soul and Spirit, — One 
Completeness. 

When man awakens from the carnal sleep, he finds 
the carnal mind in control. It is the king and it rules 
with persistency. It is after man awakens that he per- 
ceives there is another king far different from the carnal 
king. When man is sufficiently awakened, he will begin 
to investigate ; and here is where he learns of the Scien- 
tific Action of God, and this action expressing in the 
Scientific Law of Action, which is Science. 

When man desires to place himself in union with this 
Scientific Action of God, he learns that he, too, must 
become scientific. He then begins to use the science to 
cleanse his mind of the carnal concepts which the king, 
carnal mind, has firmly established as real in his mental- 
ity. Heredity is a strong belief, for, according to the 
carnal mind, man is born into an inheritance of disease 
and ignorance; in fact, into a world of unkindness, in 
which old age and death are the inevitable results. 

Here is where the science is set in action; and it re- 
quires knowledge ; and this is gained through study and 
continuous application, which will result in understand- 
ing. 

There can be no definite results from the action of the 
carnal mind upon the carnal mind. As it has no foun- 
dation, it is the " Blind leading the blind" and both will 
eventually "fall into the ditch." 

But when man has fully awakened from the carnal 
slumber, he will perceive the foundation of carnality is 
shifting sand. He then will desire a solid foundation 
and, by searching, he will find the Real, which is just 



Science in Action 279 

behind the carnal expression, both in mind and in form. 

The God-Mind is the Real, of which the carnal mind 
is the counterfeit. Man, to return to his lost inheritance, 
finds it necessary that he subdue the false beliefs which 
fill his conscious mind, that he may be enabled to unite 
with the God-Mind. 

There is nothing given to man which will enable him 
to eliminate this carnal mind king but Scientific Truth. 
Jesus Christ left rules plain and clear for the spiritually 
awakened one. 

At the dawn, when man became an individualized ex- 
pression of God, in "His image and likeness," man was 
given a free-will, that he might choose to act or repose, as 
he should desire. This free-will is all which man really 
has ; as man himself belongs to God. Man is in the Ocean 
of Infinite Life, which is God, and is a part of that 
Ocean and cannot get out of or away from it. 

Man is to surrender his free-will to God ; but God will 
never take it from man; man must surrender it of his 
own free choice. Here is where Science in Action is 
required. Man, through and in the action of science, can 
scientifically erase the false beliefs which fill his men- 
tality by using the Scientific Prayer, in and through the 
name of Jesus Christ. 

When man uses the Scientific Truth in the Christ-way, 
he has been born again ; and, being born into the Christ- 
mind, he sees that Jesus Christ is the Christ-man in ex- 
pression, and the perfect pattern. Then he reverently 
does his work in the name of Jesus Christ. 

Jesus Christ is the Soul in this present epoch who has 
reached fullness and stepped forth in full God-conscious- 
ness, in understanding and expression, and left the rules 
which all men can learn when they arrive at the place on 
the path where they desire it. He truly is the Saviour 
and Redeemer. 

Even though Jesus has solved His problem to the final 
and worked it out by precept into example, man will 



280 The Flashlights of Truth 

remain in the wilderness of illusions until he, through 
and by science, washes his mind of the carnal concept of 
himself, humanity, the world and God, as the carnal man 
sees and understands. 

The death of Jesus upon the Cross of Calvary never 
did and never will cleanse man's mind of the carnal 
beliefs. Neither is death any assistance to man, because 
the mind remains with the Soul when it removes from the 
body at dissolution, and God, Himself, will not interfere 
with man's free-will. Then there is nothing for man, as 
King Solomon said, but to ''get wisdom," and, "With all 
thy getting get understanding." Jesus said, "Know the 
Truth, and the Truth shall make you free." Science is 
knowing, and the science or metaphysics will make man 
free from his carnal concept of man, God and the uni- 
verse, when scientifically set in action by man within 
man. 

God's Scientific Law of Action is Eternal Action ; then, 
when man understands this, and also the science of plac- 
ing his mind, body, Soul and Spirit en rapport therewith, 
he will become awake, alive ! and he will slumber no more, 
at least as long as he continues in tune with the Scientific 
Action of God. 

What does man learn in this field of action, where he 
has removed himself from the tyranny of the carnal 
mind ? That he is Immortal. That birth and death are 
illusions, ' ' vapory dreams. ' ' That time is an imposition, 
feigning power, but having none. That care, anxiety and 
fear are deceptive illusions. When man learns this what 
does he do f He sets in action the Science of Truth, that 
he may, after purifying the mind, realize the Truth of 
Being. 

He takes as his foundation stone upon which to stand, 
"God is All; there is none beside Him." From that 
foundation his next step is God and His manifestations 
or expressions are all there is. This means God and His 
Spiritual Creation, the universe and systems and myriad 
of systems of universes and all within them, including 



Science in Action 281 

man, "the crowning glory of God." His next step is, 
1 ' I, man, am created by God, in His image and likeness. ' ' 
So reads the allegory given in the first chapter of Genesis. 

This is the Absolute Truth and is the foundation upon 
which to stand, — the three stones in one. 

The great Truths concerning the Absolute Truth of 
that which Is should be affirmed until the mind responds 
by receiving the recognition of the truthfulness of the 
affirmation ; and this can become so clear that it is Reali- 
zation ; and when once the mind, through scientific action, 
realizes a Truth, it remains established thereafter in con- 
sciousness. 

The Spiritual man and the Spiritual Universe being 
Perfect, this should be affirmed as the Absolute or foun- 
dation Truth until the mind comprehends it and realizes 
it to be true. 

"What about carnality? Where is it? Nowhere. It 
does not exist. Here is where the man who is not fully 
awakened Spiritually will exclaim, "A falsehood! Be- 
cause I see birth and death taking place all around me ; 
I see man grow from childhood to youth, from youth to 
manhood, then on to old age; it is, therefore, folly for 
one to say there is no carnality. ' ' 

Stop, listen ! As long as man is under the carnal mind 
and it is the ruling king, its subjects believe in and are 
subject to it; and a Spiritually awakened one of olden 
time has said, "As a man thinketh in his heart, so is he." 
If a man is looking through a blue glass, the world about 
him will appear blue ; if red, so it will look. 

The mind is the mirror and the body of man expresses 
what the mirror is ; if carnal in beliefs, carnality will out- 
picture in his body and his environments ; yes, his whole 
world; but when the mind has become cleansed of the 
carnal beliefs by the Science in Action, the mind will 
become a clear tablet for the finger of God to write upon 
or manifest through. 

The carnal mind is the adversary, and in the confusion 
in this mind man has believed there is a distance between 



282 The Flashlights of Truth 

man and God; and sometimes it seems a great distance. 
This is only a carnal illusion, as God is everywhere pres- 
ent and man is as inseparable from God, man's Creator, 
as the ray is from the sun. 

In the Science, as it is set in action, man learns that 
carnality, being the counterfeit, is the shadow. Now 
catch this : A shadow requires no place or space to abide 
in ; the shadows seem real, but man knows full well that 
the sun is all-powerful and the shadow is subject to it. 
So God is all-powerful and carnality is subject to His 
power. Man is an expression of God. 

Man can close his mind to the Scientific Truth, just as 
he can close the shutter to his window and thereby ex- 
clude the light and warmth of the sun; it is man's 
prerogative. 

After man awakens to the Truth of the Scientific 
Action of God, and of the illusions which compose car- 
nality, he can refuse to co-operate scientifically with the 
Scientific Action of God. He can live in faith and walk 
bravely upon the Christian's path and have love and 
reverence for Jesus Christ and the Father. This is good 
and beautiful; and, departing, angels welcome him into 
his next state or condition. He is a Christian, but not a 
Scientific Christian. He has not fulfilled the command 
of Jesus when He said, ' ' Ye shall know the Truth, ' ' giv- 
ing promise to those who know the Truth that ' ' the Truth 
shall make you free." Now note the science here, as we 
are not writing to please the intellect, — the world is filled 
with books where fluent language flows in exquisite 
rhetoric. 

It is the deep Scientific Truth in the message of Jesus 
Christ which we are endeavoring to set forth, that all 
who so desire can see and understand. 

Note this : ' ' Science is Knowing ! ' ' Then, to scientific- 
ally know, carnality must be scientifically removed from 
the mind. This is accomplished through and by denials 
of its reality and affirmations of the Reality of Being. 



Science in Action 283 

When man upon the Christ-Path has been born of the 
Spirit and has received the baptism of the Holy Spirit, 
he is a Christian indeed; and when he adds to this the 
Science in Action to cleanse his mind of the carnal illu- 
sions, he then becomes a "Scientific Christian." 

This is what the world requires at this time — "Scien- 
tific Christians." Yes, warriors are now needed to be 
enabled to withstand the fiery darts of the adversary. 

Although the beliefs and confusions in carnality are 
illusions and the whole Web of Carnality a shadow, the 
darts therefrom seem real indeed until man is entirely 
freed from its mesh. 

Jesus Christ lived and moved among mankind and 
proved His God-given mastership over every law of car- 
nality, proving to mankind, when they can see it, that 
the Eternal Law of God, manifesting Truth, is all-power- 
ful and reigns supreme over every law of carnality. 

Jesus healed the sick, fed the multitudes and raised the 
dead. Even where dissolution had taken place He called 
to the Soul and it returned and entered the Temple of 
clay. He also raised those who were dead in trespasses 
and sin, even Mary Magdalene, "out of whom He cast 
seven devils." Mary's was such a deep awakening that 
she turned away from the carnal belief of life and its 
illusions to the Living God. 

Mary sought out the Master and learned from Him. 
She desired to know. Where the desire is strong, one 
can easily learn from book and teacher. Science in Ac- 
tion is when, like Mary, one is so deeply aroused that 
one desires Truth above all else. We find Mary at the 
Master's feet, but "Martha was burdened with many 
cares." 

If Martha had been a "Scientific Christian," she would 
have set the Science in action in her mind by denying 
the reality of the cares and burdens, knowing they are 
only in the carnal mind and do not belong in the Mind 
of God, and affirming that she was an individualized 
manifestation of God. When the mind is cleansed of 



284 The Flashlights of Truth 

cares, burdens, anxieties and fear, there is room for Love, 
Harmony, Peace, Poise and Serenity to abide; and, if 
these dwell in the mind, they will express in the body 
and environments. 

A "Scientific Christian" is awake, alert; he is calm 
and poised, and peace and serenity abide within him. He 
knows if he keeps his mind clear of false beliefs, fears 
and doubts, and closes the door of his mentality against 
trifling gossip, criticism or desire to dominate, ever keep- 
ing his mind stayed upon God, that he will finally touch 
consciously the scientific action of God with such strength 
that he will realize it, when he will abide at-one with the 
Scientific Action of God ; and remember that this is Con- 
scious Life in Action forever and that man will here and 
now realize his immortality. 

Man will continue to pass out from this plane of action 
through the door called death as long as he is ruled by 
the carnal mind ; but when he is fully awake and scien- 
tifically keeping his mind cleansed of the illusions which 
keep man bound to the wheel of carnality, he will per- 
ceive the Truth of his Being. 

Jesus said to His disciples, ' ' Follow thou me. ' ' When 
Peter questioned Jesus concerning John, if he, too, would 
be killed for preaching the Truth, Jesus said to Peter, 
"What is that to thee? Follow thou me." Man is to 
keep his mind stayed upon God and in scientific action; 
this is easy. 

The heart is stayed upon God, our Father-Mother, 
through Love and Devotion ; and when science in action 
in the mind of man is coupled with these man will be- 
come freed from the illusion. Birth and death are among 
the shadows. 

It is one thing to perceive this great Truth intellect- 
ually, but quite another, indeed, to solve the mystery of 
the carnal illusion and gain an understanding of the sci- 
entific aspect of God, in and through His Law of Eternal 
Action, which will enable man to place himself in rhythm 



Science in Action 285 

with the Being which is and Who is the beginning and 
end of all, "The center and circumference, ' ' the All 
in All! 

Let the reader, if he desires a scientific understanding 
of the Infinite, turn his mind within and endeavor to 
realize his Real Self, — that being whom God created in 
1 ' His image and likeness. ' ' 

When the carnal mind is poised in silent serenity, then 
from this center within let the mind expand until it 
becomes a Cosmic-consciousness and perceives the Infinite 
Who is Life, Love, Peace, Power, Light and the Har- 
mony which is everywhere, — one unbroken, indivisible 
Presence ; then you will see yourself as one manifestation 
of this Infinite. You are of it, you are in it, and there 
is no place else for you to go. You cannot change your- 
self, neither move out of nor away from this Presence. 
Ever keep your mind stayed upon this scientific Truth 
which is being portrayed. You are literally "living, mov- 
ing and having your Being in it." This would be an 
appalling situation if this Presence were carnality and 
the illusions which man expresses in the carnal life ; but, 
lo and behold! it is the Presence of "The Living God 
Almighty." When man sees that he is perfect, that his 
Real Self has always been so and that he is right here 
and now in the very center of the Living, Loving God, 
and that God hath done it all and that it is finished and 
that the Creator announced it good, and very good, man 
truly then can perceive what it means, and that it is just 
"To Be." 

Well ! How is it 1 Just keep your mind stayed upon 
God and the Scientific aspect of His Scientific Action; 
keep poised and steadfast, and we will carry you a little 
farther. Here is the place where you scientifically sit 
down by the side of the "River of Life" and drink of 
the life-giving water which quickens you through and 
through. Here you understandingly sit in the shade of 
the Tree of Life whose leaves are for the healing of the 
nations. 



286 The Flashlights of Truth 

God is the Tree of Life. The shade is His refreshing 
care and blessing. The river is the Scientific Action of 
Conscious Life. You are the highest manifestation of 
God upon this plane. You are man, " God's crowning 
glory." Then surely it is clearly seen that man has 
nothing to do but "To Be." There is no becoming, no 
growth, no journey; it is all done; "it is finished"; it is 
complete ; and Infinite Intelligence has announced that it 
is good, — yea, God said that it is very good, truly good. 

There is nothing for man to do after he has become 
conscious of his at-one-ment with the Eternal God, but 
just "To Be." Sit still in conscious understanding and 
' ' BE ! ' ' Just be that which God knows you are. 

Here, where you come into this Scientific Illumination, 
is the place where you are to express it. Remember that 
if God had remained unmanifest there would be no 
creation. 

When the heart is attuned to the Harp of many strings, 
which is the Heart of the Infinite, and the mind is scien- 
tifically adjusted and at-one with the Mind of God, man 
is anchored sure and steadfast to the foundation rock, 
which is the Rock of Ages, the Absolute Truth. 

When man has returned to God scientifically, the free- 
will — which is the carnal mind (the adversary) — will 
have been in his consciousness reduced to nothing and the 
dross consumed by Wisdom, Love and Understanding. 

' ' God is a consuming fire, ' ' and in the Scientific Action 
of God no impurities can abide. 

It is important that the awakened man gains under- 
standing and sets in motion within himself the Science 
of Action. 



CHAPTER XIX 

THE MYSTERY OF THE SCIENCE IN ACTION. 

THERE is a mystery connected with blood which 
man has not fully penetrated, and there is a mys- 
tery in the Science in Action. 

When an undesirable report is brought to you, you at 
once feel the effect of it. It saddens or brightens, as the 
case may be. You respond according to the knowledge 
conveyed in the message. 

What is the cause of the different feelings experienced 
by the one who receives the report ? There certainly is a 
mystery connected with it. The message was the direct 
cause of either the grief or joy which it conveyed, but 
where was the indirect cause ? In the carnal mind. The 
carnal mind does not remain poised, because it is like the 
surface of the sea, easily affected by every passing breeze. 
The depth of the ocean is not shaken, changed nor dis- 
turbed by the passing winds, storms, or the vessels which 
move over the surface ; but where is the place, the divid- 
ing line, where the changeableness and unstability of the 
ocean's surface and the calm serenity and stability of its 
depths takes place ? That place is where the disturbances 
of the surface reach down and merge into the serenity 
and stability of the depth ; where they are consumed by 
the great calm and deep stillness which abide down in the 
deep. There is in reality no mystery there, because the 
surface and confusions are the opposite of the depth, 
which lies far down in the silence of Being, where neither 
the carnal law nor man can reach to control or disturb. 

If man is satisfied with the surface of the ocean, he will 

287 



288 The Flashlights of Truth 

prepare to withstand the storms and disturbances as long 
as he can, knowing full well that he will eventually be- 
come overwhelmed by them; but should he desire calm, 
peace and serenity, he will go deep and abide there in 
the holy quietness. Where is the mystery here ? It is in 
man's mind, where he grew tired of the turmoil and 
unstability of the surface and desired to go into the deeps 
of Truth and to cast anchor in the deep, where he may 
abide sure and steadfast. 

That change in the mind is so intangible that it cannot 
be here analyzed, although it is a definite thing; just as 
the change in the physical body, although so perceptible 
when the healing takes place from the scientific changing 
of the mind, which is so mysterious and so vital that we 
cannot by the pen bring it to a clear comprehension of 
the one who has never felt this healing mystery take place 
within his body; and those who have felt this indescrib- 
able something touch them with an electrical power and 
have been healed of disease called malignant or incurable 
by the physicians, — even these find not words to express 
it, and ' ' Wonderful ! ' ' is usually the expression of those 
who are thus blessed. 

God understands the mystery of the result which takes 
place from the Science in Action in man's body, mind 
and environments, when there is a scientific demonstra- 
tion brought into expression by the mind of man becom- 
ing en rapport with the Mind of God. 

As one watches the forming of the dark clouds which 
burst forth in wind and lightning, and listens to the roar 
of the thunder, he then sees that there is a wonderful 
mystery in this forming and movements of the clouds; 
but it is not visible. If one desires to understand the 
mystery, which is the invisible Presence that is behind 
the clouds, he must get behind the surface, the appear- 
ance, and then he will be as a Spiritual Warrior was cen- 
turies ago, who exclaimed, ' ' God is not in the whirlwind, 
but in the still, small voice ! " Is this a mystery ? Yes, 



The Mystery of the Science in Action 289 

to the carnal mind it truly is; but to the Spiritually 
Awakened and Illumined it is not so, because he sees the 
two expressions at the same time, the storm sweeping 
over the earth's surface and behind it the Still Calmness 
of the "I Am that I Am," and hears the ''still small 
voice" through the silence above the roar of the storm 
and the thunder's rumblings. 

Where is the mystery? In the carnal mind of man. 
There is none in the Spiritually illumined man's mind. 
What causes the difference in the degree of perception in 
the minds of the two? Science in Action in the under- 
standing and the mind of man, which has been cleansed 
of the cobweb of illusions which form carnalilty. Then, 
the mind being clear, it, with the Eye of Vision, sees 
clearly that the storm is only a vapory mist which is 
expressing in fury. The mist is so thin to the man who 
has vision that he sees through it into the Eternal Per- 
fection which exists just back of the raging storm ; and 
it is from out the vastness of that perfection that he hears 
the "Still Small Voice." If this man's vision is strong 
and clear enough and he so desires, he can vision the 
storm into its native place, which is nowhere, as it is 
no-thing. Why do we say that the storm is no-thing, 
even when it has left destruction in its path over the 
earth's surface? Because it does not belong in God's 
Creation. It would be impossible for the destructive 
storm to abound in God's Creation, which is perfect har- 
mony and peace, where Love and contentment abound; 
and nothing opposite to these can enter into that perfec- 
tion of God, where His expressions are Perfect, Harmo- 
nious and Beautiful. 

Through scientifically understanding the Law of God, 
which is God in Scientific Action, and through under- 
standing man's carnal mind and how to scientifically 
subdue it, man can thus through the Science of Action, 
through knowledge and with a desire for good, cause 
the storm to merge into the calm and become lost in the 
bright sunlight. Where is the mystery here? It abides 



290 The Flashlights of Truth 

in the curtain which hangs between the carnal concept 
and the divine reality ; since there is no mystery on the 
other side of the curtain, because there it is bright sun- 
light in which all see clearly. It is illusion which causes 
mystery. There is no mystery in the Scientific Action of 
God in Law and Conscious Life ; neither is there mystery 
in the Science in Action in the mind of man, when the 
mind is Illumined into understanding. 

There is an old adage, "Knowledge is power,'' and 
true it is. We read in the Sacred Bible, ' ' The prayers of 
the righteous availeth much." Then righteous knowl- 
edge is a desired thing, or the "one thing needful." 
Jesus Christ said, "Seek first the Kingdom of Heaven 
and its righteousness, and all things shall be added unto 
you." 

Jesus, through understanding, set the Scientific Law 
of God in Action and fed the multitudes, and the carnal 
man exclaimed, ' ' A miracle has been performed ! ' ' 

Jesus did this unselfishly. It was for others, His broth- 
ers, who were still lost in the illusive dream of carnality 
and were hungry ; for others that He spoke the Law into 
action which caused the loaves and fishes to multiply so 
that the people were fed. Where is the mystery ? In the 
fact that Jesus' word, when spoken scientifically, set the 
Scientific Law of God into manifesting in the loaves and 
fishes, which He at that time desired. 

When He sat by the well while His disciples went into 
the village to buy meat (note this point, which is vital, 
indeed, in gaining an understanding of the science which 
Jesus taught), Jesus Christ did not go to buy meat. 
"He had meat to eat that they (His disciples) knew not 
of." He was free from carnal illusion and, by knowing 
His At-one-ness with His Father, has Spiritual food 
to eat. 

As Jesus sat by the well a woman came to draw water. 
Jesus told her that if she would drink of the water He 
would give she would not thirst again. Through scien- 
tifically reading her mind He also told her, as she said, 



The Mystery of the Science est Action 291 

' ' all things she ever did. ' ' She then asked, ' ' Is not this 
the Christ?" Jesus' mind was scientifically clean and 
He knew that His individualized mind was at-one with 
the God-Mind. This mind is the Christ-mind, which man 
has when he is living in the Christ-consciousness. "Where 
is the mystery between the mind of Jesus Christ, Who 
knew He had meat to eat without going to the village for 
it, and the mind in His disciples, and between the mind 
of Jesus, where He knew all things the woman had ever 
done, and the mind of the woman who was so astonished 
that He could thus read her mind ? 

The mystery lies at the place where the disciples dis- 
cerned that Jesus could be thus sustained; they there 
perceiving that a gulf was between their understanding 
and His. The mystery was in their mind, not in His. 
The mystery was in the mind of the woman, when she 
perceived He could read her mind. There was no mys- 
tery in the mind of Jesus, because He knew the Truth, 
and to Him there was no veil between His mind and the 
carnal, because His Vision was so clear that He saw 
through carnality. 

When Jesus sat on the mountainside and looked down 
over Jerusalem, He, with this same vision which was man- 
ifesting in Him, read the actions of those living in Jeru- 
salem. He saw how heavy were the carnal illusions 
which enveloped them, and He knew how long and rough 
the path over which they each must travel ere they pierce 
the veil of illusions. This picture touched His tender 
heart and He exclaimed, "Jerusalem! Jerusalem! How 
oft would I have gathered you as a hen gathers her brood, 
but ye would not." Where is the mystery here? In 
this, that they themselves must awaken and move for- 
ward and extricate themselves from the thraldom of car- 
nality. Jesus Christ, though so pure and holy and 
endued with such power "that He healed all manner of 
diseases and raised the dead," could not free them, be- 
cause they were under the law of Cause and Effect and 
' ' must pay even unto the very last farthing. ' ' 



292 The Flashlights op Truth 

What frees man from the law of Cause and Effect? 
Understanding of the Truth; and that he may see it is 
necessary for man to scientifically understand the scien- 
tific aspect of God, Truth, which is God in action in and 
through the universe and man. When man knows the 
Truth, his mind is Light, his body is Light, his Soul is 
Light, his Spirit is Light; yea, there is no darkness in 
him. He has, through learning the great Truth which 
Jesus portrayed in His message, and applying the scien- 
tific aspect of it to His mind, become a conscious mani- 
festation of the Eternal Light, which is God, and that he 
is that ' ' Light which lighteth every man who cometh into 
the world.' ' 

The practical application of the scientific Truth, or the 
Science in Action, is this: When a man awakens and 
discerns that there is a Scientific Truth, he endeavors to 
use it, that he may become free from the carnal man's 
fears, doubts, ills and limitations. First, when sickness 
presents itself to his mind for recognition and reports 
sick headache, or any other illness, he denies its reality ; 
denies its power ; denies, until he can place it where Jesus 
placed the Tempter, — behind him. Then the hurt of you 
would be healed. Say positively to the illusion, "Get 
thee behind me," and then affirm to the mind, "I am 
the image and likeness of God;" I live, move and have 
my being in God;" "I am hid with Christ in God;" 
' ' God covers me with His feathers, and under His wing 
do I trust. ' ' Then repeat the promise which the Infinite 
gave through the pen of King David, "He that dwelleth 
in the secret place of the Most High shall abide under 
the shadow of the Almighty;" "The Lord, He is my 
refuge and my fortress, my God ; in Him will I trust. ' ' — 
Psalm 91. Then ask the Father to cause these truths to 
become manifest to you, — ask in and through the name 
of Jesus Christ. 

Why is man to ask in the name of Jesus Christ? Be- 
cause Jehovah has promised that the answer will take 
place when asked in that name. A mystery lies hidden 



The Mystery of the Science in Action 293 

deep here, where the name of Jesus Christ causes the 
answer to become manifest. No mystery to the Spirit- 
ually awakened, only to those who are not entirely free 
from the curtain which hangs between the carnal concept 
and the Christ understanding. 

In the Scientific Action which is God, there is power ; 
and this God-power in action is where the results proceed 
from, and here is where the mystery abides to the one 
who has not vision. 

Truth, God, is the Eternal One ; and it casts no shadow, 
but as the curtain of night is draped aside and the sun- 
light appears and annihilates the night, just so Truth, 
God, when the veil of carnalilty is rent in twain in the 
mind of man, will consume from the mind the darkness 
which the illusions of carnality have caused. 

What causes the night to take place upon the earth? 
The movements of the earth. The sun does not change, 
neither moves perceptibly. What causes the different 
seasons upon the earth? The adjustment of the earth 
into its different positions as it revolves around the sun. 
The sun stands still; the earth revolves around it. The 
sun stands as a symbol of God, the Eternal, immovable, 
yet Ever-Present One. The earth in its rotation around 
the sun symbolizes carnality, which is ever moving and 
ever changing. It is as shifting sand, shadows and illu- 
sions, which compose carnality. This is the plane man 
enters when he loses his equilibrium in Paradise; and 
man will become emancipated from its enmeshments of 
illusions when he awakens and learns that God is Scien- 
tific Action and everywhere present, and that there is a 
Scientific Law which man can learn and, through under- 
standing, place in operation in his mentality, which oper- 
ation will scientifically cleanse his mind and let the One 
Mind, which is God-Mind, become manifest in and 
through his mentality. 

This is the work of the individual. Man's work, when 
awakened from the illusive dream of carnality, is to keep 
at his problem until his mind is so clear and clean that he 



294 The Flashlights of Truth 

knows God as He is in Reality, and not according to his 
ideal of God, which ideal is formed by the carnal mind. 
Man's work is with himself. Infinite Love, Wisdom, 
Power and Intelligence, which is Aum, the impersonal 
God, and Jehovah and Jesus Christ will see after the 
world and all therein. All will be wrought out in God's 
plan, but man knows not of all this until he awakens. 
This awakening must come in the mind as well as in the 
Spiritual nature of man. Remember, man is four-fold in 
his composition, — Body, Mind, Soul, Spirit. Jesus said, 
speaking to the individual, "Ye shall know the Truth." 
Man knows in and through the mind. 

It is easy to be seen that there necessarily needs to be 
something done in the mind of the individual when he 
awakens with his mind filled with the beliefs of carnality, 
which beliefs are entirely opposite to the Truth. This is 
man's own work. Man himself must, through Science in 
Action, by denials of their reality, eliminate the carnal 
concept from his mind; then, through affirmation of 
God's great Truth, cause his mind to again become en 
rapport with the Infinite. This is man's work, and no 
amount of prayer to God to do this will bring a response, 
because it is asking amiss. St. James said, "Your prayers 
are not answered because you ask amiss." 

Man, through his power of choice, through his free- 
will, permitted the illusions to form and gather in his 
mind. Man's mind, also, reflects the beliefs of carnality, 
which is the web. If man caused, through his looking 
away from his center and losing his equilibrium, these 
thoughts and their results to become manifest in his mind, 
until it was so darkened that he lost his way, we ask the 
reasoning one, "Is it not reasonable to believe that man, 
himself, must cleanse his mind from the whole web, that 
God may again manifest perfectly through his mind, in 
every department of it?" Well, thus it is; and man's 
belief or disbelief has no power to affect or change it ; for 
man, having lost his way, must find it again in order to 
reach his destination. 



The Mystery of the Science in Action 295 

True it is that man will finish this journey upon which 
he started when he stepped into the Garden of Eden. 
Man, being in the Eternal Action, which is the Living 
God, cannot forever remain away from Home, — his lost 
inheritance. This is a mental concept and the work is 
not accomplished until man has scientifically turned to 
God, in and through understanding, as well as through 
Repentance and Faith in Spirit. 

When man has finally returned to the Father's House 
his mind will be clean as well as his spirit. 

Man being a four-fold nature, he, when finally re- 
deemed, necessarily must be redeemed in his whole being, 
which is Body, Mind, Soul and Spirit ; and when this is 
accomplished he has learned to set the Science in Action 
within his own mentality and become at-one with the 
Eternal Law of Scientific Action. When this is under- 
standingly and reverently accomplished man is Redeemed 
and conscious of his Perfection. He then is a ' ' Conscious 
Son of the Living God." No more does he go about 
1 ' seeking rest and finding none, ' ' but he, in conscious un- 
derstanding, sits beside the River of Life in the shade of 
the Tree of Life. He is conscious of the Omnipresent 
God and his at-one-ment therewith. Man, then, is "At 
Home, ' ' scientifically, and all mystery is solved. He has 
learned the ' ' Truth, and the Truth has made him free. ' ' 



CHAPTER XX 

BEING IN SCIENCE. 

THERE is a science in Being. There is a Being iD 
Science; and there is a Scientific Being which is 
inclusive of the whole. 

Conscious Being in Science is a state greatly to be 
desired by the one who has awakened to the scientific 
action in God, who is in and through the scientific action 
of Law. 

When, through and by denials, man has cleansed his 
mind of the illusions of the carnal mind and affirmed the 
Truth concerning God, His universe and Man, until the 
Realization of the Truth of Being becomes a reality to 
him, he will consciously stand in the Scientific Law of 
Action. If man so desires and continues to persevere, he 
will come into an understanding of his Being in Science. 

When man is conscious of his Being in Science and has 
the understanding which will enable him to live in that 
state of consciousness, he will thoroughly understand the 
Science of Being and live scientifically. 

What is meant by living scientifically ? To live scien- 
tifically, man keeps his mind clean and clear of all the 
beliefs and thoughts which are carnal; and by keeping 
his mind stayed upon God, the One Mind, man becomes 
in accord therewith, and when thus attuned by and 
through the Science of Mind he is in the Scientific Law 
of Action, and that Law has its action in and through 
him. He then is conscious of "Being in Science." 

What are the results of conscious Being in Science ? 

First: Abiding Peace, — that Peace which passeth the 

296 



Being in Science 297 

understanding of the carnal man, — the man who is still 
ruled by the carnal concept. 

Second : Harmony, — that Harmony which causes him 
to hear and respond to the music of the Spheres. When 
his whole Being is silently blended into one instrument 
perfectly attuned, his body, mind, Soul and Spirit are 
one harmonious instrument. 

Third: Love, — that Love which is so broad and deep 
that it includes God (from His center here to the circum- 
ference and back to the center again), and all the expres- 
sions of God. 

Fourth : Purity, — that is so pure that the mind is ever 
stayed in purity, — whiteness as of the very shining Soul 
of all whiteness. 

Fifth: Righteousness, — so vital that carnality has no 
power to even touch the hem of its garment to soil it. 

Sixth: Illumination, — so bright and clear that man 
can see through the deceptions of the carnal mind in any 
guise in which it may present itself, and so clear and 
sweet that it reveals the tender Love, Mercy and Care of 
the Heavenly Father, Who is ever near, — yea, so near 
that there is oneness with the Spiritually and Intellect- 
ually Illumined one. 

Seventh : Consciousness of his Being in Science. When 
man is Being, through and through, he is in scientific 
action, and is then conscious of the dominion with which 
God endued man at his creation. It is the Real Man 
whom God so endued, and when man is awakened the 
Real Man will gradually come into control, and when 
man becomes conscious of his Being in Science he lives in 
the Real of himself, the carnal mind becoming gradually 
absorbed by the Mind of God, which acts in and through 
the Real Self of man. 

When man lives consciously in the Science of Being, he 
continually speaks from the center of his Being. He no 
longer prattles of the things of the earth which are 



298 The Flashlights of Truth 

earthy, because he has his mind stayed upon things 
Eternal. 

In the Eternality of God there are no fleeting things ; 
all is stability, serenity and Love. Man, living in the 
conscious recognition of his Scientific Being, should a 
cloud appear upon the horizon which announces sickness, 
old age, death, poverty and inharmony, begins at once 
to scientifically reduce it to its rightful place, which is no- 
where, for the plain and simple reason that it is no-thing. 
Those things are a no-thing (being a negation) to the 
mind, which, through conscious recognition of the Sci- 
ence of God, visions the reality of God, the "All in All." 

Science in Being is God in action. ' ' Science is Know- 
ing." Action and Being is God. Man is "God's image 
and likeness, ' ' therefore man also is Being. To Be, man 
must necessarily express God, for there is none else to 
express. 

In the carnal state man is so overcome by the 
illusive appearances, as he sees them in carnality, that he 
is stupefied into a sleep. Even then he expresses God, 
though feebly indeed may be the expression ; but, if there 
were not the Real of Man there behind the mask and the 
Real expressing God, there would be no mask ; therefore, 
even though the physical mask of man is imperfect, de- 
formed or diseased, yet as long as it expresses Life it is 
expressing God, because there is only one Life and that 
is God-life. God is "nearer than hands and feet," for 
true it is that God is man's very Life. 

When the physical mask falls away from the Real Self 
of Man, as it does time and again as the man moves for- 
ward over the path which winds its way through car- 
nality, man is not disturbed ; it is only as when the trees 
in the forest are shedding their garment of leaves, the 
tree is not disturbed, and after a resting time the tree 
puts forth leaves again and clothes itself in a beautiful 
mantle, soft, delicate and green, and as the season ad- 
vances and the summer rays of the sun enfold the tree 
the leaves grow thick, firm and of a darker hue and, with 



Being in Science 299 

the frosts which announce the approach of winter, the 
leaves are touched and the color changes into the beauti- 
ful autumn tints; then they fall and dissolve into the 
earth. Thus man's bodies are touched by the years as 
they come and go. At first we see the Soul clothed in an 
infant-form ; then, as the seasons pass, it grows into child- 
hood, manhood and on to old age, when the winter comes 
and it falls to the ground and is absorbed, — "Earth to 
earth and dust to dust. ' ' This is the play of the carnal 
illusion as it holds the Real man in its embrace. 

The individuality which God created in His image and 
likeness does not partake of the physical and mental per- 
sonality of man, even though there seems to be no divid- 
ing line between them. Here is where it requires wisdom 
and understanding to bridge the gulf which seems to 
exist between them. 

How is this gulf crossed ? By using the scientific Law 
of God, by and through understanding, which has been 
gained through study, desire and persistency. When 
through the power of the Science in Action man annihi- 
lates the concept of the personal self and recognizes the 
Individuality, which is the Real Self, he not only has 
crossed the gulf, but has also annihilated it. When man 
is Being in Science, personality with its loves, cares, fears 
and doubts has been absorbed by the Truth, which is a 
consuming fire. "God is a consuming fire" and the 
Individuality stands forth from this fire purged, mani- 
festing the gold which it has always been. When in con- 
sciousness man stands there in this purification, disease, 
death and old age have disappeared, because these belong 
to the carnal concept and not to the Illumined man. 

The Being in Science is a Master. He, through know- 
ing the Science of God, moves out and through carnality, 
but he is a law-abiding citizen, observing the law which 
regulates civilization in all its different grades. How- 
ever, he continually sees clearly between the Real Law, 
which is God's Law, and man's law. His mind is ever 
stayed upon the Eternal Being who is. 



300 The Flashlights of Truth 

Being in science is filled and pulsating with the Sci- 
ence in Action in and through man, who lives and moves 
and has his being in it, and is therefore thrilled contin- 
ually with Life, while Conscious Life becomes manifest 
through his body and he steps forth in perception of the 
Law of Truth, with his body redeemed from the law of 
carnality. 

A man cannot become a Being in Science until he has 
scientifically extricated himself from the false beliefs 
which fill his mind and out-picture in his environments 
while he dwells in carnality, for a man cannot be in two 
states at the same time. If man is scientific he is poised, 
calm and serene, because the mind of God controls; but 
when the carnal mind controls, man is easily confused, is 
fearful of danger at all times, and this fear makes him 
negative and an easy prey to any illusion which may pre- 
sent itself to him. The man who has scientific knowledge 
and the wisdom to use it understandingly and righteously 
is positive ; he is conscious of his scientific power and of 
his nearness, yea, oneness, with the Living God Almighty, 
where there is not a discordant note in all "God's Holy 
Mountain. ' ' 

In Scientific Being man has contentment and satisfac- 
tion. He has no desire for haste, for he knows that he 
has crossed the boundary line of time and now stands in 
Eternity. 

Serene and peaceful the man is who has come into the 
understanding of Being in Science. His environments 
cannot disturb or impress him. He is master and can be 
as conscious of peace, contentment and serenity in a hut 
in the outskirts of a village or in a tent in the forest as in 
a palace surrounded with the luxury of the land. The 
man who is illumined as to his own being, through whom 
and the universe the Law of Scientific Action is operat- 
ing, who sees that the Science of God is in Action in and 
through the vastness of the whole, is scientifically illum- 
ined; and this Scientific Illumination can bring about 



Being in Science 301 

Spiritual Illumination, because when man gets thus far 
in union with the Scientific Action of God he desires not 
to turn back, but, with his face faithfully turned thither- 
ward, he presses onward forever and forever. 

To Be ! This is the point ; but To Be, one must neces- 
sarily become consciously scientific. In the Absoluteness 
as it forever is, man is Being ; but, while he is under the 
illusions of carnality, he has lost consciousness of it ; 
therefore to return in conscious understanding and illum- 
ination, man learns and uses the Science of God and 
through this scientific effort erases all false beliefs and 
pictures from his mind, and the mind is cleansed through 
science placed in operation in and through his mentality. 
He will then see his Being as it has always been, — pure, 
high and joyous. Thus we see that the science has not 
touched or changed the Being which God created, but it 
has changed the mind, the mental concept, by denying 
the false beliefs which compose the carnal mind. Bring- 
ing the Ego into union with God is where the application 
is necessary to bring about conscious freedom. It is then 
that man sees himself the Being in Science, or the Scien- 
tific Being in Action in God. 

Man plants a field of corn, when Life, acting in and 
through the earth, the air and the rain, moves the corn 
scientifically until the kernel of corn expands and sends 
green shoots through the ground to greet the sunlight. 
Life expands until the ear of corn becomes manifest, 
which is the fruit of the effort. Then Life ceases at that 
time to further expand ; but it does not cease from action, 
because Life is continuous action. 

Life is Scientific Conscious Action, and ceases not from 
action, whether it is in the invisible or visible domain. 
There is no being still in Life, because Life is Action. In 
Scientific Action there is no haste, no confusion, no calam- 
ities, because Scientific Action is knowing action. "Sci- 
ence is Knowing. ' ' 

A continent can form and rise in the great ocean with- 
out a sound, not a discordant note, and move into expres- 



302 The Flashlights of Truth 

sion in scientific action, in rhythm and harmony ; and in 
the action of the scientific orderliness of Law, and those 
tiny beings which are to inhabit it become manifest there. 

Each and all are in their place and move at the right 
time w T hen acting in the Scientific Law. "When man steps 
aside from this Law he is out of rhythm with it and, 
therefore, he does not receive from it the benefits which 
are intended by Infinite Intelligence that he should. Man, 
through Scientific Action in his own mind, keeps himself 
in tune with the Eternal Law of Scientific Action. 

If man desires wisdom let him scientifically place his 
mind in conjunction with the Infinite Intelligence and 
scientifically request wisdom, and wisdom will express in 
the mind of man. 

Man can, after he awakens and achieves until he 
reaches illumination and becomes Conscious Being in 
Science, stand forth and proclaim the Truth, and his 
w r ords, thus scientifically spoken, will bring into expres- 
sion the Scientific Law of Action ; and, as man scientific- 
ally desires and expresses, so the results will be. Man 
can thus see that he is then the formulator of his own 
destiny in the relative life. 

When man is awake, and when the highest in himself is 
in accord, knowingly and understandingly, he truly can 
see the responsibility which rests with him until he learns 
to place it in the hands of the "All-seeing, All-knowing 
and All-wise One, — our Father-Mother-God." This is 
necessarily done by starting within himself the science 
in action and keeping himself continually in that realiza- 
tion in which the science in action and action in science, 
moving through him, purify and make true man's con- 
sciousness. 

Man, being a four-fold Being, this science must neces- 
sarily act through the four-fold nature, which is his body, 
wind, soul and spirit. 

When man thoroughly understands the Science of Be- 
ing and how to place himself in tune therewith, he will 
extricate himself scientifically from the illusion. Then 



Being in Science 303 

he will stand forth a Redeemed Son of God, and may be 
of service in assisting his brothers in humanity to awake, 
arise and return Home. 

Man's desire, then, is not only to realize his Being in 
Science, but to assist his brothers who so desire to become 
Beings in Science. 

The grain of sand has nothing to do but to be, and it 
fills its place as the action of the Scientific Law of Action, 
in the tide, carries it. 

The mountains have nothing to do but to be and to 
express that which the scientific Life, which is action in 
and through them, desires. The ocean just simply is; 
and so it remains, and the tide ebbs and flows through it. 
It makes not effort. It just fills its place and lets the 
tide act in and through it, and ocean water remains pure ; 
for stagnation cannot abide in the ceaseless action of the 
water. The ocean need not take active care about the 
impurities which may be cast therein, because the Eternal 
Action, making the ebb and flow of the tide, causes the 
impurities to become pure. 

When man can, as the ocean, abide in his place and let 
the Scientific Law of Action, which is God (and this is 
the cause of the ebb and flow of the tide), operate in and 
through his whole Being, he then will have no care, no 
anxiety ; he will be still and Be ! and let the God-action 
act scientifically in and through him. Then he is truly 
Being in Science. 

No man can accomplish this without study and daily 
application of the rules, as no man can learn the science 
of mathematics and its application without study. 

1 ' Science is knowing, ' ' and to know man must study ; 
and when he has learned the rules, if he neglects to apply 
them, he is no better off than the one who knows nothing 
of them ; just as the musician who studies music and un- 
derstands its principles, but refuses or neglects to apply 
himself to bring it into expression, is as much without 



304 The Flashlights of Truth 

harmonious rhythm as the man who knows nothing of 
the principles of music. 

Then Being in Science is being in action and expres- 
sion ; this brings harmony, peace, love and contentment to 
the one who is thus living in conscious action in Scientific 
Being. He knows the Science of Life ; he lives it ; he acts 
it; he abides in it. It acts and abides in and through 
him. Therefore, he is in Scientific Life. He sees God as 
the Ever-present, Omnipotent and Eternal One, the First 
and only cause. Man, to be en rapport with the Being 
which Is and was and will forever be, must be awake, 
alert and act intelligently at all times. Even when the 
carnal man sleeps, this Being which Is ever stands guard, 
that no harm can befall the true man, asleep or awake. 

Being in Science, or Scientific Life, is the state of con- 
sciousness required of the awakened one at this present 
time. There is now no time for sleep or slumber by the 
awakened ones, as they should stand in action, clothed in 
a sheath of Scientific Action, a Being in Science. 






CHAPTER XXI 

SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE. 

THERE is knowledge and knowledge. There are as 
many different phases of knowledge as there are 
minds; but the real knowledge is scientific knowl- 
edge. 

What is Scientific Knowlwedge? It is knowledge of 
the Absolute. God is All-knowing, All-Science. Then 
knowing is scientific knowledge. This knowledge is not 
gained from books which are written by the intellect of 
man. To gain this knowledge appears as foolishness to 
the unawakened man ; but the awakened one, even at the 
first glimpse, perceives that there is a sound, a deep ring 
in even a word spoken in scientific knowledge ; while to 
the unawakened man it seems foolishness, even though he 
has the education and wisdom of the twentieth century. 

When man has attained unto scientific knowledge he 
knows how to live. He no longer thinks it necessary to 
run hither and thither, but with his mind scientifically 
adjusted he serenely abides in contentment wherever he 
may be, and by keeping his mind stayed upon God he is 
conscious of Peace, Harmony and Love. 

This great family of God who inhabit the earth, even 
though they express in different races and colors and their 
customs are different, yet they each and all are the chil- 
dren of God, and they also are all lost and living in 
carnality, ruled by the carnal mind. In this mind the 
evidence of the senses of the carnal man play their part, 
and they are such strong actors that they rule, very often, 
as with a rod of iron, enslaving man as long as he has not 

305 



306 The Flashlights op Truth 

scientific knowledge and does not know that it is possible 
for him to become a free man. 

When man awakens from the sound sleep which the 
carnal spell has cast over him he will begin to investigate 
and will find that there is scientific knowledge which, 
when understood and used, will assist him to free himself 
from the illusive dream of carnality. 

What is scientific knowledge, and how does man attain 
unto it? Scientific knowledge is knowing God and His 
attributes as they express throughout the creation of God, 
knowing man as he is, the Universe as it is and the Law 
which operates through the whole. 

That which Is is the Absolute, God ; and God is in ex- 
pression in the Spiritual Universe and all its forms ; this 
Spiritual is just back of that which seems to be. Jesus 
was the perfect expression of man in form. He expressed 
God in as high an expression as is possible upon this 
plane of existence, — in His Mind, Body, Soul, Spirit. He 
was in the Christ-Mind, — in a fullness sufficiently clear 
for Him to live it in the outer and bring it into expres- 
sion in and through His body, mind, Soul and Spirit. 
Therefore, he is an elder Son of God in conscious unfold- 
ment, and our Elder Brother. He is, therefore, our pat- 
tern, not only on the Mount of Transfiguration, but in 
His daily life. He is our way-shower, because He gave 
the message of Truth and by example proved the cor- 
rectness of it. 

Because Jesus' message is young upon the earth and 
many of those who have endeavored to follow it have 
failed to catch the sweet depth and the scientific knowl- 
edge contained within it, that does not signify that it is 
not the Wisdom of God unto salvation. 

Jesus, with the might of the Christ, knew well what 
those who accepted His message would encounter from 
the men of earth who were not sufficiently awakened to 
see that He was sowing a better quality of grain than that 
to which they were accustomed. The adversary endeav- 
ored, then, as the opposing forces do today, to crush out 



Scientific Knowledge 307 

and destroy the true-sounding note of His message; but 
that is impossible, as what man or number of men can 
stay the Scientific Law of Action, which IS, — God, in and 
through the bursting forth of the grain of wheat from the 
cloistered cell, expressing life until it yields graciously its 
grain to the man who desires it, whose faith is sufficiently 
strong to cultivate the ground and sow the seed ? 

This same Scientific Law of Action is in operation in 
and through Jesus Christ today as when He walked the 
streets of Jerusalem and over the Judean hills, in and 
through His message and in and through those who have 
heard this message and caught enough of the sweetness 
to endeavor to follow it. 

As the farmer ever keeps his eye upon the field of grain 
and is ready to render assistance should flood, wind or 
any other enemy come to destroy it, so Jesus, our Elder 
Brother, is watching over this message which He gave to 
humanity and over all those who have accepted it. He is 
Conscious Scientific Knowledge and understands that this 
knowledge is portrayed in His message; therefore, for 
two thousand years He has kept watch over His flock, as 
the farmer in the season when the grain is coming into 
expression keeps watch over his crop. 

Two thousand years bring the close of the cycle, and 
this is the harvesting time for the men of earth who have 
the Truth. The harvest time is here, and Jesus Christ 
and His ministering angels are watching over the field 
and are ready to assist every one who individually dis- 
cerns, understands and desires it. 

Scientific knowledge is necessary at the harvest time 
and the individual himself must glean this understanding 
which is in the message of the Nazarene, clear, deep and 
strong. 

Jesus said, ' ' Ye shall know the Truth. ' ' Many sweet, 
loving and faithful Christians have lived their lives ac- 
cording to their understanding of the Master's teaching, 
and in faith have passed over the river which divides the 
two concepts, — this plane and the next, — their faith so 



308 The Flashlights of Truth 

strong and their love so deep that they waver not to step 
into the boat which carries them across what to the sense- 
mind is the dark river of death. However, these have not 
caught the fullness of their beloved Master's teachings, 
because He plainly said, "Ye shall know the Truth.' ' 
When man knows the Truth unto realization, he is free 
indeed; yea, as free as the individual grain of wheat 
which is so ripe that it rests loosely in the head which 
nature formed to sustain it until the harvest. 

The scientific knowledge of the Truth comes into rec- 
ognition and understanding by the individual who is, as 
the ripe grain, ready for harvesting. The farmer values 
the wheat and cares for it ; so Jesus Christ values all who 
have grown to full manhood in the Christ-image and 
cares for them. God has a place prepared for these and 
will see that they are conveyed to their abode. 

This has no reference to the death of the ripened Soul, 
but to man becoming conscious of his being as God cre- 
ated him and conscious of his Sonship ; for then he be- 
comes a Conscious Son of God and knows he is joint heir 
with Jesus Christ ; he then perceives the Truth and has 
gleaned the golden grain until he has Scientific Knowl- 
edge. 

For man to have all knowledge concerning the scien- 
tific understanding of the Truth and not to use it, and 
place himself, mind first and then body, Soul and Spirit, 
scientifically in harmony with God and understandingly 
permit the science in action to work in and through him, 
is of no value. He would only know about it, but knowl- 
edge without the scientific use of it to cleanse and keep 
clean his mind and the body is of no benefit. ' ' God rests 
in action." God's scientific Law is action forever and 
ever. No man is restored to his equilibrium, which ex- 
presses in Love and Harmony, until he understands the 
scientific aspect of God as well as His other aspects. It 
is the whole Truth which man is required to know before 
he can become forever clear of the wheel which moves in 
carnality. 



Scientific Knowledge 309 

Man gains nothing by remaining in the carnal dream 
and living according to the carnal law; because from 
birth to death is a short span, even though it be three 
score years and ten ; and then comes a resting period, fol- 
lowed by expression again, and on and on the weary 
numberless round with nothing gained until he awakens. 
Then he turns his face the other way and looks to the 
great Eternal One, who is forever sure and steadfast in 
His Majesty of Truth, just behind the curtain of car- 
nality. However, it is only the awakened one who per- 
ceives what lies behind the veil. It is his eye only which 
penetrates through the deep blue dome of the sky above 
and perceives the Infinite. 'Tis his eye alone that sees 
into the bowels of the earth and knows that the Infinite is 
there. When the awakened man thus penetrates the 
height and depth of God he soon will learn the scientific 
action of God which is in and through all. Then his 
brain will become a perfectly attuned instrument for the 
Divine mentality to use ; then the Divine Mind only will 
be permitted to operate in it. 

When in this scientific knowledge man closes his men- 
tality to all minds, it matters not upon what plane they 
are functioning, and opens it to the Divine Mind only, he 
then is in scientific rapport with the God-Mind. Man 
then is protected ; no mind from any plane can enter his 
mentality when he is asleep or awake while his mind is 
scientifically functioning in God. 

Angels from the throne of God can minister to this 
man, because there is nothing to hinder them in perform- 
ing their ministry as the Father desires. Because man 
has through this scientific knowledge cleansed his mind 
of the false beliefs which compose the carnal mind, he 
then is a knowing one, and can know the whole Truth 
unto the great Freedom from illusion, if he so desires. 

"The whole Truth and nothing but the Truth" is the 
one thing needful at the dawn of this new age which is 
being ushered in with such strength. The foundations of 



310 The Flashlights of Truth 

old things are shaking, as this is the ending of the old 
condition of things. 

Civilization, which has reached its zenith, would go 
down to rise no more until it has evolved again in other 
peoples if it were not that this is the harvest time, and 
Jehovah, Jesus Christ and their ministering angels are 
keeping watch over His flock. The spiritually awakened 
ones will, by and through the assistance of Jesus Christ 
and His angels, hold the balance of power and spirit- 
uality will deface the force of evil that the harvest may 
be gathered and garnered. When the farmer gathers the 
grain he gathers it grain and grain ; so, individually, one 
by one, the men of earth become harvested, and Jesus 
Christ and His ministering angels take care of man. As 
when the ripe grains of wheat which rest easily and 
patiently in the individual compartments of the head of 
wheat, when the thresher comes, are removed and carried 
to the granary, so man who is ripe in spirituality and 
scientific knowledge will be cared for by the caretaker. 
Man here has reached a place where he must consciously 
abide in the Omnipresent God. 

"When man has cleansed his mind until his mentality is 
empty, swept and garnished of the illusions which com- 
pose the carnal mind, and understandingly places his 
mentality, clean and clear, in accord with the mind of 
God, his clean mentality is a perfect instrument to reflect 
the fullness of God's mind as the Father desires it to be 
revealed. Man here has no self-will; it has been swept 
out from his mind, therefore he has no desire but only to 
do the will of the Infinite, our Mather-Mother-God. 

It would be impossible for care or anxiety to come into 
the mentality thus cleansed and understandingly placed 
en rapport with the Father's Will. Easy indeed is the 
abiding when man is thus scientifically attuned. 

Another note must necessarily be sounded here; it is 
the Spiritual quickening. Jesus Christ said to Nicode- 
mus, "Ye must be born again ; yea, ye must be born from 
above. ' ' This is the New Birth ; it takes place when man 



Scientific Knowledge 311 

has strong desire for it and comes into accord with God's 
Eternal Law and God touches man into Spiritual Con- 
sciousness and the conscious Christ is born in him. When 
the two-fold nature of man is quickened, mind and Spirit, 
the Soul (conscious life) will throw off the encasement 
which has held it from full expression and respond with 
Conscious Life. Then the body, "the outer sheath' ' or 
fourth fold of man, will become quickened by this inter- 
nal action which is taking place, and it, too, will become 
conscious life. Then Regeneration takes place and man 
becomes freed from the thraldom of the illusive desires 
and dreams of the carnal man. Then man is redeemed 
indeed, his four-fold nature having been brought out 
from the carnal dream and he stands a being perfect, 
pure, holy, peaceful and harmonious, "hid with Christ 
in God." 

God is the Infinite, the Universal Father-Mother, and 
Christ the Universal Son. When man has attained the 
Redeemed state of Being, he becomes a conscious individ- 
ualized Christ, the Son of the Living God. 

Jesus came to earth, sent by the Father, and took birth 
in the human family to assist men that they might learn 
of their heirship. Jesus was conscious of His heirship 
from the first, but step by step He moved over the path 
which humanity travels and met and mastered every law 
which binds as with chains the children of earth. He left 
His rules that each man when he comes to that place upon 
the Path may, if he so desires, learn and, applying them, 
arise a master over every carnal condition, be it disease, 
sorrow, pain, anxiety, fear, doubt, old age or poverty. At 
the end of His ministry Jesus proved His dominion over 
death. He left the rules clear, that when man reaches 
that place upon the Path, in the harvesting time for his 
Soul-quickening, he can, with the help of God and Jesus 
Christ and the ministering angels, step aside from death 
a victor. 

This is the completeness, the fullness of the message 
which was given to humanity through the lips of Jesus 



312 The Flashlights of Truth 

nearly two thousand years ago, and this is the cycle when 
man (those who are in tune with the music of the 
spheres, they who are in rhythm with the Infinite Law of 
Action, which is God) will be quickened as in the twin- 
kling of an eye. It is God who ever giveth the increase, 
and it is God who bringeth about this final act; but it 
will be only those who are attuned to the rhythm of the 
Love and Harmony of God who are of the Redeemed. 
These are the one hundred and forty-four thousand fig- 
uratively spoken of in the Bible. 

These will come from all nations, colors, races, creeds 
and cults. Yea, from the East and West, from the South 
and the North, Infinite Love will gather them and endue 
them with Wisdom, Love and Power, that they become 
perfect instruments in the Father's hands in helping to 
establish the Spiritual Age upon the Earth. 

In the midst of the tribulations, — yea, ' ' the distress of 
nations," — God will call the spiritually prepared army 
into action. They will, in the midst of the conflicting 
times of the battle of Armageddon, hold up the banner of 
the Christ and proclaim that it is the finishing time of 
the old dispensation and that the dawn of the Spirit day 
is at hand. The name of Jesus Christ shall be proclaimed. 
He is a constant reality, although invisible to the world. 

The Spiritually awakened and quickened will be 
guided, guarded, sustained and protected continually 
during these trying times ; but they necessarily must re- 
main in accord with the mind of God and Spiritually in 
rhythm with the music of the spheres, consciously abiding 
in the shadow of the Almighty and securely anchored to 
the Eternal Rock, — the Rock of Ages, the Rock of Truth. 
Although Jehovah is doing His part, and Jesus Christ 
and His ministering angels are about their Father's busi- 
ness, man must do his part and continue to do it. Man's 
part is to knowingly and understandingly abide in the 
Father's Will and keep his heart filled with love for God 
and love for his fellow-man. 



Scientific Knowledge 313 

Universal Brotherhood will be established by and 
through the Christ ruling in and through the Christ, 
which is born in each individual concept. Those of the 
Christ-born are the ones who will know Him when He 
comes and welcome His call. In and through these He 
will find Faith upon the earth. So Be It ! 



CHAPTER XXII 

UNDERSTANDINGLY ABIDING. 

GOD, the Infinite Intelligence, which holds the world 
in His hand and it tests not His strength, is guid- 
ing the ship in which humanity is embarked. 

This Intelligence is so alert and everywhere present 
that it notices the sparrow's fall and knows the thoughts 
of man's mind and the desires of the human heart. Intel- 
ligence is Infinite and everywhere present. In this Infi- 
nite Intelligence, — this loving God and Father, — there is 
a safe abiding place. As this Infinite is everywhere pres- 
ent, its abiding place is everywhere present. Then the 
man who has understanding can abide in serene confi- 
dence and trusting faith in the presence of this Presence 
which enfolds all in its loving care. To understanding^ 
abide in the Father's House and stand ready to become 
of service in the Infinite Intelligence when He desires, 
requires knowledge, insight, perception, — yea, vision. 
What is meant by vision ? It is where man stands clothed 
in the Christ- Consciousness, having the seership of the 
Christ, which visions the Absolute as it is. 

When man visions the Allness, the Wholeness and the 
Absoluteness of the Infinite, he gladly abides in this great 
Presence and understandingly knows that there is naught 
beside it. With this vision man stands still in action in 
the Eternality of the Allness of that which IS ; and this 
is God unmanifest and manifest. 

From the vantage ground of vision man looks out 
over and through the human family which dwells upon 
the earth, seeing them weaving their web of carnality in 

314 



Understandingly Abiding 315 

which each and all are enmeshed so completely that none 
except those who have climbed the steep Path which leads 
up the Mountain of Truth and have gained sight from 
this position can see any way out from the carnal con- 
dition. 

There is no sure abiding place in the carnal dream, 
and the human family, be it the king on his throne or the 
peasant in the field, drifts with the human tide as it ebbs 
and flows. Those dwelling in the carnal dream of illu- 
sions have not light to see up and over the web, because 
they have not vision. 

There is nothing in humanity or the carnal concept of 
man which can assist him to pass around and through the 
maze of the illusiveness of carnality. The sense-evidence 
is so strong in the unawakened state of man that he can- 
not believe that they are the counterfeit of the Spiritual 
man's Soul-sense. In this state man is abiding in the 
carnal dream, and in misery, sorrow, disease and death he 
lives and endeavors to be content with things as they 
appear to him. As long as man believes that God is the 
author of evil and its outpictures of misery, he is still 
dwelling in the carnal dream and living the human life of 
humanity. Therefore, he has not the Light of Truth 
which would cause him to vision into the substance which 
is Spirit, — the Absolute God in His unmanifest and man- 
ifest state. When man gleans sufficient light to see that 
there is the substance, the Real, just back of the illusion, 
— the human life, — he will begin to move onward with 
the desire to gain light which will enable him to pass 
through the shadows. 

Humanity in all its different stages is an illusion. As 
long as man is asleep in the dream of the reality of the 
illusions, he contentedly abides there. He would prefer 
not to hear words of light which would cause him to 
awaken from the belief in the counterfeit, which is car- 
nality. He is abiding, as he thinks, but his abiding place 
has a foundation of sand, which sooner or later the ebb 
and flow of the tide will wash away, when he will see that 



316 The Flashlights op Truth 

there is no sure or safe abiding place in the carnal 
world. " Man's extremity is God's opportunity" is a 
true adage from the ancient Sages. When man reaches 
the extremity of his own efforts and sees the foundations 
thereof washing away, he looks higher and deeper than 
the surface. When man does this something will happen, 
because he will catch a glimpse of Light, even though it 
may seem so small that he will not at first acknowledge 
to himself that he has seen it. That Light is powerful, 
because it is God ; and when once seen it cannot easily be 
dismissed from the mind. This Light is the Real, of 
which the light which the carnal man perceives is the 
reflection or counterfeit. There necessarily must be the 
Real before there can be the counterfeit. When man 
awakens from his contentment in the carnal concept of 
Life and sees that in which he is continually abiding is 
unstable and unsatisfying, he sets about to seek out that 
abiding place which is sure and steadfast, where the 
foundation is solid rock and the abiding full of peace. He 
soon learns it requires understanding to reach that place 
and to abide there after it is reached. To gain under- 
standing knowledge is required, — true knowledge. Wis- 
dom and intelligence are required. These, coupled to- 
gether, bring understanding which will enable man to 
abide in the presence of the Infinite, the Absolute, and 
to trustingly dwell in "the Secret Place of the Most 
High." From this trysting place he looks through the 
mask of humanity and, with vision strong enough, he 
reads the illusions of carnality as clearly as man sees the 
flowers in his own garden. 

The mind of the man who is asleep in the carnal dream 
and filled with dishonesty, deceit and cunning cannot 
deceive or entrap him, because he, with the eye of vision, 
sees through the carnal mind of man and knows the un- 
stable thoughts which inhabit it. 

The man of vision who is understandingly abiding in 
the secret place of the Most High and has the mind of 



Understandingly Abiding 317 

Christ thinking within him will have compassion upon 
all, because he knows that all men are brothers, whether 
still asleep in carnality or awakened in the reality of 
Spirit. He will voice a prayer, be it silent or audible, it 
matters not, to the Loving Father that all men may 
awaken from the sound slumber which is caused by the 
false beliefs which fill his mind, woven from the fabric of 
the carnal mind and holding man under the illusion that 
its shadows are reality. Thus we see that there are two 
abiding places, one the Real and Permanent, the other 
the unreal, the impermanent, being composed of illusions. 

Man sees death take place and the physical form which 
was the tenement of the Real Man disappears from sight. 
In the carnal concept this is real and man mourns the loss 
of the departed one. His vision being dull, he sees only 
the outer mask of man and all things in the world around 
him ; but the man of vision sees that death does not affect 
the Real Man, that which ' ' God created in His Image and 
Likeness," as he could not die, being the expression of 
God-Life, which never dies ; and the mask, being only the 
shadow, could not have died, for Life cannot enter shad- 
ows. Then the man with vision, when he understandingly 
abides in the Infinite Presence, sees the Real Man at all 
times when he is inhabiting the Temple of clay, and after 
he withdraws from the fleeting body of flesh. There is 
no veil to vision ! It sees ! The man of vision, then, who 
is understandingly abiding in the center of God and 
knowing that his feet are firmly fastened to the Rock- 
Truth, can trustingly stand and watch without being 
disturbed or swayed the forming and unforming of the 
universe or systems of universes and the passing of man 
from birth to death and back to birth again as he lives 
upon the path which winds its crooked way through 
carnality. 

Man may at times, when he visions clear the path over 
which those whom he loves must travel, do as Jesus did 
when he sat upon the mountain overlooking Jerusalem 
and saw how long and rough the path over which its 



318 The Flashlights of Truth 

people must pass ere they awaken sufficiently to discern 
the knowledge, wisdom and understanding which would 
enable them to arise and start upon the narrow Path 
which leads straight up the mountain side. Jesus sor- 
rowed and exclaimed, "Jerusalem! Jerusalem! How 
oft would I have gathered thy children together even as 
a hen gathereth her brood, but ye would not. ' ' Jesus had 
understanding and vision and He knew that those still 
living in the carnal concept would arrive at the place 
where they would awaken ; but after the awakening comes 
there is the "working out of their own salvation,' ' the 
extricating themselves from the web of illusions. Stormy 
and rough indeed is the ocean of woe before man learns 
to turn his mind within and there, in the secret place of 
his own Soul, commune with the Infinite, our Father- 
Mother, and gain knowledge, wisdom and understanding 
which will cause him to wisely shape his course, lift the 
sails and let the Infinite Spirit fill them and God's hand 
steer the bark and Infinite Love bring him safely into 
port. 

When man has understanding, which is gained through 
knowledge, wisdom and intelligence, he understands that 
God finished His work and pronounced it good, — yea, 
very good. Then God rested from the works which He 
had done. With the eye of vision man sees that there is 
naught in all God 's universe, vast though it is, for him to 
do, because God did it and announced it ' ' finished. ' ' The 
man of vision will understandingly abide in the midst of 
God's finished works. Can man add to that which God 
has finished and called good ? In the allegory in Genesis, 
the first chapter, we read, "God said, Let us make man 
in our image and likeness." When man sees himself as 
the work of God, made in "God's image and likeness/ ' 
and remembers that he is in the mijlst of God's perfect 
works "and is God's crowning glory," he can easily see 
when he, through understanding, comes into vision, that 
he has nothing to do but "To Be" and abide in Being; 
and this abiding is Heaven, is Harmony, and this Har- 



Understandingly Abiding 319 

mony is established in the conscious mind and in the 
body, radiating until man's world is filled with it. This 
is heaven within and heaven without. Man's environ- 
ments do not cause this heaven, neither can his environ- 
ments hinder him from living and abiding in that heaven, 
if he has vision strong and clear enough to see through 
any undesirable shadows which may environ him. The 
man of clear vision counts it as naught to lay down his 
life for his fellow-man, that they might see the Light of 
Truth. To man who is living in the dream of carnality 
death seems a great dark stone in his path, but to the 
man of vision there is no dark stone, but only the Light 
of God overshadowing the Path, and where the full Light 
of God is there is no darkness and where the Life of God 
is there is no death. Understandingly abiding, then, is 
to have vision and know that it is vision ; giving that rest 
in action which is the fullness of the River of Life, bring- 
ing man into conscious immortality. 

When man, through scientific knowledge and its appli- 
cation, has cleared his mind of the false beliefs, fears 
and doubts, permitting the Divine Mind to operate in and 
through his mentality, serenely and understandingly 
abiding in the state of conscious union with God, he is 
then in a place where he can be used by the Father and 
Jesus Christ in quickening the minds of men into the 
shining of the True Light. 

If God had remained unmanifest there would have 
been no individualized man in expression and nothing 
would be but God in repose ; "but God desired to become 
the many, ' ' and creation sprang forth and stepped from 
the womb of the Infinite into the Infinite Heart. This is 
the point where God became personal by expressing 
through form. There is nothing but God in the begin- 
ning and there is nothing but God now. This is the 
Truth of Being, and man to understandingly abide in 
trusting serenity in what Truth he visions must of neces- 
sity come to know the Whole Truth. "A little leaven 
will leaven the whole lump." A ray of Light will light 



320 The Flashlights of Truth 

the Path unto the point where the full-orbed Truth is 
seen in its perfect shining. When man, deep down in his 
own being, abides in God he is poised, stayed, calm and 
serene. No storm nor appearance of storm can disturb 
him, because he abides in the serenity which is greater 
than all shadow. His mind being stayed upon God, the 
Infinite, it expresses in his Being. When man is thus 
united in the Infinite, there can be in his mind no sepa- 
rateness between himself and the Infinite. He knows 
that the individual ray of the Infinite is within him and 
has not removed itself from its source, — the Infinite. In 
this abiding consciousness of union with the Infinite man 
visions the individual expressions of God in man and un- 
derstands that all men are at-one with God, the Father. 
He then sees clearly that there is not nor can there be 
any respecter of expressions with God. After man awak- 
ens and through effort attains unto knowledge, wisdom 
and intelligence which merges into understanding, it re- 
quires faithfulness to serenely abide "in the secret place 
of the Most High," even though the Soul is awake, the 
mind illumined, the body quickened and the Spirit 
breathing softly through and through his entire con- 
sciousness ; but when man knows also of the great Divine 
Plan, he can more securely await in the place where he is 
until the Father has need for him, and act as he is led by 
the ' ' Still Small Voice, ' ' — that same voice which spoke to 
him in the Garden of Eden when he first began to form a 
veil in his mind between himself and God, when he began 
to see himself unclothed, having lost his clear concept of 
his at-one-ment with the Father and began to form cover- 
ing for himself. The covering of fig leaves was the 
shadow of the thoughts which were forming the carnal 
mind. Man weaves the thoughts together into a web 
which is carnality, just as he united the fig leaves to- 
gether for covering. 

To become a Conscious Son of God and stand Re- 
deemed, man must unclothe himself. He must stand 
naked before the Infinite when he returns Home ; just as 



Understandingly Abiding 321 

he was naked when he left the Father's House in Para- 
dise. 

Man does not belong to himself, but to God. He 
brought naught of his own out from his Father's House, 
which is Paradise, except his desire for change, which 
is his free-will, and, ere he arrives at the portal of his 
Father's Home again, he will have surrendered this 
desire-mind to God and then there is no mind in him but 
the mind of God and the one desire, which is to do as 
God wills. 

When the man of earth has just awakened, he very 
often sees no beauty in the Truth and the invisible pre- 
sense of the Truth is so intangable to him that he cannot 
believe that it is there. With the mind thus, there is a 
gulf between himself and the God that is. When man 
understandingly abides in God, he is free from all care. 
He leaves all in the guiding hand of God and ever re- 
mains ready and prepared to act at the bidding of the 
Infinite Intelligence. At this harvest time man of him- 
self can do nothing, as it is God who is the doer. He can 
only keep himself a perfectly attuned instrument to be 
used to assist the angels who are in the service of Jesus 
Christ. None but those who have washed their garments 
in the blood of the lamb, which is symbolic of wisdom, 
Love and the gentle power of Truth, can be of service 
here ; for it is the wise virgin who will enter in and be 
of service in opening the minds and hearts of the children 
of earth to the shining of the Light. 

To understandingly abide, it is necessary to, as the 
wise virgins spoken of by Jesus in His parable, "have 
the lamps filled with oil." The seer visions that the 
lamp is the body of the wise virgin and that the oil is the 
Holy Spirit within it. When the seer hears the soft 
sweet voice of the bridegroom, "the Saviour," calling, he 
arises and passes out to meet Him. These are they who 
are understandingly abiding in union with God and are 
ready to do their part in assisting to establish the deep, 
deep Truth in the hearts and minds of mankind. 



322 The Flashlights of Truth 

Now is the day when mankind will be brought face to 
face with the Message of Truth in its fullness ; and bles- 
sed indeed is he who hears the early call and does not 
linger until the mid-night cry. Peal after peal of the 
heavenly call will ring over the earth at this present time, 
calling the laborers into the harvest whitening in the 
human family. Those who are ready are ripe fruit upon 
the human tree; these will hear the call as the peals of 
rhythm sound throughout humanity and w T ill vibrate 
with their glorious sound, so that when the final call is 
given as the Father, Jehovah-God, touches the ripe Soul, 
they, having done their part, will be ready to become 
Redeemed in Body, Mind, Soul and Spirit, becoming 
conscious Sons of the Living God. 

When the son of man has risen into the realization 
that he is the Conscious son of the Living God, he is Re- 
deemed indeed; the old man is lost forever, having 
merged into the son of God and lost all relationship with 
humanity, — its laws, beliefs, fears and doubts. This 
Conscious son of God abides serenely in the realization 
of Eternity. He lives in the understanding of the Absol- 
ute Truth and abides in the midst of perfection. He, 
with the eye of vision, sees the perfect man as he moves 
among the human family. He visions through the per- 
sonality, the mask, and sees the man whom ' ' God created 
in His image and likeness/ ' If the vision is strong 
enough and he so desires, disease, pain, limitation and 
ignorance will be consumed; and, when these are con- 
sumed, before him is the manifestation of the Loving 
God. Here man can understandingly abide in Eternity, 
in the full consciousness of Immortality ; not only of the 
Soul, the invisible part of man, but of his body, whose 
Light of Life is also immortal. He hears the songs of 
the birds, as they warble forth their morning greetings 
as a part of the great symphony of Being. 

Christ is calling. He is speaking softly, but clearly. 
Listen to the gentle winning voice. The Light is shining 
strong over land and sea to-day. Wilt thou come unto 



Understandingly Abiding 323 

this abiding consciousness and ever there remain? It 
is the fruition ; it is the fullness complete for every man. 
Then he will understandingly abide in the Father's 
House, — At Home. 



CHAPTER XXIII 

VISION 

GOD is Vision. God-vision is everywhere present. 
He sees clearly in His center, in His circumference 
and everywhere. 

God's vision is Intelligence; it is Love; it is Power; 
it is Peace, Harmony and righteousness, — these, God's 
vision, express as He visions. 

Man's vision, in his true concept, is a perfect reflection 
of God's vision. If man desires vision, it is necessary 
that he adjust himself so that he is a perfect reflector. 

What is a reflector ? Man, when he reflects God. His 
mind is then swept, cleansed and garnished; it is clean 
from all illusions or shadows ; and he, the individual ray, 
or expression of the Infinite, reflects the whole ; just as in 
a mirror one sees all that is in expression before it. 

Man is the individualized manifestation of God. Man 
is not the Infinite in expression, but the expression of the 
Infinite. Therefore, if man desires infinite knowledge, 
wisdom, understanding, love, peace or power, he neces- 
sarily must polish his mind and, understanding^ adjust 
it to perceive from the Divine Mind. His mind is, then, 
the reflector and he can read and comprehend what it re- 
flects according to his vision. 

God is everywhere present, shining in His Wisdom, 
and for man to perceive this his mind must reflect it. 

Some may ask, does not reflection indicate separation ? 
Not to the man of vision. Cannot the diamond reflect 
and radiate its own rays and brilliancy, even though it 
is one compact and complete gem? 

324 



Vision 325 

There is no more separation between the expressions 
of God than there is in the rays of the brilliant diamond. 

Where is the mind of the student and devotee who 
perceives distance or separation, when we refer to reflec- 
tion ? Far along upon the Path, he truly is ; but he has 
not attained unto the illumination which bursts into 
vision, because then he would see that the lake can reflect 
the islands within it or the river, the beautiful falls, and 
no separation exists, — just one serene lake, one active 
river. 

Both lake and river are works of the same Creator 
and bring the greatness, grandeur and beauty of the 
Infinite into expression. Nature is everywhere present, 
because it is "The outer garment of God" or the lower 
vibration if the Infinite Whole. 

God visions not the outer garment. He only visions 
Himself and His manifestations. God visions the end 
from the beginning of man's sleep in the carnal state. 
Therefore, it matters not where man may stray while he 
sleeps in the illusive concept of experience ; as he cannot 
go beyond God's vision. 

In the bowels of the earth God 's vision is, in the center 
of the brilliancy of the sun ; in the air, in the water, in 
the fire God's vision is. This Vision is the All-Seeing 
Eye. God's vision is Intelligence, Love and Power. 
Then, thou man of earth, stand still in mind and thou 
wilt perceive that God-vision sees thy every act, 
thought, desire and deed; and, should thy carnal mind 
desire to hide from this Infinite Vision, thou canst not, 
for God's vision pierces the granite mountains and the 
sea's depth as easily as the mist of a summer morning. 

The Infinite speaks: "Go where thou wilt, I am 
there." In thine own heart, man, I abide, if thou 
knowest it or not. In the soft breeze which caresses thy 
form, I am. In the bright sunshine, I am. I express in 
the groves and vineyards. I sing in the birds, to my 



326 The Flashlights of Truth 

little ones who are discouraged. Through the song of 
the meadow lark and robin I cheer the farmer boy as he 
goes in the morning to his tasks in the field. I express 
in the wild flowers which grow along the path winding 
its way through the woods, and along the way which 
crosses the prairies and plains, that all who have ears to 
hear and eyes to see may be blessed as they pass along. 

I, with my breath of Love, paint each petal of every 
flower that the children of earth may rejoice in My 
Beauty. "With this same brush I drape the mountain 
peaks in their lavender and purple gauze ; and the west- 
ern sky at sunset, with all the brilliant hues; and the 
eastern sky at dawn, first in soft grey, then lavender and 
pink, then the golden hue of noon, setting before man the 
holiness of My Beauty and the Beauty of My Holiness. 
Thus man has before him the Infinite Love expressed 
in Beauty. 

When man sees all this expression, can he doubt the 
ever-unfailing Presence of the great I AM, Who holds 
His creation in His Hand, breathes in and through all, 
loves in and through everyone, and visions in and 
through all, — the grain of sand, the drop of water and 
man, "The crowning glory of God?" 

If man is the crowning glory of God, and God visions 
man in any place he may be, can man when he awakens, 
believe it possible for him to escape God's care, Love and 
Protection? Believe it not! Man cannot escape from 
the presence of the ever-present God. 

What is necessary for man, after he awakens from the 
carnal sleep sufficiently to perceive that a thing so great, 
grand and beautiful as nature, with the seasons coming 
and going in such precision, could not be thus expressed 
by chance ? Begin to search for the hidden cause. What 
is the hidden cause ? God, the Infinite. For man to gain 
light upon that which is hidden away, he must search. It 
is only by searching that man finds anything that is 
hidden from his sight. God, though everywhere, and at 



Vision 327 

all times present, is invisible to the outer eye of man, but 
not to the inner eye, which is the Eye of Vision, the indi- 
vidual expression of the "All-Seeing Eye." 

Then for man to find and learn to know God, where 
does he begin? By trying to bring God nearer to him- 
self ? If he should thus endeavor, he could not succeed, 
because God is everywhere present; for, lo, He is man's 
very Life, his very breath. 

When man perceives that with the outer eye he sees 
not the spiritual and invisible God, that his natural sight 
is blurred, he knows that his work is with himself, to 
clear the debris of carnality from before his eyes, that 
his spiritual vision become clear. 

If one looks through a dusty window pane, his view is 
misty, — if he sees at all. His seeing is according to the 
degree of dust which covers the glass. Man removes the 
dust by his own efforts, then the perfect glass is uncov- 
ered. The glass was perfect, even though man could not 
see through it while it was covered with the dust. The 
dust was on the outside of the glass, not within. Just so 
man, the expression of the Infinite, acts in the outer and, 
when all dust is washed away, his mind is transparent 
and God's eternal Truth is written thereon, by reflection 
first, then by incision or consciousness of its own being, 
its Godhood. 

When man has washed his mind until it is clear, he 
then visions the Infinite in the Infinite expressions ; and, 
with the consciousness of a Son of God, visions through- 
out the cosmos as he desires to see. 

Thus man can see that he is a reflector and a reflection. 
Then there is the clear God-vision, where he sees the 
completeness of All and rests in that Vision. 

When man has his mind clean, clear and polished, he, 
with this clear mind stayed upon God, the "All and in 
All, ' ' has vision clear, strong and perfect. 

If it is just the mind, it will be an intellectual illumi- 
nation into an intellectual vision. If it is just through 
faith and the heart, the center of the spiritual nature is 



328 The Flashlights of Truth 

quickened into spiritual perception ; but this, too, is only 
a part of the great All. If the Soul should awake and 
burst its cloister and express conscious Life without the 
mind and heart, this alone would not be desirable; and 
when the mind is cleansed, then touched by the Love of 
God and this Love quickens the Spiritual Man and the 
Soul expresses its power in conscious Life, then the body, 
the Temple, will also respond and the expression of per- 
fection will become evident. 

No man knows how long it will require for the outer 
man to express the perfect state of the inner man; and 
none should say, ' ' How long, how long ? ' ' but all should 
know that it is according as the individual himself visions 
through the clean window glass of his mind. 

A short prayer by the one who has vision may so erase 
the debris from the mind that he begins to see. Though 
the sick are prayed for once or many times by those who 
have scaled the heights and healing has taken place in 
the body of the afflicted, he yet has his work to do, which 
is to keep his mind clear and clean of carnal beliefs, 
which are confusions, doubts and fears ; to ever keep his 
mind stayed upon God, his heart in tune with the rhythm 
and music of the spheres, which is spiritual concord, and 
his Soul expressing in Conscious-Life, the God-life, per- 
fect, eternal. When the Soul expresses Conscious-Life, 
this God-Life expresses in and through the body. This 
being true, how can death enter or find an abiding place ? 
How can Conscious-Life be touched by death ? Truly, in 
the eye of vision this is plain, that two opposite conditions 
cannot express at the same time in the same place. 

When man has attained vision, he is ever alert that no 
carnal condition enter his clean mind to cast a blur in or 
over his vision. God's vision is clear, perfect and never 
changes. 

If man visions in his spiritual vision one day, then per- 
mits the cares of this life to enter and blur his vision the 
next, his is as a pendulum swinging and swinging and 
never causing him to rest. 






Vision 329 

When the outer eye catches a vision of the inner self 
and realizes the greatness of it, earnestness and perse- 
verance will become manifest in that one, and by and 
through earnest endeavor he wins and wears the crown. 
This crown, symbollically spoken of in the Bible, is not a 
thing far away in the sky ; this crown, which the awak- 
ened man is to wdn and wear, is man's redeemed body. 

True it is that man must win his pure body, because he 
has through ignorance permitted his perfect body to 
become encased in the debris of earth. 

Here is where the man of vision stands forth clear and 
strong, because there is no mist before his eyes, neither 
in his mind, and he sees through the encasement which is 
of the earth and visions it into its rightful place. 

When the window glass is washed and polished, it is 
clean and clear. Where is the debris which covered it? 
It has disappeared in the washing process ' ' and the place 
that knew it knows it no more." It does not exist. So 
it is with disease, pain, inharmony, confusion and igno- 
rance. When they are washed from the mind by denials 
and the mind polished with the affirmations of Truth, 
then it is that God giveth Jhe increase of the clear vision 
which sees the man as God created him, — pure, perfect, 
peaceful and harmonious. This is the vision of the Real 
Self,— the true Self of all. 

When the mind is clear of the illusions, ever keep it 
stayed upon God. Repeat the Lord's Prayer, the Ninety- 
first Psalm or the Twenty-third Psalm or Holy Mantrans, 
and continue to repeat until the mind is conscious of its 
at-one-ment with the Father-Mother-God. 

God's vision is so clear and strong that "it sees even 
the sparrow's fall" and the forming of the universes. It 
knows where the wild animals hide in their lair and sees 
the kings when they go forth in pomp. 

Let man, with vision, stand forth in conscious strength 
and trust. Let him perceive that there's nothing in all 
God 's Holy Mountain to harm him ; neither to fear. Let 
him be as King David, who, when only a shepherd boy, 



330 The Flashlights of Truth 

went forth with faith and vision. His vision was strong 
enough, and his faith so deep that he knew the Lord was 
on his side. The Lord is on the side of all those who have 
vision clear enough to perceive Him. 

The man of vision is conscious of his immortality here 
and now, and that he is living in the midst of immor- 
tality. 

When Jesus Christ was speaking to His disciples, 
yearning to tell them the Truth, He said, ' ' I have many 
things to say unto you, but you cannot bear them now. ' ' 
At that state of their understanding, they could not hear 
what He would say. Jesus did not endeavor at that time 
to force their understanding into vision. 

Jesus told them to tarry in Jerusalem, after His de- 
parture, until they were baptized with the Holy Spirit. 
This they did, as is recorded in the second chapter of 
Acts; and after that their vision was strong enough to 
enable them to proclaim to all men, fearlessly, the mes- 
sage of man's redemption. Their vision was so strong, it 
enabled them to look past the death scene. Stephen, as 
they stoned him, stayed his mind on God and he visioned 
the heavens open and Jesus Christ seated at the right 
hand of God. 

Jesus' vision was clear and He prayed, "Father, for- 
give them, they know not what they do." Vision! Yes, 
when the mists of earth have cleared away, there will be 
spirit-sight, — seership ; and this becomes clear-seeing, — 
this is Vision Divine. 

The carnal mind can become alert, sensitive and open 
to seeing and seership become manifest in it. This is 
clairvoyant or psychic sight; but, being in the carnal 
mind, it is limited and cannot be relied upon ; but when 
vision, which is God-sight, becomes manifest in man, it 
can be relied upon; and some are given to prophesy, 
others to proclaim the hidden things of the deep, — secrets 
of God as He reveals them to His seers through vision; 
and others, those who vision God's great Love and 
beauty, sing continually of the Being that Is. 



Vision 331 

Those who vision the Lord of Glory in all His great- 
ness, tenderness and Love are those who have washed 
their robes in the blood of the lamb, which is wisdom, 
Love and the power of Truth, — Truth, "the lamb which 
has been slain from the foundation of the world. ' ' 

"Washing the robes in the blood of the lamb, in the 
inner realization, is gaining wisdom and power by search- 
ing to know the Truth. The earnest one will touch the 
hem of the garment of Love, when they vision the Truth, 
and be healed of his infirmities. 

The Truth is no longer slain by the one who has vision, 
but he lays his garment down at the feet of Truth ; and, 
in humility, love, gratitude and serenity, awaits the bid- 
ding of the Infinite, our Father-Mother-God. Then it is 
that they go in and out and find pasture and the still 
waters flowing silently through the green fields. In these 
fields the evergreen tree of Life stands stately, calm and 
powerful and blesses all who come to partake of its fruit, 
which is immortality. This is vision; and all men who 
attain unto an understanding of the Truth will vision 
this here and now. There is no river to cross. It is in 
the concept of man's mind and heart the change takes 
place; and by and by he visions himself, God and the 
Universe as the reality. If his vision is full and com- 
plete, he has God-consciousness. Then he loves God, be- 
cause he has become conscious of God's Love. He also 
loves his fellow-man, because he is filled with love ; yes, 
he has become conscious that he is the essence which is 
Love. 

When man visions God as He is, — Love, Peace, Har- 
mony, Power and Good, — man will become peaceful, har- 
monious and loving, because he will express that which 
he visions. 

In vision there is no imperfection; it cannot be seen, 
because vision is of God and sees only the Real and 
Eternal. 

The man of vision sees the clouds of carnality as they 
move along over the surface of the earth, where the man 



332 The Flashlights of Truth 

lives who is lost in the carnal sleep ; but these do not ob- 
struct his vision, because he sees through them; and, if 
he is fully conscious of his vision, he can vision the clouds 
into their native place. Where is their native place? 
Nowhere. Because they are no-thing. 

Vision, then, is the one thing needful, as man nears the 
regeneration period unto the redemption of the body. 

Vision, strong and clear, visions the perfect man as he 
has ever been, — pure, holy and redeemed, a Son of God 
clothed in God-consciousness, which is Vision Divine. 



CHAPTER XXIV 

THE SUBSTANTIALITY OF THAT WHICH IS. 

THAT which is, is God, the Infinite, "the All in All." 
This is the One and only Substance. There is only 
one substance filling all space. This substance, 
which is everywhere present, is the Breathing, Pulsating 
Intelligent Essence, which is God ; and this became mani- 
fest in the myriad forms which compose Infinity. All 
forms are composed of this intelligent substance, accord- 
ing to the place they are to fill in the plan of the Infinite. 

The lowly grass covering the barren earth with its 
carpet of green is not to be despised ; neither the grains 
of sand lost in the countlessness of themselves as they 
clothe the seashore with a lowly garb. 

Is there any substantiality in the grass and the sand? 
Yes. God is the substance of each, and the unchanging 
substantiality of God exists in each and every grain of 
sand and every blade of grass. 

The Substantiality of that which Is is the Reality out 
of which universes and all that is within them are made. 

The Spirit-Substance which is God-Substance was un- 
manifest when the Infinite was in repose. When the In- 
finite chose to achieve it for a change, ' ' The One became 
the many. ' ' The Infinite expressed through the forms of 
its different degrees of expression, according to the nature 
of each and the place they were to fill within the mani- 
fested desire. With the reason, if not with spiritual 
insight, it can be shown that all is substantial, because 
the Substance which is very God is their foundation, their 

333 



334 The Flashlights of Truth 

overshadowing, their indwelling; and there is nothing 
else. 

This is God's creation as He expressed it into forms; 
and every form is pulsating with Infinite Life. 

Then we see a living, pulsating creation, all of God, all 
in God; all abiding in the substance which is the Sub- 
stantiality of God, or that which IS. 

The Spiritual creation cannot change. They of it can- 
not die; they cannot disappear; they cannot depart. 
Permanent and steadfast is God's creation. 

It is well for the student and devotee to dwell here in 
the understanding of the permanency of that which IS. 
From his deep abiding place he can reach out through the 
unsubstantial, — the shadow of the Real,— and, with vision 
clear, speak words of Light which will consume the 
shadows. 

God's Spiritual creation is the Real, the True. It is 
the Truth. It is the Light in which no shadow dwells. 
From whence, then, did the shadow proceed which the 
awakened man finds undesirable ? From the mind which 
has formed in man as he looks outward and away from 
man 's own center, his heart-center, in which is the divin- 
ity of each and every man. As the mind looks outward, 
it sees with this outward-looking mind the shadows cast 
by itself and the minds of all who have passed out from 
Paradise into the Garden of Eden and then out into the 
world. 

How did the shadows first become apparent? By the 
Soul as it dwelt in Paradise desiring a change ; or, rather, 
by the Soul using that inherent quality which it reflects 
from the Infinite, being in "God's image and likeness." 
God, as we have said, has the power to desire a change, 
and when He so desired He merged into expression from 
His unmanifest state. Man, reflecting God, has inherent 
within him this power to choose a change ; but man, being 
an individual expression of the Infinite, man's expres- 
sions were limited, therefore finite and carnal. 

When man began to see his expressions, he looked so 



The Substantiality of That Which IS 335 

intently toward them, so far out into the outer formations 
of the shadows, that he has forgotten his center, which is 
his Real Spiritual Self, which God caused to become man- 
ifest in the day when the Infinite manifested in the form 
of man. 

The Substance of God is everywhere present. The man 
whom God formed, or expressed, is abiding in the Sub- 
stantiality of God. This is Reality, and can be thus dis- 
cerned by the man who has vision. Here is where immor- 
tality becomes apparent to the awakened man. 

When man is illumined into vision, he no longer sees 
the shadows which compose carnality, but he visions 
through them ; and, though he to all appearance lives in 
the world as other men, he is in reality in the world ' ' but 
not of it." The illusive deceptions of the shadows no 
longer have any power to deceive him; but with the in- 
sight of vision he can stand erect and do as Jesus did 
when He was tempted by these same shadows. What did 
Jesus do ? He said to the tempter, ' ' Get thee behind me, 
Satan." Jesus did this, not only that He overcame for 
Himself alone, but that each man after He is mentally 
and spiritually awakened, can see man must do as Jesus 
did, — arise and face the adversary, Satan; and, with 
scientific knowledge, clear understanding and vision, 
speak to the Tempter in any guise in which he may pre* 
sent himself, — speak from the Christ- Consciousness with- 
in him, and the devil will disappear into the unsubstan- 
tially, which he is. 

Christ Jesus, the Saviour of the world and the way- 
shower, stands ever ready to assist all who call upon 
Him ; and Jehovah, God, the manifestation of the Infinite 
and the ruling sovereign of this earth, has announced 
that He will hear the prayer of the awakened ones who 
ask in the name of Jesus Christ, whom we recognize as 
Jesus of Nazareth. 

Man has the promise of Jehovah-God that He will hear 
and answer prayer, when spoken in that name. This 



336 The Flashlights of Truth 

promise is substantial and God responds to the prayer of 
Faith, voiced in that name. The prayer of an innocent 
child, when spoken through that name, is answered. 

Then Jesus carries the teachings further for the indi- 
vidual who is spiritually awake and desires to attain unto 
the real Light. When this is done, the great thing is 
accomplished; and man sees that he is at home in his 
Father's House. In the Reality, the Absoluteness as it is, 
man has never been away from Home. Only his mind 
convej^ed the belief that he was separated from God. 

Then we would announce to the candidate for vision 
that Wisdom would say, Stand still in the place where 
you are and continue to glean the grains of Truth day 
by day. When the light of vision comes unto your mind, 
you will perceive that there is no place to go, as you are 
at Home. The substantiality of that which is, is Home. 
This substance, which is very God, is man's abiding place. 
Even when man is burdened with the cares of the carnal 
life and is tired and weary, if he knew the Truth, he 
would rest in God; yea, he would "be still and know'' 
that he is in the very center of God. 

"And God said, Let us make man in our image, after 
our likeness. ' ' — Gen. 1 :26. 

' ' So God created man in His own image ; in the image 
of God created He him, male and female created He 
them."— Gen. 1:27. 

When man awakens to the Truth of his Being, as he 
really is, and of his abiding place as it is, he will see him- 
self a manifestation of God. What is God ? The One 
Spirit-Substance, which is everywhere present. Why do 
we report that this Substance, this One and Only Sub- 
tance, is Spirit ? Because, Life fills it ; Love, Intelligence 
and Harmony fill it. These, being God and centered in 
the God-head, necessarily fill all space. Then we per- 
ceive that the very God- Substance is a Living, Loving, 
Intelligent, Peaceful and Harmonious Presence. Man, 
being an individual expression of that same presence, 
necessarily must be the same substance, as this is the only 



The Substantiality op That Which IS 337 

substance present; therefore, man's body (not the outer 
or physical mass, which is the shadow, but the form as 
God formed it) is of the same Substance. Then man can 
see that his form is the One Substance, which is the body 
of God; then man is Life through and through, Love 
through and through, Peace, intelligence and harmony 
through and through, and that man abides in the center 
of God. This is the Substantiality of that which IS. 

If the student can glean the realization of the substan- 
tiality of the abiding Presence, of which he is an individ- 
ualized manifestation and in which he forever abides, he 
will catch again the bliss which he enjoyed when he dwelt 
in the paradisaical state of the true and original concept 
of himself. 

Restful abiding! Yes, he consciously Is. He has 
learned the great secret which is, "To Be" and let the 
Infinite live in and through him, breathe in and through 
him, act in and through him. 

There necessarily will be many changes take place in 
man before he knows the Truth sufficiently clear to be- 
come wholly free, and these changes in his mind affect 
his whole being. As he perceives the Spirit side of the 
Infinite, — the Great Heart in which he abides, — his heart 
responds and Love for God and his fellow-man becomes 
his deepest feeling, and when his spirit nature is at-one 
with the Spirit of God, his heart will melt into "Molten 
Gold" and merge into the Infinite Heart and vibrate in 
rhythm with the Heart of God forever and ever. 

When man becomes conscious of the One Life, he knows 
that as God lives he lives. 

When man becomes thoroughly conscious of the One- 
Mind, the God-Mind, he will be still and let it operate in 
and through him. 

This One-Mind is "all-knowing, all-seeing and all- 
action." When man knows the Truth, should he desire 
knowledge upon any subject, he will let the God-Mind 
act in and through him and reveal to him this desired 
knowledge. 



338 The Flashlights of Truth 

How does man bring into expression this desired 
knowledge which is ever in the God-Mind? By asking 
the Father in the name of Jesus Christ that it thus 
express. 

It is well to call attention here to Jesus Christ. He is 
the perfect expression of the Infinite, — Our Father, in 
the form of man, which is "the Crowning Glory of God." 

Great teachers the world has had, many of them, all 
moving in the intelligence of God, but none gave and 
proved by example the precepts of their teachings. Jesus 
declared and proved that man, if he knew the Truth, 
could stand forth free here and now. 

This is one of the deep notes in the Message of Jesus 
of Nazareth, — "Know the Truth and you shall be free." 
Jesus did not teach death or encourage it in any way. 
Instead of taking up His time in preaching funerals, He 
raised the dead; and, by the help of God, He brought 
forth His body from the tomb to convince the awakened 
man that he, through ''knowing the Truth," can over- 
come the last and greatest enemy which man has. If 
Jesus' work in the tomb had been for the benefit of those 
on the other side of that river which seems so cold to the 
unawakened man, He would have performed His works 
there and not on this plane of expression. 

Jesus proved that He knew the Truth by showing His 
freedom. He said to the spiritually awakened man, 
1 ' Follow thou me!" If it had not been possible for man 
to follow Him, the Great Teacher would not have thus 
spoken. 

There is such a sweet, sublime and subtle teaching in 
the Message of the Nazarene, that it has remained hidden 
away from the unawakened man — and from many of the 
awakened also — but some, now and then down the cen- 
turies, have caught the tenderness underlying the letter 
of the teachings and quietly lived their spiritual lives. 
The world may not have known of them, because the 
general followers of the Christ-Teachings have been these 
many centuries studying and teaching the letter of the 



The Substantiality of That Which IS 339 

Message, so lost to the Spiritual Truth (the living Truth 
contained in the letter) that they have been all these cen- 
turies commemorating the jdeath of Jesus. Christendom 
commemorates in gifts of outer things His birth, until it 
has almost become a season of commercial exchange with 
nothing of the Christ-spirit in it. Only one now and 
then — and they, many times, of the lowly and humble — 
have caught the glorious Light of the great Truth, which 
will be born in the consciousness of every awakened man 
ere he vision that he is a Redeemed Son of the Living 
God. 

Easter, which symbolizes the resurrection, they touch 
lightly, because it is on the height far above the carnal 
concept of many of the followers of Jesus. 

The awakened man, the one to whom Jesus spake when 
He said, ' ' Ye shall know the Truth, and the Truth shall 
make you free," will walk direct in the center of the 
Christ-Path. He, from his Christ-consciousness, visions 
the Absoluteness and Substantiality of that which Is and 
understands that the resurrection and the ascension must 
be also wrought out in himself. Man being thus touched, 
he will desire freedom from the heaviness and crudeness 
of the carnal-man vibration, as he lives in the human life. 
The letter of the message of Jesus' teachings cannot 
assist the awakened man, because he desires the bread of 
heaven, which is ' ' the hidden manna. ' ' 

For man to hunger for and partake of "the hidden 
manna," he must be born again, born into the spirit- 
concept. When so born it is only spiritual bread he de- 
sires. Before man awoke, it was only the outer man 
who was conscious and he required only the food which 
sustains the body. It was the man who was asleep in the 
Adam-Dream, who had partaken of the Fruit of the Tree 
which stood in the midst of the Garden, that the com- 
mand was given to earn his bread by the sweat of his 
brow. It is plain, indeed, that man, when he comes 
under the illusive spell of the carnal illusion, the serpent 
which beguiles, has heavy vibrations, requiring heavy 



340 The Flashlights of Truth 

food; and lie, having strayed into the world of experi- 
ence, must earn his bread by the sweat of his brow ; and 
woman, the negative part of man, must bring forth chil- 
dren in pain and sorrow. 

This was the blight that came upon men when they 
had turned far enough away from the center of their own 
being to partake of the Fruit of the Tree of Knowledge 
of Good and Evil. 

Then, for man to become forever cleansed and freed 
from that blight which he himself, in his masculine and 
feminine aspect, permitted to come over him, he must 
"Know the Truth." 

If a tree is covered with blight, in order that the per- 
fect tree may express perfectly, the blight must be re- 
moved. If it could be done at one grand sweep, it were 
well; but, most likely, it will be removed by a process 
which requires working out day by day; but do not for- 
get that the tree stands in its wholeness, its completeness, 
all the time until the blight is entirely removed and the 
perfect tree becomes manifest. So it is with man. 

Let the awakened student ever keep his eye upon the 
perfect man, — he whom God expressed into form at the 
dawn and who forever remains perfect, it matters not 
what the appearance may be which presents itself as 
blight. This is the Substantiality of man, and is the 
foundation upon which the awakened man stands. No 
winds of adversity will shake him, no storms of the senses 
overcome him, because he is anchored in the Substan- 
tiality of that which Is. With this understanding which 
knows the Truth, he visions any blight which may encase 
the outer man, into its own element, which is no-thing 
and no-where. When the illumined man visions the 
blight into no-thing, what does he see ? The perfect man 
in expression. 

The man was perfect when he was encased with the 
debris of earth, — the shadow, the carnal illusion ; but he 
was not expressing his perfection. He was limited, being 
in the encasement of the illusion ; but, when these carnal, 



The Substantiality of That Which IS 341 

blighting illusions are removed, he expresses himself as 
God formed him ; and that was perfect. 

It matters not how severe the storms which may over- 
take man ; — even while he is sound asleep in the Adam- 
Sleep, the Real man is never touched nor disturbed ; he 
only remains invisible to the outer consciousness of man. 

As long as man lives in his natural state, he does not 
know that there is a higher and better part of himself; 
but, when he awakens, he learns this ; and, if he is thor- 
oughly awakened, he will endeavor to search out and to 
know concerning the higher part of himself. 

The perfect man is in every one, but it requires much 
washing by denials and polishing by affirmations of 
Truth, before his mind becomes transparent enough for 
the Truth of himself, God and the Universe to be revealed 
to him, transforming his outer self. 

Let the student who desires freedom, full and com- 
plete, consciously and understandingly stand with the 
realization of the reality and perfection of his own being, 
in the Reality and Substantiality of that which Is. That 
which Is, is God, and who abides in God abides in a sub- 
stantial place, surrounded by Substantiality. From that 
foundation he meets every problem which presents itself 
to him, either within himself or within his world, and 
masters it, remembering always that God, when He 
formed man, gave man dominion. From that place of 
abiding man is to overcome everything that he encoun- 
ters upon his path which is not like God, remembering 
that God and God-manifest is all there is in reality or in 
the Substantiality of that which Is. 

\Yhen man arrives at the place upon his Path where 
he is sufficiently awakened to catch the tender sweetness 
in Jesus' Message that will enable him to perceive man 
has within him that dominion with which God endued 
him, and begins to use it to subdue his enemies which are 
within himself (and these are his sense-evidence), he is 
moving toward mastership. 



342 Tije Flashlights of Truth 

When the sense-evidence is understandingly removed, 
the old man has been nailed to the cross and the new man 
in Christ becomes manifest. 

When man fully realizes that the foundation upon 
which he stands is solid, sure and steadfast, unchange- 
able and Eternal, and that this Presence in which he 
lives, moves and has his being is really a Living, Loving 
and Tender Presence, he will, when he requires assist- 
ance to master any experience he meets upon the path, 
softly whisper or silently speak a prayer into the ear of 
this Ever-Presence, and his prayer will be answered, 
even as Jesus said, speaking to His disciples, the awak- 
ened man, ''Ask what ye will in my name, and it will 
be done." 

The Father has promised to answer the prayers which 
are uttered in the name of Jesus Christ. 

When the student-devotee desires the good to become 
manifest in any form for his or his fellow-man's help, he 
will ask the assistance of the Father in the name of Jesus 
Christ. 

God is just as able today to, in His Scientific Law of 
Action, cause Himself to become manifest through the 
illusions of the carnal man, as He was able to become 
manifest in His Creation at the dawn of the day when 
man became an individualized manifestation of the Being 
which Is. This Being is the Substantiality of that which 
Is,— "The All in All." 



CHAPTER XXV 

THE SOUL. 

THERE is beauty and grandeur in the silent cham- 
ber of the Soul; the variegated colors of the Infi- 
nite blend there and focus at one point — the 
Flame — which is the individual flame of the Great Fire, 
God who ' ' is a consuming Fire. ' ' 

Down in the depth of the Soul — the heart-center — is 
the place to abide and there commune with God. 

The Infinite fills all space, and there is no place where 
God is not. 

Since God is a consuming fire, Reason says: this fire 
will finally consume the dross which has accumulated 
around each one as they have moved along through the 
earth's experiences; just as the ceaseless action in the 
ocean purifies the dross and impurities cast therein. 

The Soul is the Conscious Life of Man and the flame 
in the heart is the point where the Individualized Life 
is connected with the Infinite Life and is as inseparable 
from the Life of God as the ray is from the sun. The ray 
could not exist for an instant were it disconnected from 
the sun ; neither could man remain an individualized life 
if it were disjoined from the Infinite Life. As this can- 
not be, we see that the Infinite Life flows perpetually 
into this individualized life, at the Soul-center, the heart, 
and on through the channels of life, the blood veins. In 
the physical man these conduits for the blood to circulate 
through are called veins, and the physical man says that 
the health depends upon the condition of the circulation 
of the blood. 

343 



344 The Flashlights of Truth 

Into the real body, the Spirit Body, the form which 
God created perfect, Life flows from the Heart of the 
Infinite, with which the life of the individual is ever 
at-one. 

The Soul, then, is the Conscious Life of man, and in 
the Soul of man is enfolded the memories of the ages 
which have rolled by since Conscious-Life became indi- 
vidualized. 

It is the province of man, when he reaches a certain 
period in his ongoings toward redemption, to learn how 
to enter the sacred precinct of his Soul and there, in deep 
serenity, in Faith and Love, go deep in inner conscious- 
ness until he has touched the border line of the Infinite, 
and there in realization stand face to face with the Being 
which IS. 

"When man approaches God thus, where he can con- 
sciously stand in the Flame of the Soul (Soul-Conscious- 
ness) and commune face to face with God, " Who is a con- 
suming Fire," all the dross will be burned away from 
him, all his carnal concept of himself ; and, lo ! the perfect 
man is visible! All traces of time, disease and death 
have been burned up in the pure fire of God-Being. 

What is this in man which enters the Sacred Precinct 
of the Soul and goes deep until it sees where the individ- 
ualized flame is connected with the Infinite Fire ? 

It is the Ego. Some may ask, What is the Ego ? It is 
the individualized God-Mind, the Super-conscious man. 

God caused the individualized Divine-Mind to become 
manifest and that manifestation is the Ego, the Real Self 
of the man. Then He gave this individuality Soul- 
Consciousness, which is Conscious-Life ; then God clothed 
these with a form of Spirit born out of the One Sub- 
stance, — the Universal-Divine-Essence. 

All of God's work proceeds in order, wisdom and care. 
When man became individualized he was in the Divine 
Law and the Laws thence proceeding ; and they in him. 
These Laws are the ceaseless action of Life Eternal in 
the body of man as well as in his Soul. 



The Soul 345 

The thinking and aroused ones today, when they begin 
to take a survey of themselves, discover that they have a 
conscious mind and sub-conscious mind; that they are 
conscious of the food they eat, but are not conscious of 
the digestion and assimilation of that food for the up- 
building of the different parts of the body, keeping it 
renewed ; but above these is the super-conscious, the God- 
Mind, — the Ego. 

When man has reached the time for his final awaken- 
ing, the Redemption (and men attain unto this only as 
they reach the ripening time in their ongoing) where 
man has learned that the delusions of the carnal mind 
are false and that the carnal mind is the ' ' father of lies, ' ' 
he can renounce the lies, the father of lies and bring the 
objective conscious mind into unity with itself, merging 
it into the God-Mind of itself, the only real mind the 
man has ever had, as the other was composed of illusions. 
Then this true mind goes deep into the Soul until the 
Soul reveals to the conscious mind the memories which it 
contains, and there in the depth of the Soul, the Flame, 
the Ego, bursts its bounds and is at-one-ment with the 
Infinite. It there stands face to face with the Eternal 
Being which IS; and in full consciousness of Soul has 
revealed to it all the records which have been written 
upon the tablet of the Soul's memory. 

The Ego then sees its perfect form, just as it was when 
God clothed the Ego and Soul- Consciousness therewith; 
and grace and beauty adorn it as of ages ago. 

This Ego has now reached the period of perfection and 
the next step onward is the uniting of the Conscious Life 
and the Form in holy wedlock. There in the sanctuary 
of the Flame, the Heart, the Ego stands face to face with 
God, "The Consuming Fire." Here it understandingly 
stands until all dross is consumed. Then the Ego, the 
super-conscious mind, which is the God-Mind individual- 
ized, the Soul, the Conscious-Life, and the form, the pure 
Spirit-Essence body, are united in holy Wedlock; and, 



346 The Flashlights of Truth 

lo ! man stands Redeemed, — Redeemed in Body, Mind and 
Consciousness, a perfect Being, — God-manifest. 

It is then that the Father comes to meet him and places 
a ring upon his hand, — the ring, a symbol of Eternal 
union of the Father and the Son, sealing him with the 
seal of Sonship, never to be violated nor destroyed. 

Man has much work to do with himself from the time 
he first awakens until he stands forth a ' ' glorified Son of 
the Living God." 

Prayer, Devotion, Concentration and Meditation are 
the helpful and achieving means used in the effort to 
reach this attainment. 



CHAPTER XXVI 

HEALING INSTRUCTIONS. 

IN the preceding chapters we have endeavored to bring 
so clearly before the Spiritually and intellectually 
awakened man the reality and substantiality of the 
nearness of the Infinite, our Father, that man can know 
when he whispers his prayers that they at once reach the 
ear of the Infinite, and He, being everywhere present, can 
touch any manifestation of His Being; it matters not 
upon which string of the Infinite Harp they are attuned ; 
and this can be done instantly, because there is no sep- 
aration in God, no space and no time. 

Man's faith can be so strong in God and in His ability 
to answer prayers, that his prayer reaches the ear of the 
Father, receiving instant and full answer. 

Faith is necessary and believing is necessary; and it 
has been through and by faith that the Christ-message 
has been held in the churches of Christendom for these 
many centuries; but there comes a time when faith 
merges into knowing and knowing into vision. The man 
of full vision is the one who has grown into the stature 
of the Christ-man, in Christ Jesus. Faith and under- 
standing united is the place where the man who so desires 
can be of assistance in healing others, or himself. 

It is well for the reader to bear in mind, as he reads 
the instructions for the healing of disease and bringing 
into expression the perfect, that Truth is ever taught in 
paradox. While we, in the foregoing chapters, brought 
to light the reality, substantiality and unchangeableness 
of God and the omnipresence of that which IS, we, in this 

347 



348 The Flashlights of Truth 

chapter, will deal with the removing, or reducing into 
their native place, the illusions in the carnal mind and 
their shadows, — disease and pain in the body. 

If disease were a real and permanent thing, it would 
have been created by God, and we announce that it was 
not, because God pronounced His creation good, and very 
good, and we do know that there is not, nor can there be, 
good in disease. Therefore, we place it in the illusion. 
Very real indeed these shadows and illusions are to all 
men, even after they awake ; and it requires earnest de- 
sire and effort on the part of the awakened man, that he 
may become a master over the sense-mind, which is filled 
with the beliefs which form the whole web of carnality. 

What are some of the beliefs which fill important 
places in the carnal mind ? 

First : That man was born an infant, that he grew to 
manhood and to old age, that death overtakes him and he 
passes out into the great unknown with his fate sealed, 
no hope beyond the grave, no deliverance from bondage 
of evil, — from the slavery of illusion. 

Second : That man is subject to disease and has noth- 
ing to free him from pain and sickness but the doctors 
and their medicines. As long as man knows not that God 
heals the sick, he is dependent upon the doctors and their 
remedies. The doctors are a blessing to humanity and 
should be thus considered by all student-devotees, as they 
are by the man of vision ; but, when man awakens to the 
grand verities of his being and to the knowledge and 
understanding of the Omnipotence and Omnipresence of 
God, he learns that he can gain understanding which will 
enable him to overcome disease in his own body and in 
the bodies of others. As man gains this knowledge, he 
leaves medicine behind for himself, but with no con- 
demnation in his mind for others who think differently, 
for medicine is a blessing to those who believe in it and 
have faith in the physician ; and, as no man should con- 
demn the stones upon which he trod in crossing the 



Healing Instructions 349 

stream, neither should any student condemn either medi- 
cine or physician. They, like the stones, are good and a 
great blessing in their place. 

Thus it can be seen that the man who has scaled the 
heights of Vision has arisen above the mists of the earth. 
He, therefore, has a mind and heart filled with gratitude, 
and will, as he looks back over his Path with a heart of 
Love, return thanks to the Infinite for every stone upon 
which he trod in crossing from the carnal concept to the 
Divine Reality. Every book, leaflet and each and every 
teacher who has been blessed with patience to gently lead 
him along the Path until he knows the Truth sufficiently 
clear to walk alone, has his gratefulness. Gratitude is the 
one abiding presence in the heart of the student-devotee 
who has vision. 

In these healing instructions we will emphasize the 
great Truth, that, if man desires to come into under- 
standing and knowledge which will burst into vision, all 
obstructions must be removed from his Path, and the 
great stone which must be removed from the door of the 
tomb is selfishness. The whole stone of selfishness must 
be removed, not a vestige left, before man can step forth 
from the tomb of carnality, an awakened and redeemed 
Soul. 

Some will ask, How can this stone of selfishness be re- 
moved? By the washing process of denials of their 
reality and power, until the selfish desires are removed 
from the mind. Then comes the garnishing, which is 
accomplished by affirming the Truth of man's being in 
God. When man's mind is thus emptied, swept and gar- 
nished, he will then stay his clear mind upon God, it 
becoming filled with Truth and Good, and the result will 
be that the perfect will come into expression ; " It is God 
who ever giveth the increase. ' ' 

If man awakens to the greatness that is in the message 
of Truth and its working principles and sets about to 
study that message that he may use it for selfish purposes, 
he lacks understanding of the great Truth and but 



350 The Flashlights of Truth 

plunges himself farther into the gloom and darkness of 
destroying selfishness. 

When man is afflicted in body, mind or environments, 
he should set about at once to put scientific knowledge 
into operation in his consciousness, which will place him 
en rapport with the Eternal God, in Whom there is no 
disease, pain nor death. 

When man is healed through God Almighty, it matters 
not by what method of prayer it is brought about. He 
should, from a heart filled with gratitude, return thanks 
to God ; and give grateful appreciation to the instrument 
who has been used by God in bringing about his healing. 
If man has given enough time to the study of the great 
message of Truth and has renounced the world, that he 
may live close enough to God to be a sufficiently attuned 
instrument for God to use his spoken prayer to bring into 
expression the Perfect which ever abides just back of the 
imperfect, this one necessarily must give his time to this 
work and those who come to him for Spiritual instruc- 
tions and healing should remunerate him freely, so that 
he has not to take anxious thought concerning his liveli- 
hood. As all men in all grades of life require a living, 
so the Spiritual Teacher, also, must meet the demands 
required for his livelihood. 

Let none think, when they touch the great Law, even 
though it is invisible, that they can gain something and 
give nothing in return, for this Law is very exacting and 
it is God's Law, that man receives as he gives. Then self- 
ishness is among the first stones to be removed from the 
earnest student's mind and heart. 

On the other hand, if the instrument in healing, — the 
teacher, — should simply be in the field of Spiritual work 
for the reward it brings, his premise is selfishness and he, 
too, will find that a great stone must be removed from his 
path before he reaps the reward of the fully Spiritually 
awakened one, who, without thought of reward, will work 
through the day and the long night in his efforts to assist 
his fellow-man, his brothers in humanity, into a better 



Healing Instructions 351 

understanding of the Truth of their Being and their rela- 
tion to God. To be instrumental in healing the afflic- 
tions of others, he is so filled with the Love of God 
and is in such deep expression of it toward his fellow- 
man, that he thinks little about his outer or financial 
affairs; therefore, those who are so favored as to be his 
students or have his assistance in healing should see that 
he has his daily needs supplied, and they should be 
abundantly supplied to be in accordance with the efforts 
which he has put forth. 

Man, as long as he is under the illusion of the carnal 
man, will most likely require assistance once in a while 
as he moves along upon the Path. This is nothing to be 
ashamed of by the student and it is well to ask for assist- 
ance, if one cannot arise a master over undesirable con- 
ditions, seeing that it is time wasted for a student to 
remain in affliction, discord and lack of harmony. A 
pupil in music, who has only studied a short time, may 
strike discordant notes; but, when he really desires to 
know how to strike the notes of harmony, he will appeal 
to the Professor. Just so the student of Truth can do. 

The fetters will fall from the student who starts in 
search of the Truth with perseverence, positiveness and 
determination to ''Know the Truth, the Whole Truth 
and nothing but the Truth." If man is healed as the 
first flash of the great Light touches him, let him rejoice 
with gratitude in his heart, and this is to be expressed in 
praise to God and in appreciation of the teacher who has 
assisted ; but, should it require a long time to bring about 
the manifestation of perfect health in the body, even then 
be thankful, because you have the privilege of coming 
many times into the presence of the Teacher and of learn- 
ing the great Truth more clearly than you otherwise 
might have done. Count not the length of time, neither 
the cost, in attaining unto the understanding of the 
Truth ; because it is the pearl of vast value and the one 
thing needful before man can become forever free from 
the carnal sleep. 



352 The Flashlights of Truth 

Let the student look deeply and understanding^ into 
the substantiality of that which is and into the Omnipo- 
tence, Omnipresence and Omniscience of God, that he 
may know that this Presence is our loving, tender 
Father-Mother-God, in whose presence man can rest and 
where fear cannot enter. 

Let the student, with his mind and heart filled with 
gratitude and Love, consciously enter the silence of this 
great Presence and peacefully abide there in under- 
standing; and all fear will vanish from the mind and 
disease from the body; as these cannot remain in the 
conscious presence of the Reality of Being. Being is God, 
and man is the manifestation of Being. 

Let the student arise and with the Eye of Vision con- 
sume all dis-ease of every name and nature; and then, 
remember that he is ever at Home in his Father's House, 
which is Harmony, Peace and Love, — and these express 
in Divine-Satisfaction. 



CHAPTER XXVII 

DIVINE SATISFACTION. 

MAN is ever in quest of something, and many and 
varied are the avenues through which he seeks 
for that something, which he calls by different 
names while he lives in the carnal dream ; and they, like 
phantoms, are ever illusions; or, if overtaken, crumble 
to dust and are as ashes in his hand, containing not the 
power to give satisfaction, which he confidently expected 
they would give him. 

Divine Satisfaction is as a will-o'-the-wisp, ever illu- 
sive to the carnal mind. However, the man who is still 
asleep in carnality feels the inner urge of the Soul, which 
craves the satisfaction which is divine ; and the awaken- 
ing man, feeling this urge, understands it not and seeks 
in the different avenues, open to the carnal man, to en- 
deavor to satisfy this call. Very many times this failure 
to gain satisfaction in the avenues of earthly things and 
ways brings about such a shock that it causes man to 
face about and look in another direction. 

When man has awakened from carnality, he will per- 
ceive that he has turned toward the Living God and that, 
if man keeps his face faithfully in that direction, he will 
gain satisfaction; because, even one grain of Truth is 
ladened with satisfaction, and a few grains combined will 
bring contentment into the mind and heart and, instead 
of restlessness and unstability, contentment and stability 
will become manifest in the mind. When a few more 
grains of Truth are added, man no longer depends upon 
friends, acquaintances or relatives for happiness, because 

353 



354 The Flashlights of Truth 

he has learned to stay his mind and heart upon God and 
to trustingly abide in His presence, when his mind be- 
comes so filled with contentment that he cares not for the 
company of the people of earthly desires, but only for 
those who, like himself, are seeking that one thing, — 
Divine Satisfaction. 

When man's mind is scientifically stayed upon God by 
entering into the Silence of God and with Love abiding 
in that Secret place of the Most High, he will begin to 
perceive what Divine Satisfaction really is. Then the 
wise student will continue each day, — for a few moments, 
at least, — to understandingly abide in that secret still- 
ness of the Infinite Father, that he may become conscious 
of the satisfaction which expresses in contentment. He 
then learns that the outer things of earth, be they gold or 
fame, do not give contentment ; and without contentment 
there can be no satisfaction. Therefore, when man 
catches a glimpse of satisfaction while tarrying in the 
Secret Chamber of the Infinite which out-pictures in con- 
tentment, he, being urged on by the inner impulse of the 
Soul, will continue to seek and to feed, day by day, upon 
the ' ' hidden manna, ' ' which will satisfy the Soul-hunger, 
when once man has tasted of its sweet and peaceful 
Presence. 

Divine satisfaction is an abiding consciousness of peace 
within man's own Being. When man's mind is filled 
with peace, love, harmony and contentment, he has Di- 
vine Satisfaction. This is a state of conscious recognition 
and realization within man, and not a place afar in the 
skies. Jesus Christ said, ' ' Say not, lo, here it is, neither 
there, for the Kingdom of Heaven is within you. ' ' Jesus 
also said that the Kingdom of Heaven is not gained by 
observation. Observation is looking outward, and around 
and about. Jesus plainly located the center of the King- 
dom of Heaven for each man. Remember, Jesus was 
speaking to the individual who was awake and acting, 
and taught man at this stage of concept to turn his mind 
within, where is the abiding place of the Kingdom of 



Divine Satisfaction 355 

Heaven, which is Divine Satisfaction. This is for every 
man, as one by one man awakens from the carnal concept 
of himself. When he does awaken, he discovers that he 
is a prodigal son in a far country and his food but the 
husks the swine feed upon. Even though he has the very 
best the earth affords, it is still husks ; and swine, which 
symbolize the selfish, carnal nature of the carnal man, 
feed upon it. 

When the prodigal son, spoken of by Jesus in His par- 
able, awoke to the fact that he was a servant feeding the 
swine in a far country, he began to reason and he said 
something similar to this: "Here I am, a son of my 
Father" (he then remembered who he was, also his in- 
heritance), "a servant in a strange land and hungry; 
yes, so hungry that I fain would eat the husks the swine 
feed on. ' ' In this awakened state, he determined to act. 
He said, "I will arise! and go to my Father; in His 
House even the servants have plenty of food." 

When man first awakens and perceives that the things 
of the outer, carnal world do not satisfy, neither bring 
contentment nor peace, nor abiding happiness, but only 
pleasures which, at the best, are fleeting and ever illusive, 
he will turn toward his Father and his Father's House. 
At the awakening, man believes himself to be separated 
from the Father and His House, or Home. 

When man arises and starts to return Home, we see by 
Jesus' parable that he has his mind stayed upon God, the 
Father-Mother, and his heart's desire upon Home. Jesus 
taught that the man was two-fold awake when he really 
arose and started toward the Father anct Home. His 
mind and heart are both in action. The Spiritual man, 
when awakened, desires to become free from the old con- 
dition. Let the awakened man with his reason follow 
this parable of Jesus and perceive that he himself is the 
prodigal son; because, as all men were in Paradise (at 
Home in the Father's House) and all men passed out 
from that concept into the Garden of Eden, then out into 



356 The Flashlights op Truth 

the world where man became lost in the maze of the illu- 
sive shadows which form and compose carnality, so every 
man is the prodigal son and when he awakens as the man 
in the parable did he will start upon his homeward 
journey. 

Man, with his mind filled with the false beliefs of the 
carnal man, believes that a distance exists between him- 
self and his Father and his Father's House, and he says, 
' ' I will arise and return. ' 9 He, having spent of the sub- 
stance his Father had given him "in riotous living," 
when he awoke found himself a servant amidst the swine, 
and feeding them. He then examined himself and ex- 
claimed, "I am hungry." He was so touched when he 
awoke that humility came into his mind and heart and he 
said, "I will be a servant in my Father's House, for even 
the servants have sufficient to eat. ' ' Then the awakened 
man arose and started on the homeward journey with his 
mind stayed upon his Father and his heart filled with 
the spiritual desire to be at home, — and he was clothed in 
humility. 

The Father saw him coming from afar off and came to 
meet him and rejoiced that "His Son, who was lost, is 
found." He had returned Home. Then the Father 
caused a robe to be put upon him and placed a ring upon 
his hand. The robe was symbolical of man's Redeemed 
Body which every man will have when he reaches that 
final destination, — the Father's House. 

The Ring symbolizes the unity of man with the Father, 
of which man becomes conscious, and the power with 
which God endues this, His Son, who has returned Home. 

When man, like the prodigal, has forsaken the carnal 
nature, desires and illusions and reaches Home, there to 
abide in the Father's House, he will be filled and thrilled 
with a consciousness of Divine Satisfaction. 

Jesus, in teaching the man who is awake to the reality 
of his individuality, endeavors to show him that he will 
ever find that the carnal life has not the element of per- 
manency, neither enduring happiness; and that content- 



Divine Satisfaction 357 

ment, which is the companion of Divine Satisfaction, is 
not to be found within its domain, but ever dwells just 
behind the curtain of carnality. 

Jesus, in His prayer to the Father, said, "And now, 
Father, glorify thou me with thine own self, with the 
glory which I had with Thee before the world was." — 
St. John 17:5. 

When man has returned home in consciousness and 
knows the Living, Loving Presence of our Father-Mother- 
God, knows God as He really is, — so near that He hears 
man 's softest whisper and knows his every thought, — then 
will he, like Jesus, talk consciously face to face with God, 
our Heavenly Father. 

Jesus reached the place where He would bring into 
manifestation the God-given power to meet the greatest 
enemy of mankind — death — so that man here upon earth 
might, when he awakens, know that there is a way to 
escape and that it is by and through overcoming. The 
sublime promise in the Bible is to "him that overcometh." 
In Revelation, twenty-first chapter and sixth verse, we 
read: 

"And he said unto me, It is done; I am Alpha and 
Omega, the beginning and the end. I will give unto him 
that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely. ' ' 

"He that overcometh shall inherit all things; and I 
will be his God, and he shall be my Son." Rev. 21:7. 

Jesus knew the Truth and was consciously abiding in 
the Father's House. He knew His At-one-ment with the 
Father. He, therefore, was conscious of Divine Satisfac- 
tion. When Jesus came to the place where it was neces- 
sary for Him to bring into manifestation here upon earth 
His God-given power and to prove that He received 
assistance from God His Father, He did not forget, 
neither neglect, to pray, but with words clear and definite 
voiced his prayer. 

"These words spake Jesus, and lifted up His eyes to 
heaven and said, Father, the hour is come ; glorify thy 
son that thy son may also glorify Thee." St. John 17:1. 



358 The Flashlights of Truth 

"As thou hast given him power over all flesh, that he 
should give eternal life to as many as thou hast given 
him." 

"And this is life eternal, that they might know thee, 
the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom thou hast 
sent." 

1 ' I have glorified thee on the earth. I have finished the 
work which thou gavest me to do." St. John 17:1 to 4, 
inclusive. 

"And now I come to thee, and these things I speak in 
the world, that they might have my joy fulfilled in them- 
selves." St. John 17:13. 

1 ' That they all may be one ; as thou, Father, art in me, 
and I in thee, that they may also be one in us, that the 
world may believe that thou hast sent me." St. John 
17:21. 

"And the glory which thou gavest me I have given 
them that they may be one, even as we are one. ' ' St. John 
17:22. 

" I in them and thou in me, that they may be made per- 
fect in one ; and that the world may know that thou hast 
sent me, and has loved them, as thou hast loved me. " St. 
John 17:23. 

"Father, I will that they also, whom thou hast given 
me, be with me where I am, that they may behold my 
glory, which thou hast given me, for thou lovedst me 
before the foundation of the world." St. John 17:24. 

Jesus Christ knew whereof He spake. He also under- 
stood His At-one-ment with the Father and the one-ness 
of the One-Life in and through the myriad of forms in 
which it expresses. From that summit of insight, through 
Illumination, Jesus could lovingly and understanding^ 
talk face to face with His Heavenly Father and absolutely 
know that He heard His prayers. 

When Jesus Christ talked face to face with His Heav- 
enly Father, He was not swayed by the impulse of a blind 
faith ; neither did He implore or beseech the Father to 



Divine Satisfaction 359 

hear Him, because He knew that the Father ever heareth 
the prayer of man, for He recognizes even "the sparrow's 
fall." St. James said, "Ye ask amiss," therefore your 
prayers are not answered. We see that it requires know- 
ing to enable man to ask aright and that it is necessary, 
as Jesus said, for man to "Know the Truth" before he 
thoroughly understands how to pray. 

Jesus Christ is our way-shower ; therefore, let us turn 
to His example when we desire to pray. But, remember, 
Jesus, in His deep teachings, was talking to the fully- 
awakened man, — the individual who had awakened and 
become conscious of his individuality and of his need of 
assistance, having scaled the heights sufficiently to see 
that the Infinite can assist its own manifestations. When 
man stands on that height, he can see how trustingly 
Jesus abides in the Father, even though His presence is 
invisible to the outer eye. 

When man studies the precepts of Jesus Christ and 
gleans the Light which shines in and .through His Message 
and step by step moves along the Path He trod, if he 
continues upon this Path, he will reach Home, the abode 
of the conscious Son of God. Then Divine Satisfaction, 
full and complete, is expressed in and through him. 

When man is at Home and conscious of Divine Satisfac- 
tion, he knows that he is in the very center of God and 
that the center of God is within him. He then silently 
whispers within his heart his desires and prayers and 
knows that the Father hears, because he, from the silent 
chamber of his own Soul, talks in the secret place of the 
Most High to his Heavenly Father. There is no separa- 
tion, no noise, no confusion in that silent, holy chamber 
of God. Then true it is that God hears each and every 
thought, even though silent, and every audible word, for 
the Father has promised that He will answer the prayer 
which takes places in the secret chamber of the heart, if 
uttered or asked in the name of Jesus Christ, the Con- 
scious Son of God. 

When man has Divine Satisfaction, full and complete, 



360 The Flashlights of Truth 

he lovingly and reverently speaks the name of Jesus 
Christ, because he has understanding. No man can attain 
unto the concept of Divine Satisfaction except he has 
understanding; and, it is well to remember that it is 
through and by "Knowing the Truth" that this takes 
place. 

When man has Divine Understanding, he perceives that 
Jesus Christ means the manifestation of God expressed in 
Perfection. Jesus Christ of Nazareth has reached the 
concept, full and complete, wherein He and the Father 
are one. Therefore, He is the Saviour of those who have 
reached the stage upon their Path, beyond the illusive 
shadows of carnality, where they are awakened to the 
deep true Message of Jesus Christ and hear, as the ring- 
ing of a bell as it sounds sweet, strong and clear, the im- 
mortal words which say, "Be of good cheer, I have over- 
come the world." Jesus mastered death, — the last great 
enemy of mankind — in others, as well as in His own body ; 
and one of the notes in His voice, sweet, strong and clear, 
sounding even into the dawn of the New Day, is ' ' Follow 
thou me!" 

In one of the conversations which Jesus had with His 
Father He said, "Father, I pray not for the world, but 
for those whom thou hast given me." Can any one be- 
lieve that Jesus Christ was selfish when He voiced those 
words or that He loved not those who are living in the 
carnal life and asleep in the reality of its illusions ? Truly 
the man who is fully awake and "Knows the Truth" 
could not thus think or believe, for he perceives that 
Jesus, standing upon the summit, looked with the eye of 
vision in and through humanity and, understanding the 
Great Law, knew that those of the world had not arrived 
at the ripening season of their cycle. He, therefore, at 
that time, when talking to the Father, was speaking con- 
cerning those who were awake and endeavoring to solve 
their own problems. Jesus knew that these few, His dis- 
ciples, had climbed far upon the Path and had left the old 
conception of man's teachings behind. He knew that 



Divine Satisfaction 361 

these would meet with the same treatment from those in 
the old school which Truth ever receives from those who 
are still bound in the old concept of carnality and illusion. 
Each flash of Truth, as God has caused it to be given to 
mankind that they may awaken and move forward, at 
least a few steps toward the open field, has, in general, 
been met with the desire in the minds of the ignorant, the 
unawakened, to put out the Light, to crucify and perse- 
cute those who catch the Light and, feeling the blessings 
therefrom, endeavor to give it to their fellow-man. 

But Truth cannot be eliminated by mortal man, for, lo, 
it is God; and its light cannot be extinguished, because 
there is no darkness at all. 

When darkness is merged into Light, ignorance is con- 
sumed by Intelligence and hate absorbed by Love in the 
mind of each and all men ; then tolerance and brotherly 
kindness will abide in each heart and be expressed 
through every one. Then the Paradisiacal state is estab- 
lished upon the earth and Jesus Christ will return to His 
own and His own will hear His voice, because they have 
attained unto and are expressing Divine Satisfaction. 



CHAPTER XXVIII 

KNOWING THE TRUTH 

MAN may have inventive genius, but, if he knows 
not that the ability is within him to draw from 
the silent depth of the Presence which Is and 
bring into expression the things he has learned that man- 
kind may be blessed, he will not endeavor to act. 

Man may have a deep and clear understanding of 
God, His Law and creation ; but, if he knows not that 
the Truth can by him be brought into expression, he 
admires this beautiful fabric from afar. When he know- 
ingly knows the Truth, he knows that It is a living, pul- 
sating Presence, and he knows that he can express it, — 
yea, that it is his province to express it. 

If man knowingly knows the Truth, he will express it. 
He will express it according to the degree of knowing. 
If man have faith in a far-away God, that is not know- 
ing. A gulf then seems to exist between himself and 
God. 

When man knowingly knows the Truth, he is a con- 
scious Son of the Living God. He then abides at Home 
and knows not care, fear nor anxiety. Knowing the 
Truth, he rests in action in the Presence of the One only 
Presence which is God, unmanifest and manifest. 

When man knows the Truth, he positively knows that 
no harm can befall him, because he is in the very center 
of the Living God. In this place there is Love, Peace, 
Harmony, Life, Power and Intelligence. In this know- 
ing state concerning his dwelling place, he will sing 

362 



Knowing the Truth 363 

1 ' Holy, Holy, Holy, ' ' — this is the sweet, tender Presence 
of our Heavenly Father. 

He perceives that it depends upon the knowing quality 
within himself, if he is consciously at Home in the 
Father's House here and now; or, if he permits himself, 
in belief, to dwell far out toward the outer edge of the 
Infinite, far away from Home. 

Knowing the Truth is expressed in its completeness 
in the man who knows that he knows the Truth as a 
Master. He knows that God has endued him with the 
power to become a master. He knows that he must arise 
and attain unto the understanding which will enable 
him to use this God-given power that he may remove all 
the stones which confront him upon his Path. He, know- 
ing the Truth, perceives that it is his province to under- 
standingly and courageously meet and roll away every 
stone which he finds in his Path, as he travels upon that 
homeward journey from the sense-consciousness to the 
Divine-concept, or from the carnal illusion to the Christ- 
Illumined Consciousness. 

When man knows the Truth, he has vision and with 
vision he discerns that man is to be courageous in right- 
eous boldness and move forward and do with his might 
those things his hands find to do each day as he moves 
along. 

The distance man has traveled, from the day man was 
removed from the Garden of Eden, until he, like the 
Prodigal in Jesus' parable, awakens and starts upon his 
homeward journey, counts not; because man was sound 
asleep and the results of the acts of a man who is esleep 
are as naught; but when man awakens and starts to 
retrace his steps, he has become so conscious of the Infi- 
nite that He is a self-evident Being to him. He knows 
that there is an Intelligence so great and sublime that it 
seeth all, knoweth all and loveth all. 

Consciously knowing the Truth means immortality 
here and now and a conscious abiding in the immortal 
Universe. Man then understandingly knows that he is 



364 The Flashlights of Truth 

hid away from the carnal concept and its expressions. 
When man knows the Trnth, he becomes conscious of his 
mastership. 

Some may desire an explanation of man's mastership. 
It is when he so thoroughly knows the Truth that he has 
come into an understanding of the dominion with which 
God endued man at creation, — at that day when man 
became an individualized manifestation of God. He also 
will understand the manifestations and the Law of God 
which operates in its different degrees in and through 
man and the Universe. 

Let us here again remind the reader that Jesus, when 
speaking to the awakened man, said, ' ' Ye shall know the 
Truth, and the Truth shall make you free." Jesus here 
spake a command and gave a promise. It was not that 
the personal Jesus made these, but that He, through 
knowing the Truth and having a clear understanding of 
it, could thus teach the awakened of earth this important 
Truth which it is necessary that man understand, ere he 
is liberated from the school of earth and from those ex- 
pressions and experiences through which man passes as 
he lives in the carnal illusions, which causes him to be- 
lieve that he is a carnal man and subject through inher- 
itance from his father and ancestors to all the sorrows, 
calamities and joys to which carnality is heir. The ex- 
periences of man in his carnal state are indeed real to 
him and he passes from the innocence and joyousness 
of childhood into youth and into old age and the grave 
closes over his mortal body, "Earth to earth, dust to 
dust." 

Dust is a very vapory illusion, a shadow, misleading. 
The shadow is that body called flesh, which is the result 
of the false beliefs in man's mind, called "the carnal- 
mind." 

When man has attained unto the knowing quality of 
the Truth, he sees the Absoluteness of the All-ness, as it 
really is; and, in and through the Light of Truth, he 
abides in the holy abiding place. None but the knowing 



Knowing the Truth 365 

one can in any way comprehend the beauty, grandeur 
and harmonious rhythm of that place where man stands 
in consciousness when he knowingly knows the Truth. 

When the awakened man perceives the greatness and 
Love which ever abides just back of the curtain which 
enfolds carnality, his desires burst forth in expression, 
in prayer, in concentration, and, in that time of refresh- 
ment, in meditation in conscious at-one-ment with the 
Father, he serenely sings praises to God. 

When man knows the Truth, he is Illumined and un- 
derstandingly abides at Home and Peace and Love are 
his portion, — his inheritance. 



CHAPTER XXIX 

CONSCIOUS IMMORTALITY. 

BECAUSE man, in his not fully awakened concept, 
has believed immortality was expressed and en- 
joyed only by those who have passed through death 
into the invisible state, there to abide forever and for- 
ever, he has through faith in the teachings of his fellow- 
man endeavored to believe that his loved ones, who have 
gone from his sight by crossing that, to him, mysterious 
river were immortal and abiding in a fixed state. 

Conscious immortality is to be obtained on this side of 
that mysterious river (mysterious only to the one who 
knows not the Truth), and it is gained by knowing the 
Truth, as Jesus said, and by understandingly placing 
one's self in union with the scientific Law of Action and 
with every attribute of the Infinite, that man may become 
quickened in all departments of his four-fold being, — 
Body, Mind, Soul and Spirit. 

Man, after his awakening, receives the Baptism of the 
Holy Spirit. This is the new Birth, in which he becomes 
conscious that regeneration has been set into action with- 
in his body, his four-fold nature quickened into newness 
of life. 

When man came into the generation concept, he passed 
out from the Garden of Eden, and the illusive deceptions 
of his carnal desire remain until he, through knowing 
the Truth and living it in his daily life, comes into the 
conscious realization that he has passed into the regen- 
eration, wherein even the body is to become quickened 

366 



Conscious Immortality 367 

and purified through the understanding of the Truth 
which he has gained. 

To attain unto Conscious Immortality here and now, 
man first learns that it is the time in the movements of 
the cyclic events for those who stand near enough the 
summit to catch the sound of the chimes which announce 
to all those who are awake that now is the time of man's 
Redemption in which the carnal nature is swallowed up 
in Life. 

Jesus Christ gave an oracle when He was giving His 
message, an oracle which had not before been given in so 
practical a way to the men of earth. The truthfulness 
of the oracle He proved by His works which He did 
while in the confines of the tomb, in His resurrection and 
in His ascension. 

Some may ask, " Wherein did this work of Jesus differ 
from that of others who have disappeared from the sight 
of the earth-man, such as Elijah, Enoch and others of 
more ancient times ? ' ' 

Jesus' works differ from all others in this: He was a 
conscious Son of God, resting in the bosom of the Father. 
His self-will absorbed in the Divine will, He was not 
only willing, but ready and prepared when the Infinite 
Intelligence chose Him as the Soul who was to come to 
earth and dwell among the men of earth, that they could 
more clearly comprehend Him, His message and His 
works. 

The world was ripe and the time for a Saviour to be 
born had arrived. Jesus was the Soul that stood near 
the summit. He came with a consciousness of His work, 
His message and His At-one-ment with the Father which 
enabled Him to move steadily through humanity, as it 
lived in the finite concept of itself and the world. 

Jesus knew that He, to become entirely and forever 
free from birth and death, must work out His problem as 
He stood in carnality. Knowing the Truth, He was not 
swayed ; neither deceived by any of the illusive decep- 
tions which always make of the carnal mind a lie. 



368 The Flashlights op Truth 

Jesus worked out His life in such a way, that he fin- 
ished in victory every problem which He confronted, 
causing the Law of Cause and Effect to forever cease, it 
passing away from its power over Him. He did it so 
openly and left His rule so clear and distinct, that every 
man, when he arrives at the time of ripening fruit upon 
the human tree, can understanding^ know the Truth as 
Jesus taught it. When man consciously understands 
this great Truth concerning God, man and the Universe 
and knows that he knows the Truth, he will clearly 
discern that his next step is to bring forth in his mind 
and body the consciousness of immortality here and now. 

A man necessarily becomes a master ere he accom- 
plishes this last work successfully, and no man is a suc- 
cessful master until he has gained a clear understanding 
of the deep things of God, the things which are hidden 
away where the man who is living in the carnal-dream- 
concept sees them not nor perceives their soft and gentle 
presence, though so near to him that it enfolds him with 
a living presence from which he cannot depart. 

It is not understanding alone concerning the deep 
Truths contained in the message of Jesus, but the bring- 
ing of this understanding into expression, which will set 
man free from the law of sin and of death. 

It is in the consciousness, man arrives at Home; and 
the robe which his Father gives him is his pure Spirit 
Body. 

The Father gave man his form at the beginning, at 
the Dawn, when man became an individualized mani- 
festation of the Living God. 

Neither God's works, nor His Law, nor His Presence 
change. Therefore, man has had this pure Spirit-Sub- 
stance Body all the time; but, when he partook of the 
Fruit of the Tree of Knowledge which stood in the midst 
of the Garden and passed into the mist which obscured 
his vision, he lost the memory of his perfect self and, 
with the outward-looking eye, learned to see himself as 



Conscious Immortality 369 

mortal and subject to disease, age and death. As long 
as man continues looking outward, he sees only the shad- 
ows of the false beliefs which abide in the carnal mind, 
and of these only is he conscious. Man, having lost all 
consciousness of his Spiritual Self and of his nearness to 
the Father, lives in a consciousness of illusions which 
seems real to him. 

But the Illumined Man stands erect amidst these illu- 
sions and from a knowing mind and an understanding 
heart he, with the consciousness of a master, visions them 
into their native nothingness, where they were when all 
men dwelt in Paradise. When a master visions them 
away, they are just where they have been all the time, — - 
no-where. Being no-thing, they could not be anywhere. 

Thus we see that the thing which is holding the family 
of earth's men chained to the wheel of carnality is illu- 
sion ; or in other words, he is only conscious of the carnal 
man, his beliefs, desires, fears and doubts. 

The Illumined Man, the one who has vision, is con- 
scious of immortality and of an immortal universe, and 
this conscious Son of God walks among the men of earth, 
who are living in the carnal-mind-concept, a Master. He 
understandingly, through God's help, rolls every stone 
from his path as he meets it. He, being through under- 
standing and knowing the Truth a master, is ever ready 
to help any of the men of earth who desire and require 
his assistance. 

This takes place here upon earth, which is a prepara- 
tory school ; and none pass from this school forever until 
they are free indeed. 

Some say that man is saved at death, if his heart has 
been touched through religious teachings and his name 
written on the book of a church (which is organized and 
held together by man's device), and will be permitted to 
enter and pass through the gates into that city, called 
"the Holy City." 



370 The Flashlights of Truth 

Some say man is saved when his mind is cleansed ; and 
that, when the man with the clear mind approaches the 
gates of Gold, they will swing jar and he will walk the 
streets of gold. 

But it is the full and complete message which Jesus 
gave for the redemption of man in his four-fold nature, 
which, when understood and put into practice, will extri- 
cate him completely and forever from the web of illu- 
sions. "When man accomplishes this he is a master and 
has Conscious Immortality in his Body, Mind, Soul and 
Spirit and consciously lives and moves in Immortality. 

This is very vital, indeed, for the man to know who 
has come into the understanding, even though intellect- 
ually, that it is the Truth, "The Absolute Truth," that 
man has been in his Real Being an Immortal always. 
When man becomes conscious of this, through knowledge, 
insight, perception, illumination and vision, he will bring 
his consciousness of his immortality into expression in 
and through his whole Being. 

Man, in Conscious Immortality, sees nothing but God 
in expression around, about and within himself, because 
he knows and understands the wonder of it all, that, in 
God's unmanifest state and in expression in the myriad 
of forms, God is all there really Is. 

When man is conscious immortality in his body, mind, 
soul and spirit and understandingly abides in the midst 
of God's Spiritual Creation, he is surrounded with per- 
fection and beauty on every side and the very air is 
ladened with Satisfaction and contentment. 

What will happen to the man who has conscious im- 
mortality? He will be entirely changed within himself. 
He fears not disease, because he, through his spoken 
word, can speak it into nothingness. With the eye of 
vision, he can vision it away from himself and from those 
who may call upon him for assistance. Death no longer 
holds horror for him. He smilingly meets its dark, 
threatening cloud and understandingly pierces it, and lo, 






Conscious Immortality 371 

the sunlight of God's Life is there and death has 
departed. 

Death cannot overcome an illumined master, because 
he visions through it and it crumbles into dust and the 
wind blows it away as the chaff on the threshing floor. 

When the chaff is all blown from the floor, the clean 
and perfect floor is left heaped full of the finest of the 
wheat. It is not even disturbed by the chaff which 
covered it. So man's perfect form, which is his individ- 
uality clothed in spirit, is not in the least disturbed or 
changed by the clouds of disease and death which ap- 
proach it. 

Freedom, full and complete, Immortality here and now 
is the hidden manna which is contained in the Message 
of the Nazarene. 

Can any man glean these deep hidden truths and eat 
sufficiently of them to gain courage to endeavor to attain 
this one thing of importance ? Can any man attain this 
conscious freedom here and now ? "Why not ? 

It is man's prerogative, if he gleans this Light strong 
and bright enough to illuminate him. None can do this 
without knowing the Truth. To believe this Great Mes- 
sage, which Jesus gave to humanity, is not sufficient; 
although believing is necessary, ere man will seek to find 
the beautiful gem, which the illumined man with his eye 
of vision perceives to be Redeemed Man. Not redeemed 
and left in a far country, but at Home in his Father's 
House and His Father's Care over him and his Father, 
from the abundance which fills His storehouse, supplies 
his every need. 

In Conscious Immortality, there is no sluggishness, no 
lethargy. All is action in the Immortal Universe. God 
in action, acts in and through it. As God " rests in ac- 
tion," so man, "His image and likeness," when he has 
arrived in consciousness at Home, also rests in action. 
He acts in insight and in rhythm with the Law, which 
is God in action. This is Rest, Harmony, Rhythm. 



372 The Flashlights of Truth 

In the concept of immortality, man knows that he is in 
the ''Secret place of the Most High." King David, 
when he touched that string of the Infinite Harp, sang, 
"He that dwells in the Secret place of the Most High 
shall abide under the shadow of the Almighty/' — "The 
Lord, He is my refuge and my fortress, in Him shall I 
trust." — "His truth shall be thy shield and buckler." 
In those moments of inspiration he exclaimed, "Though 
ten thousand should fall at thy side, it shall not come 
near thee, ' ' — and, ' ' Only with thine eyes shalt thou be- 
hold and see the reward of the wicked." — Psalm 91st. 

King David, through inspiration, perceived the Great 
Truth, but it was afar from him. He was not accounted 
worthy to build the Great Temple which was symbolical 
of man's redeemed body. 

Moses viewed the Promised Land from afar. He was 
used by God to lead the children of Israel out from bond- 
age, which is symbolical of man attaining freedom from 
the carnal illusions. Moses has accomplished his great 
work, but he had not attained unto the harvest time (fin- 
ishing cycle) and he "died in the land of Moab, and God 
buried him, ' ' — hid him away. 

When the Children of Israel came to the Promised 
Land, they must enter and master every opposing foe 
they meet, and by and by they had the land in their 
possession, the Land of Canaan. So man, when he crosses 
the line between the mortal-concept and illumination con- 
cerning the consciousness of immortality, will meet ob- 
stacles in many and difficult expressions; but he here is 
expected to arise in conscious strength and realize that 
these things have no power to darken his vision or blur 
his understanding. 

It is necessary for man, even though in the conscious- 
ness of immortality, to ever be alert, that he be not 
deceived by any appearance to return to the old concept 
or to turn aside and dwell a while in some of the beauti- 
ful cities which he finds in the forest of carnality. 



Conscious Immortality 373 

If man remains alert in his consciousness of Immor- 
tality after he has been quickened into the Illumination 
and Realization of it, he will never be deterred from 
walking in the Light which is so bright that he perceives 
no darkness. He sees not the illusions of carnality, 
because he is conscious only of God and His Creation 
and he understandingly lives in the center of the ' ' Great 
I am" and he knows that the center of the "Great I Am" 
is within him. He there abides in Conscious Immor- 
tality. 



CHAPTER XXX 

THE LIVING GOD ALMIGHTY. 

IN the preceding chapters of this book, we have in 
many different ways endeavored to portray the same 
great Truth, that all degrees of awakening con- 
sciousness may be assisted into its quickening and illumi- 
nation. 

The Living God Almighty is the foundation of the 
Message which is being given in this book. Jesus in His 
message interpreted God to the men of earth. This book 
is only a flash-light of the twentieth century thrown upon 
the message of Jesus to assist the awakened man to 
understand the wholeness of the teachings of the Great 
Nazarene. 

It means man's freedom through emancipation by the 
Power of Truth. Freedom is Freedom ! Man cannot be 
free and remain in bondage. Thus man can see, even as 
through "a glass darkly," that the Souls which have 
passed away from earth's school through the door known 
as death and are dwelling in the harmonious state known 
as Heaven, although seeming to the unenlightened ones 
to be free, are not, being still in bondage. 

Some may ask what this bondage is which binds them 
when they seem to be free. It is the law of Compensa- 
tion, the fact of Cause and Effect. Man is just as much 
bound in this law there as here, until he has learned the 
great and deep Truth, which is contained in the message 
which Jesus of Nazareth gave and, through understand- 
ing, illumination and vision attains immortality. Then 

374 



The Living God Almighty 375 

man is free, — yes, free indeed. He then is conscious of 
his Freedom. 

When man has attained the consciousness of immor- 
tality and the ability, through understanding, to permit 
it to become manifest in and through him, until his body, 
mind, Soul and Spirit are one conscious immortality 
here and now, he then is forever free. There is then no 
law of Cause and Effect for him. He has passed 
beyond it. 

Where does man dwell when he is understandingly 
Free ! In God. 

The Living God Almighty is the one and only Pres- 
ence and, in His impersonal effulgence, He is everywhere 
present and this impersonal presence becomes personal to 
the consciously awakened man, when he so desires. 

Jesus Christ stands before the Spiritually awakened 
man, a manifestation of God in perfect expression; and, 
conscious of it, Jesus came into the human family which 
is living in the carnal concept and taught and revealed 
(as much as they would permit) the glory which God 
gives to the conscious Son of God. The deeper points 
of His message He found necessary to give to St. John 
in Revelation. 

Jesus required John to seal the book. Some of the 
revelation was so glorious, He knew that the men of 
earth could not receive it; therefore, He told John to 
write it not. 

The glowing glory of God, none but the redeemed man 
can behold and be sustained, so that they can "look upon 
the face of God and live." The Bible says, "None can 
look upon the face of God and live." This plainly 
means, none except those who have knowledge merged 
into understanding and burst into vision can endure the 
brightness of the Glory of God. 

Jehovah-God is a center of the Infinite to those who 
dwell in this earth ; and the glowing of His glory is so 
great that the sun of our solar system is but a symbol of 
it. We may say of this sun that it is the outer glowing 



376 The Flashlights of Truth 

in form of the central abode of the consciousness of the 
Living God Almighty. 

The light and warmth of the solar sun is so quicken- 
ing, that all living things require it. When man knows 
he requires the sunlight's warmth and quickening power 
that he may enjoy physical health, he moves out into the 
sun 's rays ; or, if he is in a room which is dark, when he 
understands how necessary the sun's light and warmth 
is, he will arise, step to the window, extend his hand and 
raise the curtain which hangs between him and the sun. 
"What is the result of his efforts? A flood of sunlight 
envelops him and fills his room. 

Just so it is with the Living God Almighty. He is 
ever present, but as long as the curtain is drawn (in 
man's mind) man knows it not and as long as man knows 
it not, there is no glowing of God's glory for him, al- 
though the Living God is ever present. 

When man awakens from the carnal sleep, he finds him- 
self in the dark room and it is necessary that man, him- 
self, arise and exert his own efforts until the curtain is 
removed and he becomes conscious of the presence of the 
Living God. Then his innermost Being is thrilled and 
he becomes conscious of the indwelling Divinity, which is 
his Real-Self, and conscious, also, of the surrounding and 
over-shadowing presence of the glory of God, which is so 
bright that none but the conscious Son of the Living God 
can behold it in its glowing glory. 

St. Paul, when he became awakened, caught a glimpse 
of the glory of the Living God which was within, around 
and about Jesus Christ, who appeared to him as he was 
on his way to Damascus, but it was of such brightness 
that when St. Paul beheld it, he became blind. Right 
there is where he perceived that he was in a dark room 
and he knew that he had not knowledge or power which 
would remove that blindness. What did he do? He 
prayed to God; and another of God's expressions, known 



The Living God Almighty 377 

as Ananias, who had a great deal of Spiritual Light 
(enough so that the Father and Jesus Christ, the con- 
scious Son of the Living God, could talk to him) was sent 
unto Saul for his healing. Jesus told Annanias to go to 
Saul ; but not being free from fear, he said, ' ' Lord, Saul 
is persecuting thy followers even unto death" ; but when 
the Lord still commanded, Annanias arose and came to 
Saul. 

When he came in unto Saul, he addressed him thus: 
" Arise, brother Saul"; and he prayed for him and the 
scales which composed the curtain fell from his eyes and 
"Saul received his sight". 

These men stood, as all men do, in the very presence of 
the Living God; but they awoke and realized that they 
required assistance from the Father, who is the Living 
God Almighty. To attain this assistance, it must be set 
in action in their behalf in answer to the special need 
they required and in proportion to the special effort they 
make is the response. 

It was sight which Saul desired. How could these 
awakened men, through their efforts, bring this into man- 
ifestation ? By and through prayer. 

Annanias had been taught by Jesus ; therefore, he knew 
how to pray, and Saul received his sight. Saul did not 
sit still, when his sight was restored, and feast upon the 
brightness of the glory of God ; but he arose and, in the 
guidance of Jesus Christ, went at once about his Father 's 
business. 

Though St. Paul had received such a wonderful awak- 
ening and he knew that Jesus had appeared to him in the 
great and shining glory of God, yet, he must pass out 
upon the Path and pass the initiations necessary for the 
candidate for freedom; so he tarried in Arabia three 
years. While there he received the Baptism of the Holy 
Ghost, which is the New Birth. He there was born into 
the Spiritual-Concept of himself. Before this, it was an 
intellectual-concept only, but, when the New Birth took 



378 The Flashlights op Truth 

place in him, he knew God and his At-one-ment with 
Him. Could he fail in his ministry thereafter? He 
surely could not, because he had seen that Light of the 
Glory of God, of which he never lost sight. 

Then, as man looks toward the solar sun and appre- 
ciates its blessings to humanity, let him look just back of 
that great orb and see that the abiding place of Jehovah- 
God is there and that Jesus Christ dwells there and that 
their consciousness is Infinite and reaches unto the cir- 
cumference and back to ..the center, for, lo and behold, 
"the center is here, there and everywhere". 

When man becomes a conscious Son of the Living God, 
he is a radiant center of the Glory of God and he ex- 
presses this glory according to the breadth, length and 
depth of his vision. This is the glowing, the bright and 
shining Light. 

Then let man receive the glow, God's glory, and con- 
sciously live face to face with God in this glory and un- 
derstandingly commune with the Living God Almighty. 
This is Freedom. 



CHAPTER XXXI 

CONSCIOUS INDIVIDUALITY 

INDIVIDUALITY is the manifestation of God in the 
highest form. It is that which is His crowning glory 
and of which God said, ' ' Let us create in our image 
and likeness. ' ' 

Man may have gleaned the golden grains of Truth, 
which are sown in every preceding page of this book, and, 
through the understanding gained, become illumined into 
vision and lovingly know the Living God Almighty ; and 
yet, something be lacking that his concept may be com- 
plete. Therefore, we now add the last needful point to 
make the complete and rounded-out consciousness of the 
Son of the Living God. 

Conscious Immortality is an impersonal concept of the 
great Truth after personality has been reduced to the 
element of dust, and by the wind, blown away, like as the 
chaff upon the threshing floor when there is not even a 
trace of it left. 

Individuality, the perfect manifestation of God, re- 
mains and becomes evident, when all dust of illusions is 
blown from the mind and the mind, that operated in the 
mentality of Paradise, again is given full sway. This 
mind knows naught but the individuality of man, God 
and the Spiritual Universe. 

Jesus gave the men of earth a flash-light glimpse of 
how it is with man when he is consciously living in his 
individuality. He caused His body to become invisible 
when they tried to injure Him when He knew His work 
was not yet finished. He raised His body, with the help 

379 



380 The Flashlights of Truth 

of His Father, from the tomh. He understandingly so 
quickened the vibrations of His inner self, that the outer 
temple responded and the vibrations began to raise. Dur- 
ing those hours His body lay in the sepulchre, which was 
hewn from solid rock and belonged to Joseph of Ara- 
mathia, the vibrations continued to raise and, when He 
had finished the work that He had to do on the other 
planes, which was preaching to the spirits in prison, He 
returned and through the God-consciousness within Him 
took up the body and caused the vibrations thereof to be- 
come merged into the vibrations of the individual. He, 
then, knew that the Holy Wedlock had taken place in 
Him, and that He was a Master, sufficiently great to bring 
His Masterhood into outer expression. This is where the 
crowning glory was placed upon the acts of Jesus the 
Christ. He caused this deep thing to take place in the 
uniting of His inner and outer selves; and the merging 
of the outer body into the individuality was so complete, 
that the individuality alone remained. 

Jesus wrought out this on this plane, that the men 
who are living here upon earth, when sufficiently awak- 
ened to catch the depth of it, could learn the way, which 
leads from the wheel that forever rolls along the winding 
path of carnality and holds man chained to it. Man is 
in the bondage of death as long as he knows not that deep 
Truth, which Jesus Christ taught and proved by His 
death on the cross, His three days in the tomb, when He, 
with His whole Being, — Soul, Body, Mind and Spirit, 
united consciously in one completeness, came forth from 
the tomb "And led His disciples out as far as Bethany, 
where He lifted up His hands and blessed them"; and, 
' ' while He blessed them, He was parted from them, and 
carried up into the heaven." St. Luke, 24th chapter. 

Jesus Christ was conscious individuality in manifesta- 
tion, and expressed it when He arose. There was no 
physical body left upon earth when He ascended, only as 
the dust was carried away, and those who beheld de- 
scribed it as clouds. Then the clouds of the Glory of 



Conscious Individuality 381 

God enfolded Him, and, lo, He was lost from the sight of 
the man who has the carnal sight only. 

Yes, the glowing Glory of God enfolded him. He was 
a conscious radiating center of God's glory; but, owing 
to the darkness in the minds of the men of earth, it was 
necessary for him to conceal it from the men living in 
the earth-concept ; but, when the time had arrived when 
Saul could be approached and awakened, He appeared 
to him in the bright and shining glory of His individual- 
ity. 

Thus we see, that man must become conscious-indi- 
viduality before he is a master in the fullness and com- 
pleteness of Mastership. 

Jesus Christ took birth in the human family and lived 
amidst the men of earth and gave a message full, com- 
plete and wonderful. It is a message to every degree of 
that awakened concept of Spirituality. He worked out 
every detail of death, resurrection and ascension, here, 
before the men of earth, for their benefit. 

He is the Saviour of all who will hear and heed His 
teachings. However, man himself must become a saviour 
and walk in the Path and step in the foot-steps of Jesus 
Christ ere he is redeemed and reaches the place where he 
is freed entirely from the carnal dream of illusions and 
shadows. 

It is when man has traveled far indeed, yea, is nearing 
the Father's House, man's destination, that he begins to 
see that it is not through dissolution or separation that 
he reaches Home, but through and by unity. This unity 
first comes into the mind, and there is the intellectual 
conception of the At-one-ment with the Father. Then 
there will dawn into the mind, that necessarily, there 
must come about the consciousness of individuality here 
and now. If it is possible for man to understandingly 
find himself clothed upon with his Spirit-Form here on 
this plane of action, as Jesus proved by working it out on 



382 The Flashlights of Truth 

this plane, where those living here could do likewise; 
then the last and greatest enemy to man, death, can be 
met, faced and mastered by man. When this is accom- 
plished he is conscious of his individuality. 

It is an intellectual concept until the Spirit, the heart 
of man, is touched into the consciousness of Immortality. 
The heart, being the center of the body, begins to quicken 
its whole domain. When the mind unites with the heart, 
knowledge and understanding are set into action and 
man becomes conscious of his Divine Perfection and 
knows that he dwells in Divine Perfection. Then man 
stands alone with God and lovingly abides in His tender, 
strong and harmonious Presence, at Home in the Father's 
House. 

In the Conscious Immortality of man's Divine Indi- 
viduality, there is the ecstasy of Bliss and abiding peace ; 
and man dwells in that glorious abode of the Soul, where 
man walks the golden streets of the New Jerusalem and 
roams over the green fields of Paradise ; and, from a con- 
scious heart of Love, graciously responds to the smiling 
face of every flower as it sways in the soft zephyr of 
Paradise. 



PART TWO 



DEDICATION. 

Dedicated to all men who are near- 
ing the Mount of Transfiguration. By 
the sphtlt of the infinite, which is 
revealing these deep truths to the 
men of earth. 

"Iam Alpha and Omega, the begin- 



385 



CHAPTER I 

THE SONG OF THE SOUL 

IN the green fields, beautiful dales and on the moun- 
tains grand the music which floats to the inner ear is 
that concord of sweet sounds from the Infinite Harp. 
Being the Harp of many strings, its music is so modu- 
lated, that in it rhythm reaches each ear in the key 
needed, that man may be blessed. 

This music which is wafted over the strings of the In- 
finite Harp to the ear of man in the different degrees of 
his awakened state, — through the soft breezes as they 
murmur sweet and low at even-tide or through the 
rhythm in the roar of the great cataracts, in the majesty 
of the whispering of the waves as they embrace the 
shores, in the stillness of the mountains, in the song of 
the birds or in the voice of man, — is the message of God 
to the Soul of man. 

Without this music upon the Harp of many strings, 
man would pass even farther out into the mists, into the 
illusions of earth; but the music of the Spheres is ever 
sounding sweet, musical and clear throughout Infinity. 

It is the Soul of the Infinite-God, whispering sweet 
lullabies to His children who are dwelling in the carnal- 
concept, that they, even when they at first become 
aroused, may be assured of the Father-Mother-God's 
Presence and Loving Care. 

When man fully awakens, he hears this soft clear 
music and his Soul responds to the song of the Infinite 
Soul and he becomes conscious of the Living God. 

As long as man's Soul is in ''Tune with the Infinite" 

387 



388 The Flashlights op Truth 

he can walk the earth in the ecstasy of being in con- 
scious rapport with the Infinite Harp. Then harmony 
can express in and through him in song and verse, in 
the artist's brush or in anything his hand finds to do; 
be it filling the place of the farmer boy, following the 
plow and driving home the cow; or the shepherd lad as 
he patiently tends the herds and flocks by day and at 
night carefully confines them in their fold; or the 
miner, as he uses pick and shovel deep down in the 
bowels of the earth; or the merchant in his house of 
business; or the banker amidst his gold; or the house- 
wife, who patiently from day to day does those things, 
in contentment, which are for her hands to do. 

As long as man is in conscious rapport with the In- 
finite and his heart beats in unison with the Infinite 
Heart attuned in Love and his Soul sings the song of 
the Infinite Soul and his mind is a branch of the Infinite 
Intelligence, knowing naught but of God, he breathes 
in rhythm with the Infinite Breath and perceives what 
a blessing God has bestowed upon the race. 

When man stands upon the Mount of Transfigura- 
tion, he is in rhythm with the Infinite Harp and appre- 
ciates the music as it floats to him over the different 
strings as they vibrate and voice God's Truth within 
his Soul. 

When man is so consumed with appreciation that 
he listens for any note that may be the nearest to his 
ear and thankfully responds with joyous rapture, he 
has become an individual harp. Every atom of his 
being is en rapport with the Harp of God and he is so 
harmoniously attuned with love, peace and satisfaction, 
that he vibrates in conscious rhythm in the Scientific 
Law of Action, which is God in Action. When man, a 
manifestation of God, rhythmatically abides in conscious 
Love, Peace and Contentment in the place where he is, 
it is to him as the Mount of Transfiguration and Divine 



The Song of the Soul 389 

Satisfaction is his in abiding consciousness, and he sees 
its expression everywhere. 

This state which we have described is not that inde- 
finable one the poets' songs have conveyed as being be- 
yond death, but one into which man can come while 
living here upon the earth. 

Man can be so filled with the consciousness of bliss 
which he has gained through perception, insight and 
illumination, that he can dwell in the abode of the 
awakened Soul, the Mount of Transfiguration, even 
while his dwelling place is humble, even the most lowly 
of the dwelling places of the men of earth. Being a 
Master, he cannot be disturbed by his dwelling place, 
be it low and humble or the most magnificent one upon 
the earth. 

Not the outer things nor environments have any 
power to disturb a Master ; he has gained his Freedom ; 
he is emancipated from the thraldom of their domi- 
nance. 

On the Mount of Transfiguration, man's cross which 
he has carried from his awakening is transmuted from 
the cross of burden into the illumined cross, "The 
Christ, " and man is transformed into that brightness 
which expresses the Infinite. 

On that Mount, in the light of the brightness of God, 
man stands in conscious at-one-ment with the Father 
and he has clear understanding concerning the Father- 
Mother, concerning Aum, the impersonal God, and he 
reverently communes with Jehovah-God, our Father, as 
Jesus Christ did. 

Jesus stood on the Mount of Transfiguration. Through 
prayer He communed with the Father-Mother and 
talked with those whom the Father sent to Him to in- 
struct Him concerning this ordeal through which He 
was soon to pass, — His death, burial, resurrection and 
ascension — and the continuation of His ministry after 
His ascension, a very important part, indeed, of His 
ministry. 



390 The Flashlights of Truth 

"And after six days Jesus taketh with Him Peter 
and James and John, and leadeth them up into an high 
mountain apart by themselves; and He was transfig- 
ured before them. ' ' St. Mark 9 :2. 

"And His raiment became shining, exceeding white 
as snow; so as no fuller on earth can white them." 
St Mark 9:3. 

"And there appeared unto them Elias with Moses: 
and they were talking with Jesus." St. Mark 9:4. 

"And there was a cloud that overshadowed them; 
and a voice came out of the cloud, saying, 'This is my 
beloved Son; hear Him.' " St. Mark 9:7. 

"And as they came down from the mountain, He 
charged them that they should tell no man what things 
they had seen, till the Son of Man were risen from the 
dead. St. Mark 9:9. 

"And they asked Him, saying, 'Why say the scribes 
that Elias must come first?' " St. Mark 9:11. 

"And He answered, and told them, 'Elias verily 
cometh first and restoreth all things; and how it is 
written of the Son of Man that he must suffer many 
things, and be set at naught." St. Mark 9:12. 

"But I say unto you, That Elias is indeed come, and 
they have done unto him what so ever they listed, as it 
is written of him." St. Mark 9:13. 

Jesus Christ was not for Himself alone, working out 
that great problem of life where He had arrived at His 
finishing place upon His Path; therefore, He took with 
Him as witnesses, Peter, James and John, that they, 
after seeing with their own eyes His transformation 
into the brightness of God's glory, could reveal this to 
the men of earth, when the right time arrived. 

As Jesus solved His own problem which extricated 
Him from the web of carnality, He ever had witnesses, 
so that the men of earth when they arrived at the ripen- 
ing cycle of their ongoing could see that He did this, 
and by studying His message, and imbibing its Spirit, 



The Song of the Soul 391 

they could learn how to turn from the broad road, which 
lies throughout the length and breadth of humanity 
and enter upon the narrow and steep Path which leads 
straight up the mountain side out and away from the 
carnal-concept of humanity. 

If Jesus Christ had not met and mastered every law 
which binds man to the wheel of carnal illusions, — even 
the last and greatest enemy to mankind, death — He 
would not stand a solitary figure in the foreground of 
the centuries, — which have passed since history has been 
written — ' ' The Master ' ' among all the great saviours, 
whom God's Infinite Love has sent to earth to give the 
Light in degree in which the men of earth could receive 
it. They could receive only according to the degree 
of their unfoldment and the period of the cycle in 
which they lived. 

No other one gave the fullness of God's Eternal Truth 
as Jesus gave it direct to the individual, so clear and 
strong, that the fully awakened man can see clearly, 
"even though he runs." When he understands and 
applies the principle which Jesus taught and is Spirit- 
ually attuned as Jesus was to the Great Heart of the 
Father he can consciously and understandingly talk 
with the Father, and can step aside from the wheel 
which ever rolls along the broad road, which winds in 
and out through carnality, which composes humanity. 

When man steps aside in conscious understanding 
from the carnal mind, its beliefs, fears, superstitions 
and doubts, and permits his carnal mind to become 
merged into the Divine-Mind, he stands upon the Mount 
of Transfiguration, and the raiment which is transfig- 
ured is his body. He then stands a conscious redeemed 
Son of God, an immortal, and will walk the earth as 
one. Even here we have the example of Jesus Christ 
in His every-day life. When he came down from the 
mountain (the high state of Conscious Understanding 
and Realization), He began His work among mankind, 



392 The Flashlights of Truth 

for their good, not His. He taught His disciples the 
great Truth (as much of it as they could hear), as they 
came down from the mountain, and when He reached 
the multitudes, healed the lad which had a dumb spirit. 
Jesus ' disciples had failed in healing the lad ; and when 
the father informed Jesus that he had taken his son to 
Jesus' disciples and they had failed in healing him, "He 
answereth him and saith, '0 faithless generation, how 
long shall I be with you. How long shall I suffer you? 
Bring him unto me.' " St. Mark 9:19. 

"Jesus said unto him, 'If thou canst believe, all things 
are possible to him that believeth.' " St. Mark 9:23. 

When Jesus' disciples asked Him why they could 
not heal the lad, Jesus answered: 

"And He said unto them, 'This kind can come forth 
by nothing, but by prayer and fasting.' " St. Mark 9:29. 

Man will know the Truth, yea, "the whole Truth" 
and have understanding, clear, strong and perfect, of 
the principle of the working hypothesis of Jesus Christ 's 
teaching and the love of God so strong in his heart that 
devotion and meditation are sweet in the trysting times 
of each and every day; and he will walk the earth a 
conscious son of God when he stands upon the Mount 
of Transfiguration, and all men must stand there before 
they are in consciousness forever free from the wheel 
of carnal life. 

Let all awakened men appreciate all the saviours 
whom Infinite Love, Our Father, has sent to enlighten 
the men of earth ; but let all awakened ones, also, appre- 
ciate The Master, Jesus Christ, who gave the fullness, 
the finishing lessons of the great Truth to man for man's 
benefit. 

A joyous blessing and blessed privilege it is to stand 
on the Mount of Transfiguration and consicously talk 
with Jesus, our Elder Brother, and His assistants who 
are assisting us, as Moses and Elias were assisting Jesus 
when they appeared to Him on the Mount of Transfig- 
uration; and as we stand there in that concept of our- 



The Song of the Soul 393 

selves, and of the Real as it is, and carnality as it is, 
we will also hear the voice of the Father, speaking from 
out the cloud — God's great Glory — saying, "This is 
my beloved son; hear him. ,, 

Then it is, even when man stands apart from those 
who are living in the carnal concept, in fellowship with 
those whom the Father has sent to assist him in solving 
unto the final finishing his problem, he is in tune with 
the Infinite Harp so perfectly that he hears every note 
as it touches the different strings of the Infinite Harp ; 
and its music is musical, melodious and sweet to his 
ear, because he has learned the Oneness of Life. His 
Love having as he climbed up the mountain side become 
merged into God-Love, he despises not the low and 
heavy notes as they strike their key on that string of 
God's Harp; nor does he go into ecstasy over the high, 
soft, sweet notes as they sound their place on the sound- 
ing-board of the Infinite, because he has learned that 
it requires them all to complete the music of the Spheres, 
which is continuously in expression upon the Harp of 
Many Strings. Man, thus standing, can place himself 
en rapport with the music of the Spheres which is the 
Lullaby of the Infinite. He can vibrate in rhythm 
therewith. In this blissful state of consciousness he is 
at Home in his Father's House and, according to the 
degree of his intensity, will his abiding consicousness 
remain. 

For man to reach the heights and stand upon the 
Mount of Transfiguration it is necessary for him to 
keep his mind stayed upon God and his heart in con- 
scious Love to God. 

Man, even on the Mount of Transfiguration, neces- 
sarily must be alert, lest, when he descends and takes 
up his daily work among humanity, he permit the 
illusions of carnality to become real to him again. 

If man is thoroughly anchored in God, he will be so 
conscious of the All-ness and Perfection of the Infinite, 
that he will see only that Perfection in expressions in 



394 The Flashlights of Truth 

all the different expressions about him. He then visions 
the shadows, called disease, pain, sorrow, limitation 
and poverty into nothing. These can never stand be- 
fore his vision as long as his mind and heart is stayed 
upon God. 

Man, in and through his mind, learns to know the 
Truth and gains the knowledge and understanding 
which enables him to extricate himself sufficiently, so 
that he can climb the mountain of Truth and stand on 
the Mount of Transfiguration. This is not intellectual 
illumination only; but this is the expression of God, 
Life and Light in and through his body, as well as in 
and through his mind. 

To know a thing and not express it is of no value to 
oneself, nor to one's fellowman, as it dies in its birth 
and can do no one any good. 

The heart becomes at first stirred with emotion, when 
the mind begins to understand the Truth; but we read 
in the scriptures that man must have an understanding 
heart, also. The understanding in the heart is the Love 
which is "Molten Gold," the Infinite Love in expres- 
sion in the individual heart. Then the heart, too, is en 
rapport with the Great Heart of God. Then man is 
Spiritually attuned to the Infinite Heart and in rhyth- 
matic bliss vibrates in conscious rapport with the In- 
finite Harp. Being a key on this Harp, he knows that 
the Infinite music is harmoniously and rhythmatically 
in action in and through him ; he in it and it in him. 
He abides in the center of the Harp and his ear is ever 
attuned to its soft, sweet melody. 

The Infinite, being The Individual Harp, man, an 
expression of it, is an individual harp and is perfectly 
attuned to the Infinite Harp, when he stands on the 
Mount of Transfiguration. 

And man, the one who is consicous-individuality, 
within whose being the holy wedlock has taken place, 
permits the Music of the Spheres, — the song of the 
Over-Soul to the individual Soul, to vibrate through 



The Song of the Soul 395 

him, as he laves in conscious rapport therewith. In 
this abiding consciousness man perceives that there is 
naught but God, the Infinite. Then man has finished 
his work. Then he can clearly perceive that "To Be" 
is his portion. 

The joy, grandeur, ecstasy and bliss which this man 
in that consciousness enjoys none can describe. To ex- 
perience it is the only comprehension of it. 

The Song of the Over-Soul, soft, musical and clear, is 
ever whispering Love, Peace, Harmony and Divine Sat- 
isfaction; and the illumined one hears and sweetly ap- 
preciates it. 

When man learns to love the silence, "The secret 
place of the Most High," he will joyously and thank- 
fully abide there and his Soul will sing the soft, sweet 
melodies of Eternity as he hears them, dwelling at home 
in the center of the Infinite Harp. 



CHAPTER II 

THE LULLABY OF THE INFINITE 

OUT in the mountain stillness amidst the trees 
which grow there, where the bustle and con- 
fusion of the busy city is left far behind, man, 
if he understands the teaching which is being given in 
this book, can, in and through understanding, stand 
erect in that silent-stillness and, with his ear attuned 
to the Infinite Harp, listen to it in the silent chamber of 
his being and hear the lullaby of the Infinite as it plays 
through the leaves and the branches of the trees; and 
it will speak such peace, Love, harmony and gentleness 
in his Soul that he will rest in faith and trust in the 
nearness of the Invisible Presence, even as the babe 
when it lays its head upon its mother's bosom and list- 
ens to her lullaby until it trustingly falls to sleep in 
the mother's care. 

The mother, feeling that loving confidence in which 
her babe quitely falls to sleep, keeping faith with her 
trusting child, ever remains near and watches over it 
lovingly and tenderly while it rests in slumberland. 

When man is awakened from the sound sleep which 
began to overtake him when he dwelt in the Garden of 
Eden, and learns to get still within himself, seeking for 
the silent chamber of the Infinite, he will feel harmony 
begin to become manifest within him. Then, soon his 
ear will catch the soft, low rhythmic murmur in which, 
as he listens, he will hear the lullaby of the Infinite. 
It quiets him and, if he will master all confusions in 
his own mind and body, he will become so enraptured 

396 



The Lullaby of the Infinite 397 

by the sweet lullaby that he will lay his head in loving 
trust and faith upon the Bosom of the Loving Father. 
As he listens earnestly to the soft sweet lullaby, he loses 
consciousness of the confusions of the outer life and 
falls asleep in the Arm of Infinite Love, — not the sleep 
of death, but of faith, trust and Love. 

As the human mother, feeling the faith, love and 
trust of her little one falling asleep in her arms, ever 
remains near and covers it with her loving and watch- 
ful care, so the Infinite, our Father-Mother, (feeling 
the love, faith and trustful confidence of the awakened 
man who, hearing the Infinite lullaby, serenely lays his 
head upon the Bosom of Infinite Love) will with Loving 
Care watch over, guard, sustain and protect. 

Lessons there are at every step the awakened man 
takes, wafted to him over the Harp of many Strings. 

In the darkness and stillness of night, there is writ- 
ten a lesson strong and deep, as we look to the blue 
vault above us and see the innumerable stars and, 
through understanding, know that God is in and through 
each one, and is in expression there in the star-spaces 
as here in the heart of man. As we look out into the 
vastness, greatness and grandeur of it, we bow our 
heads in love, appreciation and adoration for the In- 
finite, — AUM, who holds all of these and the myriad 
other systems of universes in His hand and knows not 
even of their weight, so little are these expressions in 
comparison to His All-Ness. 

In that stillness which envelops man as he there 
stands, lost in contemplation of the vastness and near- 
ness of it, he hears the lullaby of the Father-Mother. 

When man is securely, through understanding, abid- 
ing in the " Secret Place of the Most High" and listen- 
ing with love and trust to the voice of his Heavenly 
Father-Mother singing the Lullaby to his Soul, he knows 
he is at "Home," — the place where the Father has ever 
desired man to be. 

When man in consciousness was in a far country, far 



398 The Flashlights of Truth 

away from home, as he believed, even then the lullaby 
of the Infinite was softly whispering, "Come home! 
Come home \" As this lullaby is infinite and everywhere 
present, so the Home of man is everywhere present. 

Then we perceive that, when man awakens, he is at 
"Home," and the Father is there and man can lay his 
head trustingly upon His Bosom and He will enfold 
him with His Everlasting Arm. The Infinite Care is 
everywhere present, and no man can drift away from 
His Loving Care. 

Ever and aye, the Infinite lullaby is singing soft and 
low. 

As man ascends the Mountain of Transfiguration, he 
learns to stand still in action and listen to the soft 
singing rhythm of the music of the Spheres. He lets 
his mind dwell in contemplation upon it and, as he con- 
tinues to do so, the carnal dream gradually vanishes 
and in its place he visions the Immortal Universe, filled 
as it is with God's Immortal Creation. As he continues 
to listen to the Immortal Music, he becomes in accord 
with it. As he continues to vibrate in harmony with 
it, he will become conscious of his own immortality and 
consciously stand an immortal in the midst of the Im- 
mortal Universe. The lullaby of the Infinite still 
whispers soft, sweet and low; and throughout Eternity 
the conscious immortal, even though he strays from 
planet to planet, ever hears his Father's voice softly 
singing, that man may never again forget His Presence 
from which he can no more depart. 

0, man, why art thou afraid and distrustful when 
thou art in reality ever in the very center of God? 
Being an individual manifestation of the Infinite, the 
center of God is ever within thee. 

Then speak thou to the Center of the Infinite which 
is within thy heart. The Infinite will hear and Infinite 
Intelligence and Love will respond in answer to thy 



The Lullaby of the Infinite 399 

prayer at any place where thy prayer is voicing for 
answer. 

A great devotion, which the awakened man can be- 
stow upon the Father, is to understanding^ know 
Him and recognize His ever-present Presence; then in 
Love, faith and trust to abide in conscious action, "At 
Home" in the Father's House. 

It matters not then what cares, anxieties or confusions 
may present themselves for recognition. Just remem- 
ber that you are at Home and retire into the silent 
chamber of your Soul and there commune with the 
Father. Be still and listen to the lullaby of the In- 
finite and it will speak peace to your Soul. 

There in that Peaceful Presence abide, and under- 
standingly know that there is naught for you to now 
do but "To Be" and let the Infinite live in and through 
you and use you, as the breeze moves and sways the 
branches of the trees, though they are never disjoined 
from their source, — the Father-tree. 

List to the sweet lullaby! It is ever whispering, "Be 
ye still and know." "He that dwelleth in the secret 
place of the Most High shall abide under the shadow 
of the Almighty. ' ' He then hears the lullaby of the In- 
finite continuously! 



CHAPTER III 

THE SILENCE OF THE INFINITE 

THE Infinite Silence is so sublime that the carnal 
man has no conception of its silent sublimity. 
Only the awakened man can recognize it, and 
that according to his degree of awakened concept. 

We read of the secret place of the Most High, of the 
silent chamber of the Soul and of the awakened man 
who endeavors to be still within himself, that he may 
perceive and recognize the Silence of the Infinite. 

It is the awakened man, the one who is alert in under- 
standing action, whom we are addressing concerning 
the Silence of the Infinite. 

"We read in the Bible that the Temple of Solomon was 
built without sound. The beautiful and magnificent 
Temple became manifest in outer expression here upon 
earth without the sound of the hammer! This is sym- 
bolical of God's handiwork. The great forest grew 
without a sound from the invisible Life which began to 
express in the earth into the giant trees which man ad- 
mires as monuments of strength and endurance. 

The mountains raise their snow-capped heads and 
stand still in serenity; and not a sound is heard. 

From the little brown bulb buried in the ground a 
tiny green shoot peeps out from its cloistered cell, and, 
in the rapture of being in the sunlight, expands into 
great green leaves and a beautiful white flower and that 
which man calls a lily comes into expression without one 
sound. 

Let man consider the greatness of the workmanship, 

400 



The Silence of the Infinite 401 

which brought forth without a sound, the great green 
leaves and the beautiful white lily. 

God operates in silence in the center of man, which 
is the silent chamber of man's Soul, and man in his four- 
fold nature responds and in silence moves along into his 
place, even as the lily came forth and silently fills its 
place. 

The music of the Sphere is silent to the Soul; yet 
clearly does the Soul hear its majestic melodies. 

The "Still Small Voice" of the Infinite is silent; yet 
the Soul hears the lullaby of the Infinite in its silent 
rhythm and consoling love. 

The Silence of the Infinite is the language of the Soul. 
In the stillness of the silence, the awakened Soul rests 
in conscious at-one-ment with the Silence of the In- 
finite, which is Aum, and listens to the soundless rhythm 
of the Love of God as it brings its message to the Soul of 
man. 

The awakened man dwells understandingly in the 
Great Silence and, in the silence within him, lives in 
peace and contentment and hears not one discordant 
note in all "God's Holy Mountain." 

Then be ye still in the mystic-silence, and ye shall 
there learn to know the Infinite Stillness and become 
conscious of contentment which is merged into Divine 
Satisfaction in the Silence of the Infinite. 



CHAPTER IV 

SUBLIMITY. 

AS man looks into the heart of the Lily, he sees 
there an exquisiteness which cannot be described ; 
and man exclaims, "It is sublime !" 
In the center of the rose, there is an indefinable some- 
thing of which man, not knowing how to portray, 
simply says, "It is sublime." 

As man looks out over and through nature in its 
different moods, his Soul responds with one assent: 
"Sublimity !" 

As man looks into the eyes of man, his brother, when 
he meets him upon life's highway, understanding that 
the eyes are the windows of the Soul and seeing the life 
which is God-Life, expressing there, he knows that he 
is looking into something of the sublimity of God. 
When he calls to memory the working of the Great Si- 
lence, from which man came forth into expression and 
to which he will return, letting his mind dive deep into 
that great ocean of Silence, which, in its invisible pres- 
ence lies so near to man and is that deep Silence which 
forever transcends, yet forever expresses in man, he 
exclaims, "This is sublimity!" 

Let us dwell a few moments upon the Sublimity of 
God's Creation, upon that which is God's self in man- 
ifestation. From the tiny grain of sand to the earth, 
the sun, the moon and stars we look and see amidst all 
these "Man, the crowning Glory of God," to whom God 
gave dominion over the earth and all that therein is. 

When we perceive the sublimity of man in his divine 

402 



Sublimity 403 

perfection and the Sublimity of God, in Whom man 
lives, moves and has his being, we pause in awe before 
it. However, if man stands there in awe of the Sub- 
limity of the grandeur of God, the Creator and of man, 
the created, he will become stagnant and, just as the 
ripe apple when it falls to the ground lies there and is 
absorbed into the earth, so stagnation is absorbed and 
becomes a no-thing. 

The divine man, he who is the image and likeness of 
God, even though he stands in awe as he perecives the 
Sublime Beauty, Greatness and Glory of God, is in 
conscious action, because he knows that he has pierced 
the veil which hangs just back of carnality and stands 
in front of the Reality of that which is. He breathes 
the elixir from that other clime; he listens for the 
music which comes from that other shore and which is 
carried to him over the soft zephyr which reaches him 
as quietly as the fleecy clouds float across the blue sky 
on a summer day, and as the soft spring breeze touches 
cheek and brow he feels the Sublimity of it. 

The wonder, the beauty, the grandeur and the glory 
of the Sublimity of God and His Manifested Creation, 
none can tell. Man must scale the heights and pierce 
the veil and there lave in that ocean of the brightness 
of God's Glory ere he perceives the Sublimity of it. 

Then in the presence of the sublimity of that other 
shore (that other dimension) man's Soul, becoming in 
tune with the Infinite Soul, he sings the melodies which 
he hears from the next dimension ; and, as he sings, his 
whole being vibrates in unison with the Spiritual Gran- 
deur and he recognizes the Sublimity of that higher 
state. He no more is satisfied with the low state of the 
carnal concept; his eyes at all times desire another 
glimpse of that other land which is fairer than this; 
his ears are ever alert that they may again hear the 
music from that fair shore, whose ocean is the Sublimity 
of God's everlasting Beauty, the Beauty of Holiness. 



404 The Flashlights of Truth 

What is there more sublime than that which man sees 
when the veil is rent in twain and he looks into that 
other dimension, exclaiming, "It is sublime !" It is 
sublimity in its overwhelming grandeur, and this, where 
man now stands, is as glow worms to suns, as dust upon 
the rose leaf, to the wealth of all the glorious blossoms 
of summer. 

The Sublimity of that other shore lies in the Reality 
and Unchangeableness of it. It is God in manifesta- 
tion, ' ' and it changes not, no never ! ' ' Therefore, when 
man looks upon beauty in that dimension, it does not 
fade. He has no haste to enjoy a thing today because 
tomorrow it will be faded, but rests there in peaceful 
contentment as he sees the flowers forever fair. 

There are no faded flowers nor gnarled oaks there; 
it is divine perfection; and man rests in action amidst 
it, knowing that he, too, is a completed being, for God 
pronounced His works finished and good — and very 
good! 

Man, being created in the "Image and likeness of 
God," in his divine perfection as God sees him expresses 
beauty, grandeur and perfection, — and these in their 
combined glory forever express Sublimity. 

When man is sufficiently awake Spiritually, as well 
as intellectually, he perceives the Sublimity of the hand- 
iwork of God as he sees it expressed all about him. 
He can then, with the eye of vision, pierce the outer 
garment of God, which is nature, and see the Absolute 
in all its exquisiteness of perfection and unchangeable- 
ness. As man stands in the midst of this and hears the 
soft whisperings of the lullaby of the Infinite, he be- 
comes conscious of Sublimity. 

When man has stood upon the mountain top and 
visioned the Sublimity of Eternity and all eternal 
things, he no longer permits frivolity to enter his mind, 
nor idle words to fall from his lips. 

In the contemplation of the Sublimity of God, man's 
Soul rejoices. As he visions the paradisaical state and 



Sublimity 405 

knows that his heart substance is that of the Infinite 
Heart, and that they beat as one Heart, he is in a bless- 
edness beyond telling. 

Loving bliss and joyous gratitude, — these are the ex- 
pressions of man, when from the Mountain of Transfig- 
uration he views the landscape o'er and sees the perfect 
expression of God everywhere and realizes that it is 
one Eternal day, one continuous Life, one peace un- 
ending and joy forevermore. 

Then the Soul of man sings a song sublime and his 
heart responds with love divine to Love Divine. Man 
stands alone with God in the consciousness of immor- 
tality, and in the Sublimity of the Eternality of the 
All-ness of that which is. 

Amidst green pastures and fields of golden grain and 
flowers of different hues growing along the path and 
birds singing their sweet songs and the rivers flowing 
peacefully and the sky's deep blue, — this is the picture 
of contentment upon which the illumined man looks 
and exclaims, "How sublime!" Yes, this is Sublimity 
itself! and the Sublimity of the Glory, Beauty and 
Greatness of God abides in the heart. 

We would that all men attain unto the Illumined 
concept of Sublimity quickly, that the Kingdom of 
Heaven speedily become established upon the earth, 
"Even as it is in Heaven." 



CHAPTER V 

" JESUS SAT BY THE SEA-SIDE." 

4 4 fT! HE same day went Jesus out of the house, and 
sat by the sea-side." St. Mat. 13:1. 

"And great multitudes were gathered unto 
Him, so that He went into a ship, and sat; and the 
whole multitude stood on the shore." St. Mat. 13:2. 

Jesus having come from His place of abode "Sat by 
the sea-side." This place is symbolical of the place 
where two expressions meet. 

When the multitude discovered where Jesus was, 
they gathered about Him and He went into a ship and 
sat. 

When Jesus sat in the boat upon the water, He had 
stepped from one expression, or dimension, to another. 
He had launched out upon the deep, and from this 
place He could teach the message of the Father to the 
people. 

The multitudes stood on the sea-shore, which is sym- 
bolical of the shifting sands of time; but Jesus, when 
they called for Him to teach them, moved out from 
among them, and sat in the boat upon the water. Water 
is symbolical of Life Eternal, and from that separate 
state of concept He could look into the minds, hearts, 
souls and bodies of the assembled multitude and see 
what each one desired. 

To the Spiritually hungry He gave crumbs of Spir- 
itual bread; to the Spiritually thirsty He gave the 
Water of Life; and the physical man who was infirm, 
if they called upon Him, He healed; and to the Soul 

406 



"Jesus Sat by the Seaside" 407 

who was still bound in the grave-cloths of illusion until 
it seemed asleep, Jesus spoke the potent words which 
would awaken man. He told them they must "Know 
the Truth." 

Thus we see that Jesus addressed the four-fold na- 
ture in man, according to the requirements of the man. 

Jesus, with the eye of vision, easily discerned the 
needs of those who came to Him. 

As Jesus sat in the boat and taught the multitudes, 
He was consciously in another dimension from them. 
If He had stood on the sands of the sea-side as the mul- 
titudes did, He could not have assisted them, — even as 
Jesus Himself said, "If I be lifted up, I will draw all 
men unto me." Thus we see that Jesus' desire was to 
lift the people up from the teachings of Moses' dispen- 
sation into the next dispensation. In doing this, Jesus 
did not condemn Moses, as no one would think of con- 
demning the rosebud because it was not the full blown 
rose; but He showed wherein the scriptures prophesied 
of Him, — Jesus, — who came to fulfill the Law and the 
Prophets. 

Neither would the enlightened Jesus condemn the 
first dispensation because it was not the second. 

As Jesus sat in the boat, He talked to the multitudes 
from His Divine concept. In that state He was con- 
scious of the divine power within Him and that He was 
God made manifest. 

Jesus' message was to the man living in the concept 
of his personality and believing it to be himself, that 
he might awake and learn to pass from one dimension 
in his own concept to another, to pass from personality 
to individuality. 

As man stands upon the shore of time, all things are 
fleeting to him and the sands under his feet are ever 
shifting and his body subject to the whim of every pass- 
ing breeze. If it is pure and refreshing, he has health ; 



408 The Flashlights of Truth 

if cold and bleak, man becomes afflicted by it and finally 
he gives up the struggle and sits despairingly upon the 
shifting sands which lie along the shore of the "Water 
of Life, not knowing that there is anything but sand. 

If man awakens as he sits here, and listens to the 
one who is in the boat, to the one who has stepped from 
the shore of time to the Water of Life and is in the 
understanding of Eternity, and can catch the deeps of 
the milk in the message given, he will perceive, that 
the one in the boat passed over from those shifting 
sands of one dimension into the other dimension of 
deep Keality without passing through death. 

It is so easy for the carnal man's body to become 
heavy and sluggish when the mind loses hope and man 
sits down upon the shifting sands, carried about by 
every wind of desire that blows. Death seems such an 
easy door to the heavy-laden carnal man who knows 
naught of that other dimension of Life and Being and 
Eternity; but the one sitting in the boat knows and 
understands the two states. Jesus, being in the higher, 
having passed through the lower, understandingly 
taught the multitudes the way whereby they could es- 
cape from the unstable conditions within and around 
them. 

''Jesus sat by the sea-side." He had come out from 
His home in the higher realms, that He might give the 
message which the Father desired the children of men 
to have, so that they could find their way back to their 
lost inheritance, — their Father's House — the Home from 
which Jesus came when He took birth among the men 
of earth to be the Way-Shower, the Teacher and Saviour. 

Jesus proved the divineness of the message which He 
was giving by the signs following, in which He proved 
His Love for His fellowman by healing their diseases 
and comforting those in distress. 

The boat in which Jesus sat was launched out from 
the sandy shore where the people were standing, and 
the state of His understanding was far beyond the mul- 



" Jesus Sat by the Seaside' ' 409 

titudes, but His desire was to lift all men unto His 
height. 

Jesus Christ was the man and the message which He 
gave was from the Infinite Heart. That message was 
for all men, as they arrive at the place where they can 
hear the greatness and completeness of the message of 
Love sent to the men of earth from the Father-Mother, 
that man may learn that there is Redemption full and 
complete, not only for his Soul after it withdraws from 
the physical body, but for the body also. Jesus told 
them that flesh and blood could not enter heaven. Then 
it is clear that there is something to be done from the 
time man sits among the multitudes upon the shifting 
sands and believes his body of flesh and blood is him- 
self, until that time when man stands a Conscious Re- 
deemed Son of the Living God, — redeemed and at Home 
in his Father's House. 

The Father, speaking through the lips of Jesus, when 
He saw a Soul who had arrived at the awakening sea- 
son, spake the vitalizing words which awakened them. 

The loving Father within Jesus, seeing the afflicted 
ones, healed all who called for it. He unbound the 
dumb tongue that it might be free to sing praises to 
the living God. 

When the multitudes had followed Jesus, seeking to 
glean the golden grains of Truth as they fell from His 
lips, so anxious that they might learn the message that 
they looked not after their material welfare, and when 
they had been with Him some days without food, the 
Father within Him, which is forever at-one with the 
Omnipotent One, fed the people. 

Jesus, sitting in the boat upon the water, was living 
and His Mind and Heart functioning far out in the In- 
finite Heart. He, being understandingly there, could 
let the Father's Love flow through Him to bless, feed 
and heal those who came close enough to the fountain 
to touch the hem of His garment. 



410 The Flashlights op Truth 

Jesus made no distinction in His healing between 
nationalities or doctrinal beliefs; He just healed them 
and said: "Go, sin no more, lest a worse thing come 
upon you." 

There is a promise to the believer; but it is to the 
believer in God and His power which was in operation 
in and through Jesus Christ, and which will operate 
through all men, when they reach that abiding under- 
standing. 

As man catches the beauty, greatness and sublimity 
of the message from the Father, given through the lips 
of Jesus, and desires to bring himself into harmony 
with the Rhythm and Love of God, he listens for the 
"Still, Small Voice," and in it hears^the Infinite Lul- 
laby softly whispering, "Abide in me, and I will up- 
hold you with my Omnipotent Hand." 



CHAPTER VI 

THE CONSCIOUSNESS OF JESUS CHRIST. 

JESUS CHRIST was so conscious of His Individ- 
uality as He stood in that other realm, that He 
retained this consciousness to a great degree from 
His birth onward throughout His ongoings among the 
children of Earth. 

The Message, which the Father has given all down 
the ages, has been given when man learns it to assist 
man as he passes along the path through the Forest of 
Illusions. One, now and then, through the ages past 
has gleaned the Light sufficiently bright to perceive 
that the whole Forest is an illusion. He who is in the 
bright light, according to his understanding of the 
Light, lives in the Reality and the great illusion loses 
its power over him. 

Jesus Christ, being the Conscious Son of God in ex- 
pression, would permit the Father to express through 
His lips and give the message which could awaken the 
man who had reached the edge of the forest and had 
grown tired of following the elusive illusions, just as 
man finally becomes weary in following the will-o'-the- 
wisp, finding that it is no light at all. 

The message which Infinite Love gave through Jesus' 
lips was the Truth of God's Love and Care for man; 
and, when man knows and Loves God, he will Love his 
fellowman. 

In the Forest of Illusions, man knows not of the 
Loving Presence of the Infinite; therefore, he has no 
recognition of the Divine Love and can have little or 

411 



412 The Flashlights of Truth 

no Love in his heart for his fellowmen as he meets and 
associates with them in the illusive Forest. 

The animal living in the forest protects its own only, 
and to provide for its own will slay any other animal 
which its strength or cunning will enable it to kill. 

So man, while living in the depths of the forest of 
carnality, expresses the animal propensities and will 
continue to thus express them as long as he is living 
under the illusion, believing in the reality of the illu- 
sions which he encounters upon the winding path which 
leads through the forest. 

Every step man takes upon the illusive path of car- 
nality carries him farther in consciousness away from 
the father's House, which is the paradisiacal state of 
consciousness which he had when he stepped into the 
Garden of Eden. 

The teachings of the first dispensation, which, by the 
Father was established through Moses as the instru- 
ment, were in Divine Wisdom given (even though, as 
we look back from this Age, they seem crude to us), 
that the children who are lost in the Wilderness of Illu- 
sion, — the deceptive forest, could comprehend that the 
Infinite is ever ready to lead and guide them, when 
they are sufficiently awakened to hear that there is a 
Promised Land. From the time that they believe there 
is a Promised Land and start upon the journey which 
leads to its destination, their travels are through the 
Wilderness and their problems which they encounter 
are difficult indeed for them to solve. 

But the Father had caused Moses to become awak- 
ened and in conscious rapport with the Infinite, so that 
Moses could receive his instructions through the Truth 
shining within his own Soul from the Father. Moses' 
problems were indeed deep, but he was a Soul with the 
Faith that the Real was lying near; and so when he 
saw the Fire of God burning in the bush, he turned 
aside and, as soon as he turned aside, God spake to him. 
Moses then turned consciously about and started back 



The Consciousness op Jesus Christ 413 

over the Path, unwinding the snarls and causing his 
thread of life to become straight; and, as he did this, 
God could use him in teaching and leading those who 
were tired of endeavoring to solve the misleading illu- 
sions of carnality; but it required forty years' wander- 
ing ere they reached the border-line of the Promised- 
Land. 

The Land of Canaan was there, the fields, forest and 
cb'mate enticing, all those years they were in the wilder- 
ness; and, if they could have swept aside the veil of 
illusion, there was a short road which could have been 
traveled in three days. 

When Infinite Love sent the great Soul which is 
known as Jesus Christ, the cycle had arrived when 
many of the men of earth had reached the awakening 
period in which they could hear a sweeter, clearer and 
more direct message. Jesus, being the conscious Son of 
God in expression, was in rhythm with the Heart of 
God, which is the Infinite Heart. He expressed Divine 
Love, Tenderness, and Compassion for the men of earth ; 
and, in His consciousness of the Absoluteness and Per- 
fection of the Whole, He understood clearly where the 
men of earth were, as they dwelt in the illusions of car- 
nality. 

The Christ exquisiteness, expressed through Jesus in 
every detail of His daily life, was so sublime that the 
carnal man could not discern it ; or, if sufficiently awak- 
ened to observe it, could not define it, any more than 
the perfume of a rose can be defined. 

Out from the Christ- Consciousness of Jesus flowed 
the message to the man who has come to the border-line 
of the Promised Land; to enter which is the work of 
each individual as he meets and overcomes the obstacles 
which he alone can meet and overcome. If he desires 
a home in that land where there is abundance, he must 
arise and become a conscious master over every obstacle 
which is of the earthly quality. 



414 The Flashlights of Truth 

Here is the second dispensation to the individual, 
whose message Jesus gave from His Christ- Conscious- 
ness. If studied and understood, this message will en- 
able man to gain the assistance he requires from the 
Father. 

Jehovah-God is a conscious expression of the Infinite ; 
Jesus Christ is the Conscious Son of the Infinite in ex- 
pression. That which expressed the Conscious mind 
of God in Jesus was the Christ, the Son of God. 

In this second dispensation teaching, Jesus gave the 
instructions so that man, when sufficiently awakened 
and in control over the animal propensities which sway 
man while he is lost in the Forest of Illusion, can find 
his way out. If man so desires and is sufficiently in 
earnest to diligently seek, ask and search for the vitality 
of that teaching which lies far behind the letter of His 
words and the doctrinal beliefs which have formed 
around them, — yea, so far back of these that the sub- 
limity of it does not extend to them, save only as man's 
ear is attuned to the mystic presence of the Infinite and 
can hear the Loving, Silent Lullaby of the Infinite, as 
it is silently wafted through Infinity, he will abundantly 
and satisfyingly find. This silent music when once the 
ear of man has heard, will soon quicken the Soul, be- 
cause it is the Song of the Infinite Soul to the Soul of 
man, which is the individualized manifestation of the 
Infinite Soul. 

The illusions which filled the mind of man as he 
walked through and dwelt in the Forest of Illusions, so 
incased the Soul that the mind seemed dis-joined from 
it; but the Soul of man awakens when it hears the 
Infinite Lullaby and breaks through the incrustations. 

However, that is not correct, because the Soul is the 
Conscious Life of the Infinite in manifestation, there- 
fore could not sleep or slumber; but the mind of man, 
being so engrossed with the illusive decepitons of the 
carnal man and his life as he lives in the Forest, has 



The Consciousness op Jesus Christ 415 

lost all memory of the individual expression of the In- 
finite Soul which he is. 

When man learns sufficiently of the message of Truth 
to cause him to perceive that he, as an individual, is to 
learn and apply the message which the Father gave 
through Jesus Christ, the Son, — direct to the awakened 
individual; then it is that he will face about and call 
in the silence for guidance from our Father-Mother- God. 

When man becomes fully conscious of his individu- 
ality, he is at the threshold of the third dispensation 
and Christ, the Conscious Son of God, expressed through 
Jesus in the second dispensation, gives that sublime 
message, which, though so mystical, when once discov- 
ered and understood, is sweet, grand and inspiring. As 
the consciously awakened man understandingly places 
his Soul en rapport with the Infinite Soul and listens 
to the song of the Soul of souls and, as this whispers 
silently to his Soul, man, as he consciously learns to 
live in the third dispensation, will not only hear the 
music of the Infinite Harp and feel the Harmony, Peace, 
Contentment and Love of the Infinite ; but, in the third 
degree concept he will become a Conscious Individual 
Harp and, through understanding, he will, by keeping 
his whole being, Body, Mind, Soul and Spirit in perfect 
tune with the Infinite Harp, become vibrant with Life 
Eternal, that the Music of the Infinite may vibrate in 
and through him, as it does in and through the branches 
of the trees. 

In the third dispensation, which the Bible designates 
as the reign of a thousand years, in which Spirituality 
will become manifest, the conscious sons of God will 
dwell here upon earth with Jesus Christ as the ruling 
sovereign in His deeper and fuller consciousness of His 
Sonship. 

In the third dispensation, many will take the third 
degree of the Third Dispensation. Jesus Christ was a 



416 The Flashlights of Truth 

candidate for that initiation when He passed through 
death and proved that He was a master over it. 

Jesus passed that great initiation and now stands the 
Master; and He left His rules clear so that the can- 
didate who arrives at that initiation can understand 
them, even though they are hid in mysticism to those 
who have not arrived at that final initiation. 

When man, in the concept of his own sonship, arrives 
at the Portal of the Third Degree Initiation, he, with 
the illumined vision of a seer, looks out through the 
vastness of Infinity and visions Eternity and the Eter- 
nality of all things of God's creation. With this same 
vision he looks in and through the Forest of Illusions 
and easily discerns where each of God's sons stand, as 
he is lost in the wilderness of this world; and, as he 
calls to remembrance the suffering and heartaches which 
he encountered as he stood in that same place of the 
Path, he feels the Divine Urge of his Soul to extend his 
helping hand to his brothers who are still lost, dream- 
ing their time away in the illusions, thinking them the 
reality. 

Jesus Christ lived upon the earth in the body of 
flesh in the Divine Consciousness that he is a Son of 
God. His teachings and examples proved distinctly that 
the Father who sent Him desires all men, His sons, to 
awaken from the illusive concepts and become conscious 
sons of God. But that is not sufficient, for we remem- 
ber Jesus' call to all men is "Follow Me"; and He met 
and mastered death and took His transmuted body with 
Him. He, the Conscious Redeemed Soul, is our Elder 
Brother ; and His Love is so great for His brothers who 
are still in the carnal concept that it will finally draw 
all men unto their conscious divine sonship. The abid- 
ing place of the Redeemed Son is the Father's House, 
the Soul's Home. 



CHAPTER VII 

THE SONG OF THE SOUL OF MAN, AS HE 

STANDS ON THE MOUNT OF 

TRANSFIGURATION. 

SING ye a song, 0, my Soul! for I am lost in con- 
templation. 
The vastness, the grandeur, the greatness, the 
beauty and exquisiteness of the glowing glory of God, 
which man beholds as he stands on the Mount of Trans- 
figuration, cannot be described; it can only be accent- 
uated by saying, "It is sublime. ,, 

The Soul, breathing en rapport with the Infinite Soul, 
drinks deep and long from the elixir of the bliss of 
being on the summit and basking in the glory of God. 

In that Sublime Silence, the Soul sings its song of 
silence in the stillness wherein it is standing, as it looks 
into the Glory of God. 

THE SOUL. 

I feel this stillness throughout my being 
As I stand on this Mount alone; 
And I know this vastness enfolds me, 
Even, as the moss embraces the stone. 

I stand in joyous rapture, 
In the shining glory of God; 
Perceiving that the Omnipotence sustains 
Souls, Suns, stars and the earth's green sod. 

417 



418 The Flashlights of Truth 

I lave in this glorious Presence, 

Forgetting all but God ; 

And I rest in the joy of being 

In transmutation, from man, back to God. 

From this mountain-top of vision, 
The Soul looks out into God 
And is face to face with God's Beauty 
In each expression it beholds. 

No dust, nor accumulations of the ages past 
Can blur the sight or mar the grandeur 
Of the vision of the Soul, as it stands 
Upon the summit and beholds God 's wonders. 

The Soul is lost in rapture sweet, 

As it visions deep and clear 

The handiwork of God in its perfection 

And the unchangeableness of the Whole. 

I, Soul, in conscious peace abide 

In the shining glory of my God. 

In the silence of the Infinite, 

I have found the Eternal abode of the Soul. 

Bright, glorious and blissful is this abiding place, 
Where, in the heart of each and all, 
We see Love and contentment expressed, 
In this Silence grand man loves to dwell. 

Where in the heart of the rose God's glory glows, 
And with its perfume reveals the Presence of God, 
Where the Lily dressed in its mystery deep 
Silently speaks, lo, the Presence of God. 



The Song of the Soul op Man 419 

The dew-drop on the daisy, 
The butter-cup reposing upon the ground, 
The violets clustered amidst the ferns, — 
All are breathing the Love of God. 



The Soul is lost in rapture grand, 
As it, from the Mount of Transfiguration, 
Visions man's glorious destination 
Amidst the beauty and glory of God. 

In peace and contemplation on the mountain alone, 
The Soul is lost forever in the glory of God, 
And ever and ever it sings of the beauties 
Of that other land, not known to mortal man. 

I lave in the ocean of bliss; 

I drink of the nectar of God, 

And eat from the table of bounty, 

Which is spread by the hand of our Lord. 

Love is my portion in this Eternal clime; 
There, the Light of God ever lighteth, 
And the streets are paved with Love Divine; 
There the Holy Ones are ever singing Hozannas to their 
God. 



CHAPTER VIII 

MAN— BODY, MIND, SOUL, SPIRIT— ONE. 

MAN is four-fold in his being and up to the time 
of his illumination he functions in the different 
departments of his being; but after his illum- 
ination, he, through understanding and the help of the 
Father, merges from the four-fold expression of being 
into ONE. 

Man can still his outer mind and through inspiration 
reach the summit of the Mount of Transfiguration and 
the Soul become filled with ecstasy and burst forth in 
song. 

This is good, as the man is far indeed upon the Path 
ere he can thus soar ; but, to do as Jesus did, man climbs 
the mountain alone with the assistance of God; and 
none are permitted to accompany him, even a part of 
the way, except those who are nearing that initiation. 
When Jesus stood on the Mount of Transfiguration, He 
was there in His four-fold being, — Body, Mind, Soul, 
spirit. 

There on that mountain, Jesus visioned what He was 
to bring into expression; and, after He had conversed 
with those whom the Father had sent to talk with Him 
concerning that experience which He was bringing into 
expression, He came down from the Mountain and went 
directly about His Father's business, which was bless- 
ing His fellowman even while He was leading up to the 
final of His works. 

As long as the teachings of Jesus are only theoret- 
ically observed, and man believes they are given that 

420 



Man. Body, Mind, Soul, Spirit — One 421 

they may learn how to prepare for a future life beyond 
the grave, the depth of His message is not discerned. 
While that is good as far as it goes, it does not extend 
far enough. 

It seems strange indeed that man should thus mis- 
understand the teachings of the Nazarene when He so 
persistently taught by example and precept that man, 
when he "Knows the Truth," would be free. The last 
enemy of mankind He met and mastered, that man 
might see that it is possible for him to become free from 
death. 

What did the Great Teacher mean by Freedom? It 
is quite clear to be seen that He meant freedom from 
pain, disease, fear, poverty and death; free from the 
great illusion, — carnality. 

If it was not freedom from these Jesus would not 
have proven to man that it is possible for man to master 
and overcome disease and death. Truly, it cannot be 
supposed that Jesus — and He knowing the Will of the 
Father — would have given the time He did to the 
healing of disease and teaching man how to live above 
it, if there had not been a great Truth lying back of His 
example. 

We have no record of Jesus doing an idle thing; 
everything He said or did portrayed a deep lesson to 
the student-devotee of Truth. 

To the man who is living in the outer mind and life 
only, there is no meaning, worthy of more than a pass- 
ing notice, to the teaching which Jesus gave. 

And so it is today, man only perceives the value of 
anything, be it land, diamond, estate or the Message of 
Truth, by the light he has concerning it. 

A man who has no knowledge about diamonds will 
appreciate an artificial one; and the man who has no 
knowledge of the great fabric of Truth is content with 
the counterfeit or misapprehension and will follow any 



422 The Flashlights of Truth 

one who presents to him that which appears like the 
Real. 

How is man to know the Real Truth and its Teach- 
ings from those which are the counterfeit, or misunder- 
standings of the Truth ? By proving them. 

A man buying a musical instrument expects the sales- 
man to prove to him if the tone is good or perfect. 

The Great Teacher proved the Divineness of the or- 
igin of the Message He taught to humanity by healing 
disease, unstopping the ears of the deaf, opening the 
eyes of the blind, raising the dead, stilling the storm, 
walking on the water and feeding the hungry ones from 
the invisible source. 

Why did the Loving Father send Jesus to earth with 
this message ? And why did Jesus so persistently prove 
the correctness thereof by His works? Because it is so 
important to mankind. 

When man is finally free from the Wheel of Birth 
and Death he is one complete being, the four-fold na- 
ture, having through insight and understanding, been 
joined into the Holy Wedlock. When he realizes his 
at-onement with the Father, the Father will place a 
ring upon his hand, which ring is a symbol of unity 
and his one-ness with all men and his At-One-Ment 
with the Father. 

When man learns that all men are created equal, all 
in the ''Image and Likeness of God," he will see the 
sweetness in the message of Jesus Christ, which, if un- 
derstood and lived into expression, will bring universal 
brotherhood upon the earth. 

Man lives in the physical concept of the body and 
believes it to be himself. Then his mind awakens and 
many then live in the mental concept and think that 
the mind is the master. Then his Soul awakens and he 
lives in the Soul-consciousness of himself, the world and 
God. Then his heart, the center of his Spiritual nature, 
awakens, and the Spirit of man expresses ; but man does 
not express as Jesus Christ, the Way-Director, did, until 



Man. Body, Mind, Soul, Spirit — One 423 

he is one Being in expression; and the greatest decep- 
tion that there is, dissolution, is mastered, that the one- 
ness of his Being cannot be dissolved. 

When man in his four-fold nature, Body, Mind, Spirit 
and Soul is merged into ONE, man stands a master 
here upon the earth, and through his kindness to his 
fellow-man many will call him blessed. 



CHAPTER IX 

COMPLETENESS. 

THERE is a spirit number. Three times three 
brings the completeness of numbers. 

When man has taken the third degree initia- 
tion, in the third degree he arrives at completeness. 
He then moves in the labyrinth of the Infinite, — a child 
of the Universe, and the Universe is his Home. He is 
a bright and shining light in the midst of shining lights, 
in the center of The Shining Light. 

He functions here upon earth amidst the men who 
are living in the mists of earth; enjoys each and every 
moment as men of earth count time ; and every obstacle 
he encounters for himself, or fellow man, he joyously 
rises above, as the eagle soars above the mountain peaks. 

The man who is in completeness, like the eagle, soars 
high. He rises above the storms and abides under the 
blue sky, until they have passed away. Like as the 
eagle ever keeps its eye on the sun, so the man who, 
having passed the third initiation in the third degree 
and stands in Completeness, a perfect man, ever keeps 
his eye upon the Infinite ; the Solar Sun being a symbol 
of the Celestial Center. 

It is conceded that what a man keeps his eye upon 
he eventually will become like thereunto; therefore, if 
man ever keeps his eye upon the Celestial Center of the 
Infinite, which is the abode of the Celestial Ones, it is 
only a question of soaring until he becomes a celestial 
Being in understanding and expression. 

It is a sublime height to which the conscious com- 

424 



Completeness 425 

pleteness only can soar. Remember, that completeness 
is Body as well as Soul, and is like Jesus who, after He 
had passed the third initiation, brought body and Soul 
through the wall, not requiring the open door. 

Jesus in the dawn of the morning sat upon the shore 
of the sea watching His disciples, who had grown weary 
and were without any fruits from their toil. 

Jesus, with His Heart in tender accord, called unto 
them, "Cast your nets on the right side." In obedi- 
ence to the wisdom which was wafted from the shore, 
their nets were filled to overflowing; yea, they could 
contain no more. 

Then the heart of Love within them responded to 
that Heart upon the shore, where Love was waiting 
for them to return. Then John exclaimed, "It is the 
Lord!'' 

Courage, Faith and Devotion sprang into action when 
they heard those sublime words of recognition; and 
Peter left the boat and his companions that he might 
reach the shore where stood the Lord. 

Peter had forsaken all; he thought only of the goal; 
and, when he arrived where Jesus was, he found fish 
prepared and broiling upon the fire. 

In turning, after his greeting with his Lord, Peter 
saw that the others had brought the boat and the fishes 
which had filled the nets full unto breaking. 

Thus, in that bright morning on the shores of the 
Sea of Tiberias, we behold the glorious meeting of 
Jesus and His disciples. 

And they there ate together, the Shepherd and the 
sheep, showing the awakened, who are up in the early 
dawn, that the walls of all dimensions are crumbled, 
when man stands in completeness with the desire to 
encompass the Whole. 

Soar, thou Soul, who are aspiring to climb to the 
summit. Keep thy eye upon the Celestial Center, as 
the eagle his upon the Sun; and thou wilt cause all 



426 The Flashlights of Truth 

walls of partitions to crumble into dust; and no stone- 
cemented enclosure can hinder or delay thy entering 
into each dimension, as thou dost pass it on thy way. 

Then, from that Horeb height, you can as easily 
descend to feed, encourage and strengthen the awakened 
of earth's men, who are up in the dawn and willing 
through their own efforts to approach you upon the 
shore. 

Jesus said to Peter, as he ate of the food which Jesus 
had prepared: " Peter, lovest thou me?" Peter an- 
swered unconcernedly, perhaps, of that great commis- 
sion which Jesus had for him to soon enter upon, 
saying, "Yes, Lord." 

But again the Saviour asked him, "Peter, lovest thou 
me more than these?" Again Peter answered, "Yes, 
Lord." But Jesus, perceiving that Peter did not un- 
derstand the depth of His question, again asked, 
"Lovest thou me more than these?" 

Then Peter awoke to the Sublimity of it all and an- 
swered : ' ' Lord, thou knowest all things ; therefore thou 
knowest that I love Thee." 

Then Jesus said unto Peter, "Feed my sheep." 

This was the third time that Jesus showed Himself 
to His disciples after He had risen from the dead. 

It was in the dawn of the morning, as Jesus stood 
upon the seashore, that He called unto His disciples, 
who had toiled all through the night, and asked them: 
"Children, have ye any meat?" They answered Him, 
"No." Jesus said unto them, "Come and dine." "And 
none of the disciples durst ask Him 'Who art thou?' 
knowing that it was the Lord." St. John 21:12. 

"Jesus then cometh and taketh bread and giveth 
them ; and fish likewise. ' ' St. John 21 :13. 

"This is now the third time that Jesus showed Him- 
self to His disciples, after that He was risen from the 
dead." St. John 21:14. 



Completeness 427 

In these three verses, from the record of John the 
Beloved, we see Jesus proving that there are no dimen- 
sion walls, when man has scaled the heights and unfolds 
his banners as he soars amidst the universes and sys- 
tems of universes. 

Jesus quietly floated down in that gray dawn and 
called to His disciples, as they were toiling in the dark 
upon the sea of uncertainty, hungry and weary of thus 
toiling on that dim and uncertain sea, and they heard 
His voice in welcome, and right gladly did they at once 
obey His words. 

When they reached that Great Master who in loving 
and tender care had watched over them through the 
long, dark night, and He said, "Come and dine," they 
sweetly acquiesced and obeyed His command. 

Jesus, in completeness, stood thus in the morning to 
give food to those who encamped near enough to hear 
His call. 

He today is still in completeness assisting His dis- 
ciples as their barks lie near enough to the shore of that 
other dimension for them to step from the uncertain 
sea to the shore of another Land where the food is 
prepared by the Saviour's hands, where the supply is 
so abundant that they know lack only belongs to the 
departed land. 

Note, those disciples passed from that night of toil 
on the uncertain sea (carnality) and stepped upon that 
other shore and walked and ate and were taught there 
without passing through death. 

When the mind of man can function on the One 
Completed Man and comprehend how complete is this 
completeness, he will begin to lose sight of death and it 
will finally be swallowed up in the bright and shining 
glory of the Celestial Center of God. 

Completeness means individual completeness, man, 
consciously living, moving and having his being in 
Completeness in God. 



428 The Flashlights of Truth 

As the beautiful butterfly passes from flower to flower, 
sipping a drop of nectar from each and blessing it with 
its beautiful mysterious presence, so the individual com- 
pleteness passes from planet to planet, from universe 
to universe, from systems of universes to systems of 
universes, sipping a drop of honey and leaving a bless- 
ing, too, to each which he visits with his rainbow pres- 
ence. 

"Come and dine, ,, 0, our brothers, at this sacred 
table of completeness where there is naught but the 
glory of the Eternal and Living God, where the bliss of 
Being is in continuous ecstasy and the beauty of that 
sublimity cannot be expressed. 

Just step from that sea of uncertainty, where the 
darkness lays low, up on the shore of Eternity, where 
the Light is bright and clear. The Lord is there in 
all His glorious completeness and He feeds, teaches 
and assists His disciples until they, too, are masters. 
Soon they, with Love, wisdom and power extend their 
pinions from shore to shore of that Eternal Clime. 
They continue to eat from that table of their God. 

They enter into the Celestial City where the streets 
are paved with Love Divine and the fields surrounding 
it are ever green and the flowers are the rarest blend- 
ings of Infinite Love in all the delicate tintings of Par- 
adise. 

Here streams the Light Supernal; and none will ever 
lose their way when they have caught even a glimpse of 
that Eternal Abode. 

In the mysticism of numbers, man with understand- 
ing can be carried into the Spiritual Realm. 

By the ways of Beauty one can soar to Realms Divine. 

In the Boat of Love, where the Celestial Ones float 
silently upon the clear blue water of Paradise, the com- 
pleted one will ever be; and, should there appear a 
storm, speak to Him, and He will still its seeming tu- 
mult; and, lo, the calm blue water! 



Completeness 429 

As the eagle ever keeps its eye upon the sun as it 
soars in realms far above the mountain top, so thou, O, 
devotee-student, keep your eye upon COMPLETE- 
NESS. 



CHAPTER X 

WHEN MAN SEES WITH OTHER EYES, NOT 

DIMMED BY THE MISTS UPON 

THIS SHORE. 

THERE are eyes, yet there is only one Eye. — ' ' The 
All Seeing.' ' 

Then, for man to see with eyes not dimmed by 
the mists upon this shore, it is necessary that he so place 
himself that his eyes become the expression of the "All 
Seeing Eye." When man can thus do, his sight is clear 
and strong. 

If man has gained understanding sufficiently strong 
he can so function his eye upon the All Seeing Eye, 
that his sight will burst into vision. 

Then the mists are dissolved by his vision. Through 
Vision Divine he consumes all the mist that approaches 
him for recogintion and disturbes those who may call 
upon him to assist them through the marsh over which 
hangs the mists. 

When man sees with the eyes which are dimmed by 
the mists of this clime of carnality, he sees not clearly. 
A mist is before his eyes; his sight is blurred; there- 
fore, not seeing clearly, all things seem in confusion 
and man easily loses his way and misunderstands his 
fellow man, as he meets him, amidst the marshes over 
which hang the mists. 

Man, in the midst of carnality, sees his loved one 
stricken with disease, suffer and die. He buries the 
body and mourns over the grave where the earthly ten- 

430 



When Man Sees With Other Eyes 431 

ement is laid, believing that his love and hopes are 
buried there. 

The mist being thick and low, he thinks not, to look 
higher than the bowels of the earth for his loved one. 

Man, in the expression of the darkness in his mind, 
which is caused by lack of knowledge of the working of 
the Infinite, clothes himself in the depth of grief. 

Black is worn as emblem of mourning by those who 
see not with the eye, not dimmed by the mists of this 
clime, and this carnal country, — illusions, and, it is lack 
of knowing the brightness, Love and Light of God's un- 
changing Presence which causes any one to thus envelope 
themselves in the emblem of darkness. 

When one gains Spiritual understanding and is Spir- 
itually en rapport with the Loving Heart of the Infinite, 
knowing, that he is in Reality in the very Heart of God 
and in silent communion with the Father; he in loving 
meditation looks away from the darkness and mist which 
seem to envelope him; until his eyes will become so 
accustomed to the brightness of that higher Light, that 
the strength in them is surprising to him ; and as he con- 
tinues to look away from the experiences which are oc- 
curring in the earth mists, his eyes become the Spiritual 
Eye and he thereafter sees with the Spiritual Vision. 

When man sees with Spiritual Eyes, he does not vision 
through the same lens as those who see with the eye of 
flesh; therefore, he sees things differently; and where 
the man, who sees with the eye of flesh, would fight his 
fellow man in defense of his rights and privileges, the 
man with the Spiritual Eye looks with compassion upon 
the mistakes of his brothers, knowing, as he then does, 
that, if that man had the Spiritual Eye, he would be tol- 
erant because, when man sees with those eyes, which are 
not dimmed by the mists of this shore, his heart has also 
been touched and is beating in Rhythm with the Heart 
of the Infinite. He also knows, that all hearts beat as 
the Infinite Heart beats ; if they know it or not. 

When the eye is so clear, that its sight is Spiritual, it, 



432 The Flashlights of Truth 

if man desires, can see as the "All Seeing Eye" sees 
and will see the Divinity in each and every man he 
meets, it matters not about his position in life, neither to 
what race he belongs. He sees the divine rose, just back 
of the rose ; and the perfect spirit Lily just back of the 
Lily as it expresses in the midst of carnality. He sees 
the Spirit of God just behind all expressions of mate- 
riality. 

His Eyes vision through the garb which is formed in 
the mist and sees the Beauty and Perfection of God's 
Perfect Creation in all of its beauty, permanency and 
grandeur. He, ever seeing with those eyes, lives in that 
Universe of Permanency and Beauty, where the flowers 
are forever bright and the river forever clear and always 
moving onward in ceaseless action; where all is contin- 
uous Life and Love breathes in and through ALL. 

There is one unbroken chain of Love, Harmony and 
Peace, which binds all the inhabitants together, and the 
man with the Eye of Vision sees this. 

He also sees how far in the darkness and confusion 
man wanders, as long as he sees only with the eye of 
flesh. 

Man will never arise above the mists of earth, or find 
his way out from the darkness thereof, which is ignor- 
ance, as long as he sees only with the fleshly man's eyes. 

Quicken your sight, man! until you can look into 
the Light of God; and as your eyes become accustomed 
to that Bright Light, you will see with other Eyes, not 
dimmed by the mists upon this shore. 



CHAPTER XI 

"CLEANLINESS IS NEXT TO GODLINESS." 

WHEN man is Spiritually clean, intellectually 
clean and physically clean, he is near godliness. 
As far as this truth has been pharsed, passing 
into proverbial speech, — "Cleanliness is next to Godli- 
ness." 

If man is intellectually clean, there will be no unclean 
thing born in his mind; neither will there form in his 
mind a dirty fabric to be cast out over or into his fellow 
man ; but there will form in his mind a mantle of clean- 
liness, and it will be so clean that it will even cleanse the 
atmosphere through which it passes and benefit those of 
earth's men who follow in the footsteps of the clean 
minded. 

If man is Spiritually clean, as God is clean ; there will 
be no impurity within him; neither in his mind nor 
body ; and this Spiritual cleanliness will express in Love, 
Tenderness and Kindness to all whom he meets upon the 
great highway. 

The Spirituality that is next to Godliness is so clean 
and holy, that no mist of earth in any guise whatsoever 
can contaminate it. It abides in the Ocean of Spiritual 
cleanliness, where there is no death, no disease, no fear, 
no doubts, no jealousy, no deceitfulness, no falsehood, 
no unkindness, no lack, no impurities. 

It is the Ocean of the Infinite, and the manifestations 
of God abide there and the mist of the earth cannot enter 
or harm anything therein. 

Harmony, Purity and Holiness — these are next to 

433 



434 The Flashlights of Truth 

Godliness; and Love is the golden chain which binds 
them together. 

In the Spiritual ocean of God 
Where the water is ever in action 
Man laves in Eternal cleanliness, 
"Which is Peace, Harmony and Love. 

Gain this abiding consciousness, 
Student-devotee of the Eternal Truth, 
And live in that Ocean of cleanliness 
Which is forever the Eternal God. 

Walk thou in conscious contentment 
Upon the highway of our Lord, 
And Infinite Love enfolds thee 
As the air surrounds the bird. 

Where dwells the Celestial Ones, 
Where God and His Holy Angels 
Are forever in one accord. 
Soar thou into the Realm Supernal 



CHAPTER XII 

LOVING KINDNESS. 

WE have heard much in this teaching about Lov- 
ing Kindness ; and these lines of this short chap- 
ter are only written that the student-devotee 
may examine himself. 

The teachings, given in this book from cover to cover, 
are to the individual, because we know that the earnest 
student devotee is ever desirous to glean deeper light 
than he at present has, it matters not if he is standing 
among the foothills or nearing the summit. Because God 
is infinite, therefore, it requires Eternity itself for the 
individual to fully comprehend Him. We know that it 
is a never-ending study and practice for man, the indi- 
vidual manifestation of the Infinite, to learn and realize 
the Infinite God. 

One of the first notes which the awakened man hears 
and which sounds so strong and deep he can never forget 
is "God is Love." 

If God is Love and ever desirous that His son should 
again become conscious of this, the individual who is a 
deep student of Truth will soon feel the Loving Kind- 
ness of his Heavenly Father vibrate through his being ; 
he will express something of that Love to all whom he 
meets. Some there may be, who will not understand 
him and he may find it necessary to appear somewhat 
item, as Jesus Christ did when he drove the money 
changers out of the Temple ; yet, it was in loving kind- 
ness Jesus did this. He, standing in the deep principle 
of Truth, taught a lesson there, that all things Spiritual 

435 



436 The Flashlights of Truth 

are sacred and that in money changing there is no sacred- 
ness when done greedily in the desire for gain, making a 
merchandise of worship. 

Loving kindness should fill the heart and mind of 
every student and devotee of Truth. If it is thus, it will 
ever express itself, at all times, and in all places in a 
beauty like the Christ, healing the sick, feeding the hun- 
gry and forgiving sins. 

Loving Kindness is the natural expression of the 
Christ-Consciousness. Then when man, through the 
Christ-Consciousness, becomes a conscious son of the 
Living, Loving God, he will express loving kindness 
always. 

Loving and tender, thou wilt be when Love for God 
and thy fellow man fill thy heart. 

Then compassion and wisdom will express in Loving 
Kindness. 

The heart of humanity as "it beats in every heart' ' is 
hungry for kindness from all men and all men in carnal- 
ity appreciate Loving Kindness. 

* # # 

Be kind, Loving and True to our Brothers, 

As you meet them, each moving onward toward his des- 
tination 

And each thirsting for a smile and a word of cheer; 

Then, in Loving Kindness prove yourself a blessing to 
man. 



CHAPTER XIII 

"KNOW THOU, WHEREOF THOU SPEAKETH." 

THE individual, who has studied deeply into the 
Reality of God and His Creation, into the Reality 
of that Unchangeable Presence, which is, forever 
was and will never cease to be, will find it of vast assist- 
ance to him, if he keeps direct in the center of the Path, 
does not permit himself to be too deeply impressed with 
any one point in the great Message of Truth and, from 
his place in the center of the Path use common sense 
judgment in connection with the experience he encoun- 
ters in his human life. 

Remember, that man is human and subject to human- 
ity's laws and beliefs, which are carnality's ways, until 
he is illumined into the Dinvine- Concept of himself and 
through this illumination becomes a conscious son of 
God. 

Between the time man awakens and begins to study 
Truth, until he stands on the mountain top in full illu- 
mination, is the place where it is wisdom expressed to 
never permit himself to become fanatical; but to use 
reason at all times, and at all times be tempered in "a 
sweet reasonableness. ' ' 

Jesus Christ, our Elder Brother, the Way-Director, 
raised the dead, healed the sick and comforted His broth- 
ers who were in distress and left His message for those 
who are following in his footsteps. Therefore, we know 
the possibility of this greatness. Let then your faith 
soar to the mountain top ; but, at the same time, keep 
your bearing; and always remember, that you will find 

437 



438 The Flashlights of Truth 

in the teachings of Jesus Christ direction for every step 
upon the Path. 

No man is required to place his hand in the fire to 
prove that he knows the reality of Spirit ; neither should 
he find it necessary to abstain from food to convince man 
that he has mastered appetite. 

The man who knows naught of the Truth (that great 
unknowable "Wholeness, to the unenlightened ; and which 
is to the one who has the Light so real) will trample the 
rare gems of its loveliness under his feet as unconsciously 
as a herd of wild deer from the mountains will trample 
the fields of grain. It remains, therefore, that the stu- 
dent devotee knows whereof he speaks, to whom he 
speaks and when to speak. 

Remember, always, that "Silence is golden." The 
student who knows whereof he speaks, knows also when 
to remain silent. 

Argument is never necessary, as the very presence of 
the Infinite will answer in its silent tongue, more elo- 
quent and convincing, than any words a student may 
use; even, though they be very learned in educational 
ways. 

Then always remember to silently ask of the Infinite, 
our ever Present Father, to protect, sustain, direct and 
lead ; and all will be well. 

If one has the message of Jesus Christ in his mind, he 
can always learn from it, as it is at all times abiding in 
the Father and revealing the Father. 

In aswering any question, answer from Principle; or, 
if you know not, humbly say so. 

Humility is an accompaniment of the Christ-Con- 
sciousness and in sublime humility there is Eternal 
Greatness. 

Then endeavor, dear reader, if you are a student- 
devotee of the Infinite Truth, to be balanced, poised and 
stable at all times. Then you will keep in the center of 
the Path; and while there you can never become a 



"Know Thou Whereof Thou Speaketh?" 439 

fanatic, but, will always be able to give a reason for the 
desire within you and to know whereof you speak. So 
be it! 



CHAPTER XIV 

CHILD OF THE KINGDOM. 

WHEN one awakens and desires to know concern- 
in the Infinite Presence, in which he lives, moves 
and has his being, he is as a child and knows not 
concerning the Eternal Kingdom to which he belongs. 

Being a child, his first desire is to know of his Father. 
It has proven a great joy to him to learn that he has a 
Loving Father, whose Love is far greater than an earthly 
father's could be. The Heavenly Father's Love is Divine 
and constant, while the earthly father's love is only a 
reflection of the Divine Love, and it is subject to change. 

Child of the Kingdom ! It is true that you are heir to 
a vast store-house of which you never dreamed until you 
awake. It requires devotion to the heavenly Father. It 
is necessary that you study deeply to understand about 
the Fatherhood and sonship, so that you can live 
accordingly. 

A child of the Kingdom ! Let the mind dwell upon it 
for a few moments in the silent stillness of the Great 
Silence, and the alone-ness will begin to depart from 
your mind and, instead of that feeling within you of 
ever being ready to strike an opponent in self defense, 
you will begin to feel that assurance of the protection of 
the Infinite Presence, just as a child feels secure when 
in his father's home and surrounded with his brothers 
and sisters. 

To be a conscious child of the Kingdom, man knows his 
inheritance and knows that it is secure and that his 
Father is the one that oversees all. 

440 



Child of the Kingdom 441 

As a grain of sand has a place to fill and cannot shrink 
from filling it; so man has his place in the Great 
House, — the universe, to fill; and, if he learns to know 
his Father and clings close enough to Him to learn the 
way, he can intelligently fill the right place. 

When all men learn that they are the Children of the 
Kingdom they will dwell as one family of men upon 
earth. There is plenty, yes, abundance, of all things 
upon the earth today, so that every one could have even 
more than a sufficiency, but man has not learned to lay 
down his carnal mind so that the wisdom of God may 
adjust things. 

The mind of man, it matters not how great it may be, 
is not capable at this time of adjusting the affairs of 
earth, but, when man learns to submit his carnal mind, 
that it may become merged into the God-mind, then, the 
Wisdom of God will become manifest in and through 
him, and the Brotherhood of Mankind will become evi- 
dent upon the earth, because, in the Reality of that 
which is, all men are Children of the Kingdom. 



CHAPTER XV 

APPRECIATION. 

AS man studies through devotion and meditation he 
comes into the Realization of the Presence of the 
Infinite, and through seeing his prayers answered 
he has learned positively, that God Is and that He is the 
Rewarder of those that diligently seek Him. 

As the student learns to live more closely to the Great- 
Heart, and feels the protection and loving care of the 
Divine Father-Mother, he in love feeds daily from the 
bounty which the Infinite supplies. 

As anxiety, fear and doubt depart from his mind and 
faith and trust fill their place, the heart should become 
so filled with appreciation, that a song of Praise and 
Gratitude would be constantly falling from heart and lip. 

The mind should be so full of appreciation, that, asleep 
or awake it is ever silently singing Praises to the Infinite. 
Appreciation is the opposite condition to that of self- 
ishness. "When man has the insight of the Truth suffi- 
ciently clear, he soon sees that selfishness is the strongest 
chain which binds man to carnality; and, if he is 
sufficiently in earnest, he will set persistently about 
removing it. 

All men require assistance when they awake from the 
Adam-dream, until their feet are firmly planted in the 
center of the Sacred Path. 

In and through prayer, in all its different methods, 
God assists man ; and man, by Loving and Trusting this 
great invisible Presence, shows his appreciation for 
God's Loving Care of him. When man requires the 

442 



Appreciation 443 

assistance of a teacher or instrument in healing from 
among his fellow men, he should appreciate the efforts 
of these helpers and, even though there is no immediate 
result, he should, not only by expressing words of appre- 
ciation, but remember that the helper must live. There- 
fore, man should show his appreciation by giving to 
him of his material substance in assurance of his appre- 
ciation. 

If man after he has studied deeply into the message 
of Truth still lacks appreciation and has no desire for it, 
he has missed some of the deep-sounding notes in the 
message and it will be well for him to return and seek, 
until he discerns the missing points, at which diligently 
he must work to remove all selfishness. 

When man really knows that he is the Child of the 
Kingdom, he will understandingly know that all others 
are children of this Kingdom and heirs to the same inher- 
itance and members of the same household; and, truly, 
brothers and sisters with the same Father should appre- 
ciate all assistance which comes to them, — appreciate the 
Giver thereof and the instrument through which it came. 

Though the home of God's children is the Universe 
and the Father is Infinite, this greatness should not cause 
man's appreciation to diminish, but it should the rather 
enhance it. 

When man thoroughly is appreciative, he sees the ex- 
pression of the Father's Loving Care everywhere. When 
in the joy of appreciation, he hears the Father's Loving 
Care voicing in the sweet songs of the birds; he sees it 
blossoming in the flowers which grow along the roadside ; 
he sees it shining in the kindly smile of his neighbors and 
in the genial expression of the people he meets in the 
busy marts of the city. 

If man has through understanding the principle of the 
Message of Truth brought appreciation into expression 
within himself, he will be appreciated by those whom he 
encounters. 

But, if there is no appreciation of others in man's 



444 The Flashlights of Truth 

heart, there is no magnet there to draw it to him from 
others, even though that may be his desire. 

A man of wealth feels that he is greatly appreciated. 
Let his wealth take wings and fly away and he be left 
penniless, and he will soon find where the appreciation 
of the people was, because it, usually having come with 
the money, flies on those same wings with the money. 

In the Message of Truth, given through Jesus Christ 
and elaborated upon in this book, man can, by learning 
its teachings, cause selfishness to become entirely elim- 
inated from his consciousness and in its place have 
appreciation, which expresses in and through him to 
God, his Father, the giver of all good, and to those of his 
fellow man who assist him in any way, even, if it is only 
a kind smile, or an encouraging hand-clasp. 

When the awakened men of earth, those who are stu- 
dents of the great and glorious Truth, begin to show 
their appreciation of each other and stand shoulder to 
shoulder and express brotherly kindness, then, indeed, 
will the world of men, those who are not awake, begin 
to see that there is something more to the Christ- Con- 
sciousness than mere words. 

Appreciation is an expression of the Infinite. Let all 
seek to express appreciation. 



CHAPTER XVI 

COSMIC-CONSCIOUSNESS. 

IN man's first awakening, the words " Cosmic-Con- 
sciousness' ' most likely falls lightly on the ear. 
However, it is a stage upon his Path which he will 
approach and enter into ere he arrives at the Portal of 
his Father's Home with the full understanding which is 
necessary for him to have, that he may remain in that 
Home of Heavenly Harmony. 

What is the Cosmic-Consciousness? It is the Mind of 
God, the Infinite Mind. What is the Infinite Mind? 

It is that everywhere present Intelligence, which 
knows the atoms in the bowels of the earth, the drops of 
water in the oceans, the grains of sand along the sea- 
shores, and notes ' ' Even the sparrow 's fall. ' ' 

There is no Space in the Infinite Intelligence, even 
though it fills all space unto the remotest bounds of 
Space. 

The Infinite Intelligence is one intelligence ; therefore, 
that which it hears here it hears everywhere. This is 
Cosmic- Consciousnss. 

For man to attain unto the Cosmic-Consciousness, 
man's mind will necessarily have become thoroughly 
cleaned from all carnal beliefs, loves and superstitions. 

When the mind of man is clear, man then can, if he 
so desires, let it be stayed on God. By his concentration 
of his mind upon God-mind, by understandingly medi- 
tating in the stillness of the silence within his heart and 
by having his heart filled with Love and Devotion, as it 
is beating en rapport with the Infinite Heart, being a 

445 



446 The Flashlights of Truth 

part thereof, he can and will, if he continues under- 
standingly, faithfully and determinedly devoted to God, 
burst the bounds of his Ego and stand face to face with 
the Infinite. 

When man has attained unto the Cosmic Consciousness 
in its fullness, he will see and know as God sees and 
knows in all things which the individual should see and 
know; and there is no limit to man's knowing, except 
man's own degree of concept. 

When man has the Cosmic-Consciousness, he requires 
not the written words which the Infinite has caused to 
be written to the peoples of the past, known as the Sacred 
Books or Bibles, although he appreciates these books as 
the voice of the Infinite to the children of earth in their 
different periods of ongoing. 

Man can, when he has the Cosmic- Consciousness, be 
still at any time and at any place, ask the Father, and 
out from the Cosmic Intelligence will come to man that 
which he desires to know. 

When man has scaled the heights and stands on the 
summit grand, with Love of the Infinite Presence in his 
heart and with devotion, insight, vision and understand- 
ing, he perceives that there is nothing between himself 
and the Infinite, as there is no obstruction between his 
head and the vast blue dome above him. 

Neither is there any obstruction around or about him, 
because he stands there alone. He sees the vastness of 
Infinity in its myriad expressions; he also sees the 
Grandeur, Beauty and Sublimity of it. This is vision. 
Then in consciousness en rapport with the Infinite vast- 
ness, the Soul exclaims, ' ' I am one with the Infinite Soul. 
I am one with Conscious Life, because I feel the Oneness 
of Life. ,, 

He then hears from out the vastness of the Infinite, in 
that silence which is so sublime that it is Divine, "The 
Still Small Voice. ' ' In its infinite Sublimity, that voice 
speaks in the power and the strength of the rumbling 



Cosmic Consciousness 447 

thunder or in the stillness of the zephyrs which caress 
him tenderly as he stands alone on the heights. 

Man on the summit visions the Infinite in its complete- 
ness and in its nearness, from the center of His own 
being unto the circumference of the vastness to which 
there are no bounds. He feels the Infinite Presence as 
the quiet winds blow upon him. He feels the Infinite 
in the stillness of the vast silence which surrounds him. 
He is conscious of the One-ness of Life and, from that 
high conscious union with the Over-Soul, he sees there 
are no vacuums and no broken Life. 

Man, thus standing on the summit of the high moun- 
tain, as he sees the Wholeness, the vastness and complete- 
ness of the Infinite, becomes lost in meditation. His Ego 
expands; its walls of partition diminish into nothing; 
and lo! he is in the Ocean of Infinity. There, the 
individual realizes that he has touched the Cosmic-Con- 
sciousness. He then realizes that he is an individual 
expression of the Infinite Completeness. 

The Cosmic Consciousness becomes manifest in the 
individual when man does his part. When he has 
gleaned the Light sufficiently clear to arise and start 
upon his journey, it brings him to the place from whence 
he departed in the long ago. This is the Father's 
House; and that which he gained was the mind which 
he had in Paradise before the World to him had come 
to pass; and this mind now expresses in the Cosmic- 
Consciousness. 

Man, then, when the problems of the outer life pre- 
sent themselves to him, retires within the secret, silent 
chamber of his own Soul and in Love, Faith and Ap- 
preciation communes with the Infinite, our Father- 
Mother, when, according to man's expressed desire, the 
Father will respond. 

If it should be that the man who has attained unto 
the Cosmic Consciousness desires the healing of one 
of God's little ones in a far distant land, he softly and 
lovingly speaks it into the ear of the Infinite which is 



448 The Flashlights of Truth 

ever present within man's heart. There being only one 
Infinite, that Infinite responds; and the man who seems 
so far away to the man of the earth is touched with 
the realized Presence of the Divine Over-Soul in which 
he is abiding ; and lo ! he is healed, awakened and blessed. 
As man's desire is expressed as he then talks to the 
Father, in proportion to his Faith and understanding 
and the intensity of his desire, it is the Joy and Wisdom 
of God to answer. 

In some sacred teachings, we read that man must 
arise above desire or, as it is there expressed, above the 
''Pairs of opposites," which means the carnal mind. 

When man, through his own efforts and help from 
the Father in answer to his own prayers has come to 
the place where his self-will (carnal mind) is merged 
into the Divine Will, he does that which the Father de- 
sires; and, as "God rests in action," so man, when he 
has the Cosmic- Consciousness, rests in action and prays, 
desires, works and does as the Father desireth. 

While true it is that the Father is the doer, man 
necessarily understands this and places himself en rap- 
port with the Infinite One-ness. Then he perceives that 
the Infinite-Breath breathes in and through him and 
all other manifestations of the Infinite, — the atoms of 
the earth, the sand, vegetation, animals, fowls, water, 
air and fire; and man the Monarch, man the Soul. 

The Cosmic-Consciousness realizes the one Life, the 
chain of living-fire, Love, which binds all Infinity in 
one Great Whole. The Cosmic man is conscious of the 
Golden Chord of Love, which is such a reality to him 
that he sees it as a web of "Molten Gold," so dainty, 
strong, sweet and sublime, that it holds all the vastness 
in its embrace. Of this nectar he drinks. With this 
Harmony he vibrates. With this Soul he radiates. In 
the Eternal Action of the Eternal he is in Eternal ac- 
tion. In this Ocean he rests, and forever he desires to 
do that which the Infinite Intelligence desires. 



Cosmic Consciousness 449 

Man who has the Cosmic-Consciousness within him, 
strong enough for him to realize the ever-present power 
of the Infinite, ever rests in action on the summit of 
Illumination and sings praises to his Father forever 
and forever. 



CHAPTER XVII 
SUBLIMITY OF BEAUTY 

THERE is a Sublimity, so exquisite and Divine, in 
the Beauty of the Infinite, that mortal man does 
not behold it. 

It requires the Cosmic-Consciousness in expression in 
man, ere he can inhale the perfume of the flowers which 
bloom in their unchangeable beauty; and, with the eye 
of vision see them in their delicate tintings and gor- 
geously attired expressions of Infinite Beauty. 

Beauty is an attribute of the Infinite; therefore, the 
man who has attained unto Cosmic-Consciousness per- 
ceives and realizes the Sublimity of Beauty. 

There is nothing common in Beauty; it is exquisite 
through and through; it is the smile of the Infinite, 
radiating a light throughout Itself. It is the magic 
weaver enveloping the manifetstaions of the Infinite 
in a mantle of Beauty. In its mystical Sublimity it is 
enfolded within the center of each and every expression 
of God, be it man, the mountain or the ocean. 

"When man is heavy with the slumber of the carnal 
life and living in the mists of the illusions of carnality, 
he moves along in an inattentive state of mind and 
scorns the common flowers which grow by the road- 
side. Even though they are growing in such hard and, 
many times, stony places, yet they are expressing 
Beauty, according to their kind and environments, that 
man may be cheered as he passes along; but man in 
that carnal state of perception sees not their beauty, 
neither does he gain any cheer as he passes them by, 

450 



Sublimity of Beauty 451 

often, unnecessarily trampling them under his feet. Feet 
are symbolical of understanding, and, when man is 
awake spiritually and intellectually his understanding 
becomes clear and his feet light, and he treads lightly 
as he walks amidst even the common road-side flowers. 

Then it is that man begins to consider his fellow 
man, also, as he walks along the path. Then, too, his 
horizon extends and, as he raises his eyes to look, he 
sees the Beauty which is the mantle the Infinite has 
spread over all and with which all are filled. 

As man, through and by understanding, looks out 
and over the vastness of the Sublime Beauty of God, 
which is everywhere in and through all, and sees the 
esoteric Beauty of God there, he becomes quickened, 
and by and by he will see the Beauty of God which 
enfolds him and fills him to overflowing. When man 
realizes that he himself is embraced in the Infinite 
mantle of Beauty and filled with its exquisiteness, he 
then begins to enjoy the Beauty which Infinite Love has 
spread everywhere. 

Beauty is of God; it is God expressing in His attri- 
bute of Beauty; but man, to see and appreciate the 
Beauty of which we speak, must look through the mask 
of personality and see the individuality; for it is there 
just as beautiful, young and trusting as when it stood 
forth in that dawn of creation, when "God created 
man in His image and likeness." It is back of nature, 
as "its garment is spread" over woodland, mountains 
and plain, which forever and aye is changing. There is 
no stability in nature; it is its prerogative to change, 
because it is the mask made out of the mist which the 
man living in the illusion of earth sees. 

But when man stands on the mountain of illumina- 
tion and with the Cosmic-Consciousness visions the 
Beauty of God in its infinite manifestations, he sees, in 
all its Unchangeableness, Beauty and Sublimity, the 
Reality of that which is. 

Then it is that the heart expands in Love and appre- 



452 The Flashlights of Truth 

ciation for the Infinite, in all its Sublime Beauty and 
grandeur, and in its minuteness; and the lips express 
the fullness of the heart in songs of praise. 



CHAPTER XVIII 
LAUGHING IN GOD'S LAW. 

GOD'S LAW is God in expression and manifesta- 
tion ; therefore, it is God in His impersonal state 
and His manifested state. 

God in His unmanifested state, the impersonal, is the 
Infinite Universe which contains all the universes and 
systems of universes which God has expressed into form. 
These are in God's Law and that Law is in operation 
in and through them. 

All God's expressions are perfect and abide and 
abound in Law, beauty, harmony and rhythm; and 
man, who is the ''Crowning glory of God" — he whom 
"God created in His image and likeness" — being, a 
perfect being in the midst of perfection, moves joyously 
along, laughing in God's Law. 

When man can fully realize the depth and Reality 
of that which is written in the above lines, he will bound 
over rills, dales and mountain steeps, and laughingly 
meet any obstacle which he may encounter; because 
he understandingly knows that he is in the Infinite 
Universe where there are no dividing lines of walls or 
partitions. He moves along in blissful gratitude, en- 
joying the Beauty, Grandeur and Sublimity of the 
Completeness and Perfection of it All; and he laugh- 
ingly lives in God's great Law. 

In this understanding and consciousness of Perfect 
Freedom, man breathes the elixir of life in rhythm with 
the One Life, — the Invisible, which fills the Universe 
in which he lives and is God's House and man's home. 

453 



454 The Flashlights of Truth 

In this blissful consciousness, man, with arms ex- 
tended and form erect, faces the storms and raging 
billows and with strength and loving gratitude to the 
Infinite bounds over them, sweeping the thunder clouds 
aside. With one grand stroke of majestic power he 
hurls the dynamo of the cyclone into the depths of the 
sea and serenely stands, thankfully and trustingly 
laughingly in God's Law. 

Oh, the joy and bliss of standing erect, firmly estab- 
lished upon the Eternal Rock of Truth ! On that Rock, 
the Soul is anchored with the strong chain of gold, 
which is wisdom, knowledge, power, Love, courage and 
humility. Through understanding the greatness of it 
all, the intelligence which is God-Intelligence, operat- 
ing in and through him at all times, man can in this 
place of Ecstasy and Bliss (which is the Cosmic- Con- 
sciousness) look out into the vastness of the Infinite- 
Perfection, and not one blur does he see. 

All the different expressions or manifestations of God 
are perfect, living, moving and having their being in 
Perfection. There is freedom there, perfect and com- 
plete, even from the little feathered and furred expres- 
sions of Life, unto Man, the highest in the mystic fel- 
lowship of life. The joy, peace and contentment of 
these cannot be described ; and all are joyously laughing 
in God's Law. 

There is but one Presence there — the Almighty God 
of the Universe in His infinite manifestations. There 
is but one mind in operation in and through all, — God- 
mind. There is but one power sustaining all, — the In- 
finite Power. There is but one Love in all, and joining 
all in one embrace, — God-Love, which is the Infinite 
Love; and all are living in the one Law, acting in the 
one Law, which is God's Law, operating in and through 
them. Man, living thus, is in the perfect freedom of the 
Divine Man, — at Home in Divinity. There can no 
license, desire for license, nor false idea of license, enter 
here ; because when man can understandingly abide and 



Laughing in God's Law 455 

move Laughingly along in God's Law, he has left the 
old man with his carnal mind and beliefs, fears, doubts 
and superstitions nailed upon the cross in that other 
dimension from which he came as he climbed the moun- 
tain of Truth. 

Oh, thou Infinite Cosmos, thou ever Present Perfec- 
tion and Beauty, thou dost ever abound in Harmony 
and Peace so Sublime that the sweet music of the 
Spheres is ever and aye floating over the Strings of the 
Infinite Harp! 

"How can man live in such trusting attitude that he 
can move alone here and now, laughing in God's Law?" 

By reading the instructions which are given to the 
individual in the preceding chapters of this book, man 
can learn the way and how to travel over that way 
until he arrives at the destination which is illumina- 
tion, — the illumination of the Laughter in God's Law. 

What is man to become illumined about? The Re- 
ality. What is the Reality? God and God manifest; 
God in His unmanifested state and God in manifesta- 
tion in universes and systems of universes and all that 
in them is, — this is the Real, the Unchangeable and 
Eternal. 

When man with the Cosmic- Consciousness looks into 
the Cosmos, which is the Infinite Universe, he under- 
standingly knows that Eternity is there. He knows, 
with that knowing mind within him, that time has 
never touched that sublime dimension; therefore, he 
sees all in youth, beauty and contentment and acting in 
buoyancy and joyousness continually, forever and for- 
ever. 

Eternity is! And in that Infinite Universe, wherein 
all universes dwell, the never changing, never ending 
and never beginning Eternity is, forever was, and never 
will cease to be; but for man to know this, he must 
climb the steep moutnain of Truth, scale the very 
heights, and on the summit, with the Cosmic-Conscious- 
ness, serenely stand and vision Eternity and the un- 



456 The Flashlights of Truth 

chaugeableness thereof; and, as he thus does, he is lost 
from the earth-mist. Those who still live there in the 
mist no longer know him, even though they dwell in 
the same house or are of the same household. 

Man. standing on the summit, with clear vision can 
look into and through the mist of earth and he sees and 
knows where each and every one who is living in the 
mist stands; and wise indeed are those who are living 
in the mist and know not the way nor that other dimen- 
sion, if, when they come in touch with the one who in 
Cosmic-Consciousness is living in that other dimension, 
they ask for an explanation of that Divine Land, which 
lieth at their very door, even though they know it not, 
that he may teach them and lead them unto the same 
heights where he stands. 

As they move along the Path, learning the lessons 
from day to day concerning the Great Reality, their 
chains one by one snap asunder. First, the ignorance 
in the mind begins to shift about and finally is absorbed 
by wisdom. The effect of this often expresses in the 
body being healed and the environments becoming har- 
monious. Then love and appreciation become evident 
in his heart and mind and expresses to those of his fel- 
low men whom he meets upon the great highway of Life. 

Then it is, man, that you can laughingly live in 
God's Law and joyously abide in that concept which is 
bliss; and, as you look out into the Heart of the In- 
finite and see the verdure of its beauty, grandeur and 
sublimity, you, as the Cosmic-Consicousness bursts into 
your consciousness, lose your limited concept of God, 
Man and the Universe, and of your own personal self. 
You, then, see and understand, therefore, appreciate 
your individuality, which is your Real Self, which has 
not changed even from the dawn of that great day, when 
God became manifest in your individuality. You, indi- 
vidually, are a manifestation of the Infinite, and abide 
always in the Infinite Universe. 

The Infinite Eye sees man ever thus, even though 



Laughing in God's Law 457 

through ignorance man has become covered with the 
debris of earth. The encasements of earth, being com- 
posed of illusions, do not obscure man from the ever- 
presence of the Infinite. The Psalmist, having caught 
a glimpse of the Reality and Omnipresence of the In- 
finite, sang: "Though I make my bed in hell, Thou art 
there/ ' 

Thus we see, that man in his deepest ignorance and 
darkest confusion cannot stray beyond the Loving Care 
and sustaining Power of the Heavenly Father. 

And the Heavenly Father is ever whispering sweet, 
soft and low in the even-tide, at noon and in the dark- 
ness of night ; and the music of His lullaby brings love, 
trust, peace and contentment into expression in man; 
and, when man realizes that the Presence of the Infinite 
is so vital and Real, he will in gratitude, joyously stand, 
Laughing in God's Law. 



CHAPTER XIX 

PARADISE. 

IN the old, or second dispensation, man, not having 
the clear vision of the Christ-consicousness, taught 
and believed that Paradise was a place prepared 
for those of earth's children who were pronounced by 
priest and clergy worthy to enter that abode after they 
had passed through death; therefore, they placed it far 
away ; and the poets under that concept sang their songs 
of that beautiful land over there and that far away 
home of the Soul and of the pearly gates that will 
swing ajar by-and-by. 

Those living in Christendom and walking upon the 
Christian Path, have had the message that Jesus Christ 
of Nazareth gave, all these centuries, since that day in 
the river Jordan when the Holy Ghost descended upon 
Jesus, after John had baptized Him in the water of that 
river ; but the past two thousand years being the sowing 
age and not the full harvest time, man can only catch 
the true meaning of it, as in the springtime the plow- 
man rejoices and courageously plows the ground, har- 
rows it and sows the seed, because he in some (to him) 
mysterious way feels the assurance of the harvest as 
his faith detects the odor from the far distant fields of 
golden grain. 

That being the springtime, — the sowing season of the 
dispensation, man necessarily either looked back to the 
old, the Mosaic dispensation, the winter, or, forward to 
the third dispensation, the summer, or harvest time. 
Man living thus, read the scripture and study its sacred 

458 



Paradise 459 

pages in and through its letter and see Paradise a beau- 
tiful land some place afar in the skies. 

As long as man studies the message of the blessed 
Bible, or Bibles, in its letter he misses the mystical 
depths which the Spiritually awakened man finds. 

As long as man has only an intellectual understand- 
ing of the scriptures, he perceives not that Divine sub- 
limity of the very presence of the Living God, which 
is behind the message which God caused to be given to 
the men of earth. Just as a blind man, holding a rose 
in his hand, knows it is there, and he can tear it to 
pieces petal by petal and throw them to the winds ; yet 
he sees not its beauty. 

The perfume and beauty of the rose is there, brought 
into expression by God; but it is that intangible and 
mystical presence over which man has no control. 

The third dispensation, the Spiritual Age, or the one- 
thousand-year-day of the Spirit's reign, is that in which 
man is awake with the Christ born in him and ex- 
pressed in Cosmic-Consciousness. Then man perceives 
that the beauty and perfume of the rose is that delicate 
yet substantial thing which (even though not compre- 
hended by the intellect) belongs to Paradise and is per- 
ceived by the Soul. In the Spirit Age, the reign of the 
Spirit with Christ in His personal and impersonal as- 
pect, man learns the deeper truths of the message of 
Jesus of Nazareth and perceives that the Kingdom of 
Heaven is within man, and that God, the Father- 
Mother, abides within the Kingdom of Heaven, which 
is the reign of Harmony. As Jesus taught that He 
and the Father are one, so man, each and all, when 
awakened in this age, can perceive that Jesus' message 
was direct to the individual and that the individual is 
to come into the understanding and realization of his 
at-one-ment with the Father. 

When man thus stands (having climbed the steep, 
rugged mountain of Truth) on the Mount of Transfig- 
uration, with the Christ-Consciousness expressing in 



460 The Flashlights of Truth 

and through him, he visions with the eye of vision the 
landscape, o'er, in its vastness, grandeur, beauty and 
sublimity; he then and there knows that he is in Para- 
dise, and that he has arrived there in and through the 
Spiritual message contained within the message of our 
Elder Brother, without passing through death. 

Then, indeed, man in understanding, with the eye of 
vision and the mind of Christ, abides in Paradise here 
and now and joyously and thankfully remembers his 
at-one-ment with the Father-Mother; which is the Love, 
the Light, the Joy and the Peace of the Paradisiacal 
Home. 



CHAPTER XX 

INSPIRATION. 

IN this period the men of earth of all lands and 
climes in great numbers are awakening from the 
long slumber in the dream of carnality and reach- 
ing out for Light, that they may learn which way is 
the direct one for them to travel, so that they may 
reach the open field where the Light is clear and bright, 
leaving the forest of illusions behind. 

This age, being the harvest time, or period upon earth 
when many souls of men will glean the Light sufficiently 
clear and strong to enable them to find the Sacred Path, 
where at this time the final stage can be passed as they 
understandingly step, by the help of God, aside from 
the wheel of Birth and Death. 

This is the cycle when it is prophesied that all men 
shall hear the gospel of Truth ; and the Infinite Father, 
He who holds the universes in His hand and knows 
not their weight, is guiding the destiny of humanity, 
collectively and individually, and causing the Light to 
shine as Truth is taught in many different expressions, 
so that all men may hear it sound in a key that will 
interest and instruct them. 

There are some who awaken only in one fold of their 
being, — the mind. These require the mental thera- 
peutics ; and the suggestions of hynotism appeal to them. 
Then there are others who awaken in the Spiritual na- 
ture only ; these require the Spiritual bread which comes 
direct from the Father-Mother, and they need to drink 
of the living water of which Jesus spake when He talked 

461 



462 The Flashlights of Truth 

to the woman of Samaria who came to the well to get 
water. 

Then again there are those who, when they perceive 
that the physical body becomes healthy and strong from 
the study of the message in some form, care for naught 
except physical healing. 

The Infinite, our Heavenly Father-Mother, blesses 
each one according to his desire; and man desires ac- 
cording to his understanding. "As a man thinketh in 
his heart, so is he," was said by one who was out of 
due season and had gained sufficient Light to get close 
enough to God to finally, in the midst of his tribula- 
tions, turn trustingly to the Infinite, and Job exclaimed, 
"Though He slay me, yet will I trust Him." He also 
caught a flash of inspiration when he said: "In my 
flesh shall I see God." 

Inspiration reveals to the awakened Soul, living here 
on this planet, that man here and now must learn to 
know and see God. 

This is the cycle, the thousand-year-day, when the 
men of earth shall awaken and become conscious sons 
of God. 

When a man is a conscious Son of God, he, like Jesus, 
will talk face to face with the Heavenly Father; and, 
as the Father answers His beloved sons, they feel the 
inspiration of His Presence; and He speaks the silent 
language of the Divine Soul within man. 

When man has scaled the heights and has the Christ- 
Consciousness in expression within him, he, with the 
vision of the redeemed man, sees God in expression all 
about him; and on that Mount of Vision he is always 
inspired by God Himself, in and through the Spiritual 
center of the Infinite within man. Man's heart is the 
spiritual center within man, where he talks face to face 
with the Father-Mother-God. 

On this Mount, man understands that the ear of the 
Infinite is near, within him and everywhere, and knows 
that when he voices his prayer in the silence of his own 



Inspiration 463 

being, it is heard by the Infinite ear which hears every- 
where, the Infinite, speaking within, teaches and leads 
him into all Truth. Man then, if he so desires and de- 
crees, requires not books, even though they are the 
Sacred Bibles, because he consciously talks to the In- 
finite and the Infinite reveals to him those inspiring 
Truths which he requires, that he may know how to 
pass along upon the Sacred Path. 

The Loving Father inspires man with Wisdom, knowl- 
edge and Intelligence. His ' ' Still, Small Voice ' ' is ever 
whispering soft and low; and, when man has been born 
into the Spiritual Kingdom by and through the New 
Birth, he hears, obeys and thankfully and joyously ap- 
preciates this inspiration which comes directly to him 
from God the Father. 

God ever leaves man free to use his own self-will, or 
lay it on the alter of the consuming fire, — God Love. 

Jesus Christ, being inspired by the Father (let us 
here call attention to the example of Jesus Christ in re- 
gard to prayer, and remember that He admonished the 
disciples of Truth to pray without ceasing) went out 
and upon the Mount of Transfiguration, was inspired and 
instructed by the Father, and talked as easily to Moses 
and Elias as He did to Peter, James and John. Moses 
and Elias were sent as individual Souls to instruct and 
assist Jesus in that experience through which he was 
soon to pass. 

"When man here on this earth-plane, after the New 
Birth, through illumination into the Christ-Conscious- 
ness, arrives at and stands upon the Mount of Trans- 
figuration and realizes his at-one-ment with the Father, 
he will talk with the "I AM that I AM" as easily and 
consciously as to his fellow man. With his eye of vision 
he perecives that he is at ''Home" in the Father's 
House, the Universe. He then can meet the individual 
Souls in any plane and commune with them, if Wisdom 
decrees it thus; but he can never become controlled by 



464 The Flashlights of Truth 

any of them, because God, Himself, the Only Mind, is 
the reigning sovereign of his individuality. 

There are those who claim inspiration which comes 
to them from the spirit of departed friends and loved 
ones; but these, not having the highest light, permit 
outside influences to control them and mistakenly call 
this inspiration. 

There is in reality only one source of inspiration, 
and that is God ; and one inspiration, and that is direct 
from God to man. 

The prophets communed and conversed with God. 
Moses in the beginning of the first dispensation talked 
with God and God inspired him and revealed to him 
His message which he was to teach to the Hebrew chil- 
dren, and gave him the courage, faith and ability to 
carry out the instructions which were given him. The 
communications of God to Moses were given face to face. 

Jesus Christ at the beginning of the second dispen- 
sation talked to the Father ; and at the beginning of the 
Third Dispensation, which is already being ushered in, 
the awakened man being born into the Spirit and hav- 
ing attained unto the Christ-Consciousness, talks face 
to face with God and receives inspiration direct from 
the Father, who speaks within man; and, as Jesus re- 
ceived inspiration from the Great Masters whom God 
sent to Him, such as Moses and Elias, man is inspired 
and helped by the Master-Souls of this Age. 

There are masters many; great Souls who are com- 
ing near humanity at this time to teach the men of the 
earth according to their degree of unfoldment; there- 
fore, when a man speaks under the inspiration of one 
of these, he reaches as high as that Master has gone, 
as high as man 's ability to receive inspiration ; but when 
man talks direct to the Father and consciously hears 
the silent voice within him, instructing and inspiring 
him, he draws the answer direct from the Infinite In- 
telligence, the answer to his requests. 



Inspiration 465 

The man on the mountain top will desire to know the 
whole Truth, the breadth, height and depth thereof; 
but the little one who has at first heard that wonderful 
voiee of the Infinite, so profound and awe-inspiring to 
the babe, asks, perhaps, only for the Truths which lie 
on the border-line of the illimitable ocean of God's In- 
finity. 

However, there is no higher source for man to attain 
unto for wisdom, knowledge and intelligence, for Faith, 
Love and Divine Satisfaction, than to understanding^ 
be still in the Sacred Silence of the Infinite and there 
commune with his Father-Mother-God. Then remem- 
ber that there is nothing great or trivial with the In- 
finite Mind, who "Notes even the sparrow's fall" and 
1 ' numbers the very hairs of your head " ; so, in that 
secret place talk to the Loving Father and He will in- 
spire you with the direct answer of those things which 
you desire to know. 

Then, dear student-devotee, when you desire wisdom, 
"Ask of God"; when you desire knowledge, "Ask of 
God"; when you require intelligence, "Ask of God." 
When man learns that he is a son of God, he trustingly 
and lovingly will go direct to the Secret Place of the 
Most High and there commune with that ever-present 
Love, Wisdom and Intelligence. 

The departed spirits do, and can return ; but they can 
only convey according to their knowledge gained here 
on earth; and very many are misled by them and held 
from moving forward beyond the light of the spirits 
who control them. 

Masters of Wisdom there are, who are also masters 
of Love and Compassion, who are giving much Light 
to the men of earth and are filling their place in help- 
ing those who are still bound to the Wheel of Birth 
and Death. 

Jesus Christ, the Great Initiate, gave the final Truth 
which will assist the man who is in the place where he 
is to step aside from the Wheel of Birth and Death, and 



466 The Flashlights of Truth 

with the Christ-Consciousness commune direct with 
Jesus Christ and the Father. This is unity wrought out 
in man, — Father, Son and Holy Spirit ; and the Father 
inspires His Son always. So Be It ! 



CHAPTER XXI 
PRAYER. 

DOWN the ages man has expressed his desire in 
prayer. What is prayer? It is that Something 
which enables man to look away from the frailty 
and limitations of the carnal man to the Infinite. The 
people call this Infinite by names according to their 
language. When man feels his helplessness, he intu- 
itively knows that there is a higher power which can 
assist him, and the desires of his heart are expressed 
in accents clear and strong, calling unto this higher 
power; and man calls this prayer. 

Instinct in the savage of the forest causes him to pile 
a few stones together as an altar and there worship 
the Great Invisible Presence. 

The American Indian, his instincts nearing the Hue 
where they burst into intuition, has a deeper and 
broader idea of God than the savage who bows before 
a few stones as an altar; and he prays to the ''Great 
Spirit." 

Thus we find that there is inherent in man, from the 
savage state to the most civilized, a desire for prayer. 

Prayer, then, is that indefinable desire of man's heart 
to reach unto the Infinite, The Father, and implore His 
assistance and guidance. It is the language of the Soul 
of Man in communion with the great Over-Soul; and 
the Over-Soul responds according to man's prayer. 

Then it is plain to be seen that man should know 
how to pray. St. James said, "Your prayers are not 
answered because you ask amiss." Man continues to 

467 



468 The Flashlights of Truth 

ask amiss until he has gained understanding. Solo- 
mon, who is called the wisest man (wisest because he 
asked God to give him wisdom to rule over " These, 
God's people"), said, "With all thy getting, get un- 
derstanding. ' ' 

Then, to understanding^ pray a prayer which causes 
the Infinite to respond, necessitates knowing God, His 
nearness and Loving Care; and knowing that His In- 
telligence is so alert that, not a ' ' sparrow f alleth but He 
knoweth," and, that the very "hairs of your head are 
numbered"; and that "He knows man's every thought, 
word and deed," and that God's Love is so great that 
He holds His children, who are Himself in manifesta- 
tion, forever in His everlasting arms, sustains them with 
His own strength; and His mantle over them is Love. 

Then, when the urge of the Soul moves man into the 
spirit of prayer, be the man the savage in the jungles 
or the civilized man, it is then that the language of the 
Soul begins to express and man desires to commune 
with that Great Presence whom the intuition of his 
Soul causes him to believe exists. 

When man has understanding, he enters the Silent 
Chamber of the Infinite, which is in the silence of 
man's own Soul. Man, from the Christ-Consciousness 
within himself, realizes that he is in the center of the 
Living God and that man, the individual manifesta- 
tion of God, is living, moving and having his being in 
this Great Heart. He in faith, Love and trust enters 
into the silent chamber of his own Soul, which is for- 
ever at one with the Great Soul of God; and, in that 
sweet hallowed Silence, the language of the Soul flows 
forth to the great Loving Presence; and the Infinite 
ever responds and man is refreshed, strengthened, en- 
couraged and blessed in proportion to the expressed 
desire of his heart and the understanding expressions 
of his prayer. Jesus Christ is our example in this ; and 
He talked to the Father as comprehensively as man 
would talk to man. 



CHAPTER XXII 

THE BOUNTY OF GOD. 

THE Infinite is Bounty. In the Infinite, our God, 
there is no lack. It is the inexhaustible source 
from which all beauty proceeds. 

When man stands on the Mount of Transfiguration 
and the Christ- Consciousness is lighting him into full 
illumination, and with the Cosmic Consciousness visions 
into the vastness of the greatness and sublimity of the 
Infinite, he then sees, he perceives, he realizes that there 
is bounty, abundant Bounty, throughout infinity. Man, 
having come into the understanding concerning God 
and having through the Christ-consciousness with- 
in him realized that he is the son of the Living God, 
then knows that he is heir to the Inheritance of this 
vast Store-house of Infinite Bounty. 

Then, to convince himself that he has visioned cor- 
rectly, he turns to the Bible and reads there that "God 
created man in His image and likeness," and that man 
is acknowledged to be the "Crowning Glory of God," 
and that God endowed man with dominion over those 
things which man should subdue. 

What are those things that man should subdue, when 
he is inspired by Divine Wisdom? It does not mean 
that man should go forth and slay all the animals, be 
they wild or domestic, which cross his path contrary to 
his desires. No, that is a very small ray of that "Light 
which lighteth every man who cometh into the world" 
expressing in him. 

Man is, in Divine Wisdom and in God's plan, to sub- 

469 



470 The Flashlights of Truth 

due the animal propensities within himself. These are 
anger, malice, jealousy, revenge, hatred, fear, doubt and 
superstition; and these can all be placed under one 
classification, and that is Selfishness. 

When man stands a master over all the evil propen- 
sities of the carnal mind to such an extent that man is 
lost — merged into the Infinite Intelligence — then indeed 
it is that, he from the summit of the Mountain of Truth 
can look understandingly into the Bounty of God and 
know that he is heir to all the works of God. 

"The earth is the Lord's, and the fullness thereof.' ' 
Man understanding this perceives that the Father, ac- 
cording to the allegory in Genesis, created the bounty of 
all God's universes and systems of universes and all 
within them before He caused man to become manifest. 

Thus we can easily see that God caused man, each 
and all of the human family, to become manifest in 
the midst of the Bounty of God. Man was placed in 
the midst of God's manifested bounty, "The crowning 
glory," or highest manifestation of God. 

"We can then see that God has in His Love and Care 
manifested in such abundant Bounty, that man has 
naught to do, after he has returned home from that dis- 
tant country, but to trustingly abide in and partake of 
God's Bounty. 

But man's reason springs into view and he reasons 
like this: "There is an abundance in my Father's 
House; and while true it is that my Father gave me 
my inheritance when I left Home, and I have spent it 
in this far country "in riotous living," being dom- 
inated by the carnal mind, its passions, lusts and de- 
sires; however, I will return and be satisfied to take 
the place of a servant, "because there is sufficient food 
in my Father's House, even for the servants." 

When he arrived in the robe of humility where he 
was willing to become a servant in his own Father's 
House, the Infinite Love, having never lost sight of him, 



The Bounty of God 471 

and knowing every thought in his mind and desire in 
his heart, came to meet him, gave him a robe to be 
clothed with and placed a ring upon his hand. 

This ring is a symbol of the complete circle which 
man has traversed, from the day he went out from the 
Father's House, to this day when he has arrived at 
Home. It is a symbol of unity, and this unity is man's 
becoming illumined by and through the Christ-conscious- 
ness and realizing his One-ness and his At-one-ment 
with the Infinite, our Loving and tender Father. 

We can then see that God has put into expression 
and pronounced His works perfect and finished. "Then 
God rested from all the works which He had done." 

Then it is man's provence, when he awakens and dis- 
covers he is in a far country, to arise and return Home. 
When man arrives at Home, his Father announces, "My 
Son who was dead is alive again"; "Who was lost, is 
found." Here is where man, in conscious understand- 
ing, when he is on the Mount of Transfiguration with 
the Christ-consciousness illuminating him, looks out into 
the Infinite Universe and sees with the inner eye of 
vision the perfection of all, the grandeur of it all, and 
the sublimity of all expressed Perfection abiding in the 
Law which is God in Action; and all acting in perfect 
precision in the One Law, and it acting in and through 
all. Man then realizes the profound Sublimity of Per- 
fection and the limitlessness of God's Bounty. 

Man, there, can understand the grandeur, the great- 
ness and beauty of the sermon, Jesus Christ gave, called 
the "Sermon on the Mount." Jesus there told them 
to take no thought for the morrow. He said, ' ' Consider 
the lilies ; they toil not, neither do they spin ; yet Solo- 
mon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these. ' ' 
The lily, Jesus used as a symbol of man in his trans- 
muted and redeemed state; and man, to have attained 
unto that great height, has understanding, insight and 



472 The Flashlights of Truth 

illumination; and in that Christ-consciousness he has 
reverence for the Father, who is so great, yet so ten- 
der, and faith in the Infinite and in himself, a mani- 
festation of the Infinite. 

Then, in confiding confidence and loving gratitude 
to the Father, he abides at "Home" and knowingly 
knows his Father has, even "Before he called," pre- 
pared a bounty so abundant that lack could never enter 
the portals of that Infinite Home. 

Man, then, thankfully abides in that Infinite Home, 
the Father's House, which is the Universe, and which 
enfolds the myriad of systems of universes and all with- 
in them. 

Jesus, in His Sermon on the Mount, said: "Take no 
thought for the morrow; because sufficient unto the day 
is the evil thereof. " When man is a conscious Son of 
God, he trusts in the Father's Bounty and takes no 
anxious thought about those things which man needs 
for the outer man. 

When man, on the Mount of Transfiguration, needs 
the things of the outer world, he does not permit him- 
self to become anxious about them; but he, having 
visioned into the bounty of the Infinite Store-house, 
enters into the Silent Chamber of God, which center is 
in the Silent Chamber of each man's Soul, and there he 
communes with the Father-Mother; and the promise in 
the Bible is, — "Ask what ye will and it shall be done," — 
if spoken in the name of Jesus Christ. 

Jesus Christ is the perfect expression or manifesta- 
tion of the Infinite. Then, when man in the silent 
chamber of his own Soul, in communion with the Father, 
voices his prayer in the name of Jesus Christ, the prayer 
is answered in the manifestation of the thing asked. 
Jesus prayed and the loaves and the fishes became man- 
ifest from that invisible Store-house of the Infinite. 

Man, on the Summit of the Mountain of Truth, has 
no selfishness within him. If he had, he would not 
have reached the Summit. 



The Bounty of God 473 

Love, Appreciation, Devotion, Sincerity and Grati- 
tude are the keys used by man, as he stands on the 
Summit of the Mountain of Truth. These keys will un- 
lock the door of God's Store-house of Bounty and en- 
able man to reach forth his hand and partake thereof 
abundantly. 

There can be no desire to hoard those things which 
man receives from the Bounty of God, because, he ever 
remembers the greatness of the Bounty which he beheld 
when he looked into that Infinite Store-house. Then, 
too, he understandingly knows and fully realizes that 
he is heir there unto; and in that realm all things are 
in their right place, and each and all are living, moving 
and acting in the Law of God; therefore, there are no 
mistakes, no clashes, because all are intelligently in their 
right place. 

Man here, having the Christ-consciousness, ever rests 
in action; and he is ever awake, alert, and active in the 
Divine Law. Therefore, man rests in action as he moves 
in and among his fellow man upon the Path of life, and 
ever does his part and, there being no selfishness in him, 
expects naught from his fellow man, only as he gives 
in return. 

This is the fulfilling of the Law; and God is as able 
to manifest in the things which man requires today as 
he was to manifest in creation at the dawn. 

Therefore, the summing up of the whole matter is 
this : There is the bountiful Store-house of the Infinite 
ever at hand; and when man realizes this, and under- 
standingly speaks the prayer which is guided by Divine 
Wisdom, he will never lack; but he will ever be ready 
and willing to do that which his hands find to do. 

When Divine Contentment and Satisfaction abound 
in man, he is ever about his Father's business and con- 
scious of the Bounty of God. 



CHAPTER XXIII 
THE HIGHWAY OF OUR GOD. 

OUR God is Supreme; therefore, the Highway of 
our God is that Way which is above all ma- 
teriality; above all the fleshly man's desires, be- 
liefs and knowledge. 

None but the conscious sons of God can walk upon 
the highway of our God. Jesus Christ said, "Flesh 
and blood cannot enter there." Thus we perceive that 
man's flesh is transmuted from matter to Spirit, — that 
Spirit-Substance which is God's Body and fills the Uni- 
verse; and that the blood becomes the electric current 
of the River of Life. 

Jesus Christ took His body out from the tomb but 
the blood — the material blood — was shed while He was 
on the Cross ; therefore, while His body lay in the tomb, 
God could easily fill the veins in His body with the elec- 
tric current of the River of Life, which ever flows from 
the Heart of God. 

The Highway of our God is resplendent with the ex- 
quisiteness of the heavenly way, which leads in and 
throughout the pastures green, the fields golden and the 
flowers beautiful, and these express Paradise. 

When man walks upon the Highway of our God, he 
will see the oneness of God throughout the vastness of 
infinity; and he will also see the brotherhood of man- 
kind. 

On the Highway of our God, there is no distinction 
between races or nationalities, neither between the rich 
and the poor, nor the different religious doctrines, nor 

474 



The Highway op Our God 475 

the various cults, as nothing counts here except the 
pass-word, and that is the Christ-consciousness. When 
man has this, he does not need to announce to the peo- 
ple that he has attained unto those heights, because all 
men with whom he comes in touch knows he has drunk 
from the Christ-cup. 

That nectar which man finds in the Christ-cup fills 
man with humility, tolerance, gentleness and brotherly 
kindness, and these radiate from him in smiles of cheer 
to his fellow man as he sees him carrying burdens of 
care, — in a word of encouragement to the discouraged 
one, in a genial welcome to the stranger, and in a prayer 
for those in affliction and distress. When man drinks 
the nectar, which is in the cup of the Christ-mind and 
Heart, he walks upon the Highway of our God. 

Walking upon this Highway which lieth throughout 
the length and breadth of Paradise, man laughingly 
lives in God's Law and understandingly abides in the 
living Presence of the Father. 

No clouds cast even a fringe of their presence there, 
for the sunlight of God shines there, and it is so bright, 
strong and clear that nothing can mar its brilliancy; 
and no discord can enter that Paradise of Beauty, Light, 
Glory and Peace; — no, not one discordant note can 
strike in all that Sublime Vastness. 

The harmonious vibrations fill all the land of Para- 
dise and man walks upon the Highway of our God, 
which he finds there. 

Mortal man! Thou who art still asleep in the dream 
of the carnal illusion, thou canst never walk upon the 
Highway of our God until thou awakest from the Adam- 
Slumber. Arise! and search out that Highway; then 
gain understanding as to how to enter its greatening 
splendor. All men will sometime awaken from the sleep 
of carnality, which the first Adam plunged man into, 
and walk in that Light which Jesus came to earth to 
bring and teach and let shine. 



476 The Flashlights of Truth 

God, our Infinite Father, did not cause creation to 
come forth into manifestation, the universes and sys- 
tems of universes to abound, that only a few men might 
be redeemed from the Adam-illusion, but that all men 
may; and not only that, but that all men may be saved 
and stand again in Paradise in the Presence of the 
Father, who then is as. Real to the Conscious Son of God 
as man is real to another in the natural life. 

To live in that land and walk upon the Highway of 
our God, man is quickened into the reality of the Eter- 
nality of himself, the universe and the Infinite, seeing 
All as he walks upon the Highway of our God. 



CHAPTER XXIV 

JESUS CHRIST THE WAY-SHOWER. THE 
DIVINE MAN IN EXPRESSION. 

JESUS CHRIST is our Elder Brother. He is the 
Soul which has become conscious of its Sonship ; 
become conscious that He and the Father are one. 

He trod the path of Earth. He met, solved and mas- 
tered all problems to which humanity is heir in the car- 
nal law. 

He, being the Conscious Son of God in conscious ex- 
pression, knew whereof He spake when He spoke to 
the Sea and a calm took the place of the raging storm. 

He knew whereof He spake when He spoke the word 
and the dead arose. He knew whereof He spake when 
He cast the evil spirits out from those who were deaf 
and dumb. 

He knew whereof He spake when He prayed that 
prayer by which the loaves and fishes became manifest 
and the multitudes were fed. He knew whereof He 
acted when He walked upon the water. 

Jesus Christ was the Conscious Son of God; He was 
the Divine man in expression here upon earth, that man 
may see and know what a man can be and express, 
when he knows God as He is and knows man in his 
Reality. 

Jesus Christ walked the earth among the peoples of 
the earth and proved Himself a master over every ob- 
stacle which He encountered for Himself and for those 
who called upon Him for help. 

He left His teachings clear, so that man when he has 

477 



478 The Flashlights of Truth 

the Christ born within him can learn the way; there- 
fore, He is called the Way-Shower. 

He is the Way- Shower only to those who have the 
Christ born within them and are sufficiently awakened 
to the grand verities of the Truth, to perceive that man 
must become a conscious son of God here on this earth; 
that now is the time that with the understanding clear 
enough they may know that they now are individual 
manifestations of God, Who is the reality of their be- 
ing; and whose work is to bring the individuality of 
His Being into manifestation in man's consciousness. 
When the Divine man (the Real of every man) becomes 
evident, personality is absorbed by individuality. 

What is the difference between the personality of 
man and the individuality? 

Personality is that which is the expression of the 
carnal mind; it is the mortal man and subject to the 
carnal laws which act in and through humanity. 

As long as man believes that the personality is him- 
self, he does not know and understand his individuality, 
which is his Real-Self and the Divine-Man which God 
created. 

The Divine Man, the Real Self of each and every man, 
stands today as it has stood all down the ages since that 
day in the dawn of which man became an individu- 
alized manifestation of the Living God. The Divine 
Man of each man has never been born and never will 
die. Birth and Death have no power to contaminate 
it ; neither disease nor pain have any power or influence 
over it. 

As long as man lives in the personal concept only, 
he is in the law of carnality. The physical form is con- 
ceived in the generation period; the infant is born, 
grows from infancy to manhood and old age. 

Man as long as he lives in the understanding and be- 
lief that the personality is himself (being under the 



Jesus Christ, the Wat-Shower 479 

carnal law, by and through his beliefs) passes from 
birth to death and back to birth in one continuous 
round; it is as a tread-mill, continually acting, but not 
moving forward. 

Jesus Christ came with a message. When that mes- 
sage is understood by the man, awakened sufficiently 
to seek until the Christ is born within him, he learns, 
if he follows the Way-Shower, the Master, that he, too, 
can step aside from the Wheel of Birth and Death. 

If man is Divine in his Real Being which God cre- 
ated, then truly sometime, somewhere, that Divinity, 
that "Divine Spark' ' will prevail and become the dom- 
inant man. When the Divine Man becomes the domi- 
nant man, he then lives in his individuality; the per- 
sonal man, which was subject to disease, pain, discord 
and death, having disappeared, being merged into in- 
dividuality; and individuality is the Divine Man, per- 
fect in form and statue, with the Mind of God working 
through him and the Breath of God breathing him. 

The man whom God created is Divine and perfect. 
Jesus Christ walked among men in the Divine Con- 
sciousness and expression. When any other Soul is 
thoroughly awakened and has the Christ born within 
him, he may see and behold what man really is and in 
what degree of Divinity he can attain, expressing it 
here on the earth. 

Jesus Christ did His works and taught His message, 
that man may see the possibility for all. 

If man desires to remain in the carnal slumber, after 
he is aroused, he will continue as other men who are 
living in the carnal concept and are ruled by the car- 
nal law. He will suffer pain and permit a little pain 
to control him and a cold wind to throw him into sick- 
ness, which may force him, the Divine, the Real Self, 
to withdraw from the physical body; but he has gained 
nothing, because he passes out from the physical per- 
sonality in the belief in carnality and, when he returns 



480 The Flashlights of Truth 

to take birth again, all memory is lost to him of his life 
which he lived before; therefore, he begins life here 
on this plane again just as he did in his previous birth. 
In that period of man's ongoing, he worships many 
gods, even more than those made of wood and stone. 

But the Infinite chose a people, when the time had 
arrived for the preparation for man's final emancipa- 
tion from the thraldom of the carnal illusion, who be- 
lieved in one God; and these people were chosen that, 
eventually, when the period arrived, a Messiah, a 
Saviour, could be born. 

This Saviour must be born to a people who believed 
in one God only; because, in the completeness of His 
mission, He was to bring man into his unity and at- 
one-ment with the one God. 

For man to know the Truth concerning his Sonship, 
his heirship, he must know the one God who is his Father. 
For man to know the completeness and stand redeemed 
at home in his Father's House, he must know and fully 
understand that there is but one God. 

When man knows this great Truth, as Jesus did, he 
will talk face to face with the Father-Mother; and the 
Father will lead, guide, sustain and bless him. 

Jesus Christ is the chief corner-stone; yea, the head- 
stone, of the Great Pyramid which Divinity has built 
in the midst of the great desert of human illusions and 
misunderstandings of the one Infinite God. 

Jesus Christ is the Saviour, the Messiah, the Way- 
Shower; and He said: "Ye shall know the Truth and 
the Truth shall make you free." He also said to His 
disciples, — "Follow thou Me." 

If it had been impossible, Jesus, the Divine Man in 
expression, would not have said those things to the 
men who were awake and searching for the Light; 
neither would He have given His message as He did; 



Jesus Christ, the Way-Shower 481 

but it is not only possible, it is inevitable, that each 
man shall sometime stand on those heights to which 
Jesus points. 

Man, in his ignorance and in his self-will, may in- 
terfere with and delay his onward progress toward the 
consciousness of Life; but to turn the Wheel of Divine 
Destiny forever aside, man cannot. 

Man's destiny is to be a conscious son of God, and 
his destination is Paradise or the Promised Land, — the 
Father's House. 

Man in his intellectual state may differ and argue 
about the location of Paradise; but the man who, 
through the Christ-consciousness having been born in 
him, is a conscious son of God, heeds not anything the 
intellect of man may say, because he, from the Christ- 
consciousness within him, knows that man's intellect is 
only a vapory mist until it is illuminated with the In- 
finite Intelligence. 

The illumined man knows that the Infinite is every- 
where present. Then Paradise must necessarily be 
everywhere present; but it requires that the Christ be 
born in man before man perceives this. 

The intellect of man places Paradise in a distant place 
and puts a deep, cold river flowing between earth and 
that balmy clime. 

0, our brothers! It is just at your door; and if you 
will lay down your self-will (carnal mind) and do as 
Jesus said, "Know the Truth," you will then perceive 
this vital Truth. 

No man is free as long as he is bound ; and the Divine 
man in manifestation, known as Jesus Christ, having 
scaled the heights right here on earth and among the 
men of earth, has left the instructions which will guide 
man to do likewise when he has awakened sufficiently 
to see that Jesus' message was direct to the individual. 



482 The Flashlights of Truth 

For what was His message given to the individual? 
To enable each man, when he arrives at that place on 
the Path, that he may arise and stand master over all 
the laws of carnality which hold man bound to the 
Wheel of Birth and Death which ever rolls in the gloom 
and confusion of carnality. 

To become freed from the carnal law, man must be- 
come conscious of Divinity, become conscious that God 
is a Loving and Tender Father, and that Jesus Christ, 
our Elder Brother, is ever loving, tender, kind and 
ready at all times to assist whoever calls upon Him. 

If man is only partially awakened and he calls upon 
the one God, our Father, and Jesus Christ, our Elder 
Brother, for help, and believing that death is the end, 
desires to enter that place known to the Saints as 
Heaven, he will be assisted by Jesus Christ unto that 
haven of peace and will remain there as long as his 
merit awards. 

Man, however, is the creator of the merit, and it is 
awarded in accordance to his good and kind acts, 
thoughts and deeds. This is the Law of Cause and 
Effect, — "As man sows, so he reaps.' ' 

Jesus Christ also stands ever ready to assist man in 
the final emancipation which sets man Free, forever, 
that he may move along laughing and living in God's 
Law, appreciating God's Love and Beauty. 



CHAPTER XXV 
IN THE REALM OF THE REAL. 

THE Realm of the Real does not necessarily have 
to be "over there"; however, it is within man's 
own power to see the Realm of the Real "over 
there" or here and now. 

It is not a question so much as to the location of that 
desirable Realm as it is a question of man's concept 
of it. 

Man only really knows the Truth in any one, or all, 
the different points of its Reality, when he is consicous 
of it. 

Man must make the realization within himself con- 
cerning any point of Truth before he is fully conscious 
of it. When man is conscious of a point in Truth, he 
knows he knows; and none can confuse him on that 
point again. 

Man only really knows the Truth in so far as he is 
conscious of it; then, when man is conscious of the 
Realm of the Real, he will also be conscious that he is 
in that Realm, and that that Realm is within him. 

Then we see, when we understand Truth clearly, that 
the Realm of the Real is in reality all there is and that 
man lives in that Realm. In this Realm there are no 
clouds, no disease, no inharmony, no poverty, no war, 
no death. There are no storms, no mildew or rust in 
that fair land. 

How can there be, when it is that Divine Realm which 
is the Infinite in manifestation, where there is one Eter- 
nal day and the sunlight of God's glory lighteth it for- 

483 



484 The Flashlights of Truth 

ever; when it is the land where the flowers forever 
bloom and the birds sing continuously and the ecstasy 
of Life is heard in the babbling brook, the mountain 
breezes and soft zephyrs? 

In the Realm of the Real, man lives a conscious Son 
of God and walks along the pathway of life in content- 
ment, wisdom, strength, ability and power. The in- 
habitants in that Realm are masters. Weaklings can 
never gain entrance into that abode. Those who live 
in the Realm of the Real are warriors ; they have fought 
the battles as they encountered the enemy and came 
through victorious; therefore, they, one and all, who 
enter into this Realm, know whereof they speak and 
can give a reason for the joy and peace within them. 

This Realm of the Real is ever present to the Spirit- 
ually awakened man, and he lives continually in that 
Realm, even though he is living amidst the men who 
are living the carnal life only, who do not, nor can they, 
understand him; but he understands them. "When man 
is conscious of that Realm of the Real, he, if guided 
by Divine Wisdom, is poised, sane and stable, as he 
walks among his fellow men and lives his life here, 
where, to the unawakened one there are storms, sorrow, 
disease, poverty and death; in the midst of which he is 
in consciousness living in the Realm of the Real. What 
is the Realm of the Real? God's perfect Universe, peo- 
pled with God's perfect creation or manifestation, which 
is just back of this which seems real. 

Except there were the foundation of the Absolute, 
the inner, the outer, or surface of things, would soon 
cease to be. 

Man can stand in a strong current, if his feet are 
firmly stayed on a solid rock; but should his feet be on 
the shifting sand, he soon is washed about with the 
current, because there is no stability in the sand. The 
man with wisdom will seek until he finds the solid rock, 
and there he will then stand and build his character 
and destiny, — Conscious Realization. 



In the Realm of the Real 485 

When man, through insight and illumination, lives 
in the Realm of the Real, he is practical, calm and 
serene. He does not rush hither and thither, but abides 
quietly where he may be and contentedly does those 
things which his hands find to do. Worldly ambition, 
having been removed from him ere he could enter into 
the Realm of the Real, he is content in humble and 
quiet quarters and desires not to parade for show and 
is equally poised in the midst of the luxury or poverty, 
and in the midst of the highest applause of man is not 
affected by flattery. 

When the ambitions, desires, and egotism of the earth- 
man have been consumed in the consuming fire of God, 
man finds himself clothed upon with the mind of God 
and expressed in the individual man through the Christ- 
consciousness. 

Man, having the Christ-consciousness, and consciously 
living in the Realm of the Real, is living in the third 
dispensation here and now. 

Man does not cross that barrier called time, but with 
understanding brushes it aside; then consciously stands 
in Eternity here and now. 

Death has nothing to do with man's passing from 
time into Eternity. It is all in man's own concept, and 
when he, through understanding, breaks the bonds of 
Time he is in Eternity; and in the consciousness of 
Eternity he lives in the Realm of the Real here and now. 



CHAPTER XXVI 

ANCHORAGE. 

THERE are many kinds of anchorage and many 
different conditions and ideals for man to an- 
chor to. 

It is well for every one who reads these pages to ex- 
amine themselves until they discern where they are 
anchored and to whom, and to what they are anchored. 

Man can be aboard a large vessel which is anchored 
and resting in a quiet harbor; but a storm may cause 
the vessel to drag anchor and go adrift and man not 
know where he is. He may anchor his faith in a finan- 
cial undertaking and the winds of adversity come and 
blow it into bankruptcy ; his anchor again doing him no 
good. Again, he may anchor his hopes and affections 
upon a personality, and disease may soon remove the 
personality from his sight, and his anchorage fails him 
of permanent good. 

After many times losing by not casting anchor cor- 
rectly, man will eventually begin to desire to know how 
to cast anchor, where to cast anchor, and when. 

When man really desires to know a thing, there is 
always a way for him to learn. When man desires to 
cast anchor deep down beneath the surface of things 
into the permanency of the Real, he begins to seek to 
know God and to know himself and his abiding place. 

There is but one anchorage, and that is the Absolute- 
ness of That Which Is. There is but one anchor; it is 
composed of Wisdom, Love and Power. There is but 

486 



Anchorage 487 

one place to cast the anchor ; it is in God. There is but 
one time to cast the anchor, and that is now. 

Then, dear reader, let your anchorage be in Eternity, 
and rest thou on the Bosom of God as on a great and 
quiet ocean whose waters are in the hollow of His hand. 
The Infinite then embraces you lifting the light of His 
countenance as a sun upon you. 



CHAPTER XXVII 
EARNEST AND STEADFAST. 

THE Disciple traveling upon the Sacred Path 
should be earnest and steadfast. 
Nothing is gained that is worth while except 
man is in earnest concerning it. It requires steadfast- 
ness, that man swerve not, neither to the right nor to 
the left, but keep ever direct in the center of the Path. 

That man may ever remain in earnest, he requires 
faith, first in God, then in himself, then in his prayers. 
He requires, also, Love for God and his fellow man. 

Man, to be earnest and steadfast, must necessarily 
have something to be earnest and steadfast about. 

The Great Teacher enunciated the great Truth, which, 
when understood and lived in earnestness and stead- 
fastness, will enable man to know how to travel upon 
the Sacred Path. Jesus came to earth that He might 
quicken, awaken and teach His brothers who are living 
here in the human family, having lost all consciousness 
of the truth of their being. These people Jesus healed, 
quickened and blessed, in proportion to their recep- 
tivity to His message of healing and quickening. 

As man passes along the Sacred Path (which all stu- 
dent-devotees travel after they awaken) he desires to 
know the Truth whereof Jesus spake. He then soon 
learns that entering upon this Path leads man away 
from the sense concept into the Soul Life and Realiza- 
tion. 

It is not a short path, even though the destination is 
at the starting point. Man, not knowing this, travels 

488 



Earnest and Steadfast 489 

many long, and perchance, weary miles ere he becomes 
fully conscious that he " Knows the Truth," and can 
realize in its fullness the promise which the illumined 
Christ coupled with the promise, that "Ye shall know 
the Truth and the Truth shall make you free." 

The promise of freedom is given to the man who 
"Knows the Truth," not to the one who believes, nor 
to the one who reads about it. Then that one thing, 
"Know the Truth," is that which man should be in 
earnest about. 

Let no one think this earnestness is necessary to ap- 
pease the wrath of an angry God ; because no such Being 
exists ; neither to escape that place called eternal torment 
by those who are still teaching the old doctrine of the 
second dispensation; because that place does not exist 
in the Realm of Infinity. 

At every point of the Infinite — and that point is 
everywhere — God is Love ■ and everywhere He hears 
man's call, and answers even before man calls; He 
"Notes the sparrow's fall," and forgets not a heart 
beat of any human child. The Mosaic teachings of the 
first dispensation, "An eye for an eye, a tooth for a 
tooth," and "who sheds blood, by man shall his blood 
be shed," were carried into the second dispensation. 
Yet, Jesus Christ came with the banner of Love; and 
He was so in earnest about His mission which the 
Father had sent Him upon that He was ever steadfast, 
and His life was spent in kind deeds and teaching His 
brothers, who were not conscious of their birthright. 

The law was given by Moses to the people in the 
first dispensation; but Grace and Truth came in Jesus 
Christ's message to the people in the second dispensa- 
tion. Now, as we are entering into the third dispensa- 
tion, the clergy and priests who are not awakened to 
this great event are still endeavoring to teach the eternal 
punishment doctrine which has been held over the Chris- 
tian path for near two thousand years. 



490 The Flashlights op Truth 

But the Christ-awakened man, who has the new or 
Spiritual Birth and hears the " Still Small Voice" of 
the Father speaking within him and invokes the pres- 
ence of Jesus Christ to assist and encourage him and 
be his companion upon the Sacred Path, laughs into 
nothing the theory of eternal punishment. He asks the 
question, where could that place be, when God fills all 
space ? and Jesus taught, ' c God is Love. ' ■ 

Be earnest and steadfast, our brothers when you have 
arrived at the entrance into the third dispensation, and 
search until you know the Truth. Note this : Jesus did 
not say, "you must know the doctrines of men and the 
church rules." He said: "Know the Truth." 

It is not a question of man bowing to man. It is 
"Knowing the Truth." Jesus said: "I am the way, 
the Truth and the Light." Jesus knew the Truth, and 
when He announced, "I am the way, the Truth and the 
Light," He carried them into the Absolute. What is 
the Absolute ? The Infinite in His impersonal and man- 
ifested states. 

"When man knows the impersonal God — and His ex- 
pressed forms is all there in. reality is — he, knowing the 
Truth, steadfastly abides in conscious understanding in 
the center of the absoluteness of that which is and in 
the consciousness that he is an individual, abiding in 
the unchangeableness of Eternity. 

When man really knows the Truth he is earnest and 
sincere. Frivolity, ingratitude and indecision have no 
place within him, because he, through understanding 
the Truth, knows that he is an individual expression of 
God. 

Here it is that man, in earnestness and sincerity, ob- 
serves all the handiwork of God as he passes along the 
Sacred Path. He, with the eye of vision, sees there is 
nothing trivial in all of God's universe and that the 



Earnest and Steadfast 491 

grains of sand and the blades of grass are as important 
to the Infinite as suns, stars and earths. 

If man is earnest and steadfast, he will endeavor at 
all times and in all places to be en rapport with the In- 
finite, knowing that he is standing in the center of the 
Infinite and that the Infinite surrounds him completely 
and abides within him. There are no walls or partitions 
in the Infinite — just one ocean of Life and Being, — 
that is all. 

Catch that message and you are free and you will be 
so absorbed by the beauty, the greatness, the grandeur 
and the sublimity of it that you will merge into an 
earnest and steadfast being in the midst of earnestness 
and steadfastness. 

In that beautiful clime of unchangeableness, the illu- 
mined individual stands conscious of his immortality 
and an immortal universe where time has ceased to 
be, it being unable to cross over the threshold into 
Eternity. When man knows the Truth, time has been 
consumed from his mind and it is filled with the con- 
sciousness of Eternity. 

Man, to live in this cycle, which is now being ushered 
in, will be compelled to "Know the Truth,' ' to be en- 
abled to remain on earth any great length of time. This 
is the age when men, through the changes they see take 
place about them and within their fellow man, will see 
that it is imperative that he, too, halts not "Between 
two opinions," but stands in the center of the Sacred 
Path in earnestness and steadfastness; and when man 
thus stands he will hear the Infinite whispering, "Be 
still, and know that I am God." 

We would that all men would be in earnest about 
this, as it is inevitable that all men will sometime stand 
Redeemed; and, if the man who is awake to this, who 



492 The Flashlights of Truth 

is walking the Christ Path, will understandingly, trust- 
ingly and lovingly remain steadfast, he will perceive 
that God's promises are sure and steadfast. 



CHAPTER XXVIII 
ABIDE THOU IN ABIDING TRUST IN GOD. 

THE Infinite has as many different names as the 
different languages of men can express. The 
different names have no power to change the 
Infinite, as it is that Absolute which remains forever 
unchangeable. 

Man may approach the Infinite Presence from any 
angle; and man is blessed according to the angle by 
which he approaches the Father. 

If man decides in his own mind that God, the In- 
finite, is Principle, just a cold unthinking and unloving 
principle like as the principle of mathematics, man re- 
mains cold and intolerant to his fellow man in propor- 
tion and degree of his concept of God as unloving prin- 
ciple; but when he gets a clear and better angle he 
perceives that the great principle which he has found 
to work with such precision is only to assist man to re- 
turn to God, using this as a working hypothesis by which 
to bring himself where the Loving Father resides in 
all His unchangeableness, just as near as man can per- 
ceive. 

The man who is awakened sufficiently to learn of a 
principle which some call God and who will familiarize 
himself with the working hypothesis thereof can prove 
conclusively that there is a God, and this principle, if 
used unselfishly and understanding^, will carry man 
into the realization of the Infinite Presence. 

When man is convinced that there is the Infinite 
whose Holy Presence is everywhere present, he has 

493 



494 The Flashlights of Truth 

solved what is a great mystery to the one who abides 
in ignorance. 

When man has, through understanding, reached the 
realization that the Infinite is everywhere present and 
knows the impossibility of his being outside of or 
away from the Infinite Presence, he then can rest in 
abiding trust in God. 

He joyously passes along in Eternity and sees Life 
Eternal surrounding him always. Man then can in 
peace and contentment abide in trust and appreciation 
in God. 

Trust thou in this Holy Presence, 

And thou will feel its strong embrace ; 

Knowing that when thou art lonely, 
God will meet thee, face to face. 



CHAPTER XXIX 

THE VILLAGE PATH— AN ALLEGORY. 

THE village lay in the distance, nestled snugly in 
the foothills, with the great mountain range be- 
hind it, the topmost peaks of which were covered 
perpetually with the pure white snow. In front, the 
valley stretches far in the distance, with its fertile acres 
covered with meadow, grain, orchards and homes. 

In the village the blue-grass grows along the paths 
which wind along the narrow roads. The roads, being 
simply country lanes, have not the dignity of being 
called streets, although they are the main thorough- 
fares. 

The trees are large and beautiful; the oak, elm and 
maple are there, and the roofs of the lovely old houses 
are covered with moss, for more than one generation 
has been born and has grown into manhood and woman- 
hood in these quaint old houses, with their latticed 
porches, covered with the sweet smelling jasmine and 
honeysuckle. 

In the long summer days, the cattle and sheep calmly 
graze the grass which so luxuriantly grows along the 
village roads. 

There are many paths which wind their crooked, yet 
charming way, through the quiet, quaint and beautiful 
village. Some extend beyond the village limits and 
wind their way through meadows, orchards and fields 
of grain ; others follow the babbling brook, with its cool 
water rolling along, being fed by the melting snow on 
the mountain tops, with the trees growing thickly along 

495 



496 The Flashlights of Truth 

its banks and the shrubbery, like as unto an eastern 
jungle, covered with the wild grape vine, whose little 
purple grapes are luscious in the harvest time when 
the squirrels and birds feast upon them. The rocks 
along the brook are covered with moss, and, in the deep 
pools just behind the large boulders, the speckled moun- 
tain trout play, sleep and quietly, without a sound, live 
their lives there in the little pools. 

A man, who has reached this village quite unexpect- 
edly, finding it so quaint and peaceful, seeing that 
there's neither rush, anxiety nor care expressed in the 
people who dwell there, decides to tarry and see if he 
can ascertain the cause of this peace and restfulness 
here expressed. Even the cattle and sheep, which graze 
the blue grass and clover that grows along the road- 
side and by the sides of the winding paths, express no 
fear at the approach of a stranger, but calmly live their 
own lives and seem to have confidence in all who pass by. 

This man, a student and traveler, observing this con- 
dition when he enters this quaint village, remains to 
learn the cause of it and to study the cause until, per- 
haps, he may imbibe this same peace and contentment 
and be enabled to teach it as an object lesson to the 
people at large. 

This student, this searcher after something which is 
undiscernible to the world-mind (which is content with 
things as it sees them, and supposing they are as they 
seem) has not found this strange something in the great 
cities, though he has visited the great cities of the world ; 
therefore, when he seemingly accidently stumbles upon 
this village nestled among the foothills he stops. First 
he is impressed with the beauty of its surroundings; 
then with its quaintness. These are expressed in the 
outer, but there was something there which held him 
spellbound. He could not pass on and leave it all be- 
hind. And, as he tarried day after day, he began to 
study in the quietness the cause of this peace and con- 



The Web of Truth 497 

tentment. He carries his book with him ; it is the book 
of ages, and the wisdom of the universe is therein con- 
tained. 

Day after day he leaves the village and wanders along 
the paths which lead from the village, each day a dif- 
ferent path, and every night he returns to his quiet 
room in the village hotel to sit and ponder deeply over 
the lessons he has learned upon the path he has trav- 
eled that day. One morning, when he started out for 
his day's wanderings, he discovered the winding path 
which lies along the bank of the babbling brook and at 
once this traveler and student, this searcher after wis- 
dom, decides to travel upon this path and investigate 
its beauties and wonders. As he travels along hour 
after hour, he follows the path which is leading him 
toward the mountain top ; but he knows not at first that 
this is so, because he is deeply interested in each step 
he takes, in that which he sees around him. He enjoys 
the song of the birds, his eye feasts upon the beauty of 
the wild flowers and the moss which covers the rocks 
where the speckled trout play in the deep, cool water 
near by. He revels in the vastness of nature's great- 
ness, as he looks down on the quaint village with its 
peaceful inhabitants and the trees moving softly in the 
breeze and the valley stretching far in its fields of 
ripening grain. Then he turns to look forward and 
he discovers that the path leads through the foot-hills 
to the base of the mountain, where he now finds him- 
self. He sees that his path leads on toward the moun- 
tain-top. He looks at the range of mountains as they 
tower majestically above him and feels the stillness and 
serenity of this vastness and greatness. He sits down 
on a beautiful boulder under a magnificent tree where 
it casts a cool shade. The breezes refresh him and the 
birds sing their summer song. 

Here in this restful place, after the eye has traveled 
far over the valley and village and along the mountain 
sides, even to the snow-capped tops, and he has drunk 



498 The Flashlights of Truth 

of the exquisiteness of nature's charms until he is in- 
toxicated therewith, this traveler, this student, this phil- 
osopher, discerns that this outward beauty and restful- 
ness does not satisfy. Then he exclaims, " Where shall 
I turn?" Then his eye falls upon his book, which lies 
at his side. He opens it and reads: "The heavens de- 
clare the glory of God; and the firmament showeth His 
handiwork. ' ' 

"Day unto day uttereth speech, and night unto night 
showeth knowledge. ,, 

1 ' There is no speech nor language, where their voice is 
not heard. 

1 ' Their line is gone out throughout all the earth, and 
their words to the end of the world. In them hath he set 
a tabernacle for the sun." Psalms 19:1-4. 

"I will love thee, Lord, my strength." Psalm 18:1. 

1 ' The Lord is my rock, and my fortress, and my deliv- 
erer; my God, my strength, in whom will I trust; my 
buckler, and the horn of my salvation, and my high 
tower." Psalm 18:2. 

"I will call upon the Lord, who is worthy to be 
praised ; so shall I be saved from mine enemies. ' ' Psalm 
18:3. 

"Give ear to my words, Lord, consider my medita- 
tions." Psalm 5:1. 

"Harken unto the voice of my cry, my King, and my 
God ; for unto thee will I pray. ' ' Psalm 5 :2. 

This caused him to look deeper than just the surface 
of things, and, as he discovered that he was coming in 
touch with "God," who is back of nature, he exclaimed, 
— "I will now endeavor to look through nature to "Na- 
ture's God!" As he sat there in contemplation, he spake 
aloud, and this is what he said : 

"What a wonderous God there must be! who can 
spread a mantle of beauty and grandeur over land and 
sea. ' ' 



The Web of Truth 499 

He reads along in his book, and learns that he is study- 
ing the Book of Ages, which he holds in his hand, and, 
the great book whose pages extend unto the outer edge of 
the endlessness of space. 

He closes his book and moves along on this path which 
he has chosen ; for he has now decided to travel this one 
path. Even though he knows there must be steep places 
upon it and deep ravines to cross, he walks calmly and 
serenely along, for he has learned from these two books 
he is studying, that there is no cause for haste, neither 
anything gained; and in this calmness and serenity he 
passes along the path which leads through the beautiful 
canyon, which gradually brings him higher and higher, 
until he has left the canyon with its ferns, trees and 
flowers and babbling streams, until he has left the trees 
and shrubbery far behind him, and he finds himself sur- 
rounded with barrenness. The stillness of this desolation 
is almost unbearable ; but he can look down the path over 
which he has trod and see the green trees and, amidst the 
foot-hills he can discern the village and the valley with 
its yellow fields of grain, its meadows and green trees; 
but to look back does not satisfy. He decides that he 
gains nothing by looking down over the path ; therefore, 
he turns his face toward the topmost peak ; and, after he 
has read again from his books, he faces about and ex- 
claims, ' ' Forward march ! ' ' He again takes up his travel 
upon his chosen path, with his companions, — his two 
books, which point him to the invisible God. This invisi- 
ble God is the desire of his heart, his destination. Many 
are the days he travels through this lone, barren, treeless 
waste on the mountainside, with no human being to cheer 
him, or ever the song of a bird ; but, lo, and behold ! it is 
here — right here ! surrounded with this vastness of deso- 
lation, that he really learns to fervently seek to know 
his God. 

Through those long dark nights and lonely days, he 
learned to meet and know his God and stand face to face 



500 The Flashlights of Truth 

with his Redeemer. When he has learned this, he has 
reached the green trees and fertil fields, with their flowers 
and birds ; and perpetual sunshine overshadows his path 
and he drinks of the cool water which flows from the top 
of the mountain peak, where they are forever caressed 
with the soft mountain breezes and the mantle of sunshine 
enfolds them; he sees their greatness and beauty; 
drinks gladly and reverently of their water, which is the 
mountain stream there and the babbling brook in the vil- 
lage. 

He still has the two books before him, — the Book of 
Ages, the Bible, and Nature, "The outer garment of 
God." 

Man here on the mountain-top serenely abides at Home, 
and drinks of the cool and refreshing water, which is the 
Life Eternal and eats of the bread of inspiration and is 
conscious of the exquisiteness of God's Beauty and 
Purity. 



CHAPTER XXX 

THE WEB OF TRUTH, HAVING BEEN WROUGHT 

OUT, MAN STANDS REDEEMED, AT HOME 

IN GOD— FOREVER AND FOREVER 

AT the gray dawn in that morning when God caused 
man to become an individualized manifestation of 
the Infinite ; man, the individual, at the bidding of 
the Infinite stepped from the womb of the Infinite into 
the Heart of the Infinite and there has ever remained. 

The Father ever knoweth this, but man has lost all 
memory of it so completely, that there is no consciousness 
of his divine Life within him while he lives a carnal man 
amidst carnality. 

The question is, how did this change take place? 
When did it take place and where ? 

The place where this change took place we will portray 
in its inner, esoteric meaning and in its outer aspect. As 
there cannot be an inner without an outer, neither can 
there be an outer without the inner. 

Man Was in Paradise, that perfect abode described as 
the Heart of God, and was so clear in his concept of the 
Truth of Being, that he dwelt in peace and revelled in 
the ecstasy of bliss. 

Age after age rolls along, but man in that Paradisical 
state of concept knows not the fleetness of Time ; because 
he knows naught but God and His perfect universe in 
which man abides. With no better word to describe to 
the carnal mind that blissful, incomprehensible state, we 
call it Paradise. 

There is but One Mind in operation in and through all 

501 



502 The Flashlights of Truth 

the expressions of the Infinite in that perfect abode, and 
that is the Mind of God. 

There is but One Substance throughout that realm, — 
the Spirit substance, which is God. 

We read in Genesis, the first chapter, "God created 
man in His image and likeness. ' ' "We have already seen 
that God desired a change and the manifestations of God 
became evident. Man, the image and likeness of God, 
reflecting God's power, has latent within him the ability 
to desire a change. 

When God desired a change, the Infinite creation or 
manifestation came into expression from the unmanifest 
or reposeful Presence, which is the Infinite Presence. 

When man, an individual manifestation of the Infinite, 
chose a change his manifestations were limited and finite 
and took place within man's mind, just as the Infinite 
manifestations became evident within the Infinite mind 
and were infinite in number. 

The desire for change caused man to become clouded 
concerning his divine self and his nearness to the Father ; 
and, as his mind became more filled with confusion, he 
looked out from the center of his being, which is his 
divine self forever at one with God, and moved out into 
the mist which sprang up from the morass of his mind 
divorced from God's Mind. The next account we have in 
Genesis is where they, the positive and negative of man's 
being, partook of the fruit from the Tree of Knowledge 
which stood in the midst of the Garden. They passed out 
further into the mists and, having lost their realization of 
their at-one-ment with the Father, they could not depend 
upon the Spiritual Laws and Spiritual food. Therefore, 
man must set about to support this outer body which has 
formed about him since his mind became confused by the 
mists which began to enter into it when he desired a 
change. 



The Web of Truth 503 

God, the Infinite, remains the same. Paradise remains 
the same; but man has become confused; therefore, he 
passes out into the Forest of Illusions. 

Carnality is the abode of man after his mind is con- 
fused by the mist which composed the carnal mind until 
man awakens. 

Here is where Jesus Christ gave the parable of the 
Prodigal Son. 

All men are Sons of God and all men when they pass 
out from Paradise become the prodigal son and all men, 
like the prodigal in Jesus' parable, will awaken; and, 
when they awaken, their reason will be restored to them. 

Then comes the struggle, which all Souls have, with the 
two states of mind. 

The Infinite, "The All,-and-in-AU, " is everywhere 
present and always and forever remains unchangeable 
and perfect in its unmanif est and manifested expressions. 

This is that Absoluteness in which the illumined man 
stands. 

Who is the illumined man ? The redeemed son of God. 
He who has stepped from the Mount of Transfigura- 
tion into the Paradisaical state of understanding and is 
conscious that he is a son of the Living God. Knowing 
that he has passed out into the mists of earth which 
formed in man's mind and compose the fabric called 
carnal mind, and that he has followed the will-o'-the- 
wisp through the Forest of Illusion until his Soul began 
to cause an urge to take place within him, he knows that 
this is where he is represented by Jesus in the parable 
as the Prodigal, as he, discovering himself wretched and 
feeding upon husks with the swine, arose and returned 
to his Father ; and his Father gave him a royal welcome. 

The man who has consciously and understandingly 
solved all problems which he encounters after he arises 
and determines to return to his Father, will, when he is 
at Home in his Father's House, remain there wearing 
the robe which the Father gave him, which is his re- 



504 The Flashlights of Truth 

deemed body. He then ' ' Knows the Truth ' ' and, through 
that understanding and the help of the Father and Jesus 
Christ, the Elder Brother, he has mastered death, the 
greatest enemy to mankind, — the greatest because it is so 
mysterious. 

God being Life and filling all space, is there any place 
for death ? 

There is no place for death except in the carnal minds 
of men living in the carnal belief, which is the Great 
Delusion. 

Man, to arise and pass out from the illusion of car- 
nality, necessarily must "Know the Truth," and, when 
he begins to learn the Truth which the Father caused, to 
be given to the men of earth through the lips of Jesus 
Christ, who proved the divineness of their origin by the 
signs following, he will soon see most clearly that God 
has naught with death or birth, because God has done His 
work, — and wonderous it truly is ! "And He rested from 
His work. ' ' 

When man arrives at his finishing cycle, he will hear 
the fullness of the message of Jesus Christ. None can 
catch that deep delicate note therein, only those who have 
arrived at the time when they are to arise and step aside 
from the carnal life forever. Man then returns no more 
to earth, except at his request, that he may be a saviour 
to assist mankind, to help those still living in the carnal 
illusion, to find the Light, that they may learn to lay their 
burdens down at the Master's feet. 

Truth is the Infinite Web from which none can escape. 
Each and every individual manifestation of God, which 
is "God's image and likeness" and "God's crowning 
glory," will abide in that paradisiacal state for times 
innumerable; because in Eternity the ages, periods and 
events of passing time is unknown and cannot be reck- 
oned. It is the carnal man living in carnality who takes 
note of and reckons time. 



The Web op Truth 505 

But the mind of man, when he has the illumination full 
and complete which places him in the consciousness of 
divinity, in its personal and impersonal aspect, has no 
more concept of time, because he is conscious of Eternity. 

Man cannot be in two states of consciousness at the 
same time. He reckons time as long as he believes that 
birth and death are a part of God's plan ; and, as long as 
man believes that death is inevitable, there is not in his 
mind the conception of the Eternality of Life. 

Jesus Christ said : ' ' Ye cannot serve two masters, for 
ye will love the one and hate the other;" "Ye cannot 
serve God and mammon. ' -' 

God has created His creation, pronounced it perfect ; — 
yea, God has pronounced it good, and very good. We 
read in Holy Writ : ' ' And on the seventh day God ended 
His work which he had made, and he rested on the sev- 
enth day from all His work which he had made. ' ' Genesis 
2:2. 

"And God blessed the seventh day and sanctified it, 
because that in it He had rested from all His work which 
God created and made." Genesis 2:3. 

In Genesis, in the allegory of God's work, we learn that 
when God caused His works to become manifest, which 
manifestation is there called creation, there were six 
stages, or degrees of ongoing, which we designate as 
periods ; but when the seventh day or period arrived we 
read: "And on the seventh day God ended His work 
which he hath made ; and He rested on the seventh day 
from all His work which He had made." Genesis 2:2. 

Evidently, according to the reading of this verse, God 
finished His works in the morning of the seventh day 
from all the work He hath made. 

Man, ' ' The image and likeness of God, ' ' having inher- 
ent within him the power for expression and being in the 
Great Web of Truth, cannot escape from expression: it 
is inevitable. Therefore, man, also, in his ongoings ar- 
rives at the seventh day ; and it is in the morning of the 



506 The Flashlights of Truth 

seventh day, when man fully awakens to the reality of his 
being as he really is in God and the universe as it is, that 
he learns to know the Oneness of God and His expressed 
creation. Then it is in the morning of this seventh, day 
that man is to bring into expression his individuality, — 
that divine man, which he now knows is God-created. 
When man has accomplished this, he, too, rests in action 
amidst his perfect work. Man's perfect work is to extri- 
cate himself from the thraldom of the illusions which are 
so very subtle and illusive that they envelope man in a 
forest very thick and tangled and dark with no direct 
path leading to the outer edge ; and every path he finds in 
the forest of the carnal illusions leads him in a circle and 
he continually travels around the circle and remains in 
the same place. 

Many great Souls God has sent to earth, with the Light 
as bright as could be given, in the six days of the ongoing 
of carnality ; but, as the seventh day began to draw near, 
God, in His wisdom, sent the great Soul, the one who 
stood on the apex in the invisible realm (invisible to the 
carnal man only) to become the Saviour of mankind; 
and Jesus Christ was born, lived and gave His message, 
as the Father caused Him to give, that the men or earth, 
who were at the seventh-day dawn of their ongoing, 
might learn the deep Truth concerning themselves, God 
and the Universe. This is doing as Jesus said, ' ' Knowing 
the Truth." He also said, "And the Truth shall make 
you free. ' ' Now note, — it is not your thoughts that make 
you free ! but it is the Truth, by knowing it, which sets 
you free. 

It is the Absolute Truth of man's Being that he is Free ; 
always was, and ever will be ; but man, through the mist 
forming in his mind, having forgotten this, must again 
become conscious of it (his divine self), so that the 
thoughts which he holds and the power of his mind used 
in denial of evil, mist and confusion and the affirmation 
of the Truth concerning God, man and the universe 



The Web op Truth 507 

cleanses his mind. It is then clear that he, when he ar- 
rives at the seventh day, stands clean from the prejudice, 
superstition and evil beliefs of the carnal man and can 
enter into his day of rest ; and as ' ' God rests in action, ' ' 
so man, in his illumined and redeemed state, rests in 
action. 

The planet, having entered into the seventh day, the 
works are being finished and the turmoil of the tribula- 
tions which now are over the earth, in the mist, will be 
consumed in and by the fire of Divine Love. 

The Father stands ready to bless, to encourage and to 
strengthen His children — it matters not to Him how far 
they have become lost in the mists of their own mind — 
and ever welcomes His sons when they return Home. He 
gave them a robe, and man when he returns Home is 
conscious of this robe, and it is his pure Spirit-Body, the 
Divine man, — "The image and likeness of God;" and, 
when the Father places the ring upon his hand, he then 
is conscious of his at-one-ment with the Father and sees 
the perfectness of God, of His creation and of man, 
"God's crowning glory ;" and he, also, with the eye of 
vision sees the perfection of God's great and glorious 
plan. He, being a conscious son of God and standing 
redeemed at Home in the Father's House, knows that he 
has made the circle. Having passed out from the Para- 
disiacal State of Bliss, passed from the Garden of Eden 
out into the mists of the Forest of Illusions and having 
arrived at the seventh day of his ongoing, he has found 
the Pearl of Vast Value and consciously stands in the 
center of Paradise, a redeemed Son of the Living God 
Almighty. Humility, tenderness, strength and courage 
abide within him, because he has worked out his problem 
in the great Web of Truth and stands Redeemed at 
Home in God, forever and forever. 

At the dawn of this seventh day which we are now in, 
let the awakened man, in all places and in all climes, 
study the message which Jesus Christ gave for those who 



508 The Flashlights of Truth 

are awakened and desire freedom full and complete from 
the Wheel of Birth and Death. 

This is accomplished by knowing that there is only one 
God and that there is instruction in the message of Jesus 
given from the Infinite, Our Father, to show the way 
from death into Life, from darkness into Light, from 
ignorance into the Intelligence which brings the Christ- 
Consciousness. 

Dwell thou, thou awakened man, in the Secret Place 
of the Most High, then under His wing shalt thou abide. 

Abide ye consciously in the presence of the Living God ; 
and remember at all times and in all places that Jesus 
said: "Ye shall know the Truth, and the Truth shall 
make you free." So Be It! 



PART THREE 



DEDICATION. 

Dedicated to every one, who desires 
to "Know the Truth' ' and apply its 
precepts, bringing into expression the 

COMPLETENESS OF God's MESSAGE TO MAN, 

that they may step forth conscious 
Redeemed sons of God. 



511 



CHAPTER I 

DIVINE CONVICTION 

MAN may read the deep Truth, he may believe it ; 
this is not sufficient, as there is more for man 
than reading and believing; although it is true 
that man will believe before he receives the fullness of 
that Light which the scriptures say is, ' ' That Light which 
lighteth every man that cometh into the world.' ' 

When man awakens from the Adam-sleep, he begins to 
see things differently. Before he awoke, he saw only the 
carnal man, living the carnal life and weaving the web of 
carnality; and saw the earth around him expressing in 
the carnal law, believing this the reality of man and the 
universe and that God is far away. 

When man 's reason is touched by a flash-light from the 
God-mind within him — his Ego — it being the infinite 
mind individualized, then man reasons as he moves along 
the path of life and is daily " halting between two 
opinions. ' ' 

The reason touched by a flash-light from the Divine 
Mind would have him consider as he meets experience 
upon his path, and learn a lesson. The carnal mind calls 
his attention to those things of the sense-world which he 
sees taking place around him, which history records as 
having taken place since history has a record. 

The reason may whisper ' ' what has humanity gained in 
thi3 stupendous panorama f" but the sense thunders 
make such noises about him that he cannot hear the Truth 
of the £ ' Still Small Voice." He still believes that the 
carnal man is the man and the Soul a Divine spark which 

513 



514 The Flashlights of Truth 

will escape in some mysterious way at the death of his 
body. 

There comes a time, however, when the Father-Mother- 
God will speak so clear and strong the words of Truth, 
that man will distinctly hear the call to him "Adam, 
where art thou?" — "Man, who art thou and whither 
dost thou journey ?" This voice, Infinite Love and In- 
telligence, speaks to every man, when he awakens suffi- 
ciently to hear this challenge of Destiny. Then Divine 
Conviction stirs within man and he endeavors to heed the 
guidance of the Divine Voice. 

Man, pushed onward by the inner urge of the Soul, 
through the Divine Conviction which has taken place 
within him, will not be content again to drouse and slum- 
ber in the mists of sense-illusions. 

The Infinite is the Father of man. This is the Truth 
whether man knows it or not, whether he believes it or 
not. What man believes or does not believe, what man 
understand or does not understand concerning the 
Father-Hood of God and the son-ship of man does not 
alter the truth of it, does not change the Truth that 
"God, the Absolute, is the One, made manifest in the 
many. 

Truth is so vital that to know it, makes man free. 

The Father, through the light in reason causes man to 
look with wonder and interest at those things to which 
he had not before given a passing thought. 

While man is in the attitude of listening attention, the 
Father touches a deeper note of his being, when Divine 
Conviction takes place within him so completely that he 
faces about and follows the music of that sweet-calling 
Voice. 

Divine Conviction is that stirring within man, which 
causes him to desire to know God. As man endeavors to 
know God, he will learn to know himself and all men. 

Divine Conviction is that change which in the teachings 
of the second dispensation is called repentance. 



Divine Conviction 515 

John Baptist came preaching repentance. He baptized 
unto repentance. It means that change which must come 
within man ere he turns from the carnal way to the 
Sacred Path which leads through the illusive forest to the 
open field, wherein the Divine Concept of God, man and 
the Universe makes for the free and open highway of our 
God. 

We have Jesus Christ as our Teacher and Way-Shower. 
When those came to Him who were in the darkness of 
illusions, He would cast out the evil spirits possessing 
them, as in the case of Mary Magdalene, from whom He 
cast out seven devils. Seven in numbers mean complete. 
We thus see that Mary Magdalene was in the depth of 
carnality so completely that she was under the fullness of 
its illusion. It is said that she was a harlot, and she, per- 
haps, had gone so far in recklessness and lust that there 
was no hope in the minds of those who knew only of 
reformation, not having heard of the Second Birth. 

But Mary came in touch with Jesus Christ, the Divine 
Man in expression. He spoke the Divine Words which 
caused her to halt. When she stopped and listened, the 
Father touched her with Divine Conviction ; then she be- 
lieved and learned that there is a better way, a Divine 
Way, upon which man may walk and learn to know, Love 
and Trust God, even though He is intangible and invisi- 
ble. Then Mary turned from that path whereon she was 
traveling, although it was strewn with flowers, gold and 
the smiles of men and the companionship of those who 
were walking gayly upon the same path. 

The Divine Conviction was so strong within Mary, that 
her sense of the value of those glittering things which had 
been before of great importance to her, vanished ; and she, 
through the urge of her awakened Soul, sought out the 
Great Teacher, that she might receive His teachings ; and 
Mary showed her appreciation of His bringing her into 
illumination by bringing an Alabaster Box of ointment 



516 The Flashlights of Truth 

very precious and breaking it, poured its contents upon 
the body of Jesus, its fragrance filling the house. 

Mary's tears flowed freely in the great joy of finding 
the Light which revealed to her the way of the clean Life 
and Love, ' ' A highway there, and a way, ' ' in which even 
she, whom many hesitated not to scorn, could walk and be 
assisted, taught, guided and sustained until she could 
stand alone in God. The Illumination, which Christ re- 
vealed to her conscious mind, made her see that she, too, 
is an individual manifestation of the Infinite; and that 
in the full Light of the Great Truth, revealed to her, that 
she, — that individuality which God caused to become in- 
dividualized, — has never been, neither could become con- 
taminated by experiences upon the carnal path. Her 
tears, then, were tears of joy, that she had found the 
Light and the Great Teacher, who could teach her the 
way to live, so that she might continue to walk in the 
Light. 

When Divine Conviction takes place in man sufficiently 
strong to cause him to turn completely around and enter 
upon the Sacred Path, it is not necessary that he spend 
any time in shedding repentant tears, because his action 
has proven his repentance. When man gets this close to 
the Bosom of the Father-Mother who is Infinite Love and 
"A consuming fire," that consuming fire will consume 
all past mistakes and give man such an assurance of the 
Holy Presence that man will weep in gratefulness to this 
Loving Father, Whom he has found to be so near and 
so tender. 

When a thing is consumed by fire, there is nothing left 
but the ashes and the wind soon blows them away. The 
things of sin have no more power or place in the man who 
has heard the Voice of God and become quickened into 
Divine Conviction and continues upon the Sacred Path 
unto perfect illumination. 

When this change takes place within man, he turns 
from the broad and glittering way which winds through 
the illusive forest of carnality and steps upon that 



Divine Conviction 517 

straight and narrow Path which leads direct to the green 
fields, in which is the Father and the Father's House. 

It matters not what Divine Word or prayer is used to 
open that other state of consciousness which is the direct 
opposite to that which man has while he lives a mortal in 
the midst of mortality ; as different words are used at dif- 
ferent times by the Illumined Ones, that the mind of 
man which is in its awakening period may become 
quickened. 

All the books which have been written in the past or 
that will be written in the future, containing a little ray 
or the full brightness of Truth, have been written, that 
the men of earth who are living in the mist of earth- 
confusion, may find the Light which will lighten their 
path and assist them to the consciousness of full illumina- 
tion. 

The Father-Mother-God being Infinite Intelligence and 
Love, never forgets His children and is ever calling to the 
awakening man, ' ' Adam, where art thou ? ' ' "We remem- 
ber, in olden times, God has said, "Be still and know that 
I am God. ' ' The Psalmist sang, ' ' He that dwelleth in the 
secret place of the Most High, shall abide under the 
shadow of the Almighty. ' ' 



CHAPTER II 

UPON THE SACRED PATH 

WHEN Divine Conviction has taken place in man, 
after his awakening from the sound slumber of 
the Adam-sleep and the Carnal-Dream, and he, 
like Mary Magdalene, turns face about and steps upon 
the Sacred Path, he will desire and need assistance. 

Mary had Jesus Christ, the Conscious Divine Man, to 
assist her. He taught her those things which she should 
know and gave her wisdom that she walk direct in the 
center of the Sacred Path, to which she gave herself in 
the hour of her repentance and her vision. 

The record of Mary Magdalene's awakening, her aris- 
ing and leaving her old life and associates and seeking the 
Great Teacher, that she might learn how to enter and 
walk upon the Sacred Path, tells that she kept contin- 
ually in the New Way. She was completely awakened, 
quickened and changed. She had learned the Truth so 
deeply, that she was the last at the Cross and the first at 
the Tomb that morning on the first day of the week which 
was the first day of a new hope for humanity. Mary 
knew not what this great day was, yet was she there in 
the early morning. Even with the deep teachings she 
had received from the lips of Jesus she held within her 
mind the conception of the old dispensation in which was 
thought that all men must die. 

Mary, with the reality of death uppermost in her mind, 
went with "spices and sweet incense," that she might 
bestow them on the body of her dear Lord. 

Walking through the dawn she did not have the vision 
518 



Upon the Sacred Path 519 

Divine clear enough to perceive, that a new day of hope 
for the children of earth was at hand, so, with her sym- 
bols of mourning in her hands, she approached the tomb. 
This experience of Mary typifies the experience of all 
men who, after their awakening, have reached where the 
new day's dawn has shown the Sacred Path to be open. 
Mary believed in death and was still bound in the conven- 
tional customs concerning death, burial and mourning. 
Even though she had so completely changed, that she had 
left her old life and its associations, and was walking 
upon the Sacred Path, believing in the Father, Jesus 
Christ, and in the Message which the Great Teacher had 
taught and by His works proven to be Divine, she did not 
know the fullness of the Truth, though Jesus Christ had 
said, ' ' Ye shall know the Truth, and the Truth shall make 
you free." 

After man awakens sufficiently to arise as Mary did 
and enter upon the Sacred Path, he can see that the Path 
must be traveled over from that starting place to where 
the Path merges into the destination of the Father's 
House, — that Paradisiacal State of Conscious Illumina- 
tion, wherein man stands redeemed in Body, Mind, Soul 
and Spirit. 

There are many stages upon this Path and, that his 
feet keep faithfully upon it, man requires teaching and 
assistance today, just as Mary did in that other day. 

"When Mary approached the Tomb, the Great Stone was 
rolled away; — "But Mary stood without at the sepul- 
chre weeping: and, as she wept, she stooped down and 
looked into the sepulchre.' ' St. John 20:11. 

"And seeth two Angels in white, sitting, the one at the 
head, and the other at the feet, where the body of Jesus 
had lain. St. John 20 :12. 

The Angels spake to Mary and asked, "Woman, why 
weepest thou ? ' ' Mary answered, ' ' They have taken away 
my Lord, and I know not where they have laid Him." 



520 The Flashlights of Truth 

Jesus then spake to her, and said, "Woman, why weepest 
thou ? Whom seeketh thou ? ' ' 

* ' Jesus saith unto her, Mary ! She turned herself and 
saith unto Him : Rabboni ! which is to say, Master. ' ' 
St. John 20:16. 

"Jesus saith unto her; touch Me not; for I am not yet 
ascended to My Father ; but go to My brethren and say 
unto them, I ascend unto My Father, and your Father, 
and to My God and your God. ' ' St. John 20 :17. 

1 ' Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples that she 
had seen the Lord, and that He had spoken these things 
unto her. ' ' St. John 20 :18. 

Instead of finding the dead body, as Mary had ex- 
pected, she found the Great Stone rolled from the door 
and the tomb empty of death but filled with the living 
presence of the two angels which were there. There were 
no traces of death, except the linens which had been 
wound around the body of Jesus and the napkin which 
had covered His face. 

Life has no need for grave linens; and the Christ- 
Illumination removes the napkin of carnal illusions from 
the face. Henceforth that Christ-Conscious Son of the 
Living God would shine in such resplendent glory that 
no grave linens, neither face covering, could enfold Him ; 
neither could the rock-bound tomb hold Him, though its 
door be sealed with the Imperial Seal of Rome. 

Jesus Christ, at that hour, proved that man's destina- 
tion is dominion over carnality and that there is a door 
of escape for humanity (when they "Know the Truth'*), 
other than the door called death. 

Jesus Christ in that early morning hour had arrived at 
the place upon the Sacred Path where it, for Him, merged 
into the destination. 

Man can see that this is a Path upon which are many 
initiations, from the hour when Mary Magdalene started 
upon it until the place is attained where Jesus stood, 
when He arose from the sight of those who adored Him 



Upon the Sacred Path 521 

into that wonderful change, into that marvelous dis- 
appearance which is called the ascension. The feet of the 
pilgrim must press firmly and faithfully upon the Path 
through the initiations. 

As man passes along the Sacred Path, through faith in 
God, in prayer, in Jesus Christ and in himself, he under- 
stands that, if he is victorious, he must and will courage- 
ously meet any obstacle the adversary may place before 
him. He, with understanding and faith, can stand still 
in the center of the Path and waver not. Even though 
the storms rage and the winds of adversity whirl about 
him, he perceives that there, in the midst of these, is the 
place to "Be Still" and know that God reigneth; yea, 
that God Is. 

If man will retire into the Secret Place of the Most 
High, he can there abide "Under the shadow of the Al- 
mighty. ' ' And remember, as the Psalmist said, ' ' Though 
I make my bed in Hell, thou art there. ' ' 

God filling all space, there is no place nor condition 
where God is not. 

With the mind ever stayed upon God and the heart 
filled with love for God and God's manifestations and a 
desire to express this Truth understandingly, all Saints 
and student-devotees will not waver, if clouds obscure the 
Path, because they know of a surety that the clouds are 
of the earth and belong to earth's conditions and that 
the man who has started upon the Sacred Path is endeav- 
oring to, "As much as within him lies," leave the earth 
conditions behind. To do so, he has learned that he must 
stand bravely upon his feet and face any experience the 
adversary, — carnal mind, — can bring. "When so doing, 
he remembers that God at creation gave man dominion 
over the earth, which is carnal mind, and its out-picture, 
the carnal body. 

Then in sweet assurance and peaceful abiding, ask the 
Father to assist, so that you can stand ; and make this re- 
quest through the name of Jesus Christ and continue 
upon the Sacred Path. 



CHAPTER III 
PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF THE LAW 

FOR man to walk upon the Sacred Path and work out 
his own salvation, it is necessary that he have a 
working hypothesis. This is found in the message 
of Jesus Christ, as given in the four Gospels of the New 
Testament ; and the Bible is filled with an inspired mes- 
sage from God to man. Man reads the Bible according 
to his Light. 

Humanity has arrived at the dawn and is entering into 
the Third Dispensation — the New Cycle — which is now 
at hand; and many are living in that concept of the 
regeneration at this time. Man in this age (the one thou- 
sand years of spiritual reign) will rise into the full 
Light; and those who inhabit the earth, after this New 
Age is fully established, will, if they desire to remain 
here, be compelled to "Know the Truth" and to under- 
stand the practical application of its practices and pre- 
cepts. When the Spiritual Age is fully established, the 
Spiritual vibrations will vibrate in, over and through 
land and sea ; and for man to dwell here, it is inevitable 
that he must know and practice the rules as taught by the 
Great Teacher, that he may become in Spiritual rapport 
with the Spirit of God, — the Spirit that is God. Only 
so can man remain, as if there is any discord with these 
fine vibrations, he must go hence. 

For man to become in tune with the music of the 
spheres and understandingly live thus each day and 
hour, it is necessary that he learn how to apply the prac- 
tical part of his knowledge and that he add the prayer of 

622 



Practical Application op the Law 523 

understanding to the prayer of Faith and that he live in 
the wisdom of the Regeneration. 

Faith is good and necessary; but the Great Teacher 
said, "Ye shall know." "When man knows a thing he 
understands it and when he understands it he has wis- 
dom. This does not take away his faith ; it only accent- 
uates it ; and through living into the realization of right- 
eousness, faith and understanding will finally become 
merged into one, wherein the light of Wisdom, shining 
upon the upward gladdening Path, is Illumination. Then 
man knows, because he visions with other eyes than those 
of the flesh. 

The Truth has been given in its different aspects, in 
the foregoing parts of this book, in its absoluteness, ex- 
pressed in varied expressions ; our desire being, that all 
state of concept find a note that will ring sweet, strong 
and clear to it, that thereby, there might be this under- 
standing of the Golden Tone of the perfect Whole. This 
being accomplished, we, with grateful hearts, turn to the 
Infinite and whisper our gratitude to Him, knowing that 
it is He who can ' ' Shift the Tempest that the shorn lamb 
may not suffer ? ' ' 

While the Truth is Absolute and God and His manifes- 
tations is all there in reality is, man, being so encased in 
the blinding and misleading mists of earth and having 
lost all consciousness of his Real-Self, will, when he awak- 
ens, find that he and all men must work out his own sal- 
vation, as though it depended upon his unaided hand, 
while yet it is "God that worketh in him to will and to 
do of His good pleasure.' ' 

It is a joyous life to live, after one awakens and starts 
upon the Sacred Path, determined to achieve unto the 
fullness of that Perfection which the Father in Heaven 
IS. 

None need expect a flowery Path, nor a bed of roses, 
but must endure hardness as good soldiers of Jesus 
Christ— the Truth. 



524 The Flashlights of Truth 

If a miner travels to the gold fields, he encounters in- 
conveniences on his journey ; but these do not depress nor 
discourage him, because his heart's desire is the shining 
gold he expects to gather. When he arrives at the mine, 
he puts on his substantial working clothes and goes down 
into the bowels of the earth. He knows before he starts 
that he will have many unpleasant experiences, from 
which he shrinks not; for his desire is the rare and 
radiant gold; and he masters, day by day, the obstacles 
which confront him ; and when he has found the gold he 
brings it to the earth's surface, that there it may be re- 
fined in the fire, revealing its true quality, which is pro- 
nounced by the overseer, Perfect. 

So, let the man when he starts in search of that one 
shining metal, the only one that is worth while,— the gold 
of Truth, don his working clothes and lay aside all sham 
and artificiality and with strong working tools stand so 
impregnated with the determination to get that one valu- 
able metal, that neither friend nor foe nor hard rock nor 
deep shaft can deter him from his task. As an ambassa- 
dor, when he starts for his new post and its duties, will 
let no one influence him from his high concept of honor, 
whether they speak with crude speech or with language 
eloquent and silver-tongued, so nothing of the roughness 
of the way, nothing of beauty native to ''The Primrose 
Path" can deter the steps, nor cause a single pause to be 
allowed, as the Path to the High Court of Heaven is 
traveled. 

Therefore, dear student-devotee, this problem is with 
yourself and God. None can work this problem for you, 
easing the way for your idleness. It is your own work 
and only your own hands can do it, as only your own 
heart can beat in the bliss of your attainment. Infinite 
Love has ever revealed His Presence to man and inspired 
the Prophets in all Ages and given to man as bright a 



Practical Application of the Law 525 

Light as lie can assimilate, so that he pass out of the 
shadows into the sunlight of God's Eternal Love, where 
is the true Spiritual Seeing and the true Spiritual Living. 



CHAPTER IV 

THE SCIENTIFIC MAN 

THE man who has studied the teachings, as given in 
this book, and imbibed the Spirit and attained the 
Christ-Consciousness and is living, awake and 
about his Father's business, is a "Scientific Christian;" 
therefore a scientific man. 

Man can be a Christian; he can love God and Jesus 
Christ ; he can live a holy and upright life and not be a 
"Scientific Christian." Some may ask, what is the dif- 
ference between a Christian and a "Scfentific Chris- 
tian?" 

The man who is a Christian has a change of heart ; he 
lias faith in God, believes in God's message to man and 
accepts Jesus Christ as God's messenger; but his mind 
is not effected, is not awakened into thinking in the Wis- 
dom of the Truth. Only through faith and believing is 
he moved. Not having his mind quickened, he necessa- 
rily looks to the beyond for his reward and misses the 
rejoicing righteousness that is. His mind, filled with the 
beliefs of Good and evil, he is as the leaves of the trees, 
blown about by the wind and storms, changing with what- 
ever wind that blows. Believing that the storms are sent 
by God, he endeavors the best he can to submit to them, 
thinking it pleases God to see him thus afflicted. When 
sickness and pain overtake him, he gives no resistance 
because he believes that it is the Father's pleasure to 
place these burdens upon him. 

We find that in olden times, one, Job, awoke to the 
absurdity of such teachings. 

526 



The Scientific Man 527 

The Book of Job did not find its way into the old 
Bible and remain there through all the ecclesiastical 
cleanings to which the Bible has been subjected, except 
that it is by the Intelligence of God, presented for the 
helpful wisdom which it contains. Since Moses began his 
ministry and Adam dwelt in the Garden of Eden, the 
Truth has sought expression that it might reach and teach 
ignorant man, bringing him into the light of wisdom. 

In the Book of Job we find that he was a just and up- 
right man, a Christian, — or he would be called that to- 
day, — believing that God prospered or afflicted him ac- 
cording to God's change of mood and mind. 

When the winds of adversity began to blow against 
Job, they were severe ; and trial after trial was brought 
to him to test his sincerity. 

We read that God permitted Satan, unto the fullness 
of his perverse power, to place afflictions upon Job, with 
but one restriction, and that was that he could not take 
Job 's life, which is a thing impossible ; for Satan — error 
— has no power to touch the Divine-Man, that which is 
the manifestation of the Living God. 

In these experiences of Job we read the history of the 
Soul of Man, as it awakens and believes that God is able 
to express both Good and evil, finding himself in that 
chaotic state wherein Satan seemed even more real than 
God. 

In the midst of his affliction, which history tells that 
God permitted Satan to place upon him, Job found that 
he must go deeper than faith and believing; and so he 
gave answer to the three learned friends who came to 
comfort him, who in reality were to an awakened Soul, 
such as Job was, veritable councilors of despair. Each 
came to Job when his Soul was reaching out to express 
spiritual consciousness. When afflictions came to his 
body and his wife, beholding his sufferings, said to him : 
"Dost thou still retain thine integrity? Curse God and 



528 The Flashlights of Truth 

die," (Job 2:9.) Job did not swerve from his integrity, 
but continued to work at his problems without denying 
his righteousness of heart and of life. 

We find that in Job's answer, in the twelfth chapter of 
the book, he is getting deeper into the Truth, saying: 
1 ' Who knoweth not in all these that the hand of the Lord 
hath wrought this, " "In whose hand is the Soul of every 
living thing, and the breath of mankind?" "Doth not 
the ear try words as the mouth tasteth meat?" Job 
12:9, 10, 11. 

After this change has taken place within him, Job, to 
a certain degree, becomes conscious of his Divine Sonship 
and of his dominion with which God has endued him; 
for in speaking to his three friends, he said: "Behold 
now, I have ordered my cause; I know that I shall be 
justified." Job 13:18. 

Thus we see that Job, when the dire afflictions of Satan 
were upon him, did not submit to them, but began to 
analyze the situation and to examine himself and stood 
strong in his faith in God, and so, emerging to a certain 
degree, from a Christian, into a ' ' Scientific Christian. ' ' 

A ' ' Scientific Christian ' ' is one who has understanding 
concerning the Truth and God's Laws operating in and 
through it and has learned that it is not God who causes 
afflictions and the calamities which befall him. He has 
learned, also, what that thing spoken of as Satan really is. 

Then the Scientific Man bravely faces the unpleasant 
things which come to or upon him and with his silently 
spoken Truth ladened with the Power of God commands 
the pain, disease or poverty to depart, denying their ex- 
istence, reducing them to nothing. 

A Scientific Man is one in Avhom is fulfilled the knowl- 
edge of Jesus Christ, who said: "You shall know the 
Truth." 

The "Scientific Christian" will, if he keeps diligently 
about his seeking and achieving, reap the fruits of his 



The Scientific Man 529 

labor in the liberty which Jesus promised, — "And the 
Truth shall make you free. ' ' 

Freedom is the Divine State of man. It is the Real- 
Self of each man. It is the individuality or Divine-Man 
of each and all, where in consciousness we have come 
forth from the encasing mask which is known as per- 
sonality. 

There is no permanent happiness nor contentment for 
man, as long as he lives in the belief that his personality 
is the Real and only Man. 

The man who becomes a "Scientific Christian" lives 
not in recognition of the personality. The man who 
scales the heights and stands on the Mount of Transfigu- 
ration through knowing the Truth, passing from person- 
ality into individuality, is a "Scientific Christian." 
Here upon this plane such "Scientific Christianity" is 
accomplished. 

The scientific man knows that death has no power over 
him and that passing through its portals does not assist 
him in his ongoings unto the solving of his problems, but 
delays him, rather. 

By studying the esoteric side of the message of Jesus 
and reading with the inner eye, the Eye of Vision, it is 
plain to be seen that man's problem is to be solved here 
on this plane of action. Why do we assert this ? Because 
we perceive that carnality is the outer or objective mind 
of man ; and that in this objective carnality is the plane 
upon which his consciousness of the Truth must work out 
his Freedom. 

When man passes through the experience called death, 
he is shorn of the objective ability to accomplish any- 
thing toward solving his problem until he takes up his 
thread of life again here on the objective plane. 

Then, truly, man can see that there is no way out but 
to do as Jesus said: "Know the Truth," and, when man 
fully and completely knows the Truth, he is a "Scientific 
Christian." 



530 The Flashlights of Truth 

The scientific man stands still in the midst of the 
storm, having come into the understanding of the Scien- 
tific Law of God, and consciously standing upon the rock 
—the Absolute Truth — he speaks peace to the storm, 
when the calm following the word will become an evi- 
dence of mastery in the Truth. He will speak health, 
and it will become manifest where disease was raging. 
When he meets one whose mind is unbalanced, he speaks 
saneness, balance and poise, and the man becomes 
clothed in the sane mind, which is the God-mind. 

In the presence of a fully illumined Scientific Man, 
death cannot enter nor abide, because he is conscious of 
Life Eternal. 

When the Illuminated and Scientific Jesus met the 
funeral procession of the widow's son, He commanded 
those who were carrying the bier to stand still and He 
spoke the Spiritual Words which were ladened with the 
power of God's Conscious Life, and the young man 
sat up. 

The Word, be it audibly or silently spoken by the 
Scientific Man, when spoken in the silent Eealization of 
its God-ladened power, is softly and sweetly spoken, be- 
cause it requires no force from the personal, or physical, 
man to assist it. 

No force, self-will, determination nor selfish desire can 
in any way assist the Word which the Scientific Man 
speaks at the bidding of the Holy Spirit within him. 

We remember here that Jesus Christ was and is the 
most scientific man who has lived upon this earth, yet He 
used such methods as His insight into the carnal mind 
and environments of man knew to be required. 

"He laid His hands upon them and healed them ;" and 
St. Paul and St. Peter, His disciples, sent handkerchiefs 
and aprons after that they prayed that the Power of God 
might become manifest in them to the afflicted that they 
might be healed, — and they were healed. 



The Scientific Man 531 

The Scientific Man does not do this in blind faith in 
God; but, through scientific knowledge, he understands 
how this work is accomplished. 

Man, to be perfectly scientific, keeps his eye single. He 
remembers that God is Love, God is Peace, God is Har- 
mony, God is Intelligence and all Power and everywhere 
present. When other things present themselves to him 
for recognition, he at once places them where they belong, 
knowing that that misleading is in the mists of the carnal 
mind. He ever remembers that the sunlight will absorb 
the thickest mists ; that the Truth is God's sunlight. 

A " Scientific Christian" is not devoid of devotion. 
His life becomes a constant prayer, for he remembers that 
Jesus said, "Watch and pray." 

The thoroughly Scientific Man is quickened in his four- 
fold nature, — Body, Mind, Soul and Spirit. Through 
understanding the inner Spiritual message of Jesus, man 
comes to the initiation where he in his four-fold nature 
is joined in Holy-Wedlock with the loving and living 
Truth, and he then is conscious of his oneness and his 
individuality ; and his next initiation is his conscious at- 
one-ment with the Father. 

Each initiation, to the "Scientific Christian," is a 
Realization that this thing is accomplished within him; 
and he ever keeps his mind in remembrance of that reve- 
lation, until it is wrought out in the objective. Then he 
can stand before the world a master over his carnal mind 
and environments and assist those of his fellow man who 
call upon him for assistance through his scientific realiza- 
tion of the Truth. 

The "Scientific Christian," who has the Christ born 
within him, ever stands ready to give "a cup of cold 
water in Christ's name" to any of the children of earth 
who call upon him. He conscientiously does his work, 
knowing that it is God who giveth the increase. The 
illumined "Scientific Christian" gives sincerely and 



532 The Flashlights of Truth 

freely of that Spiritual bread of which he knoweth, hav- 
ing entered the place of the hidden manna by desire, 
prayer, study, devotion, meditation and concentration. 
Having made the sacrifice necessary and having attained 
unto the Light, he gives freely to the one who has not 
found the Light and understanding sufficiently strong to 
enable him to stand alone without the assistance of the 
one who, having awakened a little earlier in the morning 
and started upon the Sacred Path, is able to give him aid 
in the hour of his need. Such Souls should fully appre- 
ciate the assistance given them and give freely of their 
substance, that the Spiritual Teacher may be provided 
for without having to have anxious thought, that freed 
from anxiety, they may be able to teach, uplift and heal 
their fellow man, giving up all their time to the ministry 
of the Truth. 

The "Scientific Christian," who is enabled to teach, 
assist and heal finds that it is very important that he live 
close in consciousness to God ; that, if, in fact, he is as he 
should be, he must abide in the "Shadow of the Al- 
mighty,' ' yea, in the "Secret place of the Most High." 
From that secret trusting place his words of prayer, be 
they silent or audible, it matters not, spring from the con- 
scious at-one-ment with the Father-Mother-God, and are 
therefore ladened with the Power of the Divine-Wisdom 
and the Eternal Life. 

The Scientific man understands that there is a law, — 
as you give you receive ; he, therefore, endeavors to con- 
scientiously give to the best of his Spiritual understand- 
ing to those who call upon him for assistance. 

If man comes for assistance with selfishness filling his 
heart and mind and thinks to achieve here in the Spir- 
itual field as in the carnal business world by getting all 
he can for nothing, let him stop and study the Spiritual 
Law and know that the harvest, in kind and certain, fol- 
lows the kind of seed which is sown. 

"When the "Scientific Christian" stands upon the sum- 
mit in the fullness of illumination, his consciousness is 



The Scientific Man 533 

filled with Divine-Satisfaction. He then knows that he is 
a Redeemed Son of God and at Home in the Father's 
House (the Universe) with the consciousness of Eternity 
and its Life of Ecstasy and Bliss. He perceives that 
Peace, Love and Harmony are in expression within and 
around him. In these he rests and is blest ; in these he 
acts and blesses. 



CHAPTER V 

JOYOUSLY LIVING IN THE SUNLIGHT OF 
GOD'S LOVE 

THE pen moves rapidly in expressing the beauties 
of that land which we behold with the eye of the 
Soul, — the Illumined Vision. Even though the 
song of the Poet, the brush of the Artist and the rejoicing 
of the Saints were expressed in profusion and perfection, 
those who have not become acquainted with and basked 
in the sunlight of God's Love have no Eealization of the 
glowing warmth, the inspiring Courage and sublime 
Peace, which the one has, who, Understandingly, 
Serenely and Appreciatively lives in the Sunlight of 
God's Love. 

God-Love is that exquisite Essence which none can pic- 
ture, describe nor portray to another. It must be felt, 
realized and appreciated by man for himself ere he knows 
its vital Presence. 

In that beautiful land, where there are no clouds to 
obstruct the vision and the fields are ever green, where 
the rivers of water are clear and refreshing and Life in 
affulgence is everywhere expressed, there it is that God's 
Sunlight of Love abounds ; and man, knowing this, lives 
in joyous gratitude amidst the expressed perfection of 
God. 

King David, when in moments of ecstatic bliss and rap- 
ture redolent with the joyousness of being conscious of 
God's Sunlight of Love, sang his songs of Praise and ex- 
pressed according to the degree of his inspiration. 

534 



Joyously Living in the Sunlight op God's Love 535 

In Psalm, the twenty-first, a thanksgiving for victory, 
and confidence of further success, King David said, 

1 ' The King shall joy in thy strength, Lord ; and in 
Thy salvation how greatly shall he rejoice." Psalm 
21:1. 

"Thou hast given him his heart's desire, and hast not 
withholden the requests of his lips, Selah. ' ' Psalm 21 :2. 

"For thou preventest him with the blessings of good- 
ness: thou settest a crown of pure gold on his head." 
Psalm 21 :3. 

"He asked life of Thee and Thou gavest it him, even 
length of days forever and ever. ' ' Psalm 21 :4. 

"For the King trusteth in the Lord, and through the 
Mercy of the most High he shall not be moved. ' ' Psalm 
21:7. 

"Be thou exalted, Lord, in thy own strength; so will 
we sing and praise thy power." Psalm 21:13. 

Again the Psalmist said, "The Lord also will be a 
refuge for the oppressed, a refuge in times of trouble." 
Psalm 9:9. 

"And they that know thy name will put their trust in 
thee: for thou, Lord, hast not forsaken them that seek 
Thee." Psalm 9:10. 

"Sing praises to the Lord, which dwelleth in Zion: 
declare among the people his doings." Psalm 9:11. 

1 ' For the Lord God is a sun, and shield : the Lord will 
give grace and glory: no good thing will He withhold 
from them that walk uprightly." Psalm 74:11. 

1 ' Teach me thy way, Lord ; I will walk in thy Truth : 
unite my heart to fear thy name". Psalm 76:11. 

"I will praise thee, Lord, my God, with all my heart : 
and I will glorify thy name forever more. ' ' Psalm 76 :12. 

"His foundation is the holy mountain." Psalm 77:1. 

"The Lord loveth the gates of Zion more than all the 
dwellings of Jacob." Psalm 77:2. 

"Glorious things are spoken of thee, City of God, 
Selah." Psalm 77:3. 



536 The Flashlights of Truth 

"0 come, let us sing unto the Lord : let us make a joy- 
ful noise to the rock of our salvation/' Psalm 95:1. 

"Let us come before His presence with thanksgiving, 
and make a joyful noise unto Him with Psalms." Psalm 
95:2. 

"For the Lord is a great God, and a great King above 
all gods." Psalm 95:3. 

"Make a joyful noise unto the Lord, all ye lands." 
Psalm 100:1. 

' ' Serve the Lord with gladness : come before His pres- 
ence with singing.' ' Psalm 100:2. 

"Know ye that the Lord, He, is God : it is He that hath 
made us, and not we ourselves ; we are His people, and 
the sheep of His pasture." Psalm 100:3. 

1 ' Enter into His gates with thanksgiving, and into His 
courts with praise : be thankful unto Him, and bless His 
name. ' ' Psalm 100 :4. 

1 ' For the Lord is Good : His mercy is everlasting ; and 
His Truth endureth to all generations. Psalm 100:5. 

When man has the Truth established in his mind and 
heart until it is uppermost in his mind at all times, he 
will in deep moments of conscious at-one-ment with God, 
the All-Good, sing songs of Praise and Gratitude. 

"When man, through earnest endeavor and the deter- 
mination to make any sacrifice that he may reach the 
summit of the Holy Mountain and there stand clothed 
in the mantle of God and through Realization and Vision 
abide in conscious at-one-ment with the Infinite, our 
Father-Mother-God; then and there he, conscious of his 
individuality, breathes in Rhythm with the music of the 
Spheres, and with his ear attuned to the Infinite Heart, 
he hears the lullaby of Love and Life, as it whispers over 
the chords of the Infinite Harp. 

With the Eye of Vision man, from the summit of the 
Holy Mountain, sees the Beautiful Land which is God- 
Perfection in expression. This is the Holy Land (the 
land of Canaan), that desired destination of man, when 



Joyously Living in the Sunlight of God's Love 537 

he has passed through the forest of illusions, of which 
the forty years' wanderings of the Hebrew children in 
the wilderness is typical. 

Then thou, man, who hast arrived at the summit of 
the Holy Mountain (The Truth), — stand thou still in 
conscious strength, Love, Peace and Power and lave in 
contentment amidst the Perfect expressions of the Eter- 
nal God. 

Be still and let the Holy Breath breathe you, the One 
Life live you. Then perceive that there is one golden 
web which holds all in its embrace. Its golden threads 
bind each and all expressions into oneness. The golden 
web is Love Divine; the golden thread is God-Love, the 
Wisdom Bliss of Aum. 

Then in the Illumined concept of the Divinity of man 
and his at-one-ment with God and his unity with God's 
expressions, man can ever live in the Sunlight of God's 
Love. 

It is not necessary that man be on the summit of the 
mountain to live in the Sunlight of God's Love, because 
the sun shines just as bright in the valley as on the moun- 
tain top; therefore, when man is in the valley, let him 
turn his face toward the summit of the Holy Mountain. 

We read in the Book of Daniel, a Prophet of God in 
the First Dispensation, concerning the decree of King 
Nebuchadnezzar, that all should bow down and worship 
the golden image, which the King had caused to be set up 
and of the refusal of the three Jews to so do. ' ' Shadrach, 
Meshach and Abednego, answered and said to the king, 
Nebuchadnezzar, we are not careful to answer thee in 
this matter." Dan. 3:16. 

"If it be so, our God whom we serve is able to deliver 
us from the burning fiery furnace, and he will deliver us 
out of thine hand, king." Dan. 3:17. 

"But if not, be it known unto thee, king, that we will 
not serve thy gods, nor worship the golden image which 
thou hast set up. " Dan. 3:18. 



538 The Flashlights of Truth 

These three Hebrews, being thoroughly convinced that 
the One God "Is God," stood the test of their conviction, 
and, even though they were in the valley, they prayed to 
the One God whose dwelling place is the Summit of the 
Holy Mountain; and, living in the Sunlight of God's 
Love, they stood still in faith in the one God, in the face 
of the approaching storm. The king had them bound 
and cast into the furnace which was heated to seven times 
greater heat." Then Nebuchadnezzar, the king, was 
astonished, and rose up in haste and spake, and said unto 
his counsellors, did not we cast three men bound into the 
midst of the fire 1 They answered and said unto the king, 
True, king. ' ' Dan. 3 :24. 

1 ' He answered and said, Lo, I see four men loose, walk- 
ing in the midst of the fire, and they have no hurt ; and 
the form of the fourth is like the Son of God. Dan. 3 :25. 

1 1 Then Nebuchadnezzar came near to the mouth of the 
burning fiery furnace and spake and said, Shadrach, 
Meshach and Abednego, ye servants of the most high God, 
come forth, and come hither. Then Shadrach, Meshach 
and Abednego came forth out of the midst of the fire." 
Dan. 3:26. 

1 ' Then Nebuchadnezzar spake, and said, Blessed be the 
God of Shadrach, Meshach and Abednego, who hath sent 
his angel, and delivered his servants that trusted in him, 
and have changed the king's word, and yielded their 
bodies, that they might not serve nor worship any god, 
except their own God. ' ' Dan. 3 :28. 

Thus man can see that it is within man's own province 
when the storms overtake him, be they what they may, 
whether he bows down to the graven images which every- 
where abound in the valley through which man travels 
while living in carnality ; or, if he will arise in conscious 
understanding of the One God, and of His Omnipresence, 
Omnipotence and Omniscience and in that positive and 
active faith and abiding trust pray to the One God and 



Joyously Living in the Sunlight op God's Love 539 

be still and know that, even though the king bind you 
and cast you into the fire (tests), God will deliver you, 
and, if Infinite Love desires to send an angel, like as unto 
the Son of God, to cut the cords that bind you, Amen ! 
because God ever knoweth best. 

If the three Hebrew men had not been living joyously 
in the Sunlight of God's Love when the seeming dark 
cloud hung so low that it enveloped them, they would 
have looked only into the darkness of the cloud and lost 
their clear vision of God's Sunlight of Love. 

When man has learned the Message of Truth which is 
given by God through His chosen instruments in the Holy 
Bible from Genesis to Revelation and understands the 
deep, inner Truth, which lies in the completeness of this 
Message from Infinite Intelligence to His children, — the 
individual manifestations of Himself, through Jesus 
Christ, His Conscious Redeemed Son, — he then can truly 
live joyously, and each moment will be one of Bliss and 
Contentment ; and in grateful ecstasy he can dwell con- 
sciously in the sublime Presence where there is Sunlight 
forever and forever; and the beauty of God is so ex- 
quisite, that the Soul rests in it and is fed by that attri- 
bute of God, — Beauty, which is such a blessing to the 
awakened man. 

Just for one moment let the mind picture this world 
with no flowers, no green fields, no orchards, no groves, 
no winding rivers ! Then, quickly indeed, does the mind 
respond in joyous gratitude to God for His mantle of 
beauty, which man sees spread around him everywhere. 

In this outer mantle of God, which is called nature, 
there is a legable language which the Soul of the awak- 
ened man reads from hour to hour, from day to day and 
which refreshes the Soul, because it teaches of that Real, 
Eternal and unchangeable country which the eye of the 
flesh seeth not, where dwelleth God in all His fullness and 
completeness. The Soul drinks long and deep from that 
cool water which bursts out from the center of the Rock, 



540 The Flashlights of Truth 

even as when Moses smote the Rock with his rod (symbol 
of power and authority), and the water came forth. 

It matters not, dear reader, where you are; if in the 
wilderness, the valley, or near the mountain top, should 
you require water, ask of God, as Moses did, and God will 
give unto your need ; but it is well to remember the years 
of servitude and the great sacrifice which Moses was re- 
quired to make before he was close enough to the Infinite 
in understanding to be such a perfect instrument in God's 
hands for receiving what himself and the people needed. 

If in the king's court and through refusing to worship 
the many gods of this world you are placed in the midst 
of fiery tests, remember, that in the midst of the severe 
heat of the furnace God was! and delivered them; but 
they had made many sacrifices and had learned to live 
close to God: — 0, so close, that they prayed to God and 
He delivered. 

Our God is one God. There is no power beside Him; 
and, when man awakens from the earth-illusion and per- 
ceives that he is in the very presence of the Living God, 
our Loving Father, it is joy so great that one can scarcely 
contain it. The Poet has quietly woven his joy into verse, 
the Artist his on canvas and the Saint, his in Praises and 
Thanksgiving. 

When this flash of Light first comes into man, his 
emotions are stirred within him. This is well and good ; 
but there comes a time when, further upon the Path, 
emotions which belong to the carnal man, are absorbed 
into an abiding consciousness of man as he is, — "The 
Image of God. ' ' With his abiding place in the very cen- 
ter of God, man walks joyously along the Path, ever con- 
scious that God's Sunlight of Love overshadows and fills 
him. He is then so conscious of the joy of God's Pres- 
ence, in which he lives, moves and has his being, that joy 
bursts the bounds and he rests in ecstasy, which is merged 
into Bliss. Man, when conscious of Perfect Bliss, is at 



Joyously Living in the Sunlight of God's Love 541 

Home in God. In the Real as it is, man is forever at 
Home in God. 

But man, having forgotten his inheritance, when he 
begins to recover his memory, necessarily, must work out 
the problem from the place where he begins to awaken ; 
and sometimes the thread of life has become so ensnarled 
through the different patterns he has endeavored to 
weave upon the loom of Life, that it requires earnest 
endeavor on the part of man and many prayers to In- 
finite Love and the assistance of teachers who have 
studied deeply the Truth and traveled far upon the 
Path to help him before he can glean light sufficiently 
strong to light him into the joy of Living in the Sunlight 
of God's Love. 

It requires study and earnest living each day, with the 
eye single, when man enters upon the Sacred Path. This 
is the Path of Spirituality, and it leads man step by step 
from the carnal concept of himself and his sense-dream, 
to the conscious Soul-Life. 

When man is fully aroused from the Adam-Dream, his 
Soul has restored to him, — to his individual ego, — the 
consciousness of Life, and he soon learns that Life, being 
Divine, is Eternal. 

For man to understand himself, as he is, when he 
awakens into conscious Life in his four-fold nature, it is 
necessary he study; and, if he will ask the Father, He, 
who is ever present, and is Love, Wisdom and Power, will 
guide man to the right Teacher or the correct books 
which are best for him at that time. 

In the joyousness of Living in God's Love, there is not, 
nor can there be, condemnation. In the joy of the Spirit, 
the student-devotee knows that all books are not written 
for all men, but all books are written for some men. 
Then, without prejudice or condemnation, pass out the 
book to the hungry child of God, as the Father leads you, 
because He ever knoweth which crumb from His Divine 



542 The Flashlights of Truth 

Table will satisfy the little one who is at that time cry- 
ing for food and drink. 

Let the Essence which is God — Love — Fill, Thrill, 
Sustain, Bless, Guide and Surround you ever more. Then 
it is, man is Joyously Living in the Sunlight of God's 
Love. 



CHAPTER VI 

PRACTICAL DEDUCTIONS 

IN the message of Truth, as it is given to man from 
the Infinite, our Father-Mother, there is a sublime 
Presence and power so potent, that man, from any 
angle he may approach it, gleans according to his desire 
and degree of understanding. 

Some there have been all down the ages who have, 
when they pierced the wall of their cloistered cell and 
the Light of God became manifest to their awakened con- 
cept, burst forth in song; and many and beautiful are 
the songs of the Soul and the hymns of praise to God 
which have blessed mankind. 

There are those whom the Spirit of Truth has touched, 
and they have become conscious of Peace and desire to 
retire into some quiet retreat, to there live in conscious 
at-one-ment with God. 

There are some, when touched by the quickening power 
of God and awakened into a new conception of Life, who 
desire to ever be out among their fellow men, that they 
may tell them of this wonderful change which has come to 
them to make new and to bless. Such may have more 
zeal than understanding ; however, discourage them not ; 
for they will be taught step by step, and it is their prov- 
ince to do as the Spirit of Truth leads them. Some turn 
to the message of Truth that they may learn the way and 
escape that place of torment, the imagination, of whose 
existance has been permitted to creep into the teachings 
of the old dispensation. 

In this new age, now at the dawn, which is the one 

543 



544 The Flashlights of Truth 

thousand-year reign of Spirituality, the people will learn 
to know God as He is and fear will be eliminated from 
the mind and heart of man as he moves forward in this 
new age of Spirituality. 

This is the time when the prophecies are being fulfilled 
1 ' And old things are passing away and all things are be- 
coming new. " It is not the wrath of God which is caus- 
ing this to be so. It is that One Law which operates in 
unceasing action in and throughout creation (carnality), 
which law is the law of Cause and Effect, — "As a man 
sows, so shall he also reap." If a man sows wheat, he 
reaps wheat ; if tares, his harvest is tares. 

Man as an individual reaps and sows, and he continues 
to reap until he learns his lesson ; and then he, through 
' ' Knowing the Truth, ' ' ceases from sowing to the carnal 
life. Then his harvest will become Peace, Harmony and 
Contentment. 

The Nations are only a collectivity of individuals, and 
have their time and harvest. When the selfishness in the 
hearts and minds of men, massed into the Nations, have 
expressed until a cloud is formed, it has in all ages of 
which we have the historic record become so dark and 
lowering, that it has burst into flames and the roar of the 
cannon is heard in the land and the nation which is victo- 
rious thinks it has achieved great honor and wealth. 

But the rain-drops of Love have and will refresh the 
earth ; and nations, like the individual, pass on until they 
come to the ripening cycle. All this is in the law of Cause 
and Effect ; and man, living in the concept of the carnal 
man, as the Real man, and his life as the Real Life, con- 
tinues to tread the wine-press of experience and remains 
in the same place in his perception. 

Man can continue to live in the illusive dream of car- 
nality and pass around and around the "Wheel and gain 
nothing. How can a man achieve anything while he is 
asleep? However, the awakening comes to all men, and 
when man awakes he will begin to seek for the Light, 



Practical Deductions 545 

which, we read in the Bible, ' ' Is that Light which light- 
eth every man who cometh into the world. ' ' 

Here is where man requires the practical deductions 
of the Truth that he may, according to the Light which 
he has gleaned, be practical in his study of the message 
of Truth. 

Has it dawned upon your mind, dear reader, that the 
Truth is God ? and that God is all there really is ? Thus 
it is, and the message, which the Father has given to the 
children of earth through the Holy Scriptures, is the 
Whole Truth. We will reiterate here a little, that you 
may get this one point fixed in your mind. When God 
caused man (all men) — and remember, "male and female 
created He them" — -to become manifest in the dawn of 
that day when man became an individualized manifesta- 
tion of the Living God, Man was placed in Paradise, the 
center of God, and dwelt there until his own mind chose 
a change. In the next glimpse which the Infinite gives 
man in the allegory of Genesis, we find that he is in the 
Garden of Eden. Man had begun to act independently 
of God, and he soon became confused and passed out 
from that high state, the highest the earth-mind can con- 
ceive, further into the mist which darkened in the carnal 
mind. 

In this mist each and every man works at his own prob- 
lem; and as long as any one is entirely swayed by the 
carnal mind, he looks in and through the mist but does 
not perceive the clear Spiritual atmosphere which is just 
above the mist. When man awakens, he, through gaining 
the Light of God, will finally return to his Father's 
House. Then he has wrought out his destiny, having 
traveled the circle out from the paradisiacal state and 
back again. 

The message of Jesus of Nazareth was given in a prac- 
tical way, and it is necessary that it be thus given, be- 
cause it is the final word to the man of earth who has 



546 The Flashlights of Truth 

arrived at the ripening cycle of his Soul. The ripening 
time is when man will master death. 

Up to the finishing cycle for each man, death has been 
the victor continuously ; but now, when he arrives at his 
ripening age, man can, if he awakens to perceive it and 
gleans the Light necessary, arise and stand a master over 
death. 

In order for man to achieve until he is able to stand a 
master over death, the last and greatest enemy to man- 
kind (and the reason death is the greatest enemy to man- 
kind is because it is so mysterious) he will find it neces- 
sary that he master disease and all inharmonies which the 
carnal mind can present to him until he is the master of 
the carnal mind (which is his self-will) to lay it down at 
the Master's feet, there, by the Divine Wisdom, to be 
merged into the God-mind. 

When there is only one mind (the mind of God) oper- 
ating in and through man, there will be no more sickness, 
inharmony nor confusion in that student-devotee who has 
merged his mind into the mind of God. 

However, there will be a period between the time man 's 
carnal mind is merged into the God-mind, and the time 
that the individual understands just how to remain at all 
times perfect en rapport with the Divine-Mind, where the 
minds and thoughts of others can effect him. Be not dis- 
couraged at this, but cling close to God and all will be 
well. 

Jesus taught that man must know the Truth ; and in 
the Bible we find promises many to the believer. A man 
may believe concerning anything and sit still in that 
belief without action or effort and achieve very little; 
yet, man must believe ere he arrives at the knowing. 

Man may believe that God can and will heal the sick ; 
but, if man makes no effort, his belief remains in the in- 
visible, unexpressed. Not being spoken into prayer either 
audibly or silently "it dies still-born," because there is 
no life expressed ; but the man who not only believes that 
God can and does heal the sick, but knows that God does 



Practical Deductions 547 

heal them, he, knowing the Eternal Action of God and 
having understanding which comes by knowing the Truth, 
will speak a prayer to every condition of error which he 
meets upon the King's Highway. The action of the 
spoken word or prayer passes through the seeming in- 
harmony or appearance of disease. That word, being 
action, touches the Eternal Action of God in the place 
where the expression of error is manifest and God 's Law 
of Eternal Action causes the spoken word to annihilate 
the inharmony with the Harmonious Presence of the 
Eternal God. 

Remember, God is everywhere; but when sickness ap- 
pears, in the midst of the pain and fever, man does not 
perceive God's presence so clearly. 

Annihilate the appearance, by prayer to God at all 
times and in all conditions, knowing ever that God giveth 
the increase. "We read in the Scriptures, ' ' God hath an- 
swered before man calls." 

It is well for all searchers after the Eternal Truth to 
search the Scriptures, both Old and New. If they do this, 
they will find abundant promises from the Infinite to 
assure man that the Father is fully alert concerning the 
children of earth and ever ready to respond to their 
faintest cry. 

Jesus came at the bidding of the Father to give the 
completeness of the message which man requires when he 
arrives at the final cycle of his ongoing ; and Jesus told 
them, plainly, that they must know the Truth ere they 
could reach the final goal. What is the final goal ? It is 
Redemption, full and complete. Does that mean a home 
in the skies by and by ? Verily not. It is man 's return 
to his Father's House — Paradise — clothed upon with his 
Spirit-Body, he having, through knowing the Truth, 
passed from the personal concept of himself into the per- 
ception of his individuality which has always been the 
Divine Man; and when the personal is absorbed by and 



548 The Flashlights of Truth 

through understanding and achieving and by the assist- 
ance of Jesus Christ and His ministering angels, in the 
grace of God unto the individual, man has returned to 
his Father's House. When man has become clothed upon 
with the robe of righteousness, his Spiritual Body, his 
Father places a ring upon his hand. Then the conscious- 
ness of man becomes complete. He, having learned the 
Truth concerning his Real Self, has wrought it out into 
expression and knows God as He is. With the ring upon 
his hand, he is conscious of his at-one-ness with the 
Father. 

Is this too high a standard to set before man ? It cer- 
tainly is not. If it were thus, Jesus Christ would not 
have taught it; neither solved the whole problem, meet- 
ing and mastering every law of carnality which holds 
man in its chains until he ''Knows the Truth." This 
does not refer to the intellectual perception alone. 
While the knowing operates in and through the intellect, 
to know the Truth in its fullness, man's whole being in 
its four-fold nature knows, and his body becomes the 
transfigured and glorified body, his mind, the illumined 
and truth-thinking mind, his Spirit quickened into con- 
sciousness and his Soul expressing conscious Life for- 
ever more. Then is man, in conscious understanding and 
expression, a manifestation of the Living God. Then he 
lives in the liberty of the Son of God. What constitutes 
this liberty? Conscious illumination unto full God-con- 
sciousness, unto Freedom Divine. 

In knowing the Truth into expression, in and through 
himself, man becomes a master over disease, pain, sorrow, 
inharmony, lack and death. He, also, from that state of 
concept can assist his brothers and sisters who are still 
in bondage to the King of this world. 

Jesus Christ expressed the consciousness of the Son of 
God, and we have His life, His example and His teach- 
ings as our guide, and He said, * ' Follow thou me. ' ' He 
did not call thus to the man who was at that time sound 
asleep in the carnal dream. He thus spake to the awak- 



Practical Deductions 549 

ened man, His disciples. All student-devoteees are the 
disciples of Truth, and Jesus Christ is their Elder 
Brother. 

Jesus, speaking from His conscious Sonship said, "I 
am the Way, the Truth and the Light," and "The Father 
and I are One." Then, when He looked into the family 
of men, living in carnality and seeing how they were 
weighted down with their burdens of care, anxiety, fear 
and confusion, He said, "Come unto me, all ye that labor 
and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest, " " My yoke 
is easy and my burden is light." Jesus said to Martha, 
"I am the resurrection and the life; he that believeth in 
me, though he were dead, yet shall he live : " St. John 
11:25. 

"And whosoever liveth and believeth in me shall never 
die. Believest thou this ? " St. Joh n 11 :26. 

At another time the Jews questioned Jesus and said, 
"Then came the Jews around about him, and said unto 
him, how long doeth thou make us to doubt ? If thou be 
the Christ, tell us plainly." St. John 10:24. 

"Jesus answered them, I told you, and ye believed not ; 
the works that I do in my Father's name, they bear wit- 
ness of me." St. John 10:25. 

"But ye believe not, because ye are not of my sheep, 
as I said unto you." St. John 10:26. 

"My sheep hear my voice, and know them, and they 
follow me:" St. John 10:27. 

"And I give unto them eternal life; and they shall 
never perish, neither shall any man pluck them out of my 
hand." St. John 10:28. 

"My Father, which giveth them me, is greater than 
all ; and no man is able to pluck them out of my Father's 
hand." St John 10:29. 

"I and my Father are one." .St. John 10:30. 



550 The Flashlights of Truth 

"Jesus answered them, many good works have I 
showed from my Father ; for which of those works do ye 
stone me?" St. John 10 :32. 

Isaiah, a prophet of God, wrote, ' ' Comfort ye, my peo- 
ple, saith your God." 7s. 40:1. 

"The voice of him that cryeth in the wilderness, pre- 
pare ye the way of the Lord, make straight in the desert 
a highway for our God. ' ' Is. 40 :3. 

"Every valley shall be exalted, and every mountain 
and hill shall be made low, and the crooked shall be made 
straight, and the rough places plain:" Is. 40:4. 

"And the glory of the Lord shall be revealed, and all 
flesh shall see it together : for the mouth of the Lord hath 
spoken it." Is. 40:5. 

1 ' For the Lord is our judge, the Lord is our law-giver, 
the Lord is our King ; he will save us. ' ' Is. 33 :22. 

"And the inhabitants shall not say, I am sick: the peo- 
ple that dwell therein shall be forgiven their iniquity." 
Is. 33:24. 

"And an highway shall be there, and a way, and it 
shall be called the way of holiness ; the unclean shall not 
pass over it ; but it shall be for those : the wayfaring men, 
though fools, shall not err therein." 7s. 35:8. 

"No lion shall be there, nor any ravenous beast shall 
go up thereon, it shall not be found there: but the re- 
deemed shall walk there." 7s. 35:9. 

Centuries after Isaiah wrote these inspired words, 
Jesus came to earth and taught that same Truth and 
how to understand it ; and showed , by His example, how 
to work out unto its final solution, the problem of being. 
The Truth may be wrought out in man, as it was shown 
by Jesus' example at the tomb in the ressurrection and 
in the ascension. 

"Jesus cried and said, he that believeth on me, believ- 
eth not on me, but on Him that sent me." St. John 12:44. 

" I am come a light into the world, that whosoever be- 



Practical Deductions 551 

lieveth on nie, shall not abide in darkness." St. John 
12:46. 

"For I have not spoken of myself; but the Father 
which sent me, He gave me a commandment what I 
should say, and what I should speak. ' ' St. John 12:49. 

"And I know that His commandment is Life everlast- 
ing; whatsoever I speak, therefore, even as the Father 
saith unto me, so I speak." St. John 12:50. 

"Verily, verily, I say unto you, he that believeth on 
me, the works that I do, shall he do also; and greater 
works than these shall he do; because I go unto my 
Father." .St. John 14:12. 

"If ye ask anything in my name, I will do it." St. 
John 14:14. 

"If ye love me, keep my commandments." St. John 
14:15. 

Glean the Truth, dear reader, and place the practical 
deductions together and they will prove the message of 
Truth, which comes from the Father to the children of 
men to be true. Then you will be enabled to work out 
your own problem unto its final solution, and to stand 
a Redeemed Son of the Living God, at Home in the para- 
disiacal state, in illumination full and complete. 



CHAPTER VII 
RENUNCIATION 

JESUS said: "No man can serve two masters; for 
either he will hate the one, and love the other; or 
else he will hold to the one, and despise the other. 
Ye cannot serve God and Mammon." Matthew 6:24. 

If a man is living in the world and enjoying the pleas- 
ures of the world, his heart is there and he loves not God, 
the giver of all good. He renounces all that pertains to 
Spirituality; and the abiding peace and faith of the 
Saint he does not know. This is renunciation; but he 
has made it on the path, which winds its way through the 
illusive forest of human experience where there is noth- 
ing permanent. 

The Renunciation, of which the Sages of all ages have 
taught and endeavored to obtain, is on the Sacred Path, 
which is straight and narrow, and where the love of the 
world cannot enter. 

Renunciation is an initiation, which the student- 
devotee will enter and pass through victoriously before 
he has arrived at that state of conscious illumination 
where he stands, here upon the earth among the men of 
earth as Jesus did, a conscious redeemed Son of God. 

We read in Holy Writ that flesh and blood cannot 
enter the Kingdom of Heaven ; so we see that personality 
must be merged into individuality, when the blood veins 
are channels for the river of life to flow unceasingly 
through. Catch this, mortal man, and the circulation 
of the blood in your mortal body will be quickened; so 
vital a truth it is. 

552 



Renunciation 553 

Man cannot take gold into that place of the quickening 
of the body. St. Paul says : ' ' For the love of money is 
the root of all evil j which while some coveted after, they 
have erred from the faith, and pierced themselves through 
with many sorrows.'' I Timothy 6:10. 

Renunciation comes here upon this plane. Jesus said : 
"Lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven; where moth 
and rust doth not corrupt and where thieves do not break 
through and steal." This does not refer to a place far 
away, but to man's own concept in understanding; and 
man has arrived at that place, when he has awakened 
and "Knows the Truth." The locality in which man's 
body is has nothing to do with it ; the change takes place 
in man. 

In all the ongoings of man, from his awakening to his 
full illumination and final redemption, there are no 
changes necessary except in man himself. When there 
have sufficient changes taken place, man arrives at the 
initiation where the Holy Spirit begins to whisper Re- 
nunciation, which it is then well for man to heed and 
look into the subject. 

As long as man believes his happiness depends upon 
the friendly greeting of his fellow men, which are so 
numerous to the man of wealth, he has no thought of the 
renunciation of his wealth. However, if he desires to 
walk upon the Sacred Path, as it nears the summit of the 
Mountain of Truth, he will find it necessary that he re- 
nounce his wealth. This does not for one moment mean 
that man must give his wealth away and become a de- 
pendent upon his fellow man, — not that ; but it must be 
wrought out within himself, and, when man has re- 
nounced the worldly influence which comes with the pos- 
session of wealth, the gold is harmless. 

When the disciples told Jesus that His mother and 
brothers were waiting outside for Him, he looked around 
upon the people and said : "Who is my mother or sister 



554 The Flashlights of Truth 

or brother; but those who do the Will of God." He 
there renouncing the human tie, but acknowledging the 
tie of Spirit, — the tie of Spiritual Life, of which we, one 
and all, are individual manifestations. 

The illumined man renounces disease, old age, poverty 
and death. He, in so doing, steps into the very heart of 
God, the center of the Lotus where Jesus Christ ever 
walks with that effulgent robe which the fleshly eye of 
man cannot discern, and welcomes the student-devotee 
who has arrived at the place where, in and through un- 
derstanding, he turns away from the carnal concept of 
life, and steps alone upon the Sacred Path. In such 
faithful obedience, lovingly he knows that the Father's 
everlasting arm enfolds him and His mantle of Love 
covers him and that the Father will place that ring, the 
symbol of unity, upon his hand ; and that from out the 
silent chamber of the Infinite-Silence he will hear the 
glad words, "Well done, thou good and faithful son, 
enter thou into the joy of the Lord." Then the anthems 
of heaven will peal forth from out the vastness of Infin- 
ity and the Heavenly Hosts will sing, "Glory to God in 
the highest, and on earth, peace and good will to man." 

Sing a glad song, my Soul; for the day of redemp- 
tion draweth near and many of earth's little ones will 
hear the welcome words from out the Infinite Silence, — 
"All is well! All is well!" and the Lullaby of the In- 
finite will ever whisper soft and low ; for every string of 
the Infinite Harp is in perfect tune, and he who becomes 
in tune therewith laves in divine content in the green 
fields of Paradise. The flowers are ever fair, the water 
cool and refreshing. The Tree of Life is there ; and man 
has, through intelligent Renunciation, attained unto 
Divine Satisfaction, — Man's inheritance. Then he 
dwells, a conscious Son of God in expression, here upon 
earth, here and now; and, as he expands into a deeper 
concept of the Cosmic-Consciousness, he, in humility, gen- 
tleness, brotherly kindness and sincerity, will walk among 
the children of earth, a blessing to mankind. 



CHAPTER VIII 

THE CONCLUSION 

GOD is Omnipresent, Omnipotent and Omniscient. 
How do we know this to be true ? Because it has 
been proven so to be by many of the student- 
devotees of earth and by the Sages and Saviours of all 
Ages. 

If God is Life and He fills all space, where is there any 
place for death ? If God is Light and fills all space, where 
can darkness dwell? If God is Love and fills all space, 
where is there any place for hate ? If God is Good, and 
fills all space, where can we find evil? 

If God is that perfect Harmony which is vibrant with 
the rhythm of the Harp of many strings, where the music 
of the Spheres is ever melodious, clear and perfect ; where 
can we find, even one niche, where the discordant note 
can sound? 

If God is all Power, all Presence and all Knowing, all 
Life, all Love, all Light and all Harmony, where can the 
opposite appearance dwell ? It does not dwell ; it has no 
abiding place. 

None would say, ' ' where does the thunder cloud dwell ; 
or where the powerful rumbling cyclone, " because all 
know that they have no permanent dwelling place. 

Even of the beautiful, soft and fleecy clouds that move 
so gracefully along in the atmosphere with their gauzy 
veil, obscuring the deep blue sky on a June day, none ask 
where these dwell, because they all know that they are 
accumulations of mist and will pass as gracefully away 
as they came; but the blue vault, the dome, which God 

555 



556 The Flashlights of Truth 

hath built, is forever and forever thus; and, stray where 
man will, yea, to the ice-bound north; or to the sunny 
south, where the tropical clime is symbolical of Paradise, 
where the flowers bloom continually and the fronded 
palms, the pomegranate, olive and fig grow and the birds 
sing continually ; — and there above him is the blue vault 
still. If man on pinions of power could go from planet to 
planet, yea, from systems of planets to systems of planets, 
he could never stray from the deep blue dome of heaven. 
We say "the Dome of Heaven," not that it is that far 
away land where the departed loved ones dwell ; but be- 
cause it is Harmony so complete that it is never touched 
nor disturbed by the inharmony of mankind, which lives 
in the chaos of carnality. 

This we will consider for a few moments. 

All the inharmony, unrest, dissatisfaction, confusion, 
lack, disease and death there is in all the vast univeise, is 
in carnality ; which is the mist arising from the marshes 
and swamps of" the senses, darkened with self-love and 
self -sense. We read in Genesis "A mist arose." Man 
can become free from that mist by doing as Jesus taught 
when He said, "Ye shall know the Truth, and the Truth 
shall make you free." Man is to learn the Truth here 
upon the earth, and not in some other clime. Man, living 
upon the earth and knowing the Truth, has the eye of 
vision and perceives that the mist which envelopes 
humanity so closely that it has lost its way, is a vapory 
illusion. 

When man has the full understanding of the message 
of the Christ and has wrought it out within himself unto 
the outer expression of himself, he sees this mist disap- 
pear from around him, just as one sees the soft, fleecy 
clouds on a June-day blown away by the summer wind. 
What remains when these clouds have passed from sight ? 
The deep blue dome of heaven ; and, in the center thereof, 
the sun shines in its silent brilliancy. 



The Conclusion 557 

When the clouds have disappeared, all that pertains to 
them passes from sight. 

Thus man stands, when he has become fully illumined 
into conscious Sonship, — in the midst of Eternal Har- 
mony, where all living things are expressing it. 

Where is the place in which all those expressions which 
are opposite to our Loving God can dwell ? They have no 
abiding place. The whole web of carnality is as floating 
clouds and shifting sands, because it has no creator. 
That which has woven and is still weaving the web of 
carnality (the mist) is carnal mind in man which is 
formed of confusion and whose foundation is selfishness 
in man. 

Taking the final deductions of Truth, as it has been 
given to man by the Infinite, our Father, through the 
Scripture from Genesis to Revelation and in the Sacred 
Bibles of earlier times, we, following the inner, the Spir- 
itual thread of our Father's message to us, perceive that 
God has no part in forming carnality or the mist which 
envelopes it; any more than the deep blue dome has a 
part in forming the fleecy clouds or thunder storms which 
hover near the earth's surface. 

One by one man became confused by his self-will, be- 
ginning to operate within him, and passed from the har- 
monious and blissful state of consciousness into a discord- 
ant state; and man's environment outpictures his mind. 

Carnality is the place where all men live as long as the 
state of confusion reigns in his mentality. One by one 
man will awaken, learn the Truth and walk out from the 
mist, by causing the confused beliefs which formed his 
carnal mind to be consumed by the Power of God, as 
through understanding he lays the Self-will upon the 
altar of God's consuming fire. Then man has nothing 
to do with his Self-will. He has accomplished that which 
is decreed. The Free-will, being all that man has, when 
he arrives at the portal of the illumination of Eternity, 
it is merged into the Infinite-Will, because in the Eternal 



558 The Flashlights of Truth 

Presence of the Eternal God there is but One Mind in 
operation ; and man to, in understanding, consciously live 
in the Blue Dome of Harmony above the mists of earth, 
can have no mind in him but the one God-Mind, which 
was and is the mind of Jesus Christ, the Conscious Son of 
God. When man has thus achieved, he can truly say, ' ' I 
and the Father are one. ' ' 

In that illuminated state of perfect understanding, 
man is above sickness, poverty and death. 

However, many and varied are the experiences of the 
student-devotee from the time he hears the voice calling, 
"Adam where are thou?" until he stands clothed in his 
right mind, the mind of God. 

The Sacred Path is straight and narrow and man will 
encounter rough and stony places as he moves along on 
his journey from the carnal man's concept of himself to 
the Divine Concept of himself as God has created and ex- 
pressed him, — the Divine Man, or God made manifest. 

None should ever become discouraged when any of the 
expressions of the carnal man present themselves to him 
for recognition after he has stepped upon the Sacred 
Path, but recognize each unpleasant experience as a test 
of his courage, his love of Truth and faith in God, and 
turn more determinedly to the center of the Sacred Path, 
ever knowing that God is able and willing to heal all your 
infirmities, to supply all your needs, and that He ' ' Hears, 
even before you call. ' ' 

There should be no criticism nor condemnation in the 
mind of any student-devotee of another student of the 
Truth, when they see him meeting the obstacles which the 
carnal mind (the adversary) ever persents to each and 
all. Though many return to the carnal life again, even 
though the Teacher is sometimes overtaken with the 
mists (the illusive beliefs of carnality), be not dismayed, 
because none have finished his problem, even though a 
great Sage or Teacher, until he stands Redeemed. But 



The Conclusion 559 

let the student-devotee, when he sees his fellow students 
or Teachers in the midst of unpleasant experiences, ever 
in tender compassion voice a prayer to Almighty God 
that He will assist those who are endeavoring to become 
free from the Web of Carnality. 

All who have awakened to the teaching which is given 
to man as he lives in the Third Dispensation should (and 
will in time) let their minds become so filled with the 
God-Mind, that they expand beyond the border-line of 
man-made creeds and church by-laws, because in the In- 
finite Universe, the Father's House which He has pre- 
pared for all His children, there is no organized creed. 

It is Universal Brotherhood forever and forever ; and 
each and every man fills his place in contentment and 
love ; and none asketh who is high or who is low ; all know 
that they are in the place where Infinite Intelligence has 
placed them. All in that state of understanding should 
gladly, lovingly and appreciatively give each other a 
cordial hand clasp, even though they are in schools which 
seem to differ in their methods of teaching the blessed 
Truth, ever knowing that methods have nothing to do 
with Truth; that they are only used for man's benefit, 
that he may attain unto the Light. 

All illumined ones know that the Truth is ever one and 
the same. When all men are fully illumined there will 
be no walls of partitions, or fences of defense, for, lo, 
it will be that glorious state where Love reigns supreme. 
Isaiah caught a vision of that time when he said, "The 
lamb and the lion shall lie down together, and a little 
child shall lead them." 

There will be no animal nature in man, when he, 
through laying his Self-will upon the altar, has but one 
mind in him; then he has nothing of cunning deception 
or conceited bigotry in him, but only the clean, pure, 
loving, faithful and trusting mind of the little child. 
This is man's destiny; and, attain unto it he will; one 
and all! 



560 The Flashlights of Truth 

It is in man 's own province to loiter away years by liv- 
ing in the mist of earth, if he chooses, because here is 
where man is in possession of his self-will. However, he 
gains nothing, as what has a child gained when he suc- 
ceeds in clasping the sparkling soap-bubble in his hand ? 

Just so it is with the fleeting things of carnality. • The 
Web of Carnality is composed of the illusions which form 
the will-o '-the- wisp ; and every man is pursuing that illu- 
sive false light while he is controlled by the carnal mind. 

But when man "Knows the Truth" he perceives that 
time belongs in the mist of earth. Then, through gaining 
understanding, he arises in conscious realization above 
the mist of carnality and lives close to the blue dome and 
knows, that in the vast blue vault above him Eternity is 
expressed. In the unchangeableness of all that abides 
there, men walk the streets of that Holy City which lieth 
four square upon the Holy Mountain, "Mount Zion;" 
and the New Jerusalem ever comes down from Heaven. 

Let us give a picture of the earth as it appears to the 
man who awoke and heard the Father's call, "Adam, 
where art thou?" who then arose and started upon the 
Sacred Path and mastered every unpleasant experience 
which he encountered and passed on unto the initiation 
where renunciation was inevitable, and then passed into 
the illumination where he lives joyously in the sunlight 
of God's Love, and, as a little child, trusts in the Loving 
Care of his Heavenly Father-Mother-God. 

The earth is covered with the mantle of Beauty and he 
sees the smile of his Loving Father which the flowers ex- 
press, and he appreciates the smile of God, which is just 
behind the daisy and all the common flowers which grow 
along the roadside, — as much behind these as behind the 
rose or orchid, — knowing that they are expressions of 
God in different forms, — that is all ; and he perceives that 
it is not for him to discriminate, but to appreciate. 



The Conclusion 561 

The earth is covered with the mantle of nature and 
meadows are green with blue-grass and clover ; the pas- 
tures abound with herds and flocks, and he sees the ' ' Cat- 
tle on a thousand hills. ' ' The fields are yellow with the 
golden grain, and man is to gather the abundant harvest. 

The animals of the plains and jungles are peaceful and 
content. The birds ever sing their greeting to that in- 
visible presence, which is God. 

The snake is no longer an enemy, because man, having 
passed out from the carnal illusions, there is no enmity 
between man and the serpent; therefore, they have the 
kindly greeting, which reveals to them that there is 
room for all. All is contentment, all is peace and broth- 
erly kindness; and man lives in gentle contentment in 
this beautiful world. 

The highest joy that can come to man in that state is to 
assist his brothers to the same abiding understanding 
which he has. 

When the Father uses one of His holy ones, who has 
arrived at this place, he, in joyous gratitude, goes forth 
among his fellow men, giving the message of Truth, as 
the Holy Spirit of Truth, the Father-Mother, reveals it 
to him, and goes about ministering to God's little ones, 
as the Father leads him. May the children of earth 
awaken and appreciate these instruments of God, that 
the men of earth may become enlightened, healed, blessed 
and lead out from the forest of illusion into the green 
fields and live in the conscious presence of God's Eternal 
Love. 

Come unto the marriage feast, children of earth. 
The Master will be there, and He will turn the water of 
the carnal mind into the wine of inspiratfon. Then drink 
long and deep of that wine (inspiration) until you have 
been sufficiently inspired by the Father, that you may 
walk upon the highway of our God, where the illusions of 
the carnal mind cannot deceive, or ensnare you evermore. 

The " Peace that passeth understanding" is then your 



562 The Flashlights of Truth 

portion, which the Father bestows upon you; and your 
mantle of righteousness, which the Father has given you, 
is your redeemed and glorified body. Man, to achieve 
unto the fullness of the instructions in the Message of 
Jesus Christ, can thus do and be here upon earth without 
passing through death. 

Death hinders man. Therefore, each death man passes 
through only causes a long delay in his ongoings in the 
general way toward final Redemption. All men will some 
day stand before God, Redeemed sons of God. 

The parable of the Prodigal son spoken by Jesus por- 
trays this clearly. 

Then brothers and sisters, Sons of our Father-Mother, 
the Living God, falter not ! Neither waver in your faith, 
should you see the mist of earth gather around you, and 
in any guise approach you. If it is disease, arise, and 
speak the prayer, with faith in God, and always know 
that God responds just as the water ever fills the vacuum, 
wherefrom the pail of water is taken. Should you some- 
times not see this result come into evidence in the objec- 
tive, be not even then discouraged ; but always know that 
God is able and willing : but, there is necessity for more 
prayer and fasting, and living closer to God. Ask of the 
Father ! and be still in that silent chamber of your own 
Soul, where you know you are at-one with the Silence of 
God's Great Being, and He may reveal to you the cause 
in the delay in healing. Tremble not before any calam- 
ity ; but turn to the Living God and voice that same con- 
fident and Loving Prayer in the name of Jesus Christ. 
Then leave it in the hands of Infinite Love and He will 
bring it to pass in the way that is right and best. 

It is well for the student-devotee, if he meets experi- 
ences which are unpleasant and difficult, to first place 
them where they belong, and that is in the mist, and 
always know that God is in the Blue, Unchangeable, Har- 
monious Dome, just above the mists of earth; and it is 
well that the student-devotee ask that good come out of 



The Conclusion 563 

every experience, not to himself only, hut to all con- 
cerned: and, should there seem to be enemies, he, if in 
the Christ-Consciousness, will ask that good come to the 
seeming enemies. Then when the cloud is dispersed and 
the sunlight of God has pierced the darkness and the rift 
widens, man will perceive that there are no enemies. 

How can brothers, their Father being the One God and 
His House their Home, His hand supplying their table 
with bounty, — how can these, God's beloved children, be 
enemies to each other ? They truly cannot and will not 
be when they "Know the Truth." 

Learn the Truth, dear brothers and sisters, and become 
conscious sons of the Living God, Free in the understand- 
ing of the Freedom of Spirit Divine. 

Man thus equipped will ever be a law-abiding citizen, 
remembering that Jesus taught, "Render unto Caesar 
the things that are Caesar's and unto God those things 

that are God's." 

* * * 

Come unto the fountain of Love Divine 
And drink of the refreshing water. 
There is healing and strength for the afflicted, 
And inspiration, which leads to a higher clime. 

Come to the table which our God hath spread ; 
Its bountiful supply is unlimited. 
AValk on the mantle of grass ever green 
And abide under the canopy of Heaven. 

In Freedom walk the green fields of Paradise 
And move among the children of earth, a blessing. 
Be tender, tolerant, loving and true; 
Let your benediction fall softly as the gentle dew. 

Brothers, dear, let Love Divine enthrone thy heart 
And every word, thought and deed be sublime, 
That man may know thou hast, even though slightly, 
Touched the hem of that Holv Garment Divine. 



564 The Flashlights of Truth 

Be still in abiding confidence — in the Living God ; 
And faithfully eat from the table of our Lord. 
In gratitude, praise and thanksgiving, ever 
Walk upon the Sacred Path, — Love Divine. 



TRUTH 

1 Truth, is as old as God, for, lo, it is God ! ' ' 
It is never touched, contaminated nor changed 
By the pen, neither by the tongue of man, 
But stands resplendent, The Over Soul. 

The Harp of the Infinite fills the Universe; 
Each individual is a string thereon. 
The Infinite breathes His Holy Breath, 
And the music of the Spheres reverberates. 

Touch the inner chord of thy Being, 
Then vibrate with Harmony-Divine, and thou 
Shalt rest in Peace and lave in the 
Essense — Love, and dwell at Home in God. 



LIGHT 

Down through the dust of the Ages 
The rays of the Light Supernal 
Penetrate the darkness of ignorance 
As they quicken each Soul in the Universe. 

The End. 



Publications by 

ELIZABETH DELVINE KING 

THE LOTUS— A messenger of Love, Light and Truth 
is sent forth from time to time carrying a message 
of Truth Divine. 

Price per copy $ .10 

Or twelve copies for 1.00 

THE LOTUS PATH— A book of deep spiritual signifi- 
cance. 

Paper cover, 127 pages $ .75 

Cloth bound 1.25 

AUM, THE COSMIC SILENCE— To assist the student- 
devotee to come into the Cosmic At-one-ment. 
Paper cover, 23 pages $ .35 

SAYINGS OF JEHOVAH— Showing the distinction be- 
tween Aum the Cosmic Omnipresence, and God, the 
individual expression of the Infinite. 
Paper cover, 44 pages $ .50 

THE HIGHER METAPHYSICS— Teaches the import- 
ance of clarifying the mind of carnal illusions that 
harmony may express in the mind and body. 
Paper cover, 57 pages $ .75 

These books, together with The Flash Lights of Truth, 
contain the revealed message and its working hypothesis, 
which has been revealed to Mrs. Elizabeth Delvine King 
within the past ten years. 

A SET of these books, paper cover, except The Flash 
Lights of Truth, will be sold for $4.00, including postage. 

THE LOTUS PATH 
A book of deep spiritual significance, is for the spirit- 
ually awakened and direct to the individual ; its message 
is Truth Absolute. 

i 



Its purpose is to assist the student-devotee to come 
into the realization of the fullness of the Message of 
Jesus Christ. When this is accomplished man sees him- 
self as God has ever seen him, "The image and likeness 
of God." 

AUM, THE COSMIC SILENCE 

Is for the student-devotee who has found the entrance 
to the Sacred Path, and, moving upon it, has become a 
Divine Mystic. Then through its vibrations as well as its 
message it assists the spiritual devotee to come into rap- 
port with the Cosmic Heart — the Infinite Love Divine. 
The book assists man to become conscious of Aum — the 
Omnipresence in which he lives, moves and has his be- 
ing ; and as a drop in the ocean rests secure in the 
ocean, so will man, when he thus feels his at-one-ment 
with the Cosmic Ocean of Love. 

THE SAYINGS OF JEHOVAH 

Is to assist the student-devotee who is desirous of 
knowing the "Whole Truth," to discern the distinction 
between AUM — the Omnipresent Essence — and God, the 
expressed manifestation of Aum. 

Jehovah is the Individual Manifestation of the Infinite, 
has passed around the Wheel of Experience, and is to- 
day a Radiant Center of the Light and Love of the 
Infinite ; the highest expression of the Infinite, we of 
this planet can comprehend. 

The Solar sun is an outer symbol of Jehovah 's Throne : 
therefore, in the fullness of illumination man perceives 
God is both Impersonal and Personal. 

This light assists the student to gain his bearing, 
after having cut the chains of the old conception of a 
personal God of wrath, and launched out into the im- 
personal Ocean of Love, — to see the great plan of the 
Infinite, to find his place in it and, thus doing, content- 
ment will be an abiding presence; and Divine Satisfac- 
tion his portion. 



Teaches the importance of a purified mind ; that 
thoughts are things, created by the carnal mind. 

God gave the Real Self, that "which God created in 
God's image and likeness," dominion over the carnal 
mind and its thoughts. 

The carnal mind and body being in one vibration, the 
body expresses the beliefs which are dominant in the 
carnal mind. This is the earth which God gave man 
dominion over, — just his own carnal mind and body. 
God did not give man dominion over any other man's 
mind nor thoughts. Just his own. 

The Higher Metaphysics teach the student to stand 
upon the Eternal Rock — Truth Absolute; and to learn 
the unchangeableness of God, His Love, Law, Life and 
Power; and to come into rapport with the Mind of the 
Infinite, by purifying this carnal mind until it becomes 
so transparent that God's mind only operates in his men- 
tality. This is the work of the individual. 



Truth Centre 

where 

A MESSAGE OF THE NEW AGE 

IS GIVEN 

Individual InstruSlion by Jlppointment 

927 WeSt 36th Place 
LOS ANGELES, CAL., U.S.A. 

WE GIVE SPECIAL ATTENTION TO THE CORRESPONDENCE 
COURSE OF INSTRUCTIONS UPON THE 
HIGHER METAPHYSICS. 

3 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: Dec. 2004 

PreservationTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 




013 501 429 1 % 



II 



■ 



■ 
Hi 

IlitlljIlillUllllll 



